1903-05

| 1
a ll
« i
‘i As ay 399} ae pe NRE Te .
* GBs core mb (9! NY RoW Gibson: invited e.
Lx GG em rrrecrveccmmes’ WIENS str aes
SES
7 4

BuLetin
OF

Tue New York Botanica, GARDEN

VoLuME III, 1903-1905

BULLETIN

The New York Botanical Garden

VoLuME III

WITH 37 PLATES

1903-1905

PUBLISHED FOR THE GARDEN

At 41 NortH Quenn Street, Lancaster, Pa.
sy THz New Era PrIntTInNG CoMPaANny

Prees oF
‘THe NEW ERA PRINTING COMPANY
LANCASTER, Pa,

OFFIOBRS, 1905.
PRESIDENT—D, O. MILLS,
VICE-PRESIDENT--ANDREW CARNEGIE,
TREASURER—CHARLES F. COX
SECRETARY—N, L, BRITTON.

BoaRD oP MANAGERS.
1, ELECTED MANAGERS.

jee tree BROWN, - PIERPONT MORGAN,
DREW CARNEGIE, EORGE W. PERKINS,
- BAYARD aie Pere A. a aaa
ROBERT W. bE FOREST, |. L SLO
JOHN I. KANE, . GILMAN one
D. O. MILLS, ie. THORNE

2, EX-OFFICIO MANAGERS.
THE PRESIDENT OF THE DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC PaRKS,
HON. JOHN J. PALLAS
THE Mayor OF THE City oF NEw York,
HON. GEORGE B. McCLELLAN.

8. SCIENTIFIC DIRECTORS
ROF, L. M. UNDERWOOD, Chairman,
DR. NICHOLAS MURRAY BUTLER, PROF. J. F. KEMP,
PROF. C. F. CHANDLER, PROF. FREDERIC LEE,
ete F. on PROF. H. H. RU
HON. HENRY N. TIFFT.

GARDEN STAPE.

DR. N. L. BRITTON, Devector-in- Chief.
DR. D. T. MACDOUGAL, Assistant Director.
DR. JOHN K. SMALL, Curator of the Museums.
. A. RYDBERG, Assistant Curator.

DR. THUR HOLLICK, Assistant Curator
DR, ae LL A, HOWE, <Asséstant Curator.

DR. W. A. MURRILL, anes
GEORGE V. NASH, Head Gardener.
ANNA MURRAY VAIL, Psi
DR. H. H. RUSBY, Curator of the Peemenne Collections.
DR. WM

J Engineer.
WALTER S. GROESBECK, Clerk and Accountant.
DR. ae HENDLEY BARNHART, LZditorial Assistant.

JOHN A. SHAFER, Museum Custodian,

M@embers of the Corporation,

Pror, N. L. Britton,
Hon. ADDISON Brown,
Wa. L. Brown,
ANDREW CARNEGIE,
Pror, Cuas, F, CHANDLER,
Wo. G, CHOATE,

Hon, EDwARD Cooper,
Cuas. F. Cox,

JoHN J. CROOKE,

W, BAYARD CUTTING,
Ropert W. DE FOREST,
Henry W. de Forest,
CLEVELAND H. DopcE,
SAMUEL W. FAIRCHILD,
Gen. Louis FITZGERALD,
RICHARD W. GILDER,
Hon. THomas F. GILRoy,
Hon. Hucu J. GRANT,
HENRY GRAVES,

Henry P. Hoyt,
ADRIAN ISELIN, JR.,
Morris K. Jxsur,

Joun I. KANE,

EuGENneE KELLY, Jr.,
Pror. JAMEs F, Kemp,
Joun S. KENNEDY,
Pror, FREDERIC S, L&E,

Hon, SetH Low,

Davip Lypie,

Epcar L. MARSTON,

D, O. MILts,

J. PrerPont MorGAN,
THEO. W. Myers,

Gro. M. OLcort,

Pror. HENRY F. Osgzorn,
LowEL_ M. PALMER,
GEORGE W. PERKINS,
JAMES R. PITCHER,

Rr. Rev. Henry C. Potrer,
Percy R. Pyne,

Joun D. ROCKEFELLER,
Wm. ROCKEFELLER,
Pror. H. H. Russy,
JAmes A. SCRYMSER,
HEnry A. SIEBRECHT,
SAMUEL SLOAN,

Wo. D. SLOANE,

NELSON SMITH,

JAMES SPEYER,

Dr. W. GILMAN THOMPSON,
Louis C, TiFFany,

Hon. Henry N. TiFFt,
SAMUEL THORNE,

Pror. L. M. UNDERWoop,
Gro. W. VANDERBILT,
WILLIAM H. S. Woop.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

No. 9. NOVEMBER li, 19083

BoTANICAL CONTRIBUTIONS :

New or Noteworthy North American Crassulaceae. By
N.L. Britton and J. N. Rose. nites
September 12, 1903.]

The Flora of the Matawan Formation (Crosswicks Clays).
By Epwarp W. Berry. (With plates 43-57).
[fssued separately, September 12, 1903. ]

Bolivian Mosses, Part I. By R.S. Wittiams. [Jssued
separately, October 19, 1903.|

The Dimensional Relations of the Members of Compound
Leaves. By CHARLES ZELENY. (With 13 figures).
[Lssued separately, October 23, 1903.] .

No 10. MARCH 22,1904

Report of the Secretary and Director-in-Chief for the Year 1903
Report of the Curator of the Museums and Herbarium
Report of the Curator of the Economic Collections
Report of the Director of the Laboratories
Report of the Librarian
Report of the Head Gardener
Report of the Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds .
Schedule of Expenditures During 1903 .

Report of the Scientific Directors

Report of the Committee on Patrons, Fellows and Members

Report of the Treasurer .

PAGE

viii

No. 11. APRIL 14, 1905

BoTanicAL CONTRIBUTIONS :

Index

Mycological Studies, II. By F. S. Eartx. [/ssued
separately, June 30, 1904. | . : :

The Comparative Embryology of the Cucurbitaceae. By
Joszru Epwarp Kirkwoop. (With plates 58-69 and
6 figures). [Jssued separately, October 7, 1904.] .

Additions to the Palaeobotany of the Cretaceous Forma-
tion on Long Island, No. II. By Artruur Ho tick.
(With plates 70-79). ai separately, Decem-
ber 10, 7904. |

Additions to the Flora of Subtropical Florida. By Joun
K. SmMatyi. (With 1 figure). [fssued separately,
january 27, 1905.|

Contributions to the Flora of the Bahama Islands, I. By
N.L. Brirron. [Jssued separately, February 7,
1905.

PAGE

289

455

VOL. 3 No. 9

BULLETIN

OF

THE NEW YORK

BOTANICAL GARDEN

[ISSUED NOVEMBER 11, 1908]

CONTENTS

BoranicAL CONTRIBUTIONS:
New or Noteworthy North American Crassulaceae, by
L. Brirron and J. N. Rosz. [Issued 12

S 1903.] . . . : : : : :

The Flora of the Matawan Formation (Crosswicks
Clays), by Epwarp W. Berry (with Plates 43
to 57). [Issued 128 ae : ‘

Bolivian Mosses, Part I, by R. S. Voie. [Is-
sued 19 O 1903]

The Dimensional Relations of the heuer of Cone
pound Leaves, by CHarLEsS ZELENY (with 13
figures). [Issued 23 O 1903] .

Each paper was issued separately, in advance, on the
indicated.

BULLETIN

OF

The New York Botanical Garden

Vol. 3

No. 9.

BOTANICAL CONTRIBUTIONS.
New or Noteworthy North American Crassulaceae.
By N. L. BRITTON AND J. N. ROSE.

TILLAEASTRUM Britton.
Bulliarda DC. Bull. Soc. Philom. 3%: 1. 1801. Not Neck.
1790.
Type species, 77//aea aguatica L.

1. TILLAEASTRUM AQUATICUM (L.) Britton.

Tillaea aquatica L. Sp. Pl. 128. 1753.

Tillaea simplex Nutt. Jour. Acad. Phila. r: 114. 1817.

Bulliarda aquatica DC. Prod. 3: 382. 1828.

Tillaea angustifolia Nutt.; T. & G. FIN. Am. 1: 558. 1840.

Tillaea leas Bolanderi S. Wats. in Brew. & Wats.
Bot. Cal. 1: 209. 1876.

Tillaea Bolandert Greene, F). Fran. 183. 1891.

Crassula aguatica Schoen). in E. & P. Nat. PA. 3%: 37.
S91. 1891.

In mud, Nova Scotia to Maryland, Louisiana and Texas, Wash-
ington to Lower California and Colorado. Europe to northern
Africa.

2. TILLAEASTRUM VIRIDE (S. Wats.) Britton.

Tillaea viridis S. Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 23: 272. 1888.

Chihuahua. San Luis Potosi.

3. Tirrazastrum Drummonpu (T. & G.) Britton.

Tillaea Drummondii T. & G. Fl. N. Am. 1: 558. 1840.

Muddy places, Louisiana to San Luis Potosi, California and

Washington.

C1)

(2)

4. Tillaeastrum Pringlei Rose,* sp. nov.
meat little plants growing in masses in damp mountain soil,
2-3 cm. high; leaves linear, 3-4 mm. long, acute; flowers axillary,
solitary on very short peduncles, mm. or less long, in fruit be-
coming 3 mm. long; carpels eee seeds oblong, not papillose.

Collected by C. G. Pringle, September, 1896, Serrania de Ajusco,
Federal District, Mexico (no. 6517).

5. TILLAEASTRUM VAILLANTI (Willd.) Britton.
Tillaea Vaillantd?d Willd. Sp. Pl. 1: 720. 1798.
Bulliarda Vatllantii DC. Pl. Grasses, A/. 74. 1799.
Crassula Vaillanti?d Schoenl. in E. & P. Nat. Pal. 3%: 37. 1891.
Prince Edward Island. Europe and northern Africa.

OLIVERELLA Rose, gen. nov.

Caulescent and much branched perennial; leaves flat but fleshy.

Flowers usually solitary (sometimes in pairs), terminating leafy
branches. Calyx-lobes unequal, linear, spreading. Corolla very large
ickish. Stamens

1o. Carpels 5, free, rather short, terminated by long slender styles.
Named for Mr. George W. Oliver, for many years connected
with the National Botanic Garden at Washington but now employed
as an expert in the Department of Agriculture. It was due to Mr.
Oliver that we were able to flower this beautiful plant, as well as
many more of the species described below, and it gives me great
pleasure to name for him this, the most remarkable of all the
Crassulaceae of America.
Oliverella elegans Rose, sp. nov.
Porag esse 3-5 dm. high, branching throughout, densely pubes-
; leaves closely set near the ends of young branches, gradually
falling away below, oblanceolate to spatulate, thick, but flattened
except at base, acute, pubescent, 2-3 cm. long; flowering branch

Found 4 in cultivation at Amacamaca, near were of Mexico, by J.
N. Rose, August, 1901 (no. 6073), and flowered in succulent house,
Department of Agriculture, in June, 1902 and July, 1903.

* These descriptions of new species by Dr. Rose are published with the
permission of the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution. All his types
unless otherwise stated are in the National Herbarium.

(3)

CLEMENTSIA Rose, gen. nov.

Perennial herb with a thick elongated root, and usually with
several stems from the base. Stem-leaves numerous. Flowers in
a more or less elongated dense spike or raceme. Calyx-segments
linear to linear-lanceolate. Petals distinct, rose-colored. Stamens
10, 5 alternating with the petals and distinct, 5 opposite the petals
and each adnate to its corresponding petal near the middle.
Scales 5, prominent, flat, obtuse. Carpels 5, erect.

Named in honor of Professor Frederic E. Clements of the
University of Nebraska, who has prosecuted extensive investiga-
tions on the plants of Colors

Type species, Sedum lean A. Gray.

CLEMENTSIA RHODANTHA (A. Gray) Rose.
Sedum rhodanthum A. Gray, Am. Jour. Sci. II. 33: 405.
1862.
In meadows and along streams in the Rocky Mountains, Arizona
and Utah to Montana.

VILLADIA Rose, gen. nov.

Perennial by fleshy or somewhat tuberous roots; caulescent.
Leaves terete and farsa. Inflorescence an equilateral raceme or
spike or a very compact panicle. Flowers small. Calyx-lobes 5,
nearly equal. Corolla not 5-angled. Petals thin, either distinct or
slightly united. Stamens ro; anthers broad and short. Scales
conspicuous, thin. Carpels erect

Named for Dr. Manuel M. Villada, one of the prominent scien-
tific men of Mexico, who has for many years been editor of La
Naturaleza.

Type species, Cotyledon parviflora Hemsl.

1. Vittapia TExana (J. G. Smith) Rose.
Sedum Texanum J.G. Smith, Rep. Missouri Bot. Gard. 6: 114.
pl. 50. 1895.
Eastern Texas.
2. Villadia imbricata Rose, sp. nov.

Caespitose; sterile branches thickly . with small ovate imbri-
cated leaves; flowering branches 2-6 cm. long, thickly set with
i r

nute tubercles; inflorescence a very short compact leafy spike;
sepals distinct, leaf-like, shorter than the corolla; corolla ‘* white,”

(4)
4-5 mm. long, its lobes erect, united for about a third their length

at base.
Collected by E. W. Nelson near Reyes, Oaxaca, October 20, 1894
(no. 1767).
3. Villadia cucullata Rose, sp. nov.
Perennial by rather fleshy roots; stems 1-1.5 dm . high, simple,

green, 2 mm. long, distinct; corolla reddish, 3 mm. ee ng its tube
1 mm. long, its lobes hooded, denticulate on the ma
Collected by Dr. E. Palmer near Saltillo, Coahuile, Mexico,
June, oe Sa 374). Only a single specimen was seen, growing
under bush
4. Villadia Nelsoni aes sp. nov.

Caulescent, 2-3 dm. high, more s branched throughout,
somewhat roug cen “leaves aia rae (at least in dried
specimens), 1-1.5 cm. long; inflorescence spicate; flowers sessile ;

sepals ovate, 2 mm. long; corolla ‘* white,” 5-6 mm. long; carpels
long-attenuate.

Collected by E. W. Nelson on road between Ayusinapa and Pe-
tatlan, Guerrero, alt. 1500 to 2100 meters, December 14, 1894
(no, 2114).

5. Villadia Pringlei Rose, sp. nov.
Perennial by fleshy roots, much branched at base; stems 5-15
- hi reen; stem-leaves linear in outline, 1-1.5 cm. long;
inflorescence sometimes 10 cm. long, either spicate, or a compact
panicle; sepals somewhat pease distinct, the longer ones 5 mm.
long ; corolla white e(?), 6 ong.

Collected by C. G. Pringle | in meager soil of dry ledges in the

Sierra Madre of Chihuahua, Mexico, October 17, 1887 (no. 1238).

6. Villadia minutiflora Rose, sp. nov.

Perennial, with a woody or frutescent base sending up from be-
low numerous simple ascending or erect branches 1-2 dm. tall,

terminating in an open spike or raceme or a ow compac
panicle; leaves ver merous, ascending, linear in outline, per-
haps turgid and terete in fresh specim 6-10 mm. long, about

cent with short stiff hairs; flowers sessile or subsessile, either soli-
tary and axillary or borne in short one-sided spikes; sepals some-
what unequal, 1-2 mm. long, distinct; petals white, 3 mm. long,
united at base; stamens shorter than the petals, borne on the co-
rolla-tube; appendages rounded at apex, produced below into a

(5)
slender stalk; carpels erect, short; styles short, spreading or even
hooked.

Collected by C. G. Pringle on cold ledges of Sierra de San
Felipe, altitude 2,550 meters, October 13, 1894 (no. 4981).

7. Villadia ramosissima Rose, sp. nov.
by and much branched at base; branches reddish, gla-
brous, at frst erect, but in age spreading over other plants; leaves
rigid, set nearly at right angles to the stems, turgid and nearly
terete in section, ovate to oblong, glabrous; sterile branches short

mm, long; co
ee specimens), its tube short, but very distinct, the lobes
cute, 4 mm. long; stamens i orne on the corolla-tube, much
an than the petals; anthers purplish; appendages conspicuous,
yellow, 1 mm. broad; carpels erect (at least when young), distinct.
Common on the limestone hills near Tehuacan, Puebla. De-
scribed from living specimens, collected by J. N. Rose, 1901, which
flowered in Washington in 1902 (no. 641
Pringle’s no. 6052 from Sierra de San Felipe, Oaxaca, and Lu-
cius C. Smith’s no. 965 from La Solidad de Etla, Oaxaca, are,
perhaps, to be referred to this species, although the petals seem to
be distinctly reddish.

8. VILLADIA SQUAMULOSA (S. Wats.) Rose.

Cotyledon a sguamulosa S. Wats. Proc. Am. Acad.
22: 473. 1887.

Sedum squamulosum S. Wats. 7. c.
Northern Mexico. Very rare, or at least little known.

9g. VILLADIA PARVIFLORA (Hemsl.) Rose.
Cotyledon parvifiora Hemsl. Diag. Pl. Nov. 1: 9. 1878.
High valleys of Central Mexico.

ECHEVERIA DC. Prod. 3: 4o1. 1828.
Type species, Cotyledon coccinea Cav.

Echeveria pulvinata Rose, sp. nov.

Caulescent, 12 cm. high, naked below, somewhat branching;
young branches, leaves and sepals covered with a dense white velvety
pubescence; leaves clustered in a rosette at the top, obovate, hs
to a narrow base, 2.5~3 cm. long, 2 cm. broad, founded ata

(6)

- ee 5-6 mm. thick; flowers in a leafy raceme; pedicels
mm. long, br: acteolate ; sepals ovate, acute, unequal, the
ioneest about half the length of the corolla; corolla scarlet, sharply
5-angled, 18-20 mm. long, pubescent without, the lobes apiculate.
Living specimens were collected by J. N. Rose and Walter
Hough in Tomellin Cafion, Oaxaca, June 15, 1899, and flowered
in the Washington Botanic Garden in April, 1900 (no. 4994, type).
Herbarium specimens had previously been collected near the same
locality by Mr. Pringle (no. 5641) and by Prof. C. Conzatti on
Sierra de San Felipe (no. 107). This is a very singular species,
with thick velvety leaves and bright scarlet flowers.

EcHEVERIA PriIncLEI (S. Wats.) Rose.

Cotyledon Pringlei S. Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 25: 148. 1890.
Only known from type specimens collected by C. G. Pringle
near Guadalajara, Mexico.

Echeveria montana Rose, sp. nov.

Caulescent; leaves in a dense rosette at the top of the stem, orbi-
cular or obovate, somewhat narrowed below, glabrous, 5-6 cm.
long; flowering stems somewhat granular-roughened above, rather
densely leafy-bracted below, 2-3 dm. long, many-flowered ; inflores-
cence an equilateral raceme; sepals ovate-lanceolate, 6-7 mm. long ;
corolla 1 cm. lon

Collected on ledges, trees, etc., by C. G. Pringle on the Sierra
de San Felipe, June 16, 1894 (no. 4.706, type). Here seems to be-
long Charles L. Smith’s no. 860 from the same locality. Resem-
bling somewhat &. Pringlez, but not pubescent.

Echeveria australis Rose, sp. nov.

Caulescent, 2-3 dm. long, or 5-6 dm. including the inflorescence,
glaucous; leaves é broadly aoe rounded at apex, 3-7 cm
sometimes 3 cm. broad and spoon-shaped, somnew nat glaucous and

long, or less, slender; flower-buds strongly 5-angled, acute; sepals
unequal, the longer ones 12 mm. long, ovate-oblong, purplish,
glaucous, nearly or quite free to the base; petals bright red, thick-
ish, a little longer than the longest sepals, nearly distinct, cup-
shaped at base; stamens 10, the 5 opposite ae sepals borne on
petals about one fourth the distance above the base.

(7)

Distributed by J. Donnell Smith as Sedum bicolor (no. 3633)
and Cotyledon Peruviana (no. 7308), from both of which it seems
to differ. HH. Pittier has also sent abundant living material from
San José, Costa Rica (December, 1902) from which the above
description is drawn and which is taken as the type of the species.

Echeveria maculata Rose, sp. nov.

Acaulescent, glabrous throughout; basal leaves ina dense rosette,
elongated-lanceolate, thickish, about 1 dm. long, 1.5-2 cm. broad,

free nearly to the base, acute at tip and slightly spreading.
Collected by J. N. Rose near Dublan, Hidalgo, Mexico, July 2,
Ig0I (no. 5412), and sent to Washington where it has repeatedly
flowered.
This species is somewhat similar to &. mucronata, but is cer-
tainly distinct.

Echeveria platyphylla Rose, sp. nov.

Acaulescent, glabrous throughout; basal leaves in a dense rosette,
somewhat rhomboid in outline, thinnish, pale green, acuminate,
tipped with a slender cusp, 4-5 cm. long, about 2 cm. broad;
flowering branch 2-3 dm. long, bearing small scattered leaves be-
low; flowers 15 to 20, arranged i in an equilateral raceme; pedicels

less; sepals green, thickish, linear, erect, subequal ;
corolla reddish yellow, lobes 9 mm. long, tips spreading even in age,
tube very short, 1-2 mm. long.

Collected living by J. N. Rose, Valley of Mexico, July, 1901
(no. 6393). The specimens have frequently flowered in cultiva-
tion at Washington. This species must be close to &. mucronata,
but has very different foliage. The above description is drawn
entirely from living plants. The Department of Agriculture has
many seedlings for distribution.

Echeveria tenuis Rose, sp. nov.

Acaulescent, glabrous throughout; leaves fleshy, numerous,
forming a flattened rosette, oblong, 4-5 cm. long, much narrowed
at base, acute; flowering branches slender, at first nodding or scor-
pioid, their leaves linear or at least narrow, with a small rounded
spur at base; flowers sessile or nearly so; sepals very unequal,

(8)

broadly ovate to linear; corolla 9 mm. long, the segments in dry
specimens keeled o n the back, with scarious margins, not connivent
in age, united for heat one fourth their length.

Collected by J. N. Rose among rocks on top of mountains near
Monte Escobedo, Zacatecas, Mexico, August 26, 1897 (no. 26404).
This species resembles &. Desmetiana in its sessile flowers, but
the leaves are of different shape, and the bracts are not two-spurred
at base.

Echeveria humilis Rose, sp. nov.
Acaulescent, or with a short woody caudex, glabrous through-

Q
i}
Load
7)
—
—
&

lanceolate, very unequal, the longer 4-5 mm. long, acute;
8-9 mm. long, its segments united for about one fourth their length.

Collected by Parry and Palmer, State of San Luis Potosi, 1878
(no. 233 in part, type), and in the same state by J. G. Schaffner,
1879 (no. 769).

Echeveria obtusifolia Rose, sp. nov.

Acaulescent or perhaps sometimes shortly caulescent, i Sade
throughout; leaves forming a spre ading rosette 2 dm. » ob-
lanceolate, rounde d at apex, 3.5 cm. broad at widest ses ‘nar-
rowed to 5 mm. at base, thinnish (at iG in herbarium specimens) ; ;:
flowering branche es 2-3 dm. long (naked in herbarium specimens
seen); inflorescence a one-sided (?) raceme, erect or at least be-

Ww

ing; sepals unequal, ovate; corolla reddish, 10-12 mm. lo ong,
rather broad, not strongly angled (as far as indicated by dried
specimens

Collected by C. G. Pringle on bluffs of mountain cafion near
Cuernavaca, Morelos, altitude 3,150 meters, September 1 7, 1899 (no.
7734). This species seems very distinct from all others known to
the writer. In foliage it suggests . mucronata, but the inflores-
cence is secund, as in the Z. glauca type.

Echeveria Be ie da Rose, sp. nov.

(9)

less united at base, very unequal, the longer ones 6-7 mm. long
corolla reddish, short and broad, 8-9 mm. lon
Collected by C. G. Pringle on calcareous hills near Tehuacan,
Puebla, August, 1897 (no. 7499, type), and by Henry E. Seaton
near Esperanza in the same state, August 4, 1891 (no. 333@).
Very similar to &. g/auca in habit, but with different flowers.

Echeveria cuspidata Rose, sp. nov.

Acaulescent; leaves in a dense rosette, sometimes a hundred or

ovate leaves free at base and acute at each end; inflorescence a
simple secund raceme, at first strongly nodding, about 15-flowered ;
buds arranged in two rows, obtusish; lower pedicels elongated, ro
mm. long or less; sepals ease all. much shorter than the corolla,
ovate, acute; corolla I . long, purplish with ees slightly
spreading acute tips, ae ipbes united for about one fourth their
length; stamens 10, all inserted on the corolla- ane the 5 opposite
the sepals inserted at the top of the tube, the other 5 inserted a
little lower down on the tube; carpels erect, free to the base

Common at Saltillo, Mexico. This description is Gian from
specimens collected by Dr. E. Palmer in 1902, which flowered
in Washington in February, 1903 (Rose, no. 509).

Echeveria minutiflora Rose, sp. nov.

Flowering stems glaucous, clothed with thick leaves. Basal
leaves forming a rosette, 7-10 cm. long, oblong, obtuse, light
green, glabrous, tapering at base into a short petiole; inflorescence
composed of small cymes, single flowers and twinned flowers ar-
ranged in a thick leafy spike; sepals longer than the corolla, some-
what unequal; corolla-segments spreading, tas acute, separated
nearly to the base, greenish yellow spotted with red.

Collected by C. G. Pringle near Tehuacan, Puebla, August 1,
1897 (no. 7500, type); by J. N. Rose and Walter Hough between
Tepeaca and Santa Rosa, Puebla, June 27, 1899 (no. 4704); and
perhaps also by E. W. Nelson at Huajuapam, Oaxaca, November
16, 1894 (no. 1980).

Habit and inflorescence of }/adia parviflora, but with larger
flowers and acute corolla-lobes.

EcHEVERIA ScHarrnert (S. Wats.) Rose.

Cotyledon Schaffneri S. Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 17: 354. 1882.
Collected by C. G. Pringle on alkaline plains, Hacienda de An

(10)

gostura, State of San Luis Potosi, June 27, 1891 (no. 3766), and
distributed as C. Gray7, a very different plant.

EcHEVERIA SUBRIGIDA (Rob. & Sea.) Rose.

Cotyledon subrigida Rob. & Sea. Proc. Am. Acad. 28: 105.
1893.

Only known from Tultenango Cafion, State of Mexico, where it
was first collected by Mr. Pringle in October, 1892 (no. 4326).
It is a most beautiful species, worthy of general cultivation. A
single specimen collected by Mr. Rose, now in the Missouri Bo-
tanical Garden, is the only one in cultivation.

Echeveria Palmeri Rose, sp. nov.

Acaulescent; leaves numerous, erect or aie spreading, pale
green, at first somewhat glaucous, with reddish margins, rhomboid
or SblAse colt, the largest ones 2 dm. es 1 dm. broad at widest

rose-colored above, bearing a few scattered oblong leaves 4—5 cm.
long; inflorescence a rather compact panicle 1-2 dm. long, its
branches somewhat glaucous, short, 3-4-flowered; pedicels stout,
mm. long; calyx deeply 5-parted, its lobes very Paty. linear
to narrowly ovate, acute, the longer ones ro mm. long; corolla-
buds sharply 5-angled, acute, broadly ovate in ae somewhat
glaucous ; in 2 cm. long, 12 mm. broad at base, reddish-
yellow, deeply parted into 5 lobes, the tube ae only 3 mm
ng, lobes oblong, thickish, somewhat spreading at tip but con-
nivent in age, gibbous at base; stamens 10, all inserted at top of
corolla-tube, those opposite the petals broad at base; appendages
lunate, deep purple, depressed in the center; carpels erect, distinct
or nearly so, tapering into the slender purple styles; ovules many.
Described from living specimens sent by Dr. E. Palmer from the
high mountains about Alvarez near the city of San Luis Potosi.
One of the showiest of all the Echeverias. Perhaps nearest Z.
subrigtda, but with different inflorescence and larger leaves.

COURANTIA Lem. Jard. Fleur. 1: Misc. 92. 1851.

Caulescent. Leaves alternate, closely set, flat and broad. In-
florescence a dense spike; bracts brightly celored. Calyx-lobes
equal (?), linear, brightly ae as long as the corolla. Corolla
not 5-angled, yellow », 5-parte tamens 10, borne at base of the
corolla ; filaments united into a a tube for half their length; scales
none (?). Carpels widely spreading.

Type of genus, Acheveria rosea Lindl.

(31)

CouRANTIA ROSEA (Lindl.) Lem. Jard. Fleur.
3: 244. 1853.

Licheveria rosea Lindl. Bot. Reg. 28: p/. 22. 1842.

Cotyledon roseata Baker, in Saund. Refug. Bot. sub. AZ. 55, no.
3. 1869.

Courantia echeveriotdes Lem. Jard. Fleur. 1: Misc. 92. 1851.

Mexico.

PACHYPHYTUM Link, Klotzsch & Otto, Allgem. Gartenz.
9: 9. 1841.

Caulescent and more or less branched; leaves very thick, often
terete. Flowers solitary or arranged in secun a
deeply lobed, the lobes appressed to the corolla, ovate to oblong,
equal or unequal, shorter or longer than the corolla. Corolla deeply

Stamens 10; the 5 alternating with the petals free from the corolla;
the other 5 ‘borne on the petals, each with a pair of appendages at
the base. Scales broad. Carpels 5, erect, free to the base; styles

ort.

Three species, all Mexican.

Type species, Pachyphytum bracteosum Link, Klotzsch & Otto.

Pachyphytum uniflorum Rose, sp. nov.

Perennial, caulescent, about 2 on high, either simple, or
branched at base, usually erect and stout, woody below; eee
closely set on upper parts of Spiers falling off below, very tur-
gid, but slightly flattened, 3-5 cm. long, only slightly narrowed
below, rounded at apex, not glaucous, but pale green except near
the apex, or even reddish throughout; flower-stems slender, erect or
nearly so, appearing from the axils of the uppermost leaves of the
rosette, pinkish, not glaucous, naked below, but with about 9 small
scattered leaves above, these about 1 cm. long, greenish or purplish,
minutely auricled at base; calyx 5-lobed, 8 mm. long, its lobes ovate,
pinkish or greenish, acute ; corolla 12 mm. long, 5 mm. broad,
little or not at all angled in bud; petals spreading, free nearly or

appendages at its base; scales broad; carpels 5, erect, distinct.
Plants purchased on the streets of San Luis Potosi, Mexico, by
. Palmer in 1902 (type). They are said to have come from
a mountain cafion in sight of the city. These plants are sold in San
Luis Potosi and grown in shady courtyards.

URBINIA Rose, gen. nov.

Acaulescent; leaves closely imbricate, thick and rigid. Inflores-
cence rather few-flowered, cymose. Calyx small, 5-lobed; lobes

(12)

ovate to lanceolate, equal or unequal, much shorter than the corolla.
Corolla somewhat cone-shaped, the lobes united at base into a
e. Stamens ro, borne on the corolla. rpels 5.

A very peculiar genus, quite distinct in its habit and calyx from
Licheverta and well deserving to be separated. Named for Dr.
Manuel Urbina, Acting Director of the National Museum of Mexico.

Type species, Echeveria agavoides Lem.

1. UrpBinia AGAVoIDES (Lem.) Rose.
Licheveria agavotdes Lem. Ill. Hort. 10: Misc. 1. 78. 1863.
Cotyledon agavotdes Baker, in Saund. Refug. Bot. 1: pd. 67.
1869.
Licheveria yuccoides E. Morren, Belg. Hort. 24: 168. 1874.
Mexico.
2. Urpinta Corperoyi (Baker) Rose.
Etcheveria Corderoyt E. Morren, Belg. Hort. 24: 159. 1874.
Cotyledon Corderoy? Baker, Gard. Chron. 1: 599. 1844.
Very near £. agavotdes but described as having more leaves and
flowers.
Northern Mexico.

3- Urbinia obscura Rose, sp. nov.
Leaves ovate, 8-g cm. long, 4-5 cm. broad at base, thick but

cence a 2-branched cyme; flowers about 10; calyx small, with
very unequal lanceolate teeth; corolla 12 mm. long, bright rose
colored below, but the slightly spreading lobes yellow.

Described from a plant in collections of the New York Botanical
Garden, received from Mr. W. B. Kunhardt; a flowering speci-
men taken from this plant is in the National Herbarium.

DUDLEYA Britton & Rose, gen. nov.

Ss
as many as the calyx-lobes, distinct. Carpels erect, many-seeded.

(13)

Named in honor of Professor William R. Dudley, of Stanford
University.
Type species, Lcheverta lanceolata Nutt.

1. DupLeya Russyi (Greene) Britton & Rose.

Cotyledon Rusby¢ Greene, Bull. Torrey Club, 10: 125. 1883.
robably perennial, acaulescent ; leave es in dense rosettes, rhom-

fo)
calyx-lobes somewhat unequal, ovate, obtuse or acute; corolla deep
red or ‘‘ coral red,” 10 mm. long, the lobes acuminate, the tube longer
than the calyx.

The only definite locality given is the San Francisco Mountains
in southern Arizona, although it has been collected also by Lem-
mon somewhere in Arizona, station not stated.

2. Dudleya albiflora Rose, sp. nov.

ten by a multicipital caudex 2-3 dm. in diameter and

aa cm. broad, strap-shaped to lanceolate, 4-5 cm. long, becom-
ing purplish, not eo penou thick and fleshy but Ucineily tenes.
acute ; corolla

Living specimens sent by T. S. Brandegee, collected at Magda-
lena Bay, Lower California, in the fall of 1902

3. DuDLEYA PULVERULENTA (Nutt.) Britton & Rose.
Echeveria pulverulenta Nutt.; T. & G. Fl. N. Am. 1: 560.

1840.
VC Riana Baker, in Saund. Refug. Bot. 1: f/. 66.
1869.
PEcheveria argentea Lem. Il]. Hort. 10: 78. 1863.
Southern California.

4. Dudleya Anthonyi Rose, sp. nov.
Resembling D. pulverulenta, but basal leaves more elongated,
z dm. long by 4-5 cm. broad, stem-leaves ee? narrower;
pedicels arene and longer, and calyx-lobes narrower
Collected by A. W. Anthony on San Martin Island, Lower Cali-
fornia, July-October, 1896 (no. 123, type), July 15, 1896, March
13, 1897.

(14)

5. Dudleya tenuis Rose, sp. nov.

Acaulescent; leaves forming a rosette, oblong-lanceolate, 3~4
cm. long, acu cainate: somewhat glaucous; flowering stems slender,
1-2 dm. high; inflorescence a slender panicle, — of several
elongated erect branches; pedicels very short, 1 mm. long or less;
calyx deeply 5-parted, its lobes ovate, acute, 2-2.5 mm. long ;
corolla 6-8 mm. long, rather narrow, at firs t yellowish, in age be-
coming reddish, the segments united for about one half their length.

Collected in the mountains of Lower California by C. R. Orcutt

July 5, 1884 (no. 113).
6. Dudleya angustiflora Rose, sp. nov.
Acaulescent; leaves forming a rosette, lanceolate, 3-4 cm. long,
acute or meuraindte¥ ery ee flowering stems slender, 1.5-
2 dm. high; inflorescence a va ee panicle with 2-4
elongated branches ; pedicels, aa r, 4-1 ene calyx ae
cous, deeply 5-parted, its lobes ee Cee
corolla very narrow, 10-12 mm. long, reddish ar Tea drying <0),
its segments united into a tube 2 mm. long; stamens abou
thirds as long as the corolla, borne on its tube; oa: os
Collected by C. A. Purpus on rocks near Daunt P. O., Tulare
Co., California (no. 5672).

4. Dudleya Abramsi Rose, sp. nov.

A very delicate little perennial with a thick caudex crowned bya
dense rosette of small (2 cm. long) linear-ovate, acuminate, some-

ow,
escence 2-branched (in two specimens seen), each branch bearing
a secund raceme of ail subsessile flowers; calyx 3 mm. long,

tube; corolla slender, S~-g mm. long, the tube longer than the calyx,
the lobes narrow, acute, yellow, striped on the back with deep red,
much longer than the slender styles and stamens.

Collected by L. R. Abrams in wet crevices of rocks west of
Jacumba, near San Diego, California, June, 1903 (no. 3707).

Resembling D. paucifora in habit, but with nearly sessile
flowers, these suggesting D. pumila and D. angustiflora; from
which, however, it is surely quite distinct.

8. Dudleya pumila Rose, sp. nov.

Acaulescent; leaves forming small dense rosettes, very glaucous,
2-3 cm. long, ovate, acute; flowering stems delicate, less than 1
cm. long, bearing small ovate leaves; inflorescence of 2 or 3 slender
branches, ascending or spreading; pedicels 6-10 mm. long; calyx

(15)

pale, glaucous, its lobes lanceolate-ovate, 2-3 cm. long, acute or
sometimes obtusish; corolla 10-13 mm. long, the lobes very nar-
row, acute, much ae than the stam

Collected by H. M. Hall on see ~ hillsides, altitude 2,100
meters, San ea Mountains, California, July 19, 1899 (no.
1350). This species is near D. angust¢flora, but with basal leaves
very different in shape and stem-leaves much smaller.

g. DupLrya FARINOSA (Lindl.) Britton & Rose.
Echeverria fartnosa Lind). Jour. Hort. Soc. 4: 292. 1849.
Cotyledon farinosa Baker, in Saund. Refug. Bot. 1: pé/. 77.

869.
Coast of California.
10. Dudleya aloides Rose, sp. nov.

Tufted, acaulescent; leaves numerous, erect, rigid, very narrow,

eae oo rete, or the upper part subterete, 7-12 cm. long, 10-15
. bro at base, gradually tapering to the apex, very a eatin

eens often spotted with red; flowering stems 2-3 dm. long,
reddish, as also the branches and pedicels ; ; stem- leaves ovate, acute,

Collected at San Felipe, San Diego Co., California, by T. S.
Brandegee, April 30, 1894, also by C. R. Orcutt, April, 1903
(living specimens in Department of Agriculture greenhouse, type),
and by H. M. Hall, May, 1899.

11. DupLeya saxosa (M. E. Jones) Britton & Rose.
Cotyledon saxosum M. E. Jones, Contr. West. Bot. 8: 28.
898.

Panamint Cafion, California.

12. DupLEYA SETCHELLU (Jepson) Britton & Rose.

Cotyledon laxa var. Setchelldi Jepson, Fl. West. Mid. Calif. 267.
Igor.

Flowering stems numerous, from the crown of a short thick
caudex, about 3 dm. high; leaves very glaucous, numerous, lanceo-
late to linear-lanceolate, long-acuminate; leaves of flowering stem
linear, perenne: the lower ones elongated; inflorescence a very

narrow panicle; pedicels rather stout, ascending, 3-5 mm. long;
calyx-lobes ine ote, acute; corolla pale yellow, its segments nar-
rowly oblong, acute, unite at base into a very short tube; stamens
much shorter than the corolla.

Coyote Creek, Santa Clara Co., California.

(16)

13. Dudleya grandiflora Rose, sp. nov.

Caudex very thick, crowned by a dense rosette; basal leaves
strap-shaped, slightly ‘broadened at pete and gradually tapering
from the base to apex, rather thin, 1-1.5 dm. long, 1-2 cm. broad

just above the base, very glaucous on both sides, especially when very
oung; flowering stalk 3-5 dm. long, bright a especially —

ie]
2
ae
ri
mn
2
&
=
be
o
=

cially the lower ones, elongated, 1-1.5 cm. long
deeply 5-lobed, the lobes ovate, acute, about half the length of the
corolla ; corolla greenish-yellow, becoming reddish in age, 10 mm.
long, erect except the Seas acute tips, its segments united at
the base into a very short tube 2 mm. long; price shorter than
the corolla, attached to its base; Teac erect, distinc

Collected by T. S. Brandegee, at Whitewater, near Banning,
California.

14. DupLEyA LinEaRIs (Greene) Britton & Rose.

Cotyledon linearis Greene, Pittonia, 1: 285. 1889.

Caudex thick and fleshy, crowned by a dense rosette of leaves;
leaves ‘light green not farinose,” broadly linear, acuminate, 3-7.5
cm. long, 6-gmm. broad, thick ; flowering stems 1-1.5 cm. long, more
or less bracteate ; inflorescence consisting of 2 or 3 secund racemes,

more or less glaucous, rather compact; pedicels 4 mm. long or less;
a deeply 5-lobed, lobes ovate- pan cute, 5 mm. long;

orolla greenish- yellow, 8-9 mm. long, its tube shorter than the
x.

San Benito Island, off the coast of Lower California.

15. Dudleya cultrata Rose, sp. nov.
Caespitose, the caudex bearing several rosettes of leaves; leaves
strap-shaped, not glaucous, 6-10 cm. long, gradually tapering from
a rather wide base, 10-12 mm. bo rather thickish, terete near

cence of a few more or less elongated racemes; calyx- nadee trian-
aaeererae sy acute; corolla pale yellow, rather narrow, 12 m

long, 3 times as long as the calyx, the tube proper longer ee the
calyx, the segments acute; stamens shorter than the corolla; anthers
orange.

Described from cultivated plants sent by C. R. Orcutt, which
are said to have come from San Quintin, Lower California (type).
At the same station similar material was collected by T. S. Brande-
gee, May 23, 1889.

(17)

16. Dudleya Greenei Rose, sp. nov.

Caudex ed a thick; leaves in rosettes, numerous, strap-
shaped, 6-7 cm. long, 15 mm. broad at base, acute, very glaucous,
ance ‘thick Ae leathery; flowering stalk 3-4 dm. high, bearing
scattered ovate acuminate leaves; inflorescence oo of nu-
merous secund racemes; pedicels stout, ascending, 2-4 mm. long;
calyx 4 mm. me deeply 5- palin. the lobes ovate and. acute ;
corolla 8-ro mm. long, its tube - lo

Only Cae from specimens Sita iy Prof. E. L. Greene
on the island of Santa Cruz off the coast of southern California,
July and August, 1886. Type in Herb. California Academy of
Sciences; photograph and fragment in U. S. National Herbarium.

17. Dudleya Hallii Rose, sp. nov.

Acaulescent; basal leaves erect or spreading, elongated-lanceo-
. long;

late, acut pale and glaucous, thickish, 10-1
flowe stems stout . , their leaves ovate, the lower
ones somewhat elongated, slightly cordate at base; inflorescence a

rather short panicle, not at all glaucous; pedicels very short (about
2mm. long); calyx-lobes lanceolate, acute, 5 mm. long; corolla 15
mi. long, pale green tinged with rose

Collected by H. M. Hall near Riverside, California, in 1902, and
flowered in Washington, May, 1903 (no. 3722).

18. Dudleya Candelabrum Rose, sp. nov.
Basal leaves in a dense broad rosette, pian heer aay 10-15
cm. long, 3 cm. broad near the base, perhaps all glaucous,
drying rather thin; flowering stalk about 3 A ae rather stout,

2
broad at top, each branch an elongated secund raceme; pedicels
short (1-4 mm. long); calyx 5-7 mm. ae cin parted into lan-
ceolate acuminate ee anh 5-9 m

Collected by Prof. E. L. Greene on ing ae of Santa Cruz, off
the coast of southern California, July and August, 1886; pa in
Herb. California Academy of Sciences, photograph in U.S.
tional Herbarium.

19. Dudleya Bryceae Britton, sp. nov.

Caudex stout, short; basal leaves very numerous, lanceolate to
oblong-lanceola te, 6-8 cm. long, cm. wide, flat, about 2 mm

o
x
<
o
a“
ae
i=}
°
7 O
g,
2
=
» 8
Ss)
O°
=
38
3
»
aa
oO
fe)
xe
Bs
3
S
m
=
jan)
°
ae
ae)
=
o
a
rs)
3°
o
5

c
broad; pedicels 3~6 mm. long; calyx-segments linear-lanceolate, 4
mm. long, about 1 mm. wide towards the base, gradually tapering

(18)

to an acute tip, the tube very short; corolla pale yellow, 1 cm.
long, 5-ridged, its linear-lanceolate lobes about as long as its tube;
carpels erect, distinct to the base.

Described from a living plant sent to the New York Botanical Gar-
den, April, 1902, from San Diego, Cal., by Miss Mary T. Bryce;
probably originally from Coronado Islands.

20. Dudleya ingens Rose, sp. nov.

Caudex 3 dm. high or more, densely clothed with the bases of
old leaves and oad by a rosette of large leaves 10-20 cm. long,
and 3-4 cm. broad; flowering stems 5-6 dm. long; inflorescence
a somewhat open panicle ; ; calyx-lobes narrowly lanceolate, half as
long as the corolla, somewhat glaucous.

Collected by T. S. Brandegee at San Telmo, Lower California,
June 1, 1893. Closely resembling D. Bryceae, but with larger
and more open panicles. Type in herb. Brandegee; fragment and
photograph in U.S. National Herbarium.

21. Dudleya candida Britton, sp. nov.

Caudex stout, about 6 cm. high; basal leaves white-farinose all
over, numerous, linear to linear-oblong, sharply enreaa some-
what widened at the base, 5-7 cm. long, 1 cm. wide or less; flower-
ing branch stout, about 3 dm. tall, its narrowly lanceolate leaves
somewhat clasping ; inflorescence dense e, about 6 cm. broad; ped-
icels stout, 2-5 mm. long; calyx-segments linear-lanceolate, acute
to acuminate, more than one half as long as the linear acute corolla-
segments.

Coronado Islands, California, George Thurber, May, 1852 (no.
582)

22. Dudleya rigidifiora Rose, sp. nov.

Basal leaves not seen; flowering stem stout, 3-4 dm. long, pur-
plish; inflorescence of numerous long slender secund racemes;
pedicels asceriding, 4-5 mm. long; calyx deeply 5-cleft, its lobes
equal, fleshy, 6-7 mm. long, acuminate, somewhat glaucous ; co-
rolla reddish, 12 mm. long, the tube 5 mm. long, thetlobes slender,
acute and erect; stamens 10, much shorter than the corolla, all at-
tached near a top of the corolla-tube; carpels 5, slender, erect,
free to the bas

Plaza co Lower California, collected by A. W. Anthony,
July to October, 1896 (no. 142).

23. DupLteya taxa (Lindl.) Britton & Rose.
Echeveria laxa Lindl. Jour. Hort. Soc. 4: 292. 1849.
Cotyledon laxa Benth. & Hook.; Brew. & Wats. Bot. Cal. 1:

212. 1876,

Monterey, California.

(19)
24. Dudleya Bernardina Britton, sp. nov.

Acaulescent, green, or the young leaves and inflorescence some-

what glaucous; “basa 1 leaves forming a rosette, spreading, obovate-
spatulate to rhombic-obovate, abruptly ae acuminate, 5-8 cm
ong, 5 cm. wide or less; flowering bran 1.5-2. igh,
leafy to or near the base, its leaves se to ovate- -lanceolate,
acute or acuminate, sagittate-clasping ; cyme 10 cm. broad or less,
many-flowered ; pedicels becoming 1-1.5 cm. long; calyx 5-6 mm.
long, deeply 5- osen the lobes ovate, acute; corolla Follow, about
12 mm. long, cleft to below the middle, its lobes sharply acute;
stamens about three fourths as ae as the corolla.

San Bernardino Mountains, southern California: type collected
by S. B. and W. F. Parish, 1881 (no. roo).

25. Dudleya Goldmani Rose, sp. nov.

Acaulescent ; basal leaves in small dense rosettes, rhomboid-

long, their leaves small, ovate, cordate at base, acute; inflorescence
few-flowered, the flat- topped cyme very glaucous; pedicels 10-15
mm. long, slender ; calyx 4-5 mm. » tongs its lobes ovate, acutish;
corolla pinkish, or deep orange, 1 m. long, its tube ver short
its lobes oblong, acutish, rather thin aa perhaps more inclined to
spread than in other species; stamens and _ styles eonsiiersbly
shorter than the corolla.

Collected by E. A. Goldman in Pine Valley, head of Carmel
River, Monterey Co., California, August 3, 1902 (no. 763), some
of the specimens flowering in Washington, 1903 (type); and by
Miss Alice Eastwood, same county, Los Berros Trail, Santa Lucia
Mountains, May 1-12, 1897.

26. Dudleya minor Rose, sp. nov.

Acaulescent, or very old plants with a carrot-shaped rootstock
5 cm. long, crowned by a small rosette of spreading leaves; leaves
rhomboid-ovate, the larger ones 5-7 cm. long, narrowed at base,
abruptly acuminate, glaucous; inflorescence slender, with a few
elongated one-sided racemes; pedicels slender, 10-15 mm. long;
calyx 5-7 mm. long, its lobes ovate to ovate-lanceolate, acute; co-
rolla yellow or pale. orange, 12 mm. long, its tube 2 mm. long.

Collected on rocky banks, San Gabriel Cafion, altitude 600 to 700
meters, Los Angeles Co., Cal., by Dr. H. E. Hasse, June, 1902
(Rose, no. 421, type). Here also seems to belong A. J. Mc-
Clatchie’s plant, collected in the same region, May 25, 1896.

( 02 )

27. Dudleya ovatifolia Britton, sp. nov.
Glabrous, low, green, 1.5 dm. high or less; peladess stems
rigid; basal leaves ovate, shining above, acute, about 2 cm. long;

ments lanceolate, acute.

Sierra Santa Monica, California, H. M. Hall, no. 3255, May,
1902.

28. DupLeya Nevapensis (S. Wats.) Britton & Rose.

Cotyledon Nevadensis S. Wats. in Brew. & Wats. Bot. Cal. 1:
212. 187

Mountains of middle California. Type locality, Sonora, Cali-
fornia.

29. Dudleya Sheldoni Rose, sp. nov.
Acaulescent; leaves lanceolate to ovate-lanceolate, acute, very

high, purplish, leafy to the base; lower stem-leaves linear-lanceo-
late, 4 cm. long, the upper ones ovate, acute; inflorescence a rather
compact panicle; pedicels rather slender, sometimes ro mm. long;
sepals reddish, ovate, acute; corolla bright yellow, 10-11 mm. long,
the lobes sharply acute, ae ing at tip, free nearly to base;
stamens attached just above the base of the corolla, about two
thirds as long as the eee ee 5, erect.

Collected by Miss Alice Eastwood at the north base of Mt.
Tamalpais, California, June, 1903 (type), and by E. P. Sheldon
at the same place January, 1903.

30. DupLEya PLaTTIANA (Jepson) Britton & Rose.
Cotyledon Plattiana Jepson, Fl. West. Mid. Calif. 267. 1901.
Mountains of central California.

31. Dupiteya Purpusi (Schum.) Britton & Rose.
Etcheveria Purpust Schum. Gartenfl. 45: 608. 1896.
Cotyledon Purpusi Nichols. Dict. Gard. Suppl. 263. 1900.
Pale ae somewhat glaucous, tufted; basal leaves 4-7 c

long, 2 cm. wide or less, rhombic, broadest near the middle, Aes
acuminate; flowering branches 1-2 dm. tall, their leaves lanceolate,
acute, 2 cm. long or less, sessile, numerous; cyme 4-8 cm. broad;

pedicels rather stout, longer than the flowers; flower-buds Guaid:
acuminate; longer than thick; calyx-segments ovate, acutish, about

(21)

m. long, one third as long as the lemon-yellow corolla; corolla-
ener narrowly lanceolate, acuminate, separate nearly to the base.
Mountains of middle California.

32. Dudleya robusta Britton, sp. nov.

Acaulescent; basal leaves numerous, ascending, lanceolate, acu-
minate, light green, sometimes slightly glaucous, 10-15 cm. long,

1.5-2.5 ae wide; flowering branches stout, leafy to or nearly to the
base, pa dm. high, erect-ascending, their leav es lanceolate to eee
lanceolate, sagittate, the upper ones very small, the lower 4-
long; cyme many-flowered, about 10 cm. broad; pedicels, or some
of them, at length 1-1.5 cm. long, white-glaucous; calyx 5-6 mm.
long, deeply cleft, its lobes ovate, sharply acute, white-glaucous ;
corolla about 1.3 cm. long, orange, cleft to below the middle, the
lobes acute.

Described from plants sent to New York Botanical Garden from
southern California by Miss Mary T. Bryce in 1902, which flowered
the same year. (N. Y. B. G. no. 12,569.)

33- Dudleya Parishii Rose, sp. nov.

Acaulescent; basal leaves in a rosette, lanc eolate, acuminate, not
very thick for this genus, not at all aeruage becoming red; flower-
ing stems rather stout, co’ 3-4 dm. high; lower leaves nar-
rowly lanceolate, upper ones smaller, orate only slightly clasping
at base; inflorescence panic dee. somewhat flat-topped, the branches
spreading; pedicels rather slender, 4-8 mm. long; calyx-lobes
broadly ovate, acute (in herbarium specimens sharply acute) ;
corolla about 10 mm. long, rather pale orange, drying quite reddish.

Collected by S. B. Parish near San Bernardino, California, alti-
tude 300-450 meters, July 1, 1896, and in rg02 (the latter speci-
mens the type, flowering in Washington, June, 1903); Bloody
Basin, near Fort Verde, Arizona, E. A. Mearns, no. 338.

34. DupLteya cymosa (Lem.) Britton & Rose.
Echeveria cymosa Lem. Il. Hort. 10: Suppl. 79. 1863.
Cotyledon cymosa Baker, in Saund. Refug. Bot. 1: pl. 68. 1869.
California.

35. Dudleya Brandegei Rose, sp. nov.
Acaulescent; leaves in a dense aca rigid, ovate-oblong, long-
acuminate, the larger ones 1 dm. long, pale and slightly glaucous;
flowering stems 4-6 dm. long, rather stout, —— inflorescence
of several elongated one-sided racemes; pedicels rather stout,
1-1.5 cm. long; calyx deeply cleft into ovate- seen lobes, these
acute and 6-7 mm. long; corolla 10-14 mm. long, yellowish, the

( 22)

segments nearly erect, a little longer than the tube; stamens shorter
than the corolla, attached near the top of its tube; carpels erect,
free to the base.

Living specimens sent by Mrs. T. S. Brandegee in June, 1902
(type) ; probably native of Lower California. In Mr. Brandegee’s
herbarium is a flowering specimen which seems referable here, col-
lected by him at San Barga, Lower California, in 1889.

36. Dudleya lurida Rose, sp. nov.

Acaulescent; basal leaves ascending or nearly erect, very nu-
merous, not at all glaucous at flowering time, at last deeply
bronzed, lanceolate, acuminate, 10-15 cm. long, 10-22 mm. broad
at the middle, fleshy but not very thick for this genus; flowering
stems stout, purplish, 4-5 dm. tall, their leaves broadly ovate,
acute; inflorescence paniculate, the branches elongated; pedicels
8-12 mm. long, rather slender; calyx-lobes ovate, acute, 5-6 mm.
long, ee ee corolla reddish, 12-15 mm. long, the segments
erect, acu

Collected by Dr. H. E. Hasse on dry ridges, Santa Monica
range, Los Angeles Co., California, June 15, 1902 (type), and by
Dr. A. Davidson, San Fernando, Los Angeles Co., May 24, 1903.

37. Dudleya pauciflora Rose, sp. nov.

Leaves forming dense rosettes, see eyes broadened at base,

long-acuminate, 2-3 cm. long, 1 cm. at base, reddish, perhaps
somewhat glaucous; flowering stems : 10c g few leavedy in-
florescence a c 6-8 flowers, the longer pedicels 8-10

long; calyx 5-lobed, its lobes ovate, acute, 1.5 long; corolla-

tube shorter than the calyx, its segments 5-6 mm. long, lanceolate,
acute, probably reddish

Collected on San Pedro Martin Mountain, northern Lower Cali-
fornia, by T. S. Brandegee, May 13, 1893.

This species is perhaps nearest the following, but has different
leaves and inflorescence, and smaller flowers; it was distributed as
Cotyledon attenuata, from which it is even more distinct. Type
in Herb. California Academy of Sciences; fragment and photo-
graph in U. S. National Herbarium.

38. DupLEYA NUBIGENA (Brand.) Britton & Rose.

Cotyledon nubigena Brand. Proc. Cal. Acad. II. 3: 136. 1891.
Summits of the ‘* Sierra de la Laguna ” in southern Lower Cali-

fOrnia.

( 23 )

39- Dudleya Xanti Rose, sp. nov.
Resembling D. xubigena but of smaller stature ; basal leaves in a
small but rather dense rosette, broadly ovate, 4-5 cm. long, more or
less glaucous; flowering stems *3 bk long, slender, usually 2-

slender e

mm. long; calyx small, ‘deeply iobed, the lobes broadly ovate, obtuse
or even rounded at apex, 2-3 mm. long; corolla 8-1ro mm. long,
reddish, its tube usually if not always longer than the calyx;
stamens much shorter than the corolla; carpels erect

The following specimens referred here are all fot the extreme
southern part of Lower California: Vicinity of San Lucas, L. J.
Xantus, 1859-60 (type); San José del Cabo, T. S. Brandegee,
1892 (no. 207 in part and no. 208), and from the same locality,
Carlos Grabendorffer, 1898.

40. DupLeya RuBEns (Brand.) Britton & Rose.

Cotyledon rubens Brand. Proc. Cal. Acad. Il. 2: 155. 188

‘« Cliffs near San Esteban ” in the interior of central Lower Cali-
fornia about 27° 50! latitude.

41. Dudleya gigantea Rose, sp. nov.

Acaulescent or nearly so, with a thick short oe basal
leaves in a dense rosette, very glaucous, oblanceolate, 5-7 c ong,
drying very thin; flowering stems rather stout, about oe

pedicels rather slender, 5-10 mm. long, erect; bie eas broadly
ovate, obtuse or acutish; corolla drying deep red, 9-10 mm oo
the ene erect, acute, united at base into a ator tube 1.5 mm
lon

Collected at New York Falls, Amador Co., California by Geo.
Hansen, June 15, 1896.

42. Dudleya rigida Rose, sp. nov.

Basal leaves numerous, borne on a thick woody caudex, flat but
fleshy, oblong, 5-7 cm. long, acuminate, somewhat glaucous;
flowering branches long, slender and weak; inflorescence of a few
(usually 2) secund racemes; pedicels slender, the lower ones
longer, sometimes 10-15 mm. long; calyx-lobes ovate, longer than
the tube, acute; corolla 12 mm. long, reddish, with erect segments.

Lower California, J. E. McClelland; described from a specimen
which flowered in Washington.

43. DuUDLEYA LANCEOLATA (Nutt.) Britton & Rose.

Echeveria lanceolata Nutt.; T. & G. FI. N. Am. 1: 561.
1840.

( 24)

Cotyledon lanceolata Benth. & Hook.; Brew. & Wats. Bot.
al. 4: 211. 189
Southern California.

44. Dudleya delicata Rose, sp. nov.

Leaves in dense rosettes, in clusters of 4-6 or more, erect or
somewhat spreading, rather narrow, broadest at the base, the outer
ones 2 cm. broad, the inner ones considerably smaller and narrower,
gradually tapering to an acute apex, 6-S cm. long, fleshy but flat-
tened, very glaucous; flowering stems slender, about 20 cm. long,
the leaves ovate, acute; pedicels very short, z2~4 mm. long; calyx-
lobes equal, ovate, acute, not glaucous; corolla rather narrow,
greenish-yellow, the lobes slightly spreading at tip, obtuse or barely
acutish, oblong, united at base into short tube barely 2 mm. long.

Collected by L. R. Abrams in Spencer Valley, near Julian, San
Diego Co., California, June 22, 1903. Here seems to belong R.
D. Alderson’s no. 446, from Witches Creek, a nearby locality.

45. DupLEya PaLmeErRI (S. Wats.) Britton & Rose.
Cotyledon Palmeri S. Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 14: 292. 18409.
San Simeon Bay, San Luis Obispo Co., California. Only

known from type specimens.

46. Dudleya Brauntoni Rose, sp. nov.

Plants caespitose, the rootstock crowned by 6-S rosettes of
leaves; leaves elongated, strap-shaped, becoming 20 cm. long an
2 cm. broad, but often at flowering time only 10 cm. long and 1
cm. broad, pale green and very glaucous on the face, acute; flower-

m
lobes broadly ovate, q~5 mm. long, acute; segments of corolla pale
greenish yellow, 10-12 mm. long, erect.

Collected by Ernest Braunton on Elysian Hills, Los Angeles,
California, April 20, 1903 (no. 869), and May, 1903 (no. 882).

47. Dudleya brevipes Rose, sp. nov.

Caespitose, the rootstock crowned by a cluster of 5 or 6 rosettes
of leaves; leaves lanceolate to strap-shaped, 8-10 cm. long, 10-18
mm. broad, acute to shortly acuminate, not glaucous, somewhat
shining; flowering branches about 30 cm. long, naked only near
the base, their leaves ovate, acute, slightly cordate at base, spread-
ing or ascending; inflorescence of several spreading branches;

(25)

pedicels very short (3-4 mm. long); calyx deeply 5- adie the
lobes acute, glaucous; corolla-segments reddish yellow, a

Collected by C. R. Orcutt near Calmalli, Lower ee
April, 1903 (no. 125).

48. Dudleya compacta Rose, sp. nov.

Rootstock crowned by a cluster of closely set rosettes of leaves;

basal leaves oblong- einen rigid, very fleshy, bright shining
green, sometimes 6 cm. long but eee less, 2 cm. wide or less,

eee at base, gradually narrowed toward the ovate acute tip;
flowering stem 2-3 dm. long, reddish, wet a all glaucous, its lower
leaves ovate-oblong, the upper ones short, broadly ovate, cordate,
acutish, very thick; inflorescence rather compact, of several branches
bearing a few flowers; pedicels short, the lower ones 3-4 mm. long;
calyx-lobes acutish, in herbarium specimens decidedly acute ; corolla
pale oo colored, 8-10 mm. long, the segments acutish, spread-
ing at

on on rocks about San Francisco Bay. Described from
specimens sent by Miss Eastwood in 1903 which flowered in Wash-
ington in June, 1903.

49. Dudleya congesta Britton, sp. nov.

Acaulescent, green throughout, not at all glaucous; basal leaves

rhombic- ee ceolate to rhombic-ovate, sharply acuminate, dull,

cm. long or less, 1.5-2 cm. wide; flowering branch stout, about
13 cm. tall, ee its cordate-sagittate leaves numerous, triangular,

shorter than the pedicels, its lobes ovate, sharply acute, longer than
its tube, slightly longer than wide; corolla lemon-yellow, about
three times as long as the calyx, its set segments acute,
separate to below the tips of the calyx-lobe

Type sent by Miss Bryce from southern California to New York
Botanical Garden in 1902; flowered June, 1903 (N. Y. B.
no. 12703).

50. Dudleya Eastwoodiae Rose, sp. nov.

Caudex short, crowned by a dense rosette of leaves, these rather
short-ovate, Wroa dest at base, acute, 2-4 cm. long, green or be-
coming bronzed, not glaucous 0 or only slightly so, thickish ; flower
ing stalks rather stout, 15-25 cm. high, densely bracted, their lage
ovate, somewhat clasping ; noche a rather compact cyme,
the branches short, densely flowered; pedicels stout and short, 2-5

g; calyx small, 3-4 mm. long, cleft to below the middle, the
lobes ovate and obtuse; corolla-segments yellow (not turning reddish

(26)

in age), 10-12 mm. long, oblong, obtuse, the tube very short;
ei much shorter than the corolla, equally inserted near its

"ese by Miss Alice Eastwood at Bodega Point, Sonora Co.,
California, July 4, 1900. It much resembles the glabrous-leaved
Dudleya compacta, of the San Francisco region, but is apparently
distinct. This species and the next differ from other Dudleyas of
central California in their very obtuse corolla-segments.

51. Dudleya septentrionalis Rose, sp. nov.

Caudex crowned by several crowded rosettes of leaves covered
throughout with a white powder; leaves compact in the rosettes,
yather short, thickish, acute, ovate, broadest at base, 2-2.5 cm.
broad ; prints stems stout, rather weak and short for the genus,
6-8 cm. long, purplish, naked below, but thickly set with small
leaves above, these broadly ovate, acute; inflorescence a very com-

act cyme; calyx deeply cleft, glaucous, the lobes broadly ovate,
acute; corolla pale greenish yellow, rather short and broad, the
broad ale lobes thickish on the back and united at base into a
very short t

Collected ie Miss Alice Eastwood at Crescent City, Del Norte
Co., California, June, 1903. This species resembles D. farinosa
in Habit and foliage but has very different flowers, and D. £ast-
woodtae in its broad obtuse petals but in other respects is quite
different. It is by far the most northern species yet discovered.

52. Dudleya acuminata Rose, sp. nov.
Caespitose, the 5 or 6 dense rosettes crowning a thick caudex;
leaves not very numerous (12-20), erect or ascending, broadly
ovate, acuminate, 4-7 cm. long, broadest at base (2-2.

25-30 cm. high, naked below, their leaves 1-1.5 cm. long, ovate,
acute, eee at base; pneaiaay slightly Ser pedicels

ort, 3-6 mm. long; calyx 5 mm. long, deeply 5-cleft, the lobes
Penne Perea acute (rather ae so in dried specimens) ;
corolla reddish yellow

Collected near Calmalli, 50 miles east of Lagoon Head, Lower
California, by C. R. Orcutt, April, 1903 (no. 126, type). Here I
am inclined to refer T. S. Brandegee’s specimens collected on Cedros
Island, April 1, 1897.

53- DupLeya Lincua (S. Wats.) Britton & Rose.
Cotyledon Lingula S. Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 14: 293. 1879.

San Simeon Bay, California. Only known from type spec-
imen.

(27)

54. DupLEYA PANICULATA (Jepson) Britton & Rose.

Cotyledon caespitosa var. paniculata Jepson, Fl. West Mid.
Calif. 267. 1901.

Acaulescent; leaves in a dense rosette, ovate-oblong, about 10
cm. long, at least the inner ones quite gla ucous; inflorescence an
elongated panicle, 20-30 cm. long; pedicels 4-10 mm. long;
calyx-lobes ovate-triangular, acute; corolla pale yellow.

Morrison Cafion near Niles, California.

55. Dudieya humilis Rose, sp. nov.

Caespitose, clinging to the rocks, sometimes a dozen or more
rosettes of leaves crowning the rootstock; leaves linear-ovate,
i m

os a short panicle, few to very many-flowered; pedicels
short, 2-5 mm. long; ge ae ovate, acute; corolla at first
pale ee but drying reddish, 7-S mm. long, its segments
acute, somewhat spreading at ‘about twice as long as the calyx.

Described from living specimens sent by Miss Alice Eastwood
from Mt. Diablo, California, June 2,1903. Here seems to belong
the plant collected on the same mountain by Dr. E. L. Greene in
June, 1892.

Miss Eastwood says of this species: ‘* The little plants were hug-
ging the rocks very closely and it was very difficult to disengage
them. They grow almost at the very summit.”

56. DupLEeya caAESPITOSA (Haw.) Britton & Rose.

Cotyledon caespitosa Haw. Misc. Nat. 180. 1803.

Cotyledon linguiformis R. Br. in Ait. Hort. Kew. Ed. 2, 3:
10g. 1811.

Cotyledon reflexa Willd. Enum. Hort. Berol. Suppl. 24. 1813.

Etcheverta caespitosa DC. Prod. 3: 4o1. 1828.

Central California. Erroneously cited in original description as
from Cape of Good Hope.

57. Dudleya Helleri Rose, sp. nov.

Caudex crowned by several (8 in specimens seen) small dense
rosettes of leaves; basal leaves linear to ovate-linear, 3-4 cm.
rong very glaucous, thickish, acute, 15 mm. wide at the base, 10

wide ef less ie oy ove the base; flowering branches slender,
icae cm. long, bright red, usually naked below (at least for
2-6 cm.), ‘their ee ste the upper ones short and acute; in-

( 28 )

florescence a rather small flat-topped cyme of 2-5 branches, each
branch bearing 3-6 flowers; pedicels short, z~5 mm. long; calyx-

lobes united at base into a very short tube, broadly ovate, acute;
stamens a little shorter than the corolla-lobes, attached almost at
the base of the corolla.

Collected by A. A. Heller in Monterey Co. (exact locality not
given), California, in July, 1903. Here seem also to belong speci-
mens collected on Willow Creek, Santa Lucia Mountains, Mont-
erey Co., California, by R. A. Plaskett, May, 1897 (no. 86).

58. DupLeya CoTyLEpon (Jacq.) Britton & Rose.

Sedum Cotyledon Jacq. Eclog. 1: 27. pl. 77. 1811.
oe Californica Baker, in Saund. Refug. Bot. 1: J. 70.

69.

Licheveria Caltfornica roe Zc. 186

Acaulescent, or very nearly so, tinged with red, basal leaves
numerous, ticle: -lingulate, pale pune slightly glaucous, 6-10 cm.
long, 2 cm. wide or less, sharply acuminate, the base widened ;

n
their leaves numerous, ovate to triangular-ovate, sagittate, half-
clasping, acute, the lower ones about 2 cm. long, the upper gradu-
ally smaller, the similar bracts of the ee 5 mm. long or
less; inflorescence cymose-paniculate, 2.5 dm. long or less ; ped-
icels stout, q-10 mm. long; calyx white farinose, its lobes tri-
angular-ovate, acute, 3 mm. long; corolla yellow, 1 cm. lon ng, its
tube slighter shorter than the calyx, its oblong-lanceolate segments
acute, slightly keele

onterey, Calorie. The plates of Jacquin and of Baker
clearly represent the same species, and this has recently been col-
lected by Mr. L. R. Abrams at Monterey and flowered freely at
New York Botanical Garden.

59. Dudleya elongata Rose, sp. nov.

tems elongated, at length 2-4 dm. long, simple or branched;
leaves nearly | inear, broadest near the base, very glaucous, 4-8 cm.

g, 9 mm. wide or less, acute to acuminate ; flowering stems
leafless below, leafy ent the leaves Overs; acute, cordate, 1 cm.
long or less; inflorescence cy ymose-pa te; de esc very short
i~2 mm. long; c calyx-lobes ovate, acute, 4 mm. long, twice as long
. the eae corolla 12 mm. long, at first reddisl yellow, in age

eep r

Near San Pedro, California, H. E. Hasse.

(29)
GORMANIA ste gen. nov.

Low, Sedum-like species, perennial by horizontal rootstocks.
Leaves spatulate to obovate or nearly abe (hoe of the flower-
ing stems similar to the basal ones, but sma owers os

n e
or thyrsoid, yellow to red. Calyx mostly deeply 5-lobed, the lobes
acute or obtuse. Petals 5, united below the middle, acute to acumi-
nate, somewhat spreading above. Stamens 10, borne on the co-
rolla; anthers mostly oblong. Carpels many-seeded, united below,
erect or nearly so, even in fruit.

Named for Mr. M. W. Gorman, of Portland, Oregon, an assidu-
ous collector

Type species, Cotyledon Oregonensis 8. Wats.

1. GormMania Watsontr Britton.

Cotyledon Oregonensis S. Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 17: 373.
1882. Not Sedum Oreganum Nutt. 1840.

Oregon.

2. Gormania laxa Britton, sp. nov.
labrous, green, about 3 dm. tall; flowering stems erect; leaves

spatulate, abou cm. long, obtuse ; inflorescence loose, cymose-
paniculate, nae to cm. broad and 16 cm. long, its branches lax,
slender; pedicels 2-3 mm. long; calyx-lobes ovate-lanceolate,

ute, 4-5 mm. long; corolla yellow (?), ro-11 mm. long, its lobes
lanceolate, acute, united nearly to the middle; anthers about 2 mm.
long; carpels erect, united at the base.

Waldo, Oregon, Thos. Howell, June 4, 1884.

3. GORMANIA oBTUSATA (A. Gray) Britton.
Sedum obtusatum A. Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 7: 342. 1868.
Sierra Nevada of California.

4. Gormania Hallii Britton, sp. nov.

Spreading, matted, green, not glaucous, the flowering stems §
cm. ney or less; leaves spatulate to spatulate-obovate, 15 mm.
long or less, 4-6 mm. wide, rounded or slightly retuse at the apex,
a little concave on the upper surface, the upper ones similar, nar-
rower; calyx about 3 mm. long, its lobes oblong- Fagard obtus-
ish; corolla about 7 mm. long, bright yellow, its tube somewhat
shorter than the calyx, its lobes oblong-lanceolate, eerere pedi-
cels very slender, 2-8 mm. long; cyme little compound, thyrsoid,
about 3 cm. broad, 3-5 cm. high.

Vicinity of Tuolumne meadows, in the Canadian zone, at pe
3100 m. altitude, Yosemite National Park, California, H. M.
and E. B. Babcock, July, 1902, no. 3545.

(30)
5. Gormania anomala Britton, sp. nov.

Rootstock rather slender; flowering stems 7-10 cm. high; basal
and lower leaves spatulate, about 1.5 cm. long, the upper much
smaller; cyme dense, 5 cm. broad or less; pedicels 2 mm. long,
or those of central flowers 5-6 mm. long; calyx-segments ovate-
lanceolate, acute; corolla yellow, 6-7 mm. long, its lobes lanceo-
late, acute, united by their bases to the length of about 0.5 mm.;
carpels nearly erect, their filiform tips half as long as body.

Southern California. Type locality, sandy hills in path of strong
daily sea-winds, San Luis Obispo County, Mrs. R. W. Summers,
June, 1883

6. GORMANIA DEBILIS (S. Wats.) Britton.

Sedum debile S. Wats. Bot. King’s Exp. 102. 1871.
Utah, Nevada, Idaho and eastern Oregon.

7. GORMANIA OREGANA (Nutt.) Britton.

Sedum Oreganum Nutt.; T. & G. Fl. N. Am. 1: 559. 1840.
Glabrous, green; rootstock slender, creeping; flowering stems
slender, erect or ascending, 8-15 cm. high; leaves spatulate-
cm. long or

ceolate to ovate-lanceolate, acute; corolla 8~1o mm. long, yellow,
its linear-lanceolate long-acuminate segments united for about one
fifth their length, much exceeding the stamens.

Alaska to northern California. Corolla said to be pale rose-color
in original description, apparently erroneously, unless it fades to that
tint.

8. Gormania Burnhami Britton, sp. nov.

inflorescence thyrsoid, 6-10 cm. long, about 5 cm. wide, rather
loose; pedicels stout, 3-6 mm. long, mostly shorter than the linear
bracts; calyx 4-6 mm. long, its ovate or ovate-lanceolate lobes acute
or acuminate; corolla cream-color, tinged with rose, about 1 cm.
long, its segments oblong-lanceolate, acute, united for about one
fourth their length.

Between Lake Eleanor and Lake Vernon, Tuolumne County,
California, S. H. Burnham, July 16, 1894 (type); Cation Creek,
Trinity County, California, Alice Eastwood, July 2-18, rgor.

(31)

Gormania retusa Rose, sp. nov.

Rootstock rather thick; flowering stems 1-1.5 dm. tall; leaves
obovate to spatulate, relatively thin, retuse, 2 as long or less,
the upper much smailer; inflorescence dense, thyrsoid-cymose,
about 6 cm. long; pedicels 3 mm. long or less; eee -lobes ovate,
acute, 3 mm. long; corolla pink or red, 6-7 mm. long, its seg-
ments oblong-lanceolate, acutish, ae for ee one fourth their
length.

Sanhedrin Mountains, Lake County, California, alt. 1,500 meters,
A. A. Heller, August 6, 1g02.

10. Gormania Eastwoodiae Britton, sp. nov.

Rootstocks stout, horizontal; basal leaves spatulate, thick, ob-

tuse, I-2 ¢ ong, I cm. wide or less, rather pale green, slightly
glaucous, those of the flowering stems similar, smaller; ring
stems 10-15 cm. high; cyme dense, 5 cm. broad or less; pedicels

2-5 mm. long; calyx about 3 mm. long, its triangular-ovate acute
lobes about twice as long as the tube; corolla red or dark pink,
about 7 mm. long, its segments oblong-lanceolate, sharply acute,
united for about one third their length.

Red Mountain, northern Mendocino County, California, Alice
Eastwood.

ALTAMIRANOA Rose, gen. nov.

Perennial, low, much branched species, often shrubby at base,
with much more the habit of Sedum than of Acheverta, but petals
not distinct, flowers purplish or white, rarely yellow, much smaller
than in Acheverta. Sepals, linear, distinct. Corolla not angled,
with a distinct tube, campanulate; the lobes broad and spreading.
Stamens 10, borne on the corolla-tube. Carpels 5, erect

Named in honor of Dr. Fernando Altamirano, who, as the Di-
rector of the Instituto Medico Nacional, is doing much to develop
the scientific resources of Mexico.

Type species, Cotyledon Batesii Hemsl.

T have grouped together here certain anomalous species which have
heretofore been resting in Cotyledon but with the habit of a Sedwmz,
or in Sedum, but with united petals. It is possible that the species
here brought together may not all be congeneric. It seems clear,
however, that they should be taken out of Cotyledon and Sedum.

Altamiranoa elongata Rose, sp. nov.

Perennial, at first with slender erect branches, but rather weak
and becoming prostrate, aiaees root at every joint, finely puberu-
lent; leaves small, closely set at right angles to the branches,
appearing imbricate in dried specimens, linear-ovate, acute, puberu-
lent, 6 mm. long, turgid but somewhat flattened, with a cordate some-

(32)

what clasping base; inflorescence Samui its ultimate branches
secund, bearing a few sessile flowers; sepals linear, 2 mm. long,
puberulent; corolla white or pinkish, 5 mm. long, campanulate,
its segments united at base into a short tube; carpels distinct.

A common species on the mountains above Pachuca, altitude
about 2,850 meters. Collected by J. N. Rose, June 1, 1899 (no.
4461, type), and later in the same year by C. G. Pringle (no. 8233).

ALTAMIRANOA CALCICOLA (Robinson & Greenman) Rose.

Sedum calcicola Robinson & Greenman, Am. Jour. Sci. 50:
150. 1

Las Cuavas, San Luis Potosi, Mexico.

ALTAMIRANOA PARVA (Hemsl.) Rose.

Sedum parvum Hemsl. Diag. Pl. Nov. 3: 51. 18So.

Only known from the type locality, which is near the City of San
Luis Potosi, Mexico.

Altamiranoa Goldmani Rose, sp. no
w much branched Sedum-like plant, gabrous throughout,

with tuberous-thickened roots; old stems so hat woody, pro-
cumbent and rooting at the joints, bearing pee rosettes of
leaves; flowering branches more elongated, 5-6 cm. long, rose-col-

dietaet, linear, fleshy but flattened, obtuse, appressed to the corolla,
unequal, 4-6 mm. long, reddish tinged ; corolla 6 mm. long, not at
all 5-angled, very thin’ when dry, pale yellow, tinged with red,
orange colored when dry, its tube a little longer than the lobes;
lobes ovate, acute, spreading; stamens 10, all borne at the top of
the corolla-tube; scales small, purplish, 0.3 mm. long, about as
broad as high, retuse at apex; carpels 5, distinct, oblong, reddish
near tip, many-seeded; styles short.

Described from living specimens collected by E. A. Goldman
among crevices of the rocks on the summit of Cerro de Patamban,
Michoacan, Mexico, altitude 3,600 meters. The species has much
the habit of A. elongata.

ALTAMIRANOA Baresi (Hemsl.) Rose.
Cotyledon Batesit Hemsl. Diag. Pl. Nov. 1: 9. 1878.
Central Mexico.

Altamiranoa scopulina Rose, sp. nov.

Glabrous throughout; stems more or less creeping and much
branched, the lower parts covered with whitish scales (bases of old
dead leaves) ; leaves linear, nearly terete, 4-6 mm. long, sessile and

(33)

with a free projection down the stem, closely set but hardly imbri-
cate; flowers few, near the tops of the branches, sessile or short-
pediceled ; sepals leaf-like, shorter than the petals, somewhat un-
equal; corolla-segments pure white, oblong, acute, 5 mm. long,
slightly united at base, nearly flat; appendages minute; stamens
shorter than the corolla

Collected by J. N. Rose on dry rocky hills near Tepeaca, south
of Puebla, June 27, 1899 (no. 4996). Living specimens were sent
to the Washington Botanical Garden and flowered in the open, June,
1g00. From these the above description is drawn.

ALTAMIRANOA FUSCA (Hemsl.) Rose.

Sedum fuscum Hemsl. Biol. Centr. Am. Bot. 1: 395. 1880.

Described as an annual but perhaps a biennial or possibly a per-
ennial, diffusely branching, 1 dm. high or less; leaves hee) ob-
long, fleshy, 4-6 mm. long, obtuse; inflorescence cym mere
cels 2 mm. long or ieee sepals distinct, free at base; le
ments white, united for one fourth their length.

Only known from the region about San Luis Potosi, Mexico.

ALTAMIRANOA CHIHUAHUENSIS (S. Wats.) Rose.
Sedum Chihuahuense 5. Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 23: 273. 1888.
escribed as annual but producing small tubers, simple below,
branching above, ee cm. tall; leaves sessile, oblong or oblong-
lanceolate, obtuse, 2— m. long; corolla-segments white, united

at base, oblanceolate, as mm. long; carpels divergent above.
Rocky ledges, Sierra Madre of Chihuahua, Mexico. A very

peculiar species and not well understood.

STYLOPHYLLUM Britton & Rose, gen. nov.

Perennials with more or less branched rootstocks; basal leaves
linear, elongated, terete, or flattened but always narrow, sometimes

lobes ovate, equal and small. Corolla campanulate, not angled,
white, red or yellowish, its lobes broad, thin and spreading, united
below into a tube. Stamens ro, borne on the corolla-tube. Car-
pels 5, united below, generally strongly spreading as in Sed.

The type species, Cotyledon edulis Nutt., has been referred to
both Sed and Cotyledon. The name is in allusion to the pen-
cil-shaped leaves of the type species.

1. STYLOPHYLLUM viscipUM (S. Wats.) Britton & Rose.

Cotyledon viscida S. Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 17: 372. 1882.
Southern California.

(34)

2. Stylophyllum virens Rose, sp. nov.

The thick and elongated branched stem sprawling over een
the lower parts clothed with old leaves, the ends crowned by dens
rosettes of bright green leaves; leaves spreading or es fisea
shining, not glaucous, 5-9 cm. long, gradually tapering from the
base and there 10-15 mm. broad, fleshy but flattened throughout;
inflorescence a weak many-branched panicle; calyx-lobes ovate,
somewhat acutish in ee specimens; corolla reddish, campanu-
late; carpels spreadin

Collected by Blanche Trask on San Clemente Island, California,
June, 1903.

3. Stylophyllum albidum Rose, sp. nov.

Basal leaves in dense rosette, strap-shaped, widest at base,

gradually tapering at the apex, very glaucous, 4 cm. long, 1 cm.

minate; inflorescence a somewhat flattened cyme; pedicels very
stout and short, 2-4 mm. long; calyx-lobes ovate, obtuse, very
short, 2 mm. long; corolla 7 mm. long, reddish, its lobes lan-
peel, acute, its tube 2 mm. long; stamens all borne at the top
of tube, shorter than i corolla; carpels somewhat ee
above and united at bas

San Clemente Island, Catone: T. S. Brandegee, August 25,
1894 (type). Also collected on the same island by Blanche Trask
in 1903.

4. Stylophyllum Traskae Rose, sp. nov.

Caudex thick and woody; leaves forming a dense rosette, strap-
shaped, 4-5 cm. long, 8-10 mm. broad, glabrous, acute; flowerin
branches about 20 cm. long, reddish, with rather small scattered
pineal inflorescence a rather compact flat-topped cyme; pedicels
short, 2-4 ong; calyx-lobes broadly ovate, acute or obtusish;
an bright canary-yellow, mm. long, the lobes somewhat
spreading; carpels inclined to spread.

Only known from material collected by Blanche Trask on Santa
Barbara Island off the coast of southern California, May, 1901.
The plant was distributed as Cotyledon lanceolata, from which of
course it is very distinct.

5. Stylophyllum insulare Rose, sp. nov.

Stems very thick and woody, 6-8 cm. in diameter, crowned b
rosette of dire leaves, the old leaves somewhat perisient:
leaves 10-15 cm. long, 1-1.5 cm. broad above the base, 2 cm. broad
at pee fleshy, much flattened except toward the apex, acute, more

r less ened ae especially when young; flowering branch stout,

(35)

purplish, 3-4 dm. long; inflorescence paniculately branched; pri-
mary branches oe nearly equal, two or three times dichotomous,

its lobes twice as long as the tube, ovate, acute; corolla m,
long, reddish, somewhat campanulate, its tube about the length of
the carpels; carpels united at base, widely spreading.

Collected on Santa Catalina Island by Blanche Trask in May
and June, 1897, and in June, 1902. The latter specimen, in U. S.
National Herbarium, is the type.

6. Stylophyllum Hassei Rose, sp. nov.

dex elongated, sometimes about 3 dm. long, 2-3 cm. in diam-

ered
cous, 4 mm. long, cleft to or below the middle, its lobes ovate,
acute; corolla-tube about 1 mm. long; carpels widely spreading
in age.

Collected on the sea beach on Santa Catalina Island by Dr. H.
E. Hasse, May 30, 1902 (type), and on the same island by Blanche
Trask, June, 1902.

47. Stylophyllum semiteres Rose, sp. nov.

At first acaulescent but old plants Paige caulescent and
branching; leaves numerous, closely set on the caudex, linear,
semiterete, Io cm. or so long, often See reddish, acute;
flowering branches about 20 cm. long, their leaves ovate, turgid,
tee the lowest ones often opposite ; inflorescence a pair of secund

acemes; pedicels very short (1-3 mm. long); calyx 5 mm. long,

mm. 1 i

but tinged with red; stamens borne on the corolla, all shorter than
the corolla but those alternating with the lobes shorter than the
others; carpels somewhat spreading.

Type from Lower California or the Colorado Desert of California
sent by Mr. C. R. Orcutt, 1903.

In some respects these specimens correspond, especially in refer-
ence to the leaves, calyx, inflorescence and color of the flower,
with Mr. Watson’s description of Cotyledon attenuata, but they
differ greatly from living specimens from type locality.

(36)

8. STYLOPHYLLUM EDULE (Nutt.) Britton & Rose.
Sedum edule Nutt. in T. & G. Fl. N. Am. 1: 560. 1840.
Cotyledon edulis Brewer, Bot. Calif. 1: 211. 1876
Southern California, near the sea.

9. STYLOPHYLLUM ATTENUATUM (S. Wats.) Britton & Rose.

Cotyledon attenuata S. Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 22: 472. 1887.
San Quintin, Lower California.
10. STYLOPHYLLUM DENSIFLORUM Rose.
Cotyledon nudicaule ore Bull. So. Cal. Acad. Sci. 2: 42.
1903. Not Lam _ 1786

terete, acute, 6-12 cm. long; Ase ane branches dead: ead weak ;

spreading, distinct nearly to the base; stamens 10, a little shorter
than the corolla; carpels spreading.

Collected on mossy ledges and crevices of perpendicular cliffs,
altitude 350 meters, in San Gabriel Cafion, Los Angeles Co., Cal.,
by H. E. Hasse, June 21, 1902, and at or near the same station
by L. R. Abrams.

tr. Stylophyllum Orcuttii Rose, sp. nov.

Resembling S. attenuatum in its foliage and habit, but stouter
and very glaucous; corolla-tube much shorter and shorter even than
the calyx, the lobes broader, and more keeled, segments rose-colored,
not at all tinged with yellow; calyx-lobes obtusish; anthers red.

— on Coronado Islands by Lieut. Charles F. Pond,

-, June 4, 1889; Initial Monument, C. R. Orcutt, R. D.
ee T. S. Brandegee (type) and in cultivation in various
botanical gardens.

Mr. Orcutt says of this species: ‘* First collected in 1883 by Miss
Fanny E. Fisk, at Sanzal, on Todos Santos bay, Lower California ;
later found growing abundantly at the initial Mexican boundary
monument, near San Diego, California, by C. R. Orcutt and
others, and living material sparingly distributed as C. attenuata,
rom which it differs chiefly in its inflorescence. Corolla tinged
with rose purple, not yellow as in C. attenuata. This and C.
attenuata 1 cannot distinguish in cultivation except by the flowers,

(37)

both are glaucous or at length glabrous and bright apple-green.”
Recognized first by Dr. E. L. Greene as a new species, but not
published by him.

Mr. Brandegee also recognized this as an undescribed species,
and it is labelled as such in his private herbarium.

12. Stylophyllum Parishii Britton, sp. nov.

Stems not as thick as in S. edule, somewhat glaucous; flower-
ing branches 2-3 dm. high, rather weak, glabrous; inflorescence
paniculate ; pedicels 5 mm. long or less; calyx 5-parted, the lobes
4 mm. long, broadly oblong with rounded apex; corolla-segments

long, yellowish (?); stamens ro, borne on the corolla at the top of
the tube; carpels united only near the base.

Pala, San Diego Co., Cal.; collected by S. B. and W. F. Par-
ish, June, 1880 (no. ini

HASSEANTHUS Rose, gen. nov.

Ste several, arising from small globose or oblong corms.
Basal ie linear, terete, narrowed below into flattened petioles ;
stem-leaves narrowly ovate, turgid but somewhat flattened. Calyx
5-lobed. Corolla-segments united at base into a short tube, yellow
or white changing to purple. Carpels 5, united at base (?), widely
spreading.

Named in honor of Dr. H. E. Hasse.

Type species, Sedum vartegatum S. Wats.

1. HassEANTHUS BLOCHMANAE (Eastw.) Rose.
Sedum Blochmanae Eastw. Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. II. 6: 422.
pl. 53. 1896.
Along the road to Pt. Sal near Casmailia beach, Santa Barbara
Co., California.

2. HassEANTHUS VARIEGATUS (S. Wats.) Rose.
Sedum variegatum S. Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 11: 137. 1876.
San Diego Co., California.

3. Hasseanthus elongatus Rose, sp. nov.
Resembling 7. varéegatus, but with long slender stems and cyme-
branches, linear elongated leaves, oblong calyx-lobes, and bce
yellow corolla; the leaves not at all variegate ed.
Collected on the San Joaquin Hills, Orange Co., Cal., by L. R.
Abrams, June, 1901 (no. 1785).

(38)
4. Hasseanthus multicaulis sp. nov.

Perennial oye an ed corm 2-3 cm. long. Stems >S, rathe

yellow tinged with red, 7-8 mm. long, slightly united at base;
stamens 10, borne on hace of corolla-segments; carpels widely
spreading (?) in age.
nown only from Los Angeles Co., Cal., where it has been

collected by H. E. Hasse on sterile clay bluffs near Santa Monica,
April, 1891 (type), May 11, 1891 (no. 5241), and May, 1902, at
which time flowering specimens were sent to the writer.

It differs from A. varzegatus in the shape of the corms, stouter
and not glaucous stems, obtuse buds and subsessile flowers.

RHODIOLA L.

Perennials with a woody and somewhat branching rootstock.
peas broad and comparatively thin. Flowers dioecious or poly-
gamous, 4- or 5-parted. Corolla el yellowish or greenish.
Ce erect. Style very short or no

Type species, R. rosea L.

1. RuopioLa RosEA L. Sp. Pl. 1035. 1753.
Sedum roseum Scop. Fl. Carn. Ed. 2, 326. 1772.
Sedum Rhodiola DC. Pl. Grasses, pl. 147. 1805.
Newfoundland and Greenland to Alaska, south to Maine; two
isolated stations in eastern Pennsylvania. Also in Europe.

2. Rhodiola Neomexicana Britton, sp. nov.

tems ed very leafy, 1-2.5 dm. high; leaves linear-oblong,
narrowed a oth ends, entire, acute or obtusish, 2-3 cm. lon

2~3 cm. broad, the pistillate ones smaller; pedicels shorter than the
petals or equalling them; petals linear-lanceolate, cucullate at the
apex, longer than the linear calyx-segments; filaments one half
longer than the petals.

On White Mountain Peak, Lincoln Co., New Mexico, at 3,500
meters, collected by E. O. Wooton, Aug. 1, 1901.

(39)

3. Rhodiola Alaskana Rose, sp. nov.

Resembling #. zxtegréfolia, a usually taller and more slender
(often 20 cm. high), usually quite pale and appearing glaucous in
herbarium specimens; leaves Arent acute, 2-2.5 cm. long,
strongly toothed in the upper third, drying very thin; petals
purplish, obtuse; carpels 4-6 mm. long, gradually tapering into a
slender style 1-1.5 mm. long.

Coast of southern Alaska. Type from Misty Harbor, Nagai
Island, Alaska, C. H. Townsend, July 22, 1893.

4. RHODIOLA INTEGRIFOLIA Raf. Atl. Journ. 1: 146. 1832.

Sedum rhodioloides Raf. @. c. 1832.

Sedum Rhodiola Torr. Ann. Lyc. N. Y. 2: 206. 1827. Not
DC. 1805.

Sedum frigidum Rydb. Bull. Torrey Club, 28: 282. 1gor.

High mountains of Colorado, Nevada and California to Alaska.

5. RHODIOLA POLYGAMA (Rydb.) Britton & Rose.
Sedum polygamum Rydb. Bull. Torrey Club, 28: 283. 1gor.
Mountains of Colorado

6. RuopioLa RoANENsis Britton.

Sedum Roanense Britton; Small, Fl. So. U. S. 497. 1903.

Stems tufted, stout, oe .5-2.7 dm. high; leaves oblanceo-
late, entire, or rarely with a few minute teeth, obtusish or acute,
narrowed at the base, 2-3 cm. long, 5-9 mm. wide, the aaa

ch smaller and shorter; cymes dense, 2-3 cm. broad; flower
ee short-pedicelled; petals lanceolate, purple, or purplish ; fll
cles 8-10 mm. long, the short widely spreading beak about 1
long.

On Roan Mountain, Mitchell Co., N. C. Type, collected by
Jj. K. Small and A. A. Heller, July 16, 1891.

SEDUM L. Sp. Pl. 430. 1753.
Sedum muscoideum Rose, sp. nov.

Perennial, with branching creeping stems; leaves appressed, and
closely set on the branches, minute, thickish, obtuse; ee
much reduced, consisting of 1 or 2 sessile flowers at the ends of the
branches; calyx-lobes obtuse, ovate, 1 mm. long; corolla yellow ;
petals lanceolate, 3.5 mm. long, a little longer than the stamens.

Arriba de Papalo, Oaxaca, Conzatti & Gonzales, 1898 (no. 777).

Closely resembling Sedum cupressoides, but with yellow flowers.
Mr. Hemsley has compared the material with his type of the latter
species and agrees with me that it is different.

(40 )

Sedum submontanum Rose, sp. nov.

erennial, much branched and spreading, glabrous throughout ;
leaves very closely set or even imbricate, small, 3-5 mm. long, short-

branched cymes, sessile; calyx-lobes leaf-like, short, 1-2 mm. long,
rounded at apex; petals narrow, white (or if pink very pale), 5-6
mm. long; scales small, retuse at apex; carpels spreading above.

Collected by J. N. Rose on rockwork in public plaza at Monte
Escobado, Zacatecas, August 27, 1897 (no. 2042, type), and by C.
G. Pringle on banks and ledges, Sierra de las Cruces, Jalisco,
August 12,1893. This little plant was distributed as S. Aforanense
from which it differs in its more herbaceous calyx-lobes, and paler
and larger flowers.

Sedum calcaratum Rose, sp. nov.

Perennial (?), much branched, 5-8 cm. high, glabrous, more or
less purple; leaves linear, ** cylindrical,” obtuse, 10-12 mm. g;
alternate and scattered; flowers arranged along one side of the
branches, subsessile; calyx-lobes 5, somewhat unequal, 2-3 mm.
long, green; stamens 10; scales linear, about two thirds the length
of the filaments; petals red, 5 mm. long, obtuse; carpels 5, widely
spreading when mature, with long mucronate tips

Collected by C. G. Pringle on thin soil of limestone ledge near
El Salto near Dublan, Hidalgo, Mexico, rgo1 (no. 8620).

Sedum oxycoccoides Rose, sp. nov.

Perennial by creeping fleshy rootstocks, with many slender
branches arising from the base, glabrous throughout; leaves numer-
ous, linear, 8-15 mm. long; flowers in small few-branched cymes,
sessile or sometimes short-pedicelled; calyx-segments linear, leaf-
like, somewhat unequal, the longer ones as long as petals; petals
deep red, lanceolate, acuminate, 10 mm. long, longer than the
reddish stamens; carpels free to base, spreading.

Collected by J. N. Rose in deep shady ravines near Santa Teresa,
Tepic, August 11, 18947 (no. 2198).

SEDUM MINIMUM Rose.

Sedum Pringle? minus Rob. & Sea. Proc. Am. Acad. 28: 105.
1893. Not S. minus Haw. 1825.

the calyx; filaments 10, only 5 ant er-bearing; scales linear, o
mn. long, obtuse or retuse ; carpels united for one third their length ;
styles very short.

(41)

Collected by C. G. Pringle on summit of the Nevada de Toluca,
State of Mexico, September, 1892 (no. 4240).

Sedum Hemsleanum Rose, sp. nov.

erennial, caulescent, 1-3 dm. high, branching, puberulent;
basal leaves in small rosettes, orbicular; stem-leaves linear to lan-
ceolate, 2 cm. long, obtuse, puberulent; inflorescence an elongated
panicle; flowers eeaale: arranged along one side of the axis; calyx-
lobes broadly ovate, obtuse, 1.5 mm. long; petals white, 4 mm.
long, ovate, acuminate; carpels 5, tipped with long slender styles.
Collected by F. Miiller, Orizaba, (no. 322), by C. G. Pringle
near Oaxaca City, November, 1894 (no. 6042, type), and by E.
W. Nelson on rocks between Petlatcingo and Acatlan, Puebla,
November, 1594 (no. 2001).

Sedum australe Rose, sp. nov.

Perennial, procumbent, rooting at the joints; branches woody,
tuberculately roughened ; leaves numerous, densely imbricate, terete,

use, 6-7 mm. long, glabrous; inflorescence a short compact

me; calyx-lobes leaf-like, half as long as the petals; petals red-
dish-yellow, 7 mm. long, aa on the back below the apex;
carpels widely spreading when ure.

Collected by E. W. Nelson on the volcano of Santa Maria,
Guatemala, January 24, 1897 (no. 3707).

Sedum Shastense Britton, sp. nov.

Perennial by a slender rootstock, glabrous; a erie erect,
or the base decumbent, 6-12 cm. high; leaves lanceolat ob-
long-lanceolate, to-15 mm. long, 3-5 mm. oe acute, Slee
the narrowed base somewhat prolonged below the axil; cyme small,
compact, 2-3 cm. broad; flowers few, sessile or nearly so; calyx-
segments ovate to triangular-ovate, acute, about half as long as the
petals; petals very thin, lanceolate, acuminate, yellow, strongl
nerved, about 8 mm. long, exceeding the stamens and pistils; styles
subulate; young follicles erec

North side of Mt. Shasta, Siskiyou County, California, H. E.
Brown, July, 1897 (no. 44r).

Sedum Cockerellii Britton, sp. nov.

Perennial, glabrous, branched, 2 dm. high or less; basal leaves
not seen; stem-leaves lanceolate to oblong-lanceolate, sessile, acute,
cm. long, 6 mm. wide or less; cymes 2.6 cm. broad; flowers
eps cee calyx- segments nearl linea ear, acute or acutish, a little
shorter than the petals; petals linear-lanceolate to linear- obl lanceo-
late, acute, 6-S mm. long, white; anthers pink; carpels erect;
styles subulate.

( 42)

Tuerto Mountain, east of Santa Fé, New Mexico, T. D. A.
Cockerell, in 1895 (type); Mt. Carmel, on the Rio Grande, Parry
(Mex. Bound. Surv., no. 403).

Sedum (?) guttatum Rose, sp. nov.

Much branched at base, shortly caulescent; leaves glabrous, op-
posite, 2 or 4 pairs, 2-3 cm. long, thickish, rounded on the back,
broadly channeled on the face, sage-gray color, spotted with purple-
black blotches, obtuse; inflorescence terminal, cymose; branches 2
or 3, spreading; pedicels very short; sepals free to the base, oblong,
3-4 mm. long, subequal, green, obtuse; petals narrowly oblong, 5
mm. long, obtuse, apparently reddish, free to the base; stamens 10,
shorter than the petals, the 5 opposite the sepals free to the base,
the other 5 borne on the petals; scales small, obtuse; carpels 5,
distinct to the base, erect; styles about as long as the carpels,
slightly spreading.

Common in the crevices of the most exposed rocks on summit of
hill at Saltillo, Mexico. Collected by Dr. E. Palmer in 1902 (no.
309) and now in cultivation in Washington.

Sedum naviculare Rose, sp. nov.

Annual; stems simple or branching at base, glabrous, purplish, 5-
10 cm. long; basal leaves not seen; stem-leaves scattered, ‘ spat-
ulate, concavo-convex,” obtuse, glabrous, 2-10 mm. lon ; inflo-
rescence of 2 or 3 more or less elongated, one-sided racemes ; flowers
scattered, subsessile or sometimes very distinctly pedicelled; sepals
linear, nearly equal, green, 1.5-3 mm. long; petals free to the
base, purplish, ovate-lanceolate, 4 mm. long, obtuse; stamens 10,
all decidedly shorter than the petals, those opposite the petals at-
tached to them above the base; anthers s ort, purple; scales 5,
alternating with the sepals, very distinct, 0.6 mm. long, narrowly
club-shaped; carpels erect, glabrous

Collected by C. G. Pringle on the rocky knobs of Sierra de
Tepoxtlan, Morelos, altitude 2,250 meters, October 13, 1900 (no.
8384

Sedum Conzattii Rose, sp. nov.

More or less shrubby at base, 3-4 dm. high, branched, puberu-
lent; leaves alternate, spatulate, rounded or retuse at apex, 2-3 cm.
long, thin; inflorescence a short cyme; sepals about 2 mm. long,
free to base; petals white or purplish, 6 mm. long, acute; stamens
shorter than the petals; anthers reddish; scales very small.

Collected on Sierra de San Felipe, Oaxaca, by C. G. Pringle,
October 11, 1894 (no. 4982), and by Professors Conzatti and
Gonzalez, September 26, 1897 (no. 495, type). This species some-

(43)

what resembles and has been taken for S. oxypetalum, but it is of
much more open growth, with lighter colored flowers. It must also
be related to S. tortuosum.

Sedum nutans Rose, sp. nov.
Perennial, with a thick woody caudex; basal leaves forming a
broad rosette, thickish, obovate, 4-7 cm. long, 2.5-3 cm. broad at
widest point, glabrous; flowering eee about 1 dm. long, bear-

c
alge ot parted, its hae linear-oblong, somewhat unequal, 4-6
rounded at apex; petals bright yellow, ovate, 6 mm.
ie ae meee 10, Beek to the base; scales retuse; carpels
erect.
Collected by C. G. Pringle on mossy cliffs of Tepoxtlan, More-
los, altitude 2,250 meters, February 8, 1899 (no. 6980).

Sedum Nelsoni Rose, sp. nov.

Caulescent, pices eee above,I—1.5 dm. nee branches
brownish and tuberculately roughened; leaves (at least in her-
barium specimens) thin and distinctly nerved, ate 2.5-3.5
cm. long, 6-7 mm. broad at widest point, narrowed at base into a
rather distinct petiole and extending below the point of insertion
into a broad spur; inflorescence a few-flowered cyme; pedicels 4—

. long; sepals distinct, unequal, the longer ones 8 mm. long;
petals free (?) to the ie Sea acute, yellowish but ‘with a
road reddish stripe on t ack; stamens opposite the petals borne
high upon them, the ce attached ae or near their bases; carpels
widely spreading from the very base.

Collected by E. W. Nelson on the road between Ayusinapa and
Petatlan, Guerrero, Mexico, December 14, 1894 (no. 2191).

Resembling somewhat S. confusum Hemsl., but the flowers are
not sessile.

Sedum (?) longipes Rose, sp. nov.

Stems slender, creeping, rooting at the joints; sterile branches

bearing dense rosettes of small orbicular leaves ; flowering branches

obtuse, 2-3 mm. long; petals purple, 4-5 mm. long, lanceolate,
apparently keeled near the tip; scales (for the genus very conspicu-
ous) strongly 2-lobed, each lobe with several teeth at apex; sta-
mens 10, shorter than. the petals.

Collected by C. G. Pringle on the mossy ledges of conglom-
erate of the Sierra de Tepoxtlan, Morelos, February 8, 1899
(no. $049)

(44)
16. Sedum Wootoni Britton, sp. nov.

Rootstocks rather stout; stems tufted, slender, erect or ascend-
ing, 1-1.5 dm. high, granular-puberulent above, glabrous below;
cyme 2.5~5 cm. broad, its branches densely See peas ae
pedicels 2 mm. long or less; ieee sessile, 8-14 mm. long, 2.5-5
= wide, the basal and lower ones obovate to spatulate, rare

upper narrowly spatulate to linear-oblong, acute to acuminate ;
7 narrowly ee paar petals white, oblanceolate, acute,
longer than the sepals, 6~ m. long ; carpels erect, subulate-tipped.

Organ Mountains, New ees 2,000 m. altitude, E. O. Wooton,
September 17, 1895.

Sedum Californicum Britton, sp. nov.

Rootstock rather stout, nearly horizontal; stems erect, stout,
1.5-2 dm. high; basal leaves and those of rosettes spatulate, obtuse,
1-3 cm. long, 8-10 mm. wide, the flabellately arranged veins unit-
ing in an intramarginal nerve; stem-leaves linear-oblong to oblong-
spatulate, acute to acutish, about cm. long; cyme large , 6-1ocm.

pedicels 3 mm. long or less; sepals ovate, acutish or estat about
2 mm. long, one fourth to one third as long as the narrowly lanceo-
late, white, long-acuminate petals ; ae broad, peed finely
reticulated, the subulate tips ascen ndin

North side of Mount Shasta, Sistivod County, California, 1600-
3,000 m. altitude, H. E. Brown, June 11-16, 1897 (no. 336).

Sedum Yosemitense Britton, sp. nov.

Perennial by rootstocks, very fleshy, oe basal leaves
obovate-orbicular to broadly obovate, 1 cm. long or less, 6-g mm.
wide, rounded at the ape. green, not lau a or scarcely so;
flowering stems 1-1.5 dm. high, slender, their leaves spatulate-
obovate to oblong, obtuse, small; cyme Learn , 5 cm. broad
or less, rather densely owered ; pedicels stout, 0.5-2.5 mm. long;
calyx deeply cleft, its lobes ovate- lanceolate, acute or acutish;
petals light yellow, lanceolate, acuminate, 6-S mm. long, twice as
long as the calyx or longer; follicles somewhat divergent, tipped
with filiform styles

Yosemite National Park, Cal. Type collected by H. M. Hall
and E. B. Babcock, between Vernal and Nevada Falls, July, 1902
(no. 3425). oo

Sedum diversifolium Rose, sp. nov.

Sterile branches short, with small ovate flattened pale roughened
leaves; flowering g branches elongated, weak, glabrous, with scat-
tered leaves; leaves 5-10 mm. long, turgid, somewhat curved

(45)

backward, pale green, smooth; flowers terminal, solitary, short-

pedu incleds inconspicuous; sepals leaf-like, obtuse, 2-3 mm
long; petals pale yellow, twice the length of the sepals, ovate,
acute, or even apiculate; stamens 10, much shorter than the petals.

Living specimens collected in state of Mexico by J. N. Rose
(no. 248), and flowered in greenhouses of Department of Agricul-
ture, and of New York Botanical Garden, December, rgo1.

SEDELLA Britton & Rose, gen. nov.

Diminutive Californian annuals, with small ovate to ovate-oblong
leaves and small yellow cymose flowers. Calyx with 5 very small,
triangular acute teeth. Petals linear to ovate-lanceolate, united at
the base, spreading (?) Stamens1o. Carpels oblong, 1-seeded, the
seed erect.

Type species, Sedum pumilum Benth.

1. SEDELLA PUMILA (Benth.) Britton & Rose.
Sedum pumtlum Benth. Pl. Hartw. 310. 1849.
California.

2. SEDELLA Concpon! (Eastw.) Britton & Rose.
Sedum Congdoni Eastw. Proc. Cal. Acad. ITI. 1: 135. pl. rz.
1898.
Grant’s Springs, Mariposa County, California.

The Flora of the Matawan Formation (Crosswicks Clays).
By EDWaRD W. BERRY.

INTRODUCTION.

Some of the earliest of American geological writings refer
to the New Jersey Cretaceous, and the accessibility of this
area has ever since made it a favorite field for investigation.
Interest for a long time centered about the marl deposits and
those of the plastic clays because of their economic impor-
tance; the present Matawan formation was included in the
‘‘ plastic clay and sand formation” of the geologists of the
first half of the nineteenth century, and their stratigraphic posi-
tion was considered to be Lower Cretaceous by Rogers in his
first report published in 1840, although they were not clearly

( 46)

defined by him. Professor Cook from 1863 until his death
in 1889 published annual reports as state geologist of New
Jersey and early subdivided the Cretaceous into the three
marl beds, the clay-marls and the plastic clays. The Cre-
taceous was extensively summarized and described by him in
the Geology of New Jersey, published in 1868, the clay-marls
being divided into a lower member of clay containing green-
sand and an upper member consisting of laminated sands
The thickness of the formation was placed at 277 feet, 170
feet for the upper, and 107 feet for the lower member, and
over a dozen localities were enumerated where the clay-marls
were dug as fertilizer. In 1891 Professor William Bullock
Clark commenced a study of the coastal series of New Jersey
which has been in progress ever since. Three official reports
have been published: a Preliminary Report,* a Report of
Progress,f and a Final Report;{+ besides numerous other
papers from which many of the following facts in regard to
the areal distribution and thickness of the Matawan forma-
tion have been quoted.

The name Clay-marls was proposed by Cook; his char-
acterization was incomplete, however, and was confined almost
entirely to their development in northern New Jersey. This
name does not adequately designate the formation lithologi-
cally and has been superseded by the name Matawan
formation of Clark. The Matawan is separated from
the Piedmont plateau by a tract of Raritan, or Lower Cre-
taceous, which is some ten to fifteen miles wide. The Mata-
wan is nine to twelve miles wide in Monmouth county,
becoming narrower to the southward, being reduced to about
six miles in width in southern New Jersey; on the western
shore of the Delaware river in Delaware it is further reduced
to from two to three miles; further south on the eastern
shore of Maryland it broadens, being about five miles wide

*Ann. Rep. State Geol. N. J. 1892: 167-245. 1893. (Clay-marls, pp.
186-190.

+ Ann. Rep. State Geol. N. J. 1893: 329-355. 1894.

tAnn. Rep. State Geol. N. J. 1897: 161-210, 1898.

@Jour. Geol. 2: 163. 1894.

(47)

below the Sassafras river; on the western shore in Anne
Arundel county the areal distribution is variable on account
of the broken character of the country, but is on the whole
narrower; further south, in Prince George county, it forms
but a narrow strip less than a mile in width.

The materials are variable; sands and clays predominate.
The sands are sometimes white and coarse, but more com-
monly fine-grained and colored by iron, even causing local
induration, or they may be mixed with argillaceous materials
forming silvery micaceous sand, or chocolate-colored marl,
glauconite grains being present in greater or less amounts.
The clays are generally black or drab, locally carrying seams
and pockets of glauconite; occasionally they are calcareous
as a result of their molluscan contents.

The thickness is variable, but becomes reduced to the
southward. It increases considerably to the southeast, judg-
ing from the well records.* In northern Burlington count
the Matawan is less than 200 feet thick; east of Philadelphia
and Camden it is 125 feet; in Gloucester county it is 175 feet
in places; in Salem county it is 80 feet; in Delaware not
over 60 feet; near the mouth of the Sassafras river in Mary-
land it is 100 feet; in eastern Anne Arundel county it is 60
feet; in western Anne Arundel county and Prince George
county it is thinner, until at Fort Washington bluffs it is a
little more than 15 feet. Its farthest known southern appear-
ance is in the valley of Piscataway creek; on the opposite
shore of the Potomac the Eocene rests directly on the Poto-
mac formation.

Long thought to conformably overlie the Raritan, an un-
conformity is now known to exist, although the time interval
was not very great. Along Raritan Bay in the vicinity of
Cheesequake creek where the upper Raritan contains dark-
colored clays, the interbedded sands and clays gradually
grade from Raritan into the Matawan. Further inland and
to the southward the interval was greater since the Matawan
gradually transgresses the Raritan and comes to rest, in cen-

* Woolman, Ann. Rep. State Geol. N. J. 1895 . 63-95. 1896.

(48)

tral and southern Maryland, upon the lower members of the
Potomac group which are not represented in New Jersey.
Elsewhere in New Jersey the upper Raritan consists of white
sands or fine gravel and the line of contact is sharp, except
where it is obscured by Tertiary or later deposits. The Mat-
awan is conformably overlain by the lower Monmouth forma-
tion; the lithological differences are clearly marked, however.

In its northern portion the Matawan is readily separable
upon lithological grounds into Crosswicks Clays and Hazlet
Sands; outside of New Jersey in Delaware and Maryland
these divisions cannot be recognized with any certainty.
The Crosswicks Clays consist of slate or drab-colored clays
with thin seams and pockets of glauconite, becoming dark,
almost black, locally interstratified with white sand, contain-
ing much lignite and beds of leaves on Raritan Bay. The
lignified trunk of a large tree was found in the clays in this
vicinity, as well as many fragments. Further southward the
clays become brittle, more arenaceous and micaceous and
contain less iron sulphide. The Hazlet Sands are highly
ferruginous, brown in color, with indurated crusts in their
lower layers; above these there is frequently a well-developed
layer of dark-colored clay, overlain with very micaceous
sands, which are sometimes dark-colored, especially toward
the south where they are also argillaceous.

In his report on surface geology Professor R. D. Salisbury
states * that his assistant, Mr. G. N. Knapp, distinguished five
layers in the clay-marls and traced them across the state.
These he designates Merchantville bed (marly clay), Wood-
bury bed (dove-colored clay), Columbus bed (sand), Mar-
shalltown bed (marly-clay sand), and Wenonah bed (sand).
These features, although more or less marked, are not sharply
defined throughout the entire area of the Matawan, and Pro-
fessor Clark has never attempted to name or map any subdi-
visions other than the lower clay member and the upper sandy
member.

The Matawan is abundantly fossiliferous, especially along

* Ann. Rep. State Geol. N. J. 1898: 35. 1899.

(49)

Crosswicks and Pensauken creeks. Clark enumerates 86
species of inveriebrates, mostly molluscs, and Lewis Wool-
man in his artesian well reports has added several others, as
has also Mr. C. W. Johnson,* who points out their identity
with the Ripley fauna of the Gulf region. Other remains
include sharks’ teeth ; Foraminifera, of which 20 species are
recorded by Bagg; tf echinus and other spines; Ostracoda ;
gavial (?) teeth; dinosaurian bones; { etc.

The exposure fronting on Raritan Bay near Cliffwood, N.
J., and forming a bluff some thirty feet high northwest of
Matawan creek, has been admirably described by Hollick,§
who records obscure crustacean and molluscan remains,
from which Professor Whitfield identified eight species of
molluscs, and enumerates twenty-six species of plants, of
which ten were new. I have found some few molluscan re-
mains here, occurring in the ferruginous concretions picked
up on the beach, from which Professor Clark has identified
the following: /donearca vulgaris Morton, Veleda lintea
Conrad, Cardium sp., Turritella vertebroides Morton and
one or two other species, new to the formation, not yet thor-
oughly studied.

I have nothing to add to the details of the exposure. It is
capped with gravel and in places consists of regularly alter-
nating beds of fine sand several inches thick and seams of
comminuted vegetable matter an inch or two in thickness
(pl. 56). These are replaced by alternating beds of clay
and sand with lignite, and sparingly with greensand. The
face of the bluff is almost entirely hidden as shown in J/,
55, and while the majority of my plant remains have been
collected from dropped boulders of clay, all have come
from near the base of the exposure except the large cone
(Seguoza sp.). These plant beds are some distance above
the base of the formation, however, and their preserva-

* New arene Fossils from an Artesian Well-boring at Mount Laurel,
N.J. Proc. Phila. Acad. 1898: 461-464. 1898.

{Ann. Rep. State Geol. N. J. 1896: 248. 1897.

@ Trans. N. VY. Acad. Sci. 16: 124-136. pl. 17-74. 1897.

(50)

tion is due in a large measure to the character of the ma-
terials, as vegetable remains are abundant in the form of lig-
nite, forming thin seams intercalated in the sands nearly to
the top of the exposure. The various layers are not con-
tinuous for any distance along the bluff and evidently indi-
cate an inshore shallow fresh-water deposit which as time
progressed gradually became marine through encroachments
of the sea; the upper layers of sand with thin seams of com-
minuted vegetable matter indicating changed conditions and
deposits in less quiet waters.

It is quite evident that sufficient material has not yet been
accumulated to warrant an exhaustive discussion of the flora.
Iam enabled to enumerate sixty-seven different species of
plants of which fourteen are new; of these sixty-seven species
some nineteen are of doubtful affinities, such as the various
species of Carpolithus, Arisaema, Podozamites, Phragmites,
and the various fragments provisionally determined. There
are present, however, in great abundance, such characteristic
mid-Cretaceous forms as Dammara, Cunninghamites, Dewal-
guea, Moriconza, Salix flexuosa, Proteoides daphnogeneoides,
Sassafras acutilobum, Laurus plutonta, Sapindus Morrison,
Andromeda Parlatortt, etc.

ora has more in common with the middle (Wood-
bridge) stage of the Raritan than with the other layers of
that formation, eleven of the seventeen identical species oc-
curring there, but this is undoubtedly due to the fact that this
horizon is the best known; the upper Raritan (South Amboy)
layers have not been sufficiently exploited to give us a clear
idea of the vegetation prevalent when they were deposited.
Forty-nine of the Matawan species have not as yet been
found in the Raritan, although two of these are found on
Long or Staten Island in beds probably of Raritan age.
While this comparison might argue a considerable interval
between the two formations, it remains to be pointed out that
the following ten species are confined to the Raritan of New
Jersey or the Islands and the Matawan formations on this
continent: Chondrites fexuosus, Getnitzia formosa, Cunning-

(51)

hamites elegans, Moriconia cyclotoxon, Magnolia Woodbridg-
ensts, Laurophyllum angustifolium, Aralia palmata, Ficus
Woolsont, Paliurus tntegrifolius and Celastrophyllum New-
berryanum, and all except possibly Paliurus and Chondrites
with well-characterized remains. Of the numerous species
which are identical with those of the Dakota group of the
West only eight are confined to the Dakota and Matawan
formations. There are twenty-three species identical with
Dakota group forms, but it may be remarked that the latter
horizon is not precisely defined and its flora is exceptionally
well known.

Fifteen of the Matawan species are found in the Raritan
Cretaceous of the islands; nine occurring on Staten Island,
eight on Long Island, seven on Martha’s Vineyard, and four
on Block Island. Eleven of the Matawan species reappear
in the Atane beds of Greenland, and one additional in the
Patoot beds; of these several are dominant forms of great
vertical or areal distribution, or both, and thus have little sig-
nificance; such forms are Seguota Leichenbachi, Sapindus
Morrisoni, Laurus plutonta and Andromeda Parlatori.
Others are more suggestive; thus, exclusive of its occurrence
in the clays at Aachen, Aorzconza is confined to the ancient
Atlantic coastal plain and Greenland, and its remains are com-
mon; several species of Magnolia emphasize the similarity
of these floras, as does the presence of the large-leaved Aralia
avniana. This species is confined to the Atane and Mata-
wan floras in so far as I can judge from the published descrip-
tions or figures of Aralias, and its remains are unmistakably
characterized. Dewalguea Groenlandica is also confined to
these floras. With the Potomac flora as elaborated by Fon-
taine there seems to be no affinity, and the time that elapsed
between them must have been very long.

Of species which occur in the Cenomanian of Europe we
have Geinitzia formosa, Sequoia Rerchenbachi, Cunning-
hamuites squamosus, Cunninghamites elegans, Moriconta cyclo-
toxon, Sassafras acutilobum, Laurus plutonta, Banksia
pusilla, Sapindus apiculatus and Eucalyptus Geinitz:, a

(52)

total of ten species or over 15 per cent.; or, on excluding
doubtful species such as those of Banksia, Eucalyptus and
Sapindus, and such wide ranging forms as Seqguota Frecchen-
bacht, over g per cent.

The most striking feature about the Matawan flora is the
entire absence of ferns, which form 5 ¥% per cent. of the Raritan
flora, Anemia stricta being commonly found at Woodbridge.
Ferns form 1% per cent. of the Dakota flora, 11 per cent. of the
Atane flora, and about 2 per cent. of the existing New Jersey
flora. In the most recent southern flora with which the Mata-
wan may be compared, that of Alabama,* sixty-two species
of Pteridophytes are listed forming about 214 per cent., and
this percentage would be greatly increased if we excluded
herbaceous plants, which as a rule do not occur as fossils.
It is dificult to account for the absence of this order, as the
balance of the flora is proportionally normal, containing nearly
11 per cent. of Coniferae against 114 per cent. in the Raritan
and 10 per cent. in the Atane beds. Presumably the environ-
ment was unsuited to ferns, although, of course, future dis-
covery may disclose them. Judging by such forms as Dam-
mara, Araucariies, Eucalyptus, Sterculia, Aralia, Myrsine,
Ficus, etc., we may infer that the climate was considerably
warmer than at the present day in this latitude, and at least suf-
ficiently humid to make the absence of ferns remarkable. A
palm (Serenops?s) occurs at Glen Cove, Long Island,{ and
the Raritan furnishes many additional representatives of
genera which are exclusively tropical at the present time, as
for instance Cinnamomum, Bauhinia, ete.

Plants especially abundant in the Raritan formation and
for which we have repeatedly searched in the Matawan are
Thinnfeldia subintegrifolia (Lesq.) Knowlton, Tricarpellites
striatum Newb., and Trcalycites papyraceus Newb. The
genera Myrica (7 sp.) and Lirdodendron, (4 sp.) which are
abundantly developed in the Raritan, and on the islands, have

* Mohr, Plant Life of Alabama. Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. v. 6. :

t Dr. Hollick writes that material recently collected may result in altering
his views as to the botanical affinity of these remains.

(53)

thus far been found wanting. Other Raritan genera which
do not appear in the Matawan formation are Menrspermites,
Diospyros, Cissttes, Ilex, Ctnnamomum, Dalbergia, Bau-
hinta, Colutea, Planera, Viburnum, juglans, etc.; several
of these occur in the upper layers of the Raritan, and future
search ought to disclose some of them in the Matawan.
Celastrophyllum with abundant remains of ten species in the
Raritan (all horizons) has but two species in the Matawan,
one of these being new and unrelated to any of the known
Raritan species. Widdringtonztes is abundant in the Raritan
as are also Salix inaequalis and Hedera primordialis; Myr-
stne borealis Heer is one of the commonest leaves at all locali-
ties in the Raritan, as Seguoza heterophylla Vel. is one of its
commonest conifers. Celastrus arctica is abundant at South
Amboy, and should extend up into the Matawan. Numerous
specimens of Ophioglossum granulatum are also found in the
Raritan according to Newberry (localities not given). The
genus Aralza, so abundantly represented in the Raritan, con-
tinued to develop during Matawan time. We record six
species, the large-leaved Avalia Ravniana emphasizing the
similarity of these Atlantic coastal Cretaceous floras with those
of Greenland. It is of course quite possible, indeed it seems
probable, that these numerous species of Ara/za may for the
most part be the variable leaves of a considerably less number
ot actual species ; especially is this so of the Raritan species.
This is the extreme northeastern extension of the Matawan,
and the only locality where plant remains have been found,
although the underlying Raritan continues northeastward as
far as Buzzard’s Bay and doubtfully on Cape Cod. This
northeastern extension has been much modified by forces
which acted upon it during the Quaternary age and is for
the most part entirely covered with drift or totally eroded,
and if the Matawan formerly extended so far north and east
this has been its fate. Professor Lester F. Ward* proposed
the name Island series for the northeastern extension of the
Raritan and makes it the uppermost member of the Potomac,

*Ann. Rep. U. S. Geol. Surv. 15: 335, 335- 1895.

(54)

unrepresented in New Jersey. Hollick would consider it the
equivalent of the New Jersey Raritan, its distinctive char-
acters being due to morainal action, with which view I entirely
concur.

From the evidence of the flora alone we would consider
the Matawan slightly more recent than the Raritan; a direct
continuation of the latter, however, with several species added
which are unknown from the Raritan. Thus, aside from the
dissimilar species due to our imperfect knowledge of the flora
of the two formations it remains to be pointed out that the
occurrence of elumbo argues a somewhat later age for the
Matawan, as this genus is not found below the Belly River
Cretaceous on this continent.* Time must also have elapsed
for the development or introduction of the various species of
Sterculia which are found here as well as for the changed
species of Avalia. The scarcity (absence) of ferns, the ab-
sence of Brachyphyllum which is essentially a Lower Cre-
taceous genus, and the much larger leaved Moriconza all
point to a somewhat later time than the Raritan.

The Matawan, then, represents the transition period from
the Lower to the Upper Cretaceous, when marine conditions
replaced fresh-water estuarine conditions; and the flora is
undoubtedly the latest Cretaceous flora of the Atlantic coastal
plain which has been preserved. Professor Ward suggests
that this ancient coastal plain may have extended to Green-
land, but no evidence other than the remarkable similarity of
the floras is known.

Just a word in regard to the remains. In common with the
vast majority of New Jersey Clay specimens, the Matawan
plants were hermetically sealed in the clay and slowly car-
bonized, so that when reéxposed to the air, the thick sheet
of lignite dries, becoming cracked, and is soon dissipated,
leaving only a faint impression behind. This has for years
proved an obstacle to the proper investigation of these floras
and it is only with the discovery of leaf-layers carrying con-

* Dr, Hollick has found Ne/uméo on Martha’s Vineyard and Long Island,
the latter locality as yet unpublished, which vitiates the above statement.

(55 )

*zo61

"pg 11 “TT ‘aomerog || *L6gr ‘[‘°N ‘Joan 37849 ‘doy ‘any ?

“$6gr *L6€-Lof : G1 ‘AIng ‘[oay ‘Sg ‘pn ‘dey ‘uuy t

‘b6gr ‘LAI-I9t :z ‘Joa ‘anof “v6gr ‘zgh-64b :9 ‘MY ‘d0g ‘JoayH [ng] ‘zg TING “ANG ‘Josy -g ‘A ‘sIodeg MOT}ETATION y
“sBlrpL-vinf
qoarg somef | od] O°
die yqoouueyeddey B a
(a) oissemf saddy | FORA JONOW | *
‘HOTEMLIOJ sty} 2 S aemojzog
WOd aJe sayeiqaziaa 31S ppuniy QS Zio
-seinf pasoddns s,qsreyy BB gla
ai 3/8
; yae1D emby Blo
mor oosdeyed —|— TeyTIeY shelp onsetg | §.| S
-BUTIOJ SIq} jo sainsod iz : Bie
-KQ [BOO] 9q 0} Pay sor ® ®
-1as Sutieaq-yueld s,preyy Sule yeeoe tee oe (2) 940 nosy a >
rg i=
URE Y uvednnqyy | "9 ry B
416 a
|| suIqqia 29 AIeIO (‘saytag pueysy) 8 5
SOAP Eee ee ae ig an 8
: she DIMSSOID
spe £e9 { tees ZH TEMPE UPALPEYY sprery AepD S
~~
“pag PML ( spues [amne’y JA snoaoeyaiy YUISSAEN, Se MOT 2.
JOMO'T pues S[IeP] YUISOACN > WnowmMTOT 5
spuespay ( spurg yueqpay raddn, yarg pox 2
“STIR s[ieus [James i)
21PPHA f spuesoumly, UMOWSINTA Repco SBOOOUBY STB STPPHA |
o
uenbseuryy a
*poq jzem ssddn pio uenbseue yy ped wen seddq c.
JIATY AVYS au9007q g
7 eD “aM } prem “aT +5 AM | x NGM CV 'D

(56)

siderably less carbonaceous matter that much progress can be
made. All of my specimens have been sketched immediately,
before becoming dry, so that they are fairly satisfactory; the
specimens however might almost be thrown away as far as
concerns their value as types.

While usage would sanction the designation of poor speci-
mens of doubtful botanical affinities as ‘‘ sp.” after referring
them provisionally or otherwise to some genus, which prac-
tice is supposed to obviate any undue definiteness on the part
of the describer; the writer in these notes has followed the
laudable practice of Professor Ward, as quoted above, in be-
lieving that whatever is worth mentioning is worth a name.

Acknowledgment is due Dr. Arthur Hollick, of the New
York Botanical Garden, and Professor W. B. Clark, of Johns
Hopkins University, for material assistance. The specimens
are all deposited at the New York Botanical Garden.

CONIFERAE.
Geinitzia Endl. Syn. Conif. 280. 1847.

This is an entirely extinct genus of the Taxodieae with
several species on both sides of the Atlantic: G. cretacea
Unger (Austria), G. formosa Heer (America and Quedlin-
burg), G. hyperborea (Greenland), G. sp., from the Da-
kota, and G. Jenney7 Font. from the Lower Cretaceous of the
Black Hills. It was founded by Endlicher in his Synopsis
Coniferarum to include certain forms referred by Geinitz to
Sedites and Araucarttes and by Corda to Cryptomeréa.
Among the former was Araucarites Retchenbacht of Geinitz,
which Heer in 1868 identified with the living genus Sequoza.
Since that date this plant has been almost uniformly called
Sequota Retchenbacht, and many place Endlicher’s Geindtzta
cretacea under it as asynonym. Others retain the older forms
under Gecnztzia. Ward contends that the retention of the
genus Geznitzza logically carries Seguota Reichenbachi with
it into that genus as the type, while on the other hand the
recognition of Seguoda Rerchenbacht logically abolishes the
genus Geinitzra.

(57)

GEINITZIA FORMOSA Heer.

Geinttzia formosa Heer, Kreidefl. Quedlinburg (Neue
Denkschr. Schweiz. Ges. 24:) 6. fl. 1. f. 9; pl. 2.
1871. Newb. Fl. Amboy Clays, 51. p/. 9. fi. 9. 1896.
(Foliage.) MHollick, Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 16: 129.
pl. 12. f. 1, 2. 1897. (Cones.)

Foliage has somewhat the appearance of that of Seguora
Feeichenbach?, but the leaves are more crowded. Not col-
lected by me.

Raritan: Woodbridge, N. J. Matawan: Cliffwood, N.
J., foliage not found. Europe: Moletein, Quedlinburg.

Sequoia Endl. Syn. Conif. 197. 1847.

The genus is unique in that it contains but two dwindling
representatives of its former numerous species, one of which
is the most majestically graceful of trees. These two species
have barely held their own through the vicissitudes of cen-
turies since the glacial period in the little strip of country
where the climate is locally favorable. Many fossil species
have been described, ranging upward from the Upper Jurassic ;
about forty-four from this continent alone, some of them with
a great lateral and vertical range.

Potomac 12, Kootanie 6, Trinity 1, Ft. Pierre 1, Chey-
enne Sandstone 2, Raritan 7, Island Raritan 2, Dakota 6,
Belly River 3, Montana 4, Vancouver 1, Laramie 4, Can-
adian Upper Laramie 3, Lignitic 1, Livingston 1, Ft. Union
2, Green River 4, Alaskan Eocene 3, Miocene 3, Payette 1,
Kome beds of Greenland 5, Atane beds of Greenland 5,
Patoot beds of Greenland 5, Tertiary of Greenland 6, of
which 4 occur in Europe and 2 on the continent of North
America.

Heer records two species from the Tertiary of Siberia, and
Ettingshausen records species from the Tertiaries of eastern
Australia, Tasmania and New Zealand.

SEQUOIA GRACILLIMA (Lesq.) Newb. FV. 48. f. 27, 22.
Glyptostrobus gracillimus Lesq. Am. Jour. Sci. I. 46:
92. 1868; Cret. Fl. 52. pl. 7. f. 8, rr, rif. 1874; Cret.

(58)

& Tert. Fl. 32. pl. 7. f. 6, 66. 1883. ‘Cone of Sequoia”
(not described) Ill. Cret. & Tert. Pl. pl. zz. f. 9.
1878. Fl. Dak. Group, 36. 1892.

Sequoia gracillina Newb. Fl. Amboy Clays, 50. f/. 9
Sf. 1-3. 1896; Later Ext. Fl. 19. pl. 7g. f. 6; pl. 26. f.
9(?).* 1898.

The earliest mention of what is presumably this species is
in a contribution by Newberry,t in which he refers to cones
occurring in the Cretaceous Clays near Keyport (probably
this is the Cliffwood locality) which he referred to Gecnztzia,
and associated branches which he referred to UMmannia
Goepp. In his posthumous Later Extinct Floras, these cones
are referred to Sequoia gracillima; in the Flora of the Am-
boy Clays, which was also issued posthumously, he makes the
same reference and compares them to Heer’s Sequoza mac-
rolepis (Fl). Foss. Arct. 7: 16. pl. 57. f. 13) considering
them identical.

Hollick describes two cones from Cliffwood as Geznztzia
Jormosa Heer. They are much distorted and incrusted with
pyrites and possibly should be referred to Seguota gracillima.
Cones of this species are very common, the silicified ones
washing out of the clay on the beach and the lignified ones
occurring in considerable abundance in place in the clays.
I have in my collection the remains of 32 cones, some of
them nearly perfect and but slightly compressed, and I have
refrained from collecting innumerable poor specimens seen.
The largest is 8.5 cm. long, cylindrical, somewhat flattened,
measuring 14 mm. in its shorter diameter and 18 mm. in its
longer diameter. Most of them average nearly this thick-
ness but are somewhat shorter, being about 7 cm. long.

Matawan: Cliffwood, N. J. (foliage not found).

Raritan (?): Keyport, N. J.

Cheyenne Sandstone: Belvidere, Kansas. Dakota Group:
Sioux City, Iowa. Cretaceous (Dakota?): Whetstone Creek,
New Mexico.

* Questioned by Hollick, editor of Newberry’s work.
Proc. N. Y. Lyc. Nat. Hist. 2: 10. 1873.

(59)

Kootanie, British Northwest Terr. (Table of dist., Lesq.
Fl. Dak. Gr., 222.) Forks of Pine River, Northwest Terr.*

Sequoia ReicuHensacui (Gein.) Heer. Fl. 48. fi 15, 76,
I7, 20.

Araucarites Retchenbachi Geinitz, Characteristik Schich-
ten und Petrefacten Sachs-bohm. Kreidegebirges, 3: 98.
pl. 24. fi 4. 1842.

Cryptomeria primaeva Corda; Reuss, Verstein. Bohm.
Kreidef. 89. pl. 48. f. r-rr. 1846.

? Getnitzia cretacea Endl. Syn. Conif. 281. 1847.

Araucaria Reichenbachi Debey, Entwurf. Geogn.-geoge-
net. Darst. Gegend Aachen 63, 64. (Nachtrage) 1849.

Sequota Reichenbach Heer, Fl. Foss. Arct. 1: 83. pl. 43.
jf. id, 26, 5a. 1868; 3: 77, 101, 126. pl. 20. f. 7-8
Pls T2e0Je GOy-Gs Pl. 28..J. 22187534: 50:-(Cape
Staratschin, Spitzbergen) ; 6’: 16, 52. f/. 28. f. 7. 1882.
Lesq. Cret. Flora, 51. £1. 2. f. 10, rob. 1874; Fl. Dak.
ea 35. pl. 2. f. g. 1892. Dawson, Trans. Roy.

. Can. 21. 1882. Fontaine, Potomac Flora, 243.
31. er LoD G3 Pl. PIO. J. 1755 Pl. 120. F~ 7485 Pl.
122. f. 2; pl. 167. f. 5. 1889. Newberry, Fl. Amboy
Clays, 49. pl. 9. f. 19. 1896. MHollick, Trans. N. Y.
Acad. Sci. 12: 30. pl. 7. f. 78. 1892; 16: 128. Pl. 72.
SJ. 36, 5. 1897.

Abietites dubius Lesq. Tert. Flora, 81. p/. 6. f. 20, 27,
2ra. 1878.

Our specimens from near Cliffwood are possibly related to
the fragments which Hollick refers to Ge¢uctzza formosa
Heer, but I think this is rather unlikely, as his specimens
are much more elongated and more like the cones of Seguora
gracillima. 1 feel certain that these cones are those of this
species rather than fragments or immature cones of some
other, for while the specimens preserved are rather frag-
mentary, resembling except in length those cones of Sequova
” * Lesquereux figures (Tert. Fl. p/. 65. 4. 5, 5a) fragments of cones from
the Green River group (Tertiary) at Castellos Ranch, Colorado, which are
very similar if not identical with this species.

( 60)

gracillima which have become lignified instead of silici-
fied, I found one nearly perfect cone, which was about 3 cm.
in length by about 2 cm. in diameter, which agreed almost
exactly with Heer’s figures of this species.

This was unfortunately smashed in transit, so that I now
have only the recollection of it, which is not apt to be con-
sidered good evidence. However, my first thought on un-
covering it was that it was a cone of S. Feichenbachi. The
foliage of this species is rather common in the clays at this
point and we would reasonably expect to find the cones; the
former are very fragmentary. Poorly preserved branchlets of
Cunninghamites squamosus can often be traced for several
inches, but the Seguoza remains are usually not over an inch
inlength. The leaves are less closely set than in C. sguamo-
sus and longer, often 9 to 10 mm., much more slender and
more spreading.

The best known localities for this species are:

True Laramie and Livingston Beds: Bozeman coal field,
Montana. Montana Formation: Point of Rocks, Wyoming.
Raritan: Woodridge, N. J. Matawan: Clifford, N.J. Belly
River series: Belly River, Canada. Potomac Formation:
Dutch Gap Canal and Fredericksburg, Va. Dakota Group:
Ft. Harker, Kansas. Kootanie: Great Falls, Montana.
Kome Beds: Pattorfik, Avkrusak, Angiarsut, Erkorfat,
Kaersuarsuk. Atane Beds: Unter Atanekerdluk. Europe:
Wernsdorf (Urgonian) Saxony (Cenomanian), Quedlinburg,
Moletein (Senonian), Rainberg bei Salzburg, Brandenberg,
Tyrol, southern France (Turonian), Clays at Aachen, Prussia,
Quadersandstein at Hartz, Bohemia. Cretaceous: Totten-
ville, Staten Island. Lower Cretaceous: Black Hills.

While this species had a wide vertical and areal distribu-
tion ranging from the Upper Jurassic through the Cretaceous,
it is best developed in the Lower Cretaceous.

SEQUOIA REICHENBACHI (Gein) Heer.? Pl. 48. f. 78.
An oval shaped cone 3 cm. in diameter by 4 cm. long, too
obscure for exact determination. It resembles some of the

(6r)

cones from the Potomac formation which Fontaine refers to
this genus. Is about the same size and character as the cone
of Seguota Reichenbachi which Ward figures from the Black
Hills (Ann. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. 19’: 674. pl. 166. f. 7).

ARAUCARITES Presl, in Sternb. Vers. 2: 203. 1833.
ARAUCARITES OvatTus Hollick.
Araucarites ovatus Hollick, Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 16:
128. pl. 12. f. 3a, 4. 1897.

While these remains are undoubtedly related to the genus
Araucaria, their size would seem to indicate a nearer rela-
tionship to the genus Agathis Salisb. (Dammara Lam.). The
only other American post-Jurassic references to Araucarites
are two species of cones from the Potomac which Fontaine
so identifies. The genus Araucarta of Jussieu occurs abun-
dantly from the Jurassic upward; Fontaine describes three
species from the Potomac formation and Lesquereux a doubt-
ful species from the Dakota Group. Wood of this type has
been identified by Knowlton from the Triassic (?) and the
Lower Cretaceous of South Dakota. All of the foregoing
have very small, more or less imbricated and compressed
leaves, while this species of Hollick’s is much larger and
suggests similarity with Vagezopsis, so largely developed in
the Potomac, or various forms referred to Podozamtites,
Dammara, etc., the exact affinity of which is unknown.

Dammara Lam. Encycl. 2: 259. 1786.
The living species are included in the genus Agathis
Salisb. and are four in number, ranging from the Malayan
Islands and Philippines to Australia and New Zealand.

DAMMARA CLIFFWOODENSIS Hollick. Fl. 48. f. 8-11.
Dammara (?) Cliffwoodensts Hollick, Trans. N. Y. Acad.
Sci. 16: 128. pl. rz. f. 5-5. 1897.
These problematical remains are very abundant in the
clays at Cliffwood as well as in the Amboy Clays and the Cre-
taceous of Staten Island and Block Island (Hollick). David

( 62 )

White and Hollick have found them at Martha’s Vineyard
and they are known from the Atane and Patoot beds where
Heer differentiates Dammara borealis,* D. macrosperma, and
D. microlepis as well as very similar remains which he de-
scribes as Hucalyptus Getnitzi?. These latter remains New-
berry considers are generically the same as those referred to
Dammara and not related to HLucalyptus. However this
may be, undoubted leaf-remains of Aucalyptus have been
found in these various American Cretaceous strata and it
does not seem unreasonable that the fruit should also be
present. It is quite true that various leaves have been re-
ferred to Hucalyptus upon rather doubtful evidence, but
others from both their form and venation, are unquestionably
related to that genus.

The Cliffwood remains are exceedingly common; often
fragmentary, however, sometimes only a portion of the resin
ducts being preserved; they are very fragile and crumble
readily upon handling. They vary considerably in size,
some being as small as Dammara borealis and others being
larger than those figured by Hollick from this formation.

Fl. 48, f. ro is strikingly like the forms which Heer con-
siders Hucalyptus, but the balance of our collections are
evidently coniferous scales, consisting internally of a rather
central resin-duct enlarged above, with four or five angular
resin-ducts on each side, which seem to descend to the base
of the scale; externally the scales seem to be more rounded
and finely lined as in f. ro.

Our remains are almost exactly kite-shaped and many of
them seem to have straight ascending sides and are not
abruptly narrowed from above the middle as in Hollick’s
specimens (I.c.). Neither is there any evidence of the short
mucronate point on the crown; on the contrary f. zo is evenly
rounded. At the same time it seems best to refer our remains
to Hollick’s species, at least until we can be more certain as
to the exact affinity of all these Dammara-like remains.

Newberry (/. c.) doubts their relation to Dammara, point-

* This species has been recorded from the Cenomanian of Bohemia.

( 63 )

ing out that no Dammara-like foliage has been found asso-
ciated with them and that in the very abundant Amboy Clay
specimens the scales seem to be associated with an extremely
delicate juniper-like conifer; this association has never been
confirmed, however. He also finds some indications of two
seeds in his specimens, the living Dammara scales being one-
seeded. Merely negative Bidens as to the occurrence of
Dammara \eaves is not very conclusive, especially in view
of the fact that Lesquereux has described the remains of cer-
tain leaves from the Dakota Group (Dammarztes), which are
undoubtedly related to those of the existing Dammara ro-
busta Moore, of Australia, and various other remains both
in this country and abroad have been referred to Dam-
marstes.

Furthermore, the remains from Cliffwood which Hollick
describes (/. c.) as Araucarites ovatus are very similar to
those of Agathis Dammara Rich. (Dammara orrentalis Lam. ;
D. alba Rumph.) the existing Dammara of the Malayan
Islands and Philippines.

Fontaine (Potomac Fl. 264. pl. 133. f. 8-12) describes
wedge-shaped scales under the name Araucarites Aguiensis
from the Potomac Formation near Brooke, Va., where they
are common and always found detached and unassociated
with other remains. While their resemblance to those of
Dammara may be considered somewhat far-fetched, their
similar mode of occurrence is suggestive. They are as a
rule larger than Dammara, but vary considerably in size
and shape and have a transverse furrow on their upper mar-
gin.

CUNNINGHAMITES Presl, in Sternb. Vers. 2: 203.
1833.

Pending the discovery of fruit the identification of these
remains with those of the existing genus Cunninghamia is
not beyond question. Cunninghamia R. Br., with a single
species, is at the present day an endemic genus of the China-
Japan region.

( 64)

CUNNINGHAMITES squaMosuS Heer. Pl. 48. f. 14, 19.

Cunninghamites syuamosus Heer, Beitr. Kreidfl. Qued-

linb. 9. pl. z. f. 5-7. 18972. Hollick, Trans. N. Y.
Acad. Sci. 16: 129. pl. rz. f. 3. 1897. (Not of Hosius
and Von der Marck.)

Remains of this species are the most abundant coniferous
fossils in the clays at Cliffwood. They occur as twigs about
the size of those figured by Hollick or smaller and demand
no extended discussion. This is the only locality in this
country where they have been found, but additional collec-
tions from the Amboy Clays ought to disclose them. The
two specimens figured are more robust than the majority of
the remains and are ten sevenths of the average size, al-
though several large specimens were collected. On the
usual-sized specimens the leaves are about 6 mm. long, closely
set, stout, incurved, very much crowded in some instances
and quite different in appearance from those of Seguoza
Reichenbacht with which it is often associated.

CUNNINGHAMITES ELEGANS (Corda) Endl.

Cunninghamia elegans Corda; Reuss, Verstein. Béhm.
Kreidef. 93. pl. 49. f. 29-31. 1846.

Cunninghamites elegans Endl. Syn. Conif. 270. 1847.
Heer, Beitrag. Kreidefl. (Neue. Denkschr. Schweiz.
Gesell.) 12. pl. 7. f. 14. 1869. Schimper, Pal. Vég. 2:
256. Heer, Fl. Foss. Arct.'7: 17. p/. 53. fi 1. 1883.
Newb. Fl. Amboy Clays, 48. g/. 5. 7. 1-7. 18096.
Hollick, Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 16: 129. pl. rr. f. 2.
1897. Hollick, Bull. N. Y. Bot. Garden, 2: 402. i.
41. f. 1%. 1902. (Knowlton, U. S. Geol. Surv.
Bull. 163: 29. pl. 5. f. 3. 1900, probably belongs
here.)

Cunninghamites squamosus Hosius & Von der Marck, FI.
Westfal. Kreide. 54. pl. 37. 4. 137-141. (Palaeonto-
graphica, v. 26.) 1880.

Originally described from Moletein in Moravia and Mseno

in Bohemia (Cenomanian), then from the chalk of Westphalia ;

( 65 )

Heer records it from the Patoot beds of Greenland. New-
berry’s specimens are from ‘‘near Keyport” and are prob-
ably not from the Raritan, however in a table on page 135 he
gives as an additional locality South Amboy, which is within
the Raritan formation. Hollick (/. ¢.) records unmistakable
remains of this species from the Matawan, but much search
has not resulted in my finding it except one specimen which
is doubtfully referred to this species (too poor to figure).

Moriconia Deb. & Ett. Urweltl. Acrobryen Aachen,
59. 1859.
Moriconia CycLoToxon Deb. & Ett. Pl. 43. f. 4; 48. fr

I~d.

Moriconia cyclotoxon Deb. & Ett. Urweltl. Acrobryen
Aachen (Denkschr. Wien. Akad. 17: 239), 59. p14. 7. ft
23-27. 1859. Newb. Fl. Amboy Clays, 55. p/. ro. f.
1-21. 1896. Heer, Fl. Foss. Arct. 37: 97. pl. 26.
f. 78, under the name of Pecopteris Kudlisetensis; 6°:
49. Pl. 33. f- 1-9; 7: 11. pl. 53. f. 10,106; pl. 54. f. 16
{the latter figure probably represents a Brachyphyllum).

Originally described from the clays at Aachen, Heer found
it in the Atane and Patoot beds of Greenland and Disco
Island, and Newberry in the Amboy Clays at South Amboy,
N. J., where it is common. MHeer’s forms have the stem
naked in a majority of cases ; the branchlets are about 21 mm.
long and the widest is 4.5 mm. wide; one branchlet with the
tip missing is still 36 mm. long but only 3 mm. wide. New-
berry’s Amboy Clay specimens have some of the branchlets
long and slender like the Arctic forms, but the majority are
shorter and stouter, being 10 to 12 mm. in length by 4 mm.
in width, and the stems are more uniformly leaved. Speci-
mens from Staten and Block Islands recently reported by
Hollick are also small.

All of my specimens from Cliffwood have the main stem
leaved ; my only complete branchlet is 34 mm. long by 9 mm.
wide, in fact all of my specimens are nearly, or quite, twice
as wide as any of the Amboy Clay or Greenland forms.

( 66 )

The figure (p/. 43. 4 4) shows the appearance of the main
stem of a fragmentary specimen which might readily enough
be taken for the pinna of a fern.

The markings on all the specimens are very obscure and
it is only after the carbonized layer has dried out and blown
away that they show plainly the leaf-markings as shown in
the balance of the figures. No fruit has anywhere been found
associated with these twigs, so that their exact relationship
remains to be determined. Judging from the foliage alone
Heer is inclined to place it among the Cupressineae and near
to Libocedrus.

Libocedrus Endl. is unknown from the American Creta-
ceous or later formations, although the existing incense
cedar, Libocedrus decurrens Torr., ranges from Oregon
southward to southern California and is commonly cultivated.
This typically northern genus reaches Australia through the
East Indian region and penetrates far into South America
along the Andes, thus almost surrounding the Pacific. Heer
has described three fossil species from the Arctic regions,
Libocedrus gracilis from Spitzbergen, Libocedrus cretacea
from the Atane schists (Kardlok, Isunguak), and Zibocedrus
Sabinzana from Greenland (Atanekerdluk B, Naujat, Kug-
sinek, Haseninsel, Isunguak) and Spitzbergen.

ARACEAE.
ArisAEMA Martius, Flora, 14: 459. 1831.

There are about fifty existing species, mostly of temperate
and tropical Asia; three in eastern North America. Two
fossil species have been provisionally referred here as fol-
ows:

ARISAEMA CRETACEUM Lesq. PI. 46. f. 4.
Arisaema cretacea Lesq. Fl. Dak. Group, 38. p/. 46. f. 1.
1892.
Arisaema (?) dubia Hollick, Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 16:
130. Pl. 12. f. 6. 1897
The above species was founded by Lesquereux for a

(67 )

monocotyledonous, probably Araceous spathe from the Da-
kota Group of Kansas. In all probability Hollick’s specimen
is of the same species. It is doubtfully a species of Arzsaema,
however, and might equally be a cycadaceous spathe. In
appearance the specimen before us is very similar to some of
Lesquereux’s figures of Dammarites (Fl. Dak. Gr. pl. 7. f
9-11); the fine lining is about .5 mm. apart as in the existing
Dammara robusta Moore of Australia, but the texture is very
thin and quite the opposite of the thick coriaceous leaves of
Dammara and Dammarites.

ARISAEMA (7) MartEwanense Hollick.
Artsaema Mattewanense Holiick, Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci.
16: 130. pl. 12. f. 7. 1897
Provisionally so referred by Dr. Hollick, as the fruit of
some Araceous plant.

SALICACEAE.
Sauix Linn. Sp. Pl. rors. 1753.

The willows are all extremely rapid growers and thrive in
the wettest soil; they are thus apt to occur in localities favor-
able for fossilization. There are about 160 existing species
widely distributed throughout the northern hemisphere and
arctic zone, a few in the southern hemisphere; about 80 are
American. There are about 46 fossil American species dis-
tributed as follows: Raritan 5, Island Raritan 4, Dakota 11,
Woodbine 1, Montana 3, Vancouver 2, Laramie 4 (?), Ft.
Union 1, Green River 5, Eocene 7 (?), Eolignitic 3, Tertiary
2, Miocene 5, Pleistocene 1 (?).

Heer records three from the Island of Sachalin and seven
from the Tertiary of Greenland.

SALIX PROTEAEFOLIA FLEXUOSA (Newb.) Lesq. Pl. 48. f.
12; pl. 52. f. 2.
Salix flexuosa Newb. Ann. Lyc. N.Y. g: 21. 1868; Il.
Cret. & Tert. Pl. pl. 7. f. g. 1878; Later Ext. Fl. 56.
DE 20 Fo Dp Pig Sede PETES 7: Te808-

(68 )

Salix proteacfolia flexuosa Lesq. Fl. Dak. Group, 50. i.
445 f- 4, 5. 1892.

Dakota Group: Kansas. Cretaceous: Seacliff, Long Is-

land (Hollick, ’94) and Block Island (Hollick, 98).

The smaller leaf is similar to the smaller forms referred to
the above species. It resembles a number of small lanceolate
leaves of varied affinities such as Lesquereux’s Andromeda
afints, the smaller forms of Myrica longa Heer from the Da-
kota (but has a narrower base), and Laurus angusta Heer
as figured in Fl. Foss. Arct. 7: £1. 57. f. 76; the latter is,
however, considerably smaller than Heer’s figures of this same
species in the same work, v. 6’, and also much smaller than
the leaf which Lesquereux refers to this species in the Flora
of the Dakota Group.

Were our specimen (7. 48. f. 12) somewhat more linear it
might be compared to Hucalyptus Dakotensis, but there is
no doubt that it is a Sadzx. The larger leaves (p/. 52. f. 2)
show the characteristic venation of this species.

Salix Mattewanensis sp. nov. /%. 51. f. 5.

A small ovate-lanceolate leaf with an obtuse base and
slender tapering tip, greatly resembling several modern
willow leaves; secondaries regular, camptodrome.

Except for its small size it is very similar to Salix mem-
branacea Newb. There is considerable resemblance to
Salix sp. (Fl. Amboy Clays, pl. 42. f. 6-8) only the tip is
more elongated. There is also some resemblance to such
leaves as Leguminosites constrictus Lesq. and to several of
the forms referred to Cassza.

SaLix MEEK Newb.

Salix Meekii Newb. Ann. Lyc. N. Y.9: 19. 1868; Later
Ext. Fl. 58. p/. 2. f. 3. 1898. Hollick, Trans. N. Y.
Acad. Sci. 16: 130. pl. 73. f. 3, 4. 1897.

S. cuneata Newb. Ill. Cret. & Tert. £7. 1. f. 2, 3. 1878.

S. proteacfolia lanceolata Lesq. Fl. Dak. Group, 50. #u.
64. f. 6-8. 1892.

Recorded by Hollick from the Matawan formation near

Cliffwood, N. J.; not found by me.

( 69 )

PoputitTes Lesq. Am. Jour. Sci. 46: 93. 1868.

Founded by Lesquereux to include leaves from the Dakota
Group which are apparently related to Populus but differing
in their generally entire margin, cordate outline, and cras-
pedodrome venation, the latter character apparently wanting
in our species. Some of Lesquereux’s species have since been
transferred to the genera Grewtopsis, Hamamelites, Ments-
permites, and Cissztes, leaving seven Dakota species and one
species from the Upper Cretaceous of Vancouver Island.

The genus Populus, although containing the oldest known
dicotyledon at Kome, besides ten Dakota species and two
Potomac species according to Fontaine, is so essentially a later
genus that I prefer to include our leaf in the related genus
Popuiites, thus obviating too great definiteness of relation to
the existing genus.

Populus contains about twenty-five species in the existing
flora, all of which are confined to the northern hemisphere.
Some twelve of these inhabit North America. The fossil
species are numerous.

Populites tenuifolius sp. nov. Fl. 49. f. 7.

A leaf exceeding 10 cm. in length and nearly 12 cm. in
width: margin in the upper part apparently entire or perhaps
a trifle undulate; about 4 cm. of the right lateral margin is
preserved and seems to bis pen crenate, but the indica-
tions are very faint and be to the wearing away o
the material. The aa is ane preserved, but I judge it to

thin, alternate, unbranched except the basal ones, oe
the midrib at an angle of about 45° and curving up

others, giving off numerous branches to the latero-basal
portion of the leaf. ea ill-defined, angular.

I have been at a loss to correctly determine this leaf; it
bears considerable resemblance to some of Lesquereux’s
species of Protophyllum, but inasmuch as the latter is a syn-

* Lesq. Fl. Dak. Group, fl. g2. f 1.

(7°)

thetic type of uncertain botanical affinities, with mostly cori-
aceous leaves, it has not been considered available. The
only Raritan leaf with which our specimen may be com-
pared is Tikaephyllum dubtum,* which it resembles in its
cordate outline, delicate venation, and thin texture; like the
Raritan leaf ours is represented by but a single specimen
rather poorly preserved. It differs in being larger and in
lacking the dentate margin, and was apparently equilaterai
with a straight midrib. In view of the uncertainty of New-
berry’s determination it is desirable that we should endeavor
to get an idea of the true botanical affinity of our leaf, which
it seems to me will place it among those leaves ancestral to
the modern aspens or poplars. It resembles several species
of Populus, although the latter are as a rule coriaceous or
subcoriaceous, for instance Populus Harkeriana Lesq. from
Staten Island} and the Dakota Group.{ It may be com-
pared with Populus balsamoides(?) var. latifolia Lesq.,§
although the latter is a Tertiary species; the margin is ap-
parently similar and the venation is strikingly similar except
at the margin.

It may also be compared with the Dakota species Populrtes
Lancastriensts Lesq.|| which it greatly resembles in size and
outline ; the secondaries are stouter and straighter in the latter
and the basal one is less branched.

FAGACEAE.
Quercus Linn. Sp. Pl. 994. 1753.

About two hundred existing species of the northern hemi-
sphere,{/ more than fifty of which occur in North America.
The extinct American species number about 127, distributed

* Newb. Fl. Amboy meee for pl. rs.

StS
+ Hollick, Ann. N. Y. d. Sci. 11: 419. Ai 36.Ff. 8.
t{ Lesq. Fl. Dak. is me pl. $6. f. 4

Rf. 7.
rete by Ettingshausen from Tertiary of New Zealand. (Trans.
N. Z. Inst. v. 2:

(72)

as follows: Raritan 2, Dakota 20, Montana 2, Vancouver 6,
Laramie 17, Livingston 3, Denver 9, Ft. Union 7, Tertiary
of Yellowstone Park 7, Green River 7, Eolignitic 6, Eocene
1z, Miocene 25, Payette 4, Pleistocene 6, Glacial 1, Atane
7, Patoot 7, Tertiary of Greenland 15.

Quercus Hollickii sp. nov. Pl. 57. f. 1, 2.

Leaves subcoriaceous, obovate, obtuse, gradually narrow-
ing to the base; secondaries strong, ieee and parallel,
alternate, camptodrome, angle of divergence about 50°;
basal one third of the margin entire, above rather irregularly
dentate.

These specimens evidently represent a leaf about 9 cm. in
length by about 4.5 cm. in greatest width.

I have been unable to refer this to any of the described
species of Quercus although it resembles several; in outline
it is similar to 2. Wardiana Lesq.* from the Dakota group,
but the latter is 50 per cent. larger and with different vena-
tion. There is also a resemblance to Newberry’s 2. ellp-
t7ca t but the secondaries are straighter, more ascending and
more regularly arched in our specimen. Again, it may be
compared to the Tertiary 2, Olafsent Heer, but the latter
has the leaves more oval, margin more dentate, secondaries
craspedodrome and straighter, greatly resembling Les-
quereux’s ~/. 48. f. 4 from the Fort Union Beds; in the
latter, however, some of the upper secondaries run directly
to the dentate points of the margin. There is, further, a re-
semblance to 2. Vevadensis Lesq., from the Pacific Coast
Miocene, which however has the secondaries straighter and
subcraspedodrome.

Considerable similarity is to be noted with various leaves
referred to Celastrophyllum, as for instance C. grandifolium
Newb., which is common in the Raritan (localities not given) ;
our leaf is considerably shorter and relatively wider, more
obovate in outline, with a more tapering base, straighter mid-
rib and more regular secondaries.

*F). Dak. Group. pl. 7. f. 7. 1892.
+ Later Ext. Fl. £/. 20. f. 3. 1898.

(72)

Quercus Hotmesi Lesq. Pl. 48. f. 13.
aha (Quercus) salicifolium Lesq. Ann. Rep. U
os . & Geog. Surv. Terr. 1874: 340. pl. 8. f. 2.
7876. a preoccupied by Quercus salicsfolia Newb.
Dryophylium (Quercus) Holmesii Lesq. Cret. & Tert.
Flora, 38. pl. 4.7. 8 1883.

Quercus Holmesii Lesq. F1. Dak. Group, 58. 1892.

Upper Cretaceous: Port McNeill, Vancouver Island.
Dakota Group ?: San Juan River, S. W. Colorado.

There are a number of small-leaved oaks which resemble
this species, including Quercus Montanensis Knowlton (FI.
MontanaForm. fi. r1.f. 10), Dryophyllum subfalcatum Lesq.
(D. Bruner? Ward) of the Laramie and the smaller forms
with nearly simple margins of Newberry’s Tertiary Quercus
consinults.

Quercus MorrisoniaAna Lesq.
Quercus Morrisoniana Lesq. Cret. & Tert. Fl. 40. pl.
17. f. 1, 2. 1883. Hollick, Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci.
16: 131. pl. 737. f. 11, 12. 1897.
Recorded by Hollick from the Matawan formation near
Cliffwood, N. J.; not found by me.

Quercus (?) NovaE-CaEsAREAE Hollick. Pl. 57. f. 4.

Quercus (?) Novae-Caesareae Hollick, Trans. N. Y. Acad.

Sci. 16: 131. pl. 13. f0 9, 10. 1897.

Hollick points out*the resemblance of these leaves to those
of Quercus Myrtillus Heer from Greenland and also to those
of Diospyros provecta Velen. from Bohemia.

I have found several fragments at Cliffwood which belong
here.

QUERCUS sp.
Quercus (?) sp., Hollick, Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 16:
131. pl. 14. f. 9. 1897.
Of doubtful affinity. Hollick compares this fragment with
Quercus porantoides Lesq. and with 2. Thulens’s Heer, and

(73)

also suggests that it might be a fragment of lex Masont
Lesq. There are several similar fragments in my collection.

MORACEAE.
Ficus Linn. Sp. Pl. ro59. 1753.

The existing species number some six hundred shrubs and
trees of the warmer parts of the globe everywhere, chiefly in
Asia, Africa and the East Indian Islands. Two species
enter the limits of the United States, occurring in Florida
and the West Indies. About one hundred species of F2czs
occur in America in the following formations: Potomac 2,
Raritan 3, Island Raritan 5, Dakota 23, Woodbine 1, Mon-
tana 16, Vancouver 6, Laramie 21, Livingston 1, Denver 9g,
Ft. Union 5, Green River 5, Tertiary of Yellowstone Park
4, Eocene 6, Eolignitic 6, Miocene 7, Atane 3, Patoot 2,
Greenland Tertiary 1.

Recorded by Ettingshausen from Tertiary of New Zealand
(Trans. N. Z. Inst. v. 23); now extinct there, though living
in Australia.

Ficus RETICULATA (Lesq.) Knowlton. Fl. 52. f.5; pl. 53.

SJ. Ly 4.

Laurophyllum reticulatum Lesq. Ann. Rep. U. S. Geol.
& Geog. Surv. Terr. 1872: 425. 1873; Cret. Flora,
76. pl. 15.f. 4, §+ 1874.

Ficus laurophylla Lesq. Ann. Rep. U. S. Geol. & Geog.
Surv. Terr. 1874: 342. pl. 5. fi. 7. 1876. Cret. &
Tert. Fl. 49. fl. 7. f. 12, 13. 1878; Fl. Dak. Group,

85. 1892.
Ficus reticulata Knowlton, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv. 152:
104. 1898.

Heretofore known from the Dakota Group of Kansas.
The Cliffwood remains consist of the impressions of the
under surface of leaves rather fragmentary, and indicate an
oblong-lanceolate leaf 2-3.5 cm. in width, with an entire
margin and rather stout midrib; secondaries branch at an
obtuse angle, unequal, becoming marginal; venation some-

(74)

what irregular. There is some resemblance to the Greenland
leaves which Heer (Fl. Foss. Arct. 7: p/. 79. 4) refers to
Diospyros brachysepala A. Br.
Ficus Woorsont Newb. £2. 47-/- 7-
Ficus Woolsont Newb.; Hollick, Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci.
12: 6. pl. 2. f. 1, 2¢. 1892; Newb. Fl. Amboy Clays,
70. pl. 20. f. 3; pl. 23. f. 1-6. 1896.

This species is thus far only represented by a small frag-
ment from Cliffwood, although common in the Raritan Clays
at Sayreville and Woodbridge, and also reported from Kreis-
cherville, Staten Island, by Hollick.

PROTEACEAE.
Proteorpes Heer, Phyll. Crét. Nebr. 17. 1866.

This extinct genus, which is supposed to be allied to the
existing genus Protea, has some eight fossil American species
as follows: Raritan 2, Dakota 4, Mill Creek 1, Vancouver
3. Many fossil species of Proteaceae have been described
from the European Tertiary but considerable doubt has been
expressed as to the real affinity of many of them, their re-
semblance to various species of Coniferae, Meliaceae, Sapin-
daceae and Myricaceae being pointed out.

PROTEOIDES DAPHNOGENOIDES Heer. /fV. 51. /. 6-9.

Proteordes daphnogenotdes Heer, Phyll. Crét. Nebr. 17.

pl. 4. f. 9, To. 1866. Newb. Fl. Amboy Clays, 72. pi.
P72 Ji O05 Os Dle 328 f- diy IDs Do Bo FSS Pee:
J. 15. 1896. Lesq. Cret. Fl. 85. Al. 715. f. 2, 2. 1874.
Hollick, Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 11: 98. fl. 3. fi. 4, 2.
1892; 12: 36. pl. 2. f. 4, 9, 13. 1893; Bull. Torrey
Club, 21: 52. pl. 177. f. rz. 18943 Ann. N. Y. Acad.
Sci. 11: 420. pl. 36. f. 1-3. 1898.

Remains of this species are common in the clays near Cliff-
wood, but very fragmentary. Previously recorded from the
Dakota group at Decatur, Nebraska; Raritan at Wood-
bridge, Sayreville, etc., N. J.; the Mill Creek series at Mill
Creek and the Cretaceous on Staten Island and Long Island.

(75)

Banksia Linn. f. Suppl. 15. 1781.

The existing species number about fifty and are confined
to the Australian region. Two fossil species have been iden-
tified from American strata, but whether or not they are al-
lied to the living Bankszae is not altogether certain.
BANKSIA PUSILLA Velen.

Banksia pusilla Velen. F\. Boehm. Kreidef. 7 (32). pl. 7

(9). f. 14-17. 1883. Hollick, Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci.
6: 132. pl. 73. f. 7. 1897.

With the exception of Banksia Helvetica Heer, which
Lesquereux records from the Eolignitic of Mississippi, this
genus is not found elsewhere on this continent, although spe-
cies referred to this and the allied genus Banksites occur in
the European Tertiary. It is essentially a later genus, with
upwards of fifty existing species which are all confined to
the Australian region. The above species is very similar to
Santalum Americanum Lesq. (Cret. & Tert. Fl. p/7. 32. f. 7)
of the western Tertiary.

NYMPHAEACEAE.
NeE.tumso Adans. Fam. Pl. 2: 76. 1763.

But two living species are known, JV. Velumdéo (L.) Karst.
of eastern Asia and JV. lutea (Willd.) Pers. of eastern North
America, giving emphasis to the well-known similarity of
these two floras. The genus appeared in the middle Creta-
ceous and ranges to the Miocene Tertiary, increasing regu-
larly in size. There are one Asiatic, seven European and
nine American fossil species,* all of the American species,
unless it be Heer’s from Atane, being from a considerably
higher horizon than our Cliffwood specimen.

Exceptions to the latter statement are unpublished species
from Long Island and Martha’s Vineyard, discovered by Dr.
Hollick.

Nelumbo primaeva sp. nov. Fl. 43. f. 1
This is undoubtedly a sorton of a leaf a Nelumbo — too

* The living fossil species are enumerated by Hollick in Bull. Torrey
Club, 21: 307. 1894.

(76)

small a fragment, however, for rigid determination. It rep-
resents a small-leaved species with leaves apparently about
the same size as those of Velumbo Laramzensts Hollick (7. ¢.
J in text); the cross venation is obliterated, however, and the
primary veins are only eight in number instead of twelve, as
is the case in WV. Laramdensis.* Nelumbo tntermedta,t
of the Montana formation, is of about the same size, but has
twelve or thirteen weak primary veins. MVelumbo Dawsoni
Hollick, + from the Canadian Belly River, is also a small
leaf, but has eighteen primary veins. Dawson has de-
scribed,§ but not figured, a small leaf from the Canadian
Laramie, under the name of Velumbium Saskachuensts, of
similar size and with only seven primaries.

MAGNOLIACEAE.
Maenousa Linn. Sp. Pl. 535. 1753.

There are about fifteen existing species of Magnolza, con-
fined to eastern North America, eastern Asia and the Hima-
layan region. The fossil species are numerous, there being
over forty from continental America besides those from
Greenland. The distribution of the American fossil species
is as follows: Raritan 7, Island Raritan 8, Dakota 11, Atane
4, Mill Creek 1, Wocdbine 2, Montana 2, Vancouver 2,
Laramie 7, Denver 1, Ft. Union 2, Eocene 6, Eolignitic 5,
Miocene 5, Greenland Tertiary 6.

Macnouia opTusaTA Heer. Fl. 47. fi 4.

Magnolia obtusata Heer, Fi. Foss. Arct. 67: go. pl. r5.
J. 12; pl. az. f. 3. 1882. Lesq. Fl. Dak. Group,
201. pl. 60. f. 5,6. 1892.

This leaf resembles greatly the smaller of the two figures

which are figured respectively by each of the above authors.

* Dr. Hollick, who has seen a figure of this leaf, writes: ‘‘ Very close if

not identical with Nelumbo Laramiensis.”

t Knowlton, Fl. Montana Form. (Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv. 163:) 53. A/,

13. f. 3 Igoo.
ee oo Daws. Trans. Roy. Soc. Can. 3: sec. 4, 15, f. 1886.
¢ Daws. ibid., 5: sec. 4, 35. 1888.

(77)

Previously recorded from the Atane schists of Greenland
and the Dakota group of Kansas.

MacnourA WoopsripcGensis Hollick. Pl. 53. fi 5; pi.

57. fr 2.

Magnolia Woodbridgensis Hollick, in Newb. Fl. Amboy
Clays, 74. pl. 36. f. 11; pl. 57. f- 5-7. 1896. Hol-
lick, Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 16: 133. pl. 14. f &.
1897; Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 11: 60. pl. 3. f. 2. 1808.

While the fragments shown on Plate 53 have the venation

entirely obscured, I have no hesitation in referring them to
the above species, especially as I have found other smaller
fragments with the characteristic venation of Magnolza.

Judging from the nearly parallel lateral margins of the

fragment shown on plate 57 it would seem to indicate a
rather longer leaf than the typical Magnolia Woodridgensis,
a leaf more like Magnolia Boulayana Lesq. or Magnolia
glaucoides Newb. ‘The incomplete nature of the specimen,
however, and the total obliteration of the venation make it
preferable to place it under AZ. Woodbridgensts. Leaf-blade
apparently quite thick.

MAGNOLIA TENUIFOLIA Lesq. 7%. 47. f. 10.

Magnolia tenutfolia Lesq. Am. Jour. Sci. 46: 100.
1868; Cret. Flora, 92. Al. ar. f. z. 18743 Fl. Dak.
Group, 198. pi. 24. fiz. 1892.

Previously known from the Dakota Group at Decatur,

Neb., Kansas, and Peace River, Northwest Territory.

Our fragment is very similar to fz. pl. 24, Fl. Dak.
Group, of this species, except that the secondaries are some-
what straighter and more regular.

There is considerable resemblance to Magnolia Capellinit
Heer, which is doubtfully recorded from Sayreville, N. J.,
Glen Cove, L. I., and Martha’s Vineyard, as well as from
the Dakota of the West and from Greenland.

Ours, while only a fragment, denotes a more elongated
leaf than that of M. Capellinit.

(78 )
LAURACEAE.
Laurus Linn. Sp. Pl. 369. 1753.

As commonly restricted, the existing species are but two,
of southern Europe, the Canary Islands and Madeira. The
family is large and chiefly tropical. The fossil species are
numerous, over thirty being found on this continent. It may
be remarked, however, that there is considerable uncertainty
in the generic diagnoses which are based upon nothing but
leaf remains of the Laurineae. Remains referred to Laurus
are common in the European Tertiary and Heer records one
species from the Tertiary of Siberia, besides four at Atane,
three at Patoot, and four in the Tertiary of Greenland. The
American species are distributed as follows: Raritan 3,
Island Raritan 4, Dakota 11, Mill Creek 1, Woodbine 1,
Montana 3, Vancouver 1, Cret. of N. W. Terr. 1, Laramie
4, Livingston 1, Denver 3, Ft. Union 2, Tertiary of Yellow-
stone Park 2, Eocene 1, Eolignitic 4, Miocene 7.

Laurus Horvaz Heer. Pl. 50. f. 7, 8; pl. 52. f. 7, 8.

Laurus Hollae Heer, Fl. Foss. Arct. 6’: 76. pl. 33. f.

13; 44. f- 56; 45. f. 3. 1882. Lesq. Fl. Dak. Group,
92. pl. 12. f. 8. 1892. Hollick, Trans. N. Y. Acad.
Sci. 12:7. pl. 2. fi 717. 1892.

Previously known from the Dakota Group, Kansas; Cre-
taceous, Staten Island; Atane schists, Greenland. Ours are
rather poor specimens for positive determination; as far as
they go they agree admirably with the above species.
Laurus PROTEAEFOLIA Lesq. 2. 47. f. 9; pl. 49. f. 6.

Laurus proteacfolia Lesq. Bull. U. S. Geol. and Geog.

Surv. Terr. 1: 393. 1876; Ann. Rep. 7d¢d. 1874:
342. pl. 5. f. 1, 2. 1876; Cret. & Tert. Fl. 52. pi. 3.
J: 9,10; pl. 16. f. 6. 1883; Fl. Dak. Group, 92. 1892.

Lesquereux’s specimens were from the Dakota Group at
Morrison, Col., and Fort Harker, Kansas. The Cliffwood
forms which Hollick refers to Lawrus plutonia Heer are some-
what larger than the majority of Heer’s figures of that
species, and our remains which seem to be species of Laurus

(79)

are larger still and more ovate in form, with less ascending
secondaries. They are intermediate in size among Lesquer-
eux’s figures of L. proteaefolia.

Laurus pLuronia Heer. Pl. 50. f. g-si.

Laurus plutonia Heer, Fl. Foss. Arct. 6:75. p/. 19. fh
1a, 2-4; pl. 20. f. 3a, 4-6; pl. 2y. f. 66; pl. 28. fF.
ro, 17; pl. 42. f. 40; 7: 30. pl. 58 fi 2; pl. 62.
jf. ra, Lesq. Fl. Dak. ees gol. pl. 13. fo 5,6; pl.
22. f. 5. 1892. Newb. Fl. Amboy Clays, 85. pl. 76.
jf. to, rz. 1896. Hollick, Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci.

2: 236. pl. 6. f. rz. 1893; Bull. Geol. Soc. Am. 7:
13. 1895; Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 16: 132. pl. 73. 7
5, 6. 1897; Ann. N, Y. Acad. Sci. 11: 60. Al. 4.
6,7. 18098.

Recorded from the Raritan, locality not given: Matawan,
Cliffwood, N. J.; Dakota group, Kansas and Minn. (?); Cre-
taceous, Glen Cove, L. I., Martha’s Vineyard and Block
Island; Middle Cretaceous at Atane and Patoot, Greenland.

This is another species which was very common through-
out eastern North America from Greenland to New Jersey
during the Middle Cretaceous. The leaves were rather vari-
able in outline, Newberry’s Amboy Clay forms and those
from Cliffwood which Hollick refers to this species being con-
siderably broader than the majority of Heer’s specimens.
The leaves from the Dakota which Lesquereux identifies
with this species are, on the other hand, smaller and agree
fairly well with the leaves in our collections which seem to
belong to this species. The latter agree closely with Heer’s
figures and differ considerably from Hollick’s forms from
this formation. About the same size as the Block Island
leaf which Hollick refers to this species.

Laurus Hollickii sp. nov. Pl. 52. f. 4.
A small lanceolate Lauraceous leaf about 8 cm. long and
cm. in greatest width, which is at a point about half way
been the apex and base, the blade tapering about equally
n both directions; secondaries four or five on each side,

( 80 )

leaving the midrib at an angle somewhat less than 45° and
curving upward with a long sweep, becoming nearly parallel
with the margin, along which they form small shallow arches,
the connecting branches to the secondary next above being
small and transverse.

Species dedicated to Dr. Arthur Hollick, who suggested its
Lauraceous affinity.

This species is quite similar to Daphnophyllum Dakotense
Lesq. from the Dakota group, which Lesquereux compares
with Daphne protogaca Ett.* Our leaf is somewhat nar-
rower and the distal portions of the secondaries are straighter.
There is also considerable resemblance in outline to various
species of Salix and some of the lanceolate species of Ficus.

LavuROPHYLLUM Gopp. Tertiarfl. Java, 45. 1854.
An entirely extinct genus containing leaves supposed to be
allied to Laurus and including five American species in the
Raritan, Mill Creek and Upper Cretaceous.

LAUROPHYLLUM ANGUSTIFOLIUM Newb. 7. 47. f.1, 5,8,

Pl. 49. f- 1-5:

Laurophyllum angustifolium Newb. Fl. Amboy Clays, 86.

1.17. f. 10, 12. 1896.

Remains of leaves, which by their narrow elongated shape,
thick midrib, and coriaceous texture are allied to this species
of Newberry from the Amboy Clays at Woodbridge are very
common at Cliffwood. The remains are very poor, how-
ever, consisting of larger or smaller fragments of the basal
portions of leaves. The petiole (preserved in f. 5) is short
and stout.

Newberry compares his leaves with some of Heer’s Myrica
Jonga, but the latter lack the straight narrowly ascending
basal margins and are rather abruptly rounded. If Arctic
analogues are necessary we may point out the resemblance
to the Tertiary Laurus Reusszd Ett. or to forms of Laurus
angusta Heer from Atane (Fl. Foss. Arct. 67: pl. 43, f. IC).

*FI. Bilin. pt. 2, 13. Al. 34. f 7-3. 1868,

(81)

SassaFRAS Nees & Eberm. Handb. Med. Pharm. Bot. 2:
418. 1831.

At the present day a monotypic genus of eastern North
America, although inhabiting Europe before the Glacial
period in both the Tertiary and Cretaceous ages. Numer-
ous fossil leaves have been referred to this genus ranging
from the Potomac formation upward. While some of these
are undoubtedly ancestral Sassafras species, others are just
as undoubtedly not related to Sassafras; for instance we
would refer Sassafras Harkerianum, S. obtusum and S.
cretaceum oblusum to Cissttes; we would refer S. d/ssectum,
S. dissectum symmetricum, S. mirabtle, S. papillosum, S.
recurvatunt, S. dentatum and .S. grossedentatum to Platanus
or possibly to Protoplatanus. The two dozen or more an-
cient American species occur in the following formations:
Potomac 3, Cheyenne Sandstone 3, Raritan 4, Island Rari-
tan 2, Matawan 1, Dakota 14, Vancouver 1, Canadian Up-
per Laramie 2.

Heer describes two species from Atane, one of which is
identical with a Dakota form; one species from Patoot; and
one from the Tertiary of Greenland. Velenovsky identifies S.
acutilobum in the Cenomanian of Bohemia, and several species
have been described from the European Tertiary formations.
SASSAFRAS ACUTILOBUM Lesq. Fl. 45. f. 1, 2.

Sassafras acutilobum Lesq. Cret. Flora, 79. pl. 14. f- 7,
2. 1874; Cret. & Tert. Fl. 56. p2. 5. 4. 7, 5. 1883; Fl.
Dak. Group, 100. 1892. Newb. Fl. Amboy Clays, 87.
pl. 25. f. 1-10; pl. 26. f. 2-6. 1896; Later Ext. FI. 98.
pl. 7. f. 1. 1898 > S. eretaceum. WHollick, Trans. N.
Y. Acad. Sci. 12: 236. fl. 7. fi r. 1893. 16: 132. Pl.
14. f. 73. 1897. Velen. Fl. Bohm. Kreidef. 4: 2. p2.
2.f. 1. 1886.

S. recurvatum Heer, Fl. Foss. Arct. 6: 74. pl. 39.f. 4.
1882; not Lesq.

There can be no doubt that this rather fragmentary leaf

is referable to Sassafras acutilobum as commonly understood.

(82)

In outline it is almost identical with Lesquereux’s typical leaf
from the Dakota Group, the only differences being its slightly
smaller size and somewhat wider median lobe. It is also
very similar to the leaf from the Bohemian Cretaceous which
Velenovsky refers to this species, the only difference being
the less conical lobes. With Newberry’s Amboy Clay forms
there is a general resemblance to the more typical specimens.
Hollick, (’97) found a small fragment in this (Clay Mar!)
formation which he thought might be referable to this species.
With the question of the proper generic relations of this spe-
cies we are not here concerned. In another place* I have
expressed doubt as to the validity of its reference to Sassafras.

ACERACEAE.
Acer Linn. Sp. Pl. 1054. 1753.

There are about one hundred existing species of maples.
The fossil species are also quite numerous, there being some
twenty-six fossil American forms distributed as follows: Rari-
tan 1, Island Raritan 1, Belly River 1, Laramie 5, Denver
1, Ft. Union 3, Green River 3, Eocene 3, Miocene 8, Pleis-
tocene 3.

Heer records one from the Tertiary of Siberia, one from
the Tertiary of Manchuria, three from the Island of Sacha-
lin, two from Patoot, and five from the Tertiary of Greenland.
Ettingshausen records maples in the Tertiary of Australia,
Tasmania and New Zealand.

ACER PAUCIDENTATUM Hollick.
Acer paucidentatum Hollick, Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 16:
132. pl. 14. f. 2, 3. 1897.

As remarked by Hollick this maple resembles several Ter-
tiary species. Acer is only represented by fruit in the New
Jersey Raritan, although a small leaf has been found in that
formation on Staten Island.

Sapinpus Linn. Sp. Pl. 367. 1753.

Sapindus is at the present day a chiefly tropical genus of
about ten species of Asia and America. The only existing

* Bot. Gaz. 34: 438. 1902.

(83 )

North American species are S. marginatus Willd., which
ranges from Kansas to northern Mexico and eastward to
Georgia and Florida; S. Saponarza Linn., of the Florida
Keys, West Indies and Venezuela; and S. Drummondii H. &
A. The American fossil species are numerous, there being
twenty-one or more forms distributed as follows: Island 1,
Matawan 1, Dakota 2, Denver 1, Upper Laramie 1, Eocene,
Ky. 1, Brandon, Vt. 1, Green River 7, Fort Union 5, Ter-
tiary of Yellowstone Park 2, Eolignitic 4, Miocene 1, Green-
land 3.

Did we assume that these fossil leaflets should be of uni-
form size and form, as they are in our existing species of
the Southwest, the number of fossil species would be greatly
multiplied.

Sapinpus Morrisoni Lesq. F¥. 47. fi 2, 3.

Sapindus Morrisont Lesq. Cret. & Tert. Fl. 83. p/. 76.
j. I, 2. 1883; Fl. Dak. Group, 158. p20. 375. fi 7, 2.
1892. Heer, Fl. Foss. Arct. 6: 96. fl. go. fir; pl.
Al. f. 3; pl. 43. f. 1a, 6; pl. gg. f. 7,8. 1882. Hollick,
Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 11: pl. 3. fi 5. 1892; 12
235. pl. 6. f. 3. 1893; Bull. Torrey Club, 22: 57.
pl. 179. f. 8. 1894; Bull. Geol. Soc. Am. 7: 13. 1895 ;
Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 11: 422. pl. 36. f. g. 1898.
White, Am. Jour. Sci. III. 39: 99. pl. 2. f. 12. 1890.

The Cliffwood forms are small leaves with a considerably

inequilateral base and numerous somewhat ascending irregu-
larly curved camptodrome secondaries. There is no question
but what this is a species of Sapzndus; it agrees quite well
with Lesquereux’s Cret. & Tert. Fl. 4 2, and Fl. Dak.
Group, / 2, and Hollick’s specimen from Tottenville,
Staten Island, all of which are rather smaller than the other
figured leaves of this species. Hoollick * identifies two fairly
perfect leaves from this horizon with Velenovsky’s Sapzndus
apiculatus from the Bohemian Cretaceous. These leaves are
somewhat smaller than our specimens and less full at the

* Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 16: 133. p/. 77. fis, 2. 1897

( 84)

base on the larger side, otherwise they are quite similar.
They may be either small leaves of Sapéndus Morrisond or
else new forms altogether. It may well be that the leaves re-
ferred to the widely distributed Sapzndus Morrisons, as indi-
cated above, embrace more than one species.

This is another species which we could expect to find in
the Raritan formation.

SaPINDUS APICULATUS Velen.

Sapindus apiculatus Velen. Fl). Bohm. Kreidef. 3: 6 (53).
pl. 7 (22). f. 1-8. 1884. Hollick, Trans. N. Y. Acad.
Sci. 16: 133. pl. 73. fir, 2. 1897.

As remarked under Sapindus Morrisonz, this might well be

a small leaf of that species. Recorded by Hollick from the
Matawan; not found by me.

- CELASTROPHYLLUM Gopp. Tertiarfl. Java, 52. 1854.

This extinct genus includes leaves related to those of
Colastrus. It has ten species in the Potomac, ten in the
Raritan, one in the Island series, seven in the Dakota, two
in the Matawan, one in the Atane beds and three in the
Patoot beds.

Celastrophyllum elegans sp. nov. V7. 43. f. 6.

A handsome ovate-lanceolate leaf about 6 cm. long and 10
mm. wide at its widest part which is about midway between
the base and the apex; with a somewhat wedge-shaped base,
an evenly rounded apex and a slightly undulating margin;
there are eleven shallow indentations on each side, the lowest
about 6 mm. from the base; petiole rather stout, 10 mm. in
length; secondaries branch at an angle of somewhat more
than 45° and are straight to within a short distance of the
margin, curving and forming arches only about one milli-
meter from it.

Hollick refers a leaf from this formation to Celastrophyllum
Newberryanum; ours is a narrower longer leaf with more
regular secondaries. Compared with the Amboy Clay leaves
of C. Mewberryanum ours is a longer more slender leaf.
C. Newberryanum was however an abundant and very vari-
able leaf and some of Newberry’s figures approach ours quite

(85)

closely, for instance, Fl. Amboy Clays, f/. 49. f. ro.
Our leaf is also somewhat similar to some of the Amboy clay
leaves which Newberry refers to C. crenatum Heer, though
the latter is stouter and averages much larger.

. grandifolium Newb. is of somewhat the same propor-
tions but about three times as large. The Dakota species
except C. decurrens are much smaller leaves. The Potomac
species are mostly smaller broader leaves of rather obscure
affinities.

CELASTROPHYLLUM NEWBERRYANUM Hollick.

Celastrophyllum Newberryanum Hollick ; Newb. Fl. Am-

boy Clays, ror. pl. 49. f. 1-27. 1896; Trans. N. Y.
Acad. Sci. 16: 133. pl. 14. fi tr. 1897.

This small-leaved Celastrophyllum is abundant in the
upper Raritan beds at South Amboy and we would naturally
expect it to extend upward into the Cliffwood beds, where it
is recorded by Hollick.

RHAMNACEAE.
Ruamnus Linn. Sp. Pl. 193. 1753.

About seventy-five existing species, mostly north temper-
ate, a few tropical and a few south temperate; eleven inhabit
North America. Thirty-three species are found fossil on
this continent in the following formations: Island Raritan
2, Dakota 6, Montana 1, Laramie 10, Denver 6, Ft. Union
2, Green River 3, Eolignitic 2, Tertiary 1

Heer records one from the Tertiary of Manchuria, one
from the island of Sachalin, two from Atane, one from Patoot,
and eight from the Tertiary of Greenland.

Rhamnus Novae-Caesareae sp. nov. I. 50. f. 5,6
These leaves are somewhat similar in outline and venation
to what Hollick calls Quercus (?) Movae-Caesareae from this
same locality, only our specimens are less perfect and consid-
erably larger. Their true affinity seems to be with Ahamnus,
and I have been unable to associate them with any of the

( 86 )

described species. Remains are fragmentary, but indicate a
simple ovate-lanceolate leaf 7-10 cm. long by about 2.25
cm. wide, with ascending eamptodrome secondaries and
transverse tertiaries.

RHAMNUS INAEQUILATERALIS Lesq.

Rhamnus inaequilateralis Lesq. Fl. Dak. Group, 170.
pl. 37. f. 4-7. 1892. Hollick, Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci.
16: 133. pl. 73, f. & 1897.

The Cliffwood forms are identical with the smaller of
Lesquereux’s leaves. Recorded by Hollick from the Ma-
tawan formation; not found by me.

Pauiurus Mill. Gard. Dict., ed. 7. 1759.

There are only two existing species, one confined to
southern China and Japan, and the other to southern Europe
and western Asia. The fossil species are numerous, some
sixteen occurring on this continent; it is pertinent to remark,
however, that in the absence of fruit Palurus is practically
indistinguishable from Zizyphus or Ceanothus.

Raritan 1, Island Raritan 3, Dakota 5, Mill Creek 2, Van-
couver 1, Laramie 4, Canadian Upper Laramie 1, Denver 3,
Ft. Union 2, Green River 2, Miocene 1.

Heer records one from the Tertiary of Siberia, one from the
Island of Sachalin, one from Patoot, and three from the Ter-
tiary of Greenland.

PALIURUS INTEGRIFOLIUS Hollick (?).

Patliurus integrifolius Hollick, Bull. Torrey Club, 21: 57.
pl. 177. f. 5, 8, 12. 1894; Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 16:
133. pl. 14. f. ro. 1897.

This reference of a fragment from near Cliffwood was only
provisional. The specimen represents the basal fragment of
a leaf which is rather large for Paliwrus and lacks the lat-
eral branches of the primaries which ought to be present in
the left hand portion of the specimen. It might well represent
the basal portion of some of the leaves from the Raritan
formation which Newberry referred to Crss7tes formosus Heer.
Not found by me.

(87)

MYRTACEAE.
Evucaryrtus L’Her. Sert. Angl. 18. 1788.

There are about one hundred and forty existing species of
great variety of form, foliage and blossom, confined to the
Australian region, none occurring in New Zealand on the one
hand or Asia on the other.* Nine fossil species have been re-
ferred to this genus from American strata, most of which are
doubtfully determined owing to the uncertainty of leaf re-
mains: Island Raritan 2, Dakota 3, Raritan 4, Laramie 1,
Green River 1, Atane 2.

Eucatyptus Germirzi Heer. Pl. 53. f. 3.

Myrtophyllum (Eucalyptus ?) Getnitzd Heer, Fl. Foss.

Arct. 37: 116. pl. 32. f. 14-17; pl. 33. f. 6b. 1874.

Eucalyptus Geinitzt Heer, Fl. Foss. Arct. 6: 93. pl. 79.

J. 1c; pl. 65. f. 4-9. 1882. Lesq. Fl. Dak. Group, 138.
pl. 37. f- 20. 1892. Newb. Fl. Amboy Clays, 110. pi.
2. fi 2, z5, 16. 1896. Hollick, Trans. N. Y.
Acad. Sci. 11: 98. pl. 2. f. 1. 1892; 12: 34. pl. 2
Se OS: on ae pl. 6. f. 2. 1893; Bull. Geol. oe.
Am. 7: 13. 1895; Annals N. Y. Acad. Sci. 11: 60. P/.
4. f. 1-3. 1898. White, Am. Jour. Sci. III. 39: 98.
pl. 2. f. 8-11. 1890. Heer, Kreide Fl. Moletein, 22.
pli rt. fi 354.

This reference is only provisional, as the leaf is too frag-
mentary for certainty and the venation is entirely obliterated.
I have thought I detected the characteristic venation at times
but cannot be certain. Previously recorded from the Dakota,
Kansas ; the Raritan, Woodbridge, Sayreville, N. J.; and the
Cretaceous of Staten Island, Long Island and Martha’s Vine-
yard. Also recorded from Greenland and the continent of
Europe.

Eucalyptus (?) dubia sp. nov. Fl. 52. f. 1.
This fragment is referred to Hucalyptus because of its
resemblance to Newberry’s Fl]. Amboy Clays, p/. 32. f. 6,

* Although Ettingshausen records them from the Tertiary of New Zea-
jand (Trans, N. Z. Inst. v. 23)

(88)

(E. (?) angustifolia). In all probability neither of these
leaves is related to Hucalyptus.

The secondaries spring from the midrib at an angle of 45°
to 50° and are approximately straight and parallel, about
1.8 mm. apart, some opposite, others irregular ; intermediate
tertiaries give alternate branches to each secondary. The
venation is not characteristic of Hucalyptus, and resembles
somewhat that of Laurophyllum reticulatum Lesq., but our
specimen is a smaller, relatively narrower leaf. A second
specimen shows a marginal vein connecting the secondaries
about .5 mm. from the margin.

STERCULIACEAE,
Stercuyia Linn. Sp. Pl. 1007. 1753.

Nearly one hundred existing species of the tropics of both
hemispheres. American fossil species are some seventeen
in number, distributed as follows: Potomac 1, Cheyenne
Sandstone 1, Raritan 1, Island Raritan 2, Dakota 8, Creta-
ceous of British Columbia 1, Denver 1, Green River 1.

None have been recognized in the Atane beds of Green-
land, although one species occurs at Patoot. One species has
been recorded from the Island of Sachalin; the genus is
present in the upper Cretaceous of Europe and some sixteen
species have been described from the European Tertiary de-
posits, although the American Tertiary is practically barren
of these plants.

Sterculia Cliffwoodensis sp. nov. Fl. 43.7. 5.
Sterculia sp. (?) Hollick, Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 16:
133. pl. 14.f- 4-7. 1897

It is to be hoped that more and fuller remains may be dis-
covered of this beautiful species. The present specimen in-
dicates a trilobed leaf with entire margin and decurrent base ;
lobes diverging at an angle of about 45° or less, with nearly
parallel margins and acute tips (?); the secondaries branch
at a wide angle and their tips are joined by rather straight
arches.

( 89)

Lesquereux separates the Dakota leaves of Sterculia from
Aralia merely on account of the ‘‘ primary divisions and pri-
mary nerves from the top of the petiole.” This character,
which I do not consider diagnostic, would refer this leaf to
Aralia as the lateral primaries branch from the midrib a con-
siderable distance above its base. The venation is some-
what similar to the Dakota Sterculza reticulata Lesq. (FI.
Dak. Group, p/. 34. 7. 10), and also to that of Aralia trans-
verstnervia Sap. & Mar. described by Hollick from Oak-
neck, Long Island (Bull. Torrey Club, 21. 54. Af. 176.7. 7.
1894) which leaf he does not consider an Aralza.

In outline this leaf resembles Sterculia lugubris Lesq. ex-
cept that the primaries are not basal; whether the lobes were
produced to the length they are in that species is of course
conjectural. Our fragment is also somewhat similar in out-
line to the fragment (Fl. Amboy Clays, f/. 26. f. 2) referred
by Newberry to Aralia quinguepartita Lesq., in which how-
ever the venation is unfortunately obliterated. Hollick’s
Sterculia sp. (2. c.) probably belongs here; his f 4 is the
fragment of a much smaller leaf, but his larger fragments
(/. 5-7) might well be the acutely tipped lobes of our leaf,
the venation of the two corresponding very well.

Our leaf also has somewhat the appearance of Aralia
Jorgensent Heer (Fl. Foss. Arct. 7: p/. roz. f. 1) but the
sinuses are not quite so deep. It might further be compared
to Aralia Wellingtoniana Vaughanit Knowlton from the
Woodbine formation of Texas (Dakota). The latter is tri-
lobed, the lobes slender and entire; not figured, however.
(Knowlton; Hill, Ann. Rep. U. S. Geol. Surv. 21: 318.
IgOI.)

Sterculia Snowii bilobata var. nov. FY. 43. /f. 7.

Sterculia Snowid is known from the Dakota Group of Kan-
sas and New Mexico and the Cheyenne Sandstone at Belvi-
dere, Kansas. The specimen from the Matawan here figured,
in its outline approximates Lirtophylum Beckwithit Lesq.,
from the Dakota Group, but the venation is radically differ-

(90)

ent. We have supposed its relationship to be with Sterculza
Suowid not only because the latter already has a remarkable
bilobate form (var. dzsjuncta), but also because we can readily
imagine a leaf like the leaf of S. Sxowz? shown on FI. Dak.
Group, pl. 33. f. 3 with a deeper sinus which would then
make it correspond with our specimen.

This reference is far from satisfactory ; it would seem that
if this is a variety of S. Sxzowz7 the latter ought to be present
as well or at least in the Raritan, although it has not as yet
been discovered, except a doubtful specimen from Tottenville,
Staten Island (Hollick, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 11: 422.
pl. 37. f. 4. 1898). Although Lesquereux in his Report
on the Clay Deposits of New Jersey (1878) recognized un-
determined species of Stercudia at three different localities,
no decisive remains of this genus have thus far come to light
in the Raritan formation in New Jersey. Dr. Hollick, to
whom a sketch of this leaf was sent, is disposed to compare
it with Fl. Dak. Group, p/. 27. f. 5, which Lesquereux
refers to Heer’s Cussztes formosus. Inasmuch as Lesquer-
eux’s determination is doubtful, because the secondary system
is quite unlike that of Czsscfes in looping along the margins
and more like that of Sterculia, I prefer to consider it more
nearly related to the latter, at least provisionally. It may also
be compared with £ 3 of Aralia concreta Lesq., as figured
by him in Cret. & Tert. Fl. A/. 9. Sterculia Limbata Velen.,
the Bohemian representative of S. Snow7?, has sometimes
4-lobed, 4-veined leaves.

STERCULIA MUCRONATA Lesq. Fi. 43. fi 3.
Sterculia mucronata Lesq. Fl. Dak. Group, 182. pl. 30.
SJ. I-4. 1892.

In the absence of the apical and basal portions, and be-
cause of the obliteration of the venation, it is with consider-
able hesitation that I refer this small bilobed leaf to the above
Dakota Group species. That it is referable to Stercudza is I
think probable, but just which species to associate it with is
doubtful. It is about the same size as Lesquereux’s smaller

(91)

specimens (7. 3, 4), but differs in having the midrib branch
at some distance above the base. Both ancient and modern
Sterculia leaves vary considerably, and Stercalia Snowit has
a bilobed form.

There is considerable resemblance to the smaller leaves
from the Raritan at Woodbridge, which Newberry refers to
Sassafras acutilobum Lesq. (Fl. Amboy Clays, p/. 25. f. 2,55
6, 10). Leaves of the living Sterculia diversifolia occiden-
tals Benth., from interior Australia, contained in the Meis-
ner Herbarium, are very similar to Sterculia mucronata.

ARALIACEAE.

ARALIA Linn. Sp. Pl. 273. 1753.

The genus Aralra has never been precisely defined for the
paleobotanist, the custom being to follow precedent and refer
a variety of polymorphic leaves of synthetic types to this
genus — leaves having a variety of affinities, Platanoid, Sas-
safroid, etc., as well as leaves allied to Crssus and Hedera.
The existing flora includes some twenty-seven species of
North America and Asia, six of which are American; only
one of these, however (A. sfznosa L.), is arborescent. The
ancient flora contains numerous leaves that have been referred
to this genus, besides several that have been referred to the
allied genus Araliaephyllum. The distribution of the Amer-
ican fossil species is as follows:* Potomac 1, and 4 sp. of
Araliaephyllum, Raritan 8, Matawan 6, Island Raritan 5,
Dakota 13, Mill Creek 3, Laramie 3, Denver 1, Ft. Union 5,
Tertiary of Yellowstone Park 3, Green River 1, Eocene 4,
Miocene 5, Atane beds 2, Patoot beds 1, Greenland Tertiary 2.

Velenovsky enumerates two species from the Cenomanian
of Bohemia, A. decurrens being apparently identical with A.
Saportanea of the Dakota, and the other, A. coriacea, reap-
pearing at Martha's Vineyard. From the European Tertiary
some thirty-two species are recorded, none occurring in the
existing flora of Europe.

*Ettingshausen (Trans. N. Z. Inst. 19: 449) records -fra/ia in the Tas-
manian Tertiary.

(92)

Lesquereux (FI. Dak. Group, 249) characterizes these
leaves as follows: ‘* Base decurrent, primary nervation pal-
mately trifid and supra-basilar,” but he repeatedly fails to
conform to his definition. Thus his A. acerzfolia, A. tenuz-
nervis, A. dissecta and A. subemarginata lack the decurrent
base, as do also five of Newberry’s Raritan forms. The pri-
maries are generally subbasal and are basal in Lesquereux’s
A. guinguepartita, A. notata, A. dissecta and A. Masont.
I have been at a loss to distinguish between Sterculia and
Aralia in the Matawan material; no mutually exclusive
characters can be gathered from the published descriptions
or figures, and as it would be useless to attempt a revision
without an examination of all the collected material, I have
been forced to follow the pernicious precedent above al-
luded to.

ARALIA Townerr Lesq.

Aralia Towner? Lesq. Bull. U. S. Geol. & Geog. Surv.
Terr. 1: 394. 1876; Ann. Rep. did. 1874: 349. PI. 4.
J. 3. 1876; Cret. & Tert. Fl. 62. p/. 6. f. g. 1883; Fi.
Dak. Group, 132. pl. 23. 7.3, 4; pl. 31. fi 1. 1892.
Hollick, Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 16: 132. pl. rg. f.
1,12. 1897.

Described originally from the Dakota Group of Kansas,
Hollick has doubtfully referred two fragments from the clays
near Cliffwood to this species. These fragments are so in-
complete that the form of the leaf is more or less conjectural.
The secondaries are straighter than in Lesquereux’s speci-
mens and branch from the primaries at a wider angle. At
the same time they seem to differ from my specimens from
this formation which I have referred to Aralva Ravniana Heer.

Arauis Ravniana Heer. Pl. 46.f.7; pl. 53. fi2; pl. 57.fil.
Arata Ravniana Heer, Fl. Foss. Arct. 6: 84. pl. 38.f-
I, 2. 1882.
The specimens from Cliffwood figured above are identical
with Heer’s Aralia Ravniana from the Atane schists at

(93 )

Igdlokunguak, Greenland, except that the basal primary
forks a considerable distance from its base. I was at first
disposed to refer them to Aralia Towner? Lesq., particularly
as Heer compared his leaves with that species and Les-
quereux suggested * that the two were identical.

While the occurrence of two such large-leaved species of
Aralia in the Matawan formation may seem anomalous,
especially as they had much in common, I fail to see their
identity. Aralia Towner was a palmately five-lobed leaf with
a decurrent base and obtuse lanceolate lobes. Arata Rav-
nzana on the other hand was probably a six- or seven-lobed
leaf of large size, for while in no case is the apex preserved,
I cannot conceive that such a leaf as the discovered frag-
ments evidently represent could have had an undivided
terminal lobe. If they had, they would differ from all other
species of Arafia in its size, and from lobed leaves in gen-
eral. They would have had a lobe wider than long, with an
area greater than the balance of the leaf, the deep lateral
sinuses almost cutting it off from the rest of the blade. In
the specimen figured at p/. 57, f. r (one fourth natural size)
the midrib more than half way to the tip gives off a strong
lateral branch which it seems reasonable to suppose formed
the midrib of a lateral lobe. Furthermore, A. Ravniana
differs from A. Townerz in having stouter primaries, nar-
rower sinuses, more ovate lobes, the basal ones widely spread-
ing, and the base but slightly or not at all decurrent. If we
may judge from the obsolete venation, it was a more cori-
aceous leaf.

ARALIA PALMATA Newb. 7. 44.
Araha palmata Newb. Fl. Amboy Clays, 117. pl. 39. f%
6,7; pl. go. fi 3. 1896.

It is easier perhaps to criticise others than to escape criti-
cism oneself, at the same time in considering the leaves which
seem referable to Araia in our collections from near Cliff-
wood and in comparing them with the Raritan forms referred

* Cret. & ‘& Tert. FI. 105.

(94)

to this genus by Newberry, we are struck with the range of
variability, not only within each species as defined by him,
but in the whole group, and the thought forces itself upon us
that perhaps it would be an advantage to cut down the total
number of species. Newberry has described seven species
from the Woodbridge horizon alone and only one from the
higher beds at South Amboy. The occurrence of a variety
of Aralia-like leaves in the Matawan shows that the imper-
fection of the record is probably responsible for their absence
in the intervening beds: and it seems rather incredible that
each form represents an ancient species that flourished on the
New Jersey coast in Cretaceous days.

The leaves before us, while not uniform, seem to more
nearly represent Avalia palmata than any other known form.
Our “7. 5 may be compared with Newberry’s 7 6. While it
is about one sixth smaller, other fragments from Cliffwood
indicate a somewhat larger size; the lobes are a trifle more
slender and the main sinuses somewhat deeper. The lower
margins were sometimes undulate and the latero-basal lobes
short. The lobation was, however, somewhat variable, as it
was also in Newberry’s leaves. Our / 6 might be compared
with a variety of forms, such as Ficus (?) Alaskana Newb.
(Later Ext. Fl. ff. 57. f. 2) and Hedera obligua Newb. or
Hedera primordialis Newb. of the Amboy Clays. It has
the secondaries straighter than is usually the case in this
genus; in its tertiary venation it agrees with Newberry’s # 3
of Arata paimata. The secondaries were distant and were
joined at their tip by widely arching loops.

Other species with which our leaves may be compared are
Cissites ingens Lesq. and Liguidambar integrifolium Lesq.
(Cret. and Tert. Fl. 7. 74. f. 3).

ARALIA GROENLANDICA Heer. Pl. 45. fi 4.

Aralia Groenlandica Heer, Fl. Foss. Arct. 6: 84. pl. 38.
Si 35 pl. 39. fi rs pl. 26. f. 16, 17. 1882 (f. 77 is
Aralia Ravniana) ; pl. 39. f. 3 of Sassafras recurvatum
Lesq. is in all probability this species. Lesq. Fl. Dak.

(95 )

Group, 134. p2. 54. 2 2-3. 1892. Hollick, Bull. Geol.
Soc. Am. 7: 13. 1895. Newb. Fl. Amboy Clays, 116.
pl. 28. fi 4. 1896.

A widespread species recorded from the Atane schists,
Greenland; Dakota Group, Kansas; Raritan, Woodbridge,
N. J.; and the Cretaceous at Martha’s Vineyard.

If Newberry has correctly identified Fl. Amboy Clays, #/.
28, f. 4, as the above species then our fragment undoubtedly
belongs to the same species. It is the same size as New-
berry’s leaf; the angle of divergence of the lateral primaries
is a trifle greater however, and the primary venation is
stronger, agreeing with Lesquereux’s and Heer’s leaves in
the latter particular. Both the New Jersey leaves are smaller
than the Dakota and Greenland specimens and have relatively
narrower lobes. Unfortunately the basal portion of the Cliff-
wood leaf is gone, so we do not know whether or not there
was an extra pair of laterals springing from the base of the
midrib. This is a feature of all the leaves which Lesquereux
has referred to this species, but is wanting in Heer’s p/. 38,
J. 3, and is also wanting on one side in the Raritan leaf.

The leaf which Newberry describes as a new species (/. ¢.
114. pl. 28. f. 3), under the name of Arata fatens, should
in all probability be considered as a form of his A. Groen-
fandica with deeper sinuses and more divergent lobes, as he
suggests. Our leaf might also be compared with Cret. &
Tert. Flora, p/. 5. fz, which Lesquereux considers Sassa-
Sras acutilobum; it is also much the same form of leaf as
Sterculia aperta Lesq., but larger; and there is considerable
resemblance to the leaf which Heer refers to Sassafras Fer-
rettana Mass. (¥]. Foss. Arct. 7: pl. 97. f. 5).

Aralia Mattewanensis sp.nov. F/. 43. f.2; pl. 46.7 6.
A palmately four- or five-lobed leaf; lobes oblanceolate in
outline (tips missing), with rather narrow sinuses nearly to
the base; primaries rather stout; a majority of the seconda-
ries branch at a wide angle and are nearly straight to within
a short distance of the margin, along which they arch. Leaf
coriaceous, if we may so judge from the obsolete venation.

(96 )

These leaves have a distant resemblance to Lesquereux’s
Cissites formosus Heer (Fl. Dak. Group, f/. 2z. f. 5) but
bear no resemblance to the Amboy Clay leaves which New-
berry refers to that species. Our leaves also suggest some
forms of Avalia such as A. quinguepartita Lesq., but the
base is apparently not decurrent and the primaries branch
from the midrib at the same place, the lateral ones at nearly
right angles.

Aralia Brittoniana sp. nov. f7. 45. f. 3.

I have been unable to identify this with any known species
of Arala and therefore add another to the long list of diver-
sified leaves of this genus which have been found in the
Raritan and Matawan formation. In size and outline it re-
sembles Aralia acertfolia Lesq. of the Fort Union beds of the
West, but the secondaries are stronger and more regular.
The specimen denotes a leaf which was trilobed with an evi-
dent tendency to produce an extra latero-basal lobe on each
side; with a broadly truncated base which curves upward
for about half the distance to the tip to form a point above
which the margin is concave; lobes presumably acute; ter-
minal lobe broad with moderately convex sides; sinus to be-
low the middle, rounded; primary and secondary venation
strong, but tertiary venation entirely obsolete; lateral pri-
mary could not have branched far from the base and forms
an angle of about 45° with the midrib, leaving room for a
secondary below; secondaries regular, leaving the primaries
at a wide angle and running straight to within a short dis-
tance of the margin and then curving to join the secondary
next above. Our only specimen was evidently not bilaterally
symmetrical.

ERICACEAE.
ANDROMEDA Linn. Sp. Pl. 393. 1753.

At the present time a monotypic genus of the north tem-
perate and subarctic zone. Many fossil leaves have been
referred here, some twenty-five species in this country alone.

(97)

The generic determination of Ericaceous leaves is always
however a matter of extreme uncertainty, which is fully
shared by the following distributed American forms: Rari-
tan 6, Island Raritan 1, Dakota 9, Woodbine 1, Montana 1,
Laramie 2, Livingston 1, Denver 1, Green River 2, Eocene
2, Miocene 1, Pleistocene 2, Atane 2, Greenland Tertiary 5.

ANDROMEDA ParuaToril Heer. Pl. 50. f. 1-4.
Andromeda Parlator?i Heer, Phyll. Crét. Nebr. 18. fd. 7.
jf. 5. 1866. Lesq. Cret. Flora, 88. A/. 23. f. 6, 7; pi.
28. f.r5. 18743; Fl. Dak. Group, 115. pl. zg. fiz; pl.
52. f. 6. 1893. Newb. Fl. Amboy Clays, 120. A/. 37.
Sf. 1-73 pl. 33. f- 1, 2,4,5. 1896. Heer, Fl. Foss. Arct.
Qe 2e. Pl G21 fd 5 20 1075 5 Os 99. Pl. 27 J. 10,775
pl. g2. fo gc. 1882. Hollick, Bull. Torrey Club, 21:
54. pl. 175. f- 2, 5. 1894; Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 11:
420. pl. 37. f. 7. 1898. White, Am. Jour. Sci. III. 39:
97. pl.2.f. 4. 1890.

Prunus ? Parlatorit Lesq. Am. Jour. Sci. II. 46: 102.
1868.

This species is recorded from the following localities:
Dakota Group: Kansas, Nebraska, and New Ulm, Minn.
Cretaceous: Sea Cliff, L. I., Tottenville, Staten Island
and Martha’s Vineyard. Raritan: common at nearly every
locality opened. Greenland: Atane beds at Atanekerdluk,
Isunguak and Igdlokunguak.

Newberry (/. c.) is inclined to doubt the reference of all
these leaves to Azdromeda, pointing out that generic determi-
nations of most Ericaceous leaves are always doubtful. Heer
compares his Greenland specimens to Ettingshausen’s Laurus
cretacea from Niederschona. In our /f. ¢ the finer reticula-
tion is very minute and five- or six-sided.

MYRSINACEAE.
MyrsineE Linn. Sp. Pl. 196. 14753.
Fossil American species occur in the following formations :
Raritan 3, Island Raritan 3, Dakota 2, Green River 1, Atane
1, Greenland Tertiary 2.

( 98 )

The family is a large one of the tropics of both hemispheres.
In the recent monographic revision by Carl Mez (Engler,
Pflanzenreich, Heft 9, 1902) nine hundred and thirty-three
species are enumerated distributed among thirty-two genera
and nine fossil genera are enumerated. Four species, all
arborescent, enter the United States, one of them a true
Myrsine, the others referred to the genera /cacorea (Ardisia)
and jacquinia. They range from southern Florida through
the West Indies, Central America, Mexico and northern
South America.

MyrsinE crassa Lesq. f%. 52. f. 6.
Myrsine crassa Lesq. Fl. Dak. Group, 114. pl. 52. f. 2,
3. 1892.

The single leaf which I have referred to this Dakota species
was lost after the hurried sketch which is here reproduced
was made and the reference can therefore be only provisional
unless additional specimens are discovered.

The outline and venation suggest this species although it is
a somewhat smaller leaf. Iwas at first inclined to refer it
to Lirtodendropsis, which it greatly resembles, but in the
absence of the apex our reference of it to this species of
Myrstne is warranted.

Or UNcERTAIN AFFINITIES.
DEwALQuEA GRroenLanpica Heer (?). Pl. 57. f. 3.
Dewalquea Groenlandica Heer, Fl. Foss. Arct. 6°: 87.
pl. 29.f. 18, 19; pl. 42. fi 5,6; pl. gf. f. 113 7: 37>
pl. 62. f. 5,6. Newb. Fl. Amboy Clays, 129. pl. ar. fi
2, 3,72. 1896. MHollick, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 11:
423. pl. 36. f. 7. 1808.

Obscure leaf-remains of uncertain botanical affinities; in-
cluded by Heer in the Ranunculaceae. Leaves (or leaflets)
with very tapering base, thick midribs, and short petioles;
apparently rather coriaceous in texture and with the venation
entirely obliterated. They agree fairly well with the figures
of this species as cited above. This is another species which

(99)

occurs in the New Jersey Raritan (localities not given); on
Staten Island; and in the Atane and Patoot beds of Green-
land. The genus was founded by Saporta & Marion* and
embraces several European species of which Dewalguea in-
signis reappears in both the Atane and Patoot beds of Green-
land, and on Staten Island; while D. Haldem/ana reappears
in the Patoot beds, in Utah, and on Staten Island. The
Dakota group furnishes two additional species.

PopozaAMITES MARGINATUS Heer. Fi. 46. f. 1-3.

Podozamites marginatiis Heer, Fl. Foss. Arct. 67: 43. pi.

16. f. 0.

Similar remains are common in the Raritan (three species).
Hollick (Bull. Torrey Club, 21: 62. A/. 180. f. 4) records a
fragment from Glen Cove, Long Island, and also from Chap-
paquidick Island, Mass. (Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 2: 4o1. pi.
41. f. 8, 9. 1902).

The genus was founded by Fr. Braun, in Minster, Beitr.
Petrefacten-Kunde (Heft. 6. 28. 1843) and is chiefly Upper
Triassic (Rhetic) and Jurassic, becoming decadent in the
Cretaceous. The latter has yielded, however, seventeen
species on this continent (including Greenland), nine of which
existed as late as the mid-Cretaceous, all described from
rather fragmentary and somewhat doubtful leaf-remains.

Our specimens would appear to be fragments of Podozam-
ates marginatus? Heer, which occurs at Woodbridge in the
Raritan clays (Fl. Amboy Clays, 44. pl. 13. fi 5. 6);
originally described by Heer from Atane, Greenland.

Phragmites (?) Cliffwoodensis sp. nov. Fl. 46. f. 5.

A terminal, sharply pointed fragment of a monocotyle-
donous leaf, 12 cm. long and 5.5 mm. broad, finely parallel-
veined.

The remains of Phragmites usually consists of leaf frag-
ments or rhizomes, all of rather doubtful affinity, although a
single palet of P. Oenzngensis A. Br. is described by Heer
from Greenland.

* Mem. Cour. & Sav. Etrangers Acad. Belg. 37: 55. 1873.

( 100 )

The Matawan remains are too small to be definitely referred
to Phragmites, and may be compared to those referred to
Poacies, Cyperites, etc.

CHONDRITES FLEXUOSUS Newb. (?)
Chondrites flexuosus Newb. Fl. Amboy Clays, 34. /. 7.
J. 1,4. 1896
Obscure remains from near Clifford (not figured), of doubt-
ful botanical affinities, may be compared with the above
species which occurs at Sayreville, Woodbridge, etc., in the
Raritan clays.

Carpolithus juglandiformis sp. nov. 7. 46. f. &.

Has a superficial resemblance, but no botanical affinity
with some of the fruits referred to the genus Cycadeospermum.
Is evidently not a seed-bearing scale but seems to have been
a small nutlet which has been compressed and transformed
into lignite; bears considerable resemblance to /uglans cos-
tata (Pres!) Brongn. as figured by Lesquereux (Cret. & Tert.
Fl. £7. 39. f. 5) from the Green River group at Florissant,
Colorado.

Carpolithus Cliffwoodensis sp. nov. Fl. 48. f. 6.

This specimen resembles a number of seeds figured by
Heer from the Arctic regions, as for instance Lamprocar-
pites nitidus (F\. Foss. Arct. 6*: pl. 8. f. 12-14) and Car-
polithes najadium (cbid. 1: pl. 27. 7. 15, 156), although with
the exception of f, 74 our specimens are about twice the size
of any of those of Heer.

Carpolithus dubius sp. nov. fl. 48. f. 7.

This appears to be a thick, inequilateral, oblong scale. It
is about 2 mm. in thickness and the surface is irregularly
roughly lined. Botanical affinity vague.

CarpoLitHus Virciniensis Font. (?) Pl. 48. f. 5.

Carpolithus Virginiensts Font. Potomac Flora, 266. fi.

134. f. 11-14; pl. 135. fi 1, 5; pl. 168. f. 75 7a.

( ror )

1889. Ward, Ann. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. 197: 693.
pl. 169. f. 16. 1899.

Without a comparison of specimens this reference is only
provisional, although from the published figures our specimen
is almost exactly like the detached specimens from the Po-
tomac formation described as above. Fontaine considers
them as probably belonging to some species of Bazeropszs, a
Lower Cretaceous genus which does not occur in New Jersey ;
nor is it at all likely to have persisted as late as the Middle
Cretaceous. Remains are abundant inthe Potomac formation
attached to stems; also found detached in the Lower Creta-
ceous of the Black Hills; and in the Kootanie at Great Falls,
Montana. Remains indicate a small, smooth, and hard
nutlet.

CARPOLITHUS DRUPAEFORMIS Hollick.
Carpolithus drupaeformis Hollick, Trans. N. Y. Acad.
Sci. 16: 134. pl. rz. f. 4, ga. 18947.
Apparently the seed of some drupaceous fruit as the name
indicates. Recorded by Hollick from the Matawan forma-
tion near Cliffwood, N. J.; not found by me.

STROBILITES INQUIRENDUS Hollick.
Strobrlites inguirendus Hollick, Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci.
16: 130. pl. rz. fr. 1897.
Remains of doubtful affinity, possibly a distorted and
somewhat macerated cone. Recorded by Hollick from the
Matawan formation near Cliffwood, N. J.; not found by me.

Piryoxyton Houuicxi Knowlton.
Pityoxylon Hoilicki Knowlton; Hollick, Trans. N. Y.
SC: TOT 34a 72s
Recorded by Hollick from the Matawan formation near
Cliffwood, N. J.; not found by me.

( 102 )

Description of Plates.
PLATE 43.
Fig. I. Nelumbo primaeva sp. nov.

Fig. 7. Sterculia Snowii bilobata var. nov.

PLATE 44.
Aralia palmata Newb.

PLATE 45.
Figs. 1, 2. Sassafras acutilobum Lesq.
Fig. 3. Aralia Brittoniana sp. nov.
Fig. 4. Aralia Groenlandica Heer.

PLATE 46.
Figs. 1-3. Podozamites marginatus Heer.
a . Arisaema cretaceum Lesq.
g.5. Phragmites (?) hess sp. nov.
rie 6. phe 1a Matlewanensis sp. n
Fig. 7. Ara
Fig. 8. Re juglandiformis sp. nov.

Figs. 1, 5, 8. one gran egitim Newb.
Figs. 2, 3. Sapindus Mor

Fig. 4. Ma, ie Maas A eer.

Fig. 6. Quercu.

Fig. 7. Ficus Woolsoni Newb.

Fig. 9. Laurus proteaefolia Lesq.

Fig. 10. Magnolia tenutfolia Lesq.

PLATE 48.
Figs. 1-4. Moriconia cyclotoxon Deb. & Ett.
Fig. 5. pie Virginiensis Font. (?).
Fig. 6. C. Cliffwoodensis sp. n
Fig. 7. C. dubius sp. nov.
Figs. 8-11. Dammara Cliffwoodensis Hollick.
Fig. 12. Salix proteacfolia Lakes (Newb.) Lesq.
Fig. 13. Quercus Holmesti 1
Figs. 14, 19. ee ee es Hee:

Figs. 15, 16, 17, 20. Seguoia Reichenbach (Gein.) Heer.
(?).

Figs. 21-22. aces gracillima (Lesq.) Newb.

( 103 )

Figs. 1-5. Laurophyllum angustifolium Newb.
Fig. 6. Laurus proteaefolia Les Sq.
Fig. 7. Populttes tenuifolius sp. nov.

PLATE 50.
Figs. 1-4. Andromeda Parlatorii Herr.
Figs. 5, 6. Rhamnus Novae-Caesareae sp. nov.
Figs. 7, 8. Laurus Hollae Heer
Figs. 9-11. Laurus Plutonia Heer.

PLATE SI.
Figs. 1, 2. cided flollickii sp. nov.
Fig. 3. U in
Fig. 4. Quercus (?) ee Caesareae Hollick.
ae 5. Saltx Mattewanensis sp. nov.
s. 6-9. Proteoides daphnogenioides Heer.

=

PLATE 52.
Fig. 1. Aucalyptus (2?) dubia
Fig. 2. Salix proteaefolia Pee (Newb.) Lesq
Fig. 3. Undetermine
Fig. 4. Laurus Poi Sp. nov.
Fig. 5. Ficus reticulata (Lesq.) Knowlton.
Fig. 6. Afyrstne crassa Les
Figs. 7, 8. Laurus Hollae ieee
Fig. 9. ‘Cue CUS SP.
PLATE 53.
Figs. 1, 4. Ficus iiaraae (Lesq.) Knowlton.
Fig. 2. Avalia Ravn nee
Fig. 3. Zucalyptus Gcinitel
Fig. 5. Alagnolia ee Hollick.

PLATE 54.
Boulders of clay on beach near Cliffwood, N. J., yielding plant remains.

E 55.
Showing how face of bluff near Cliffwood, N. J., is obscured by landslips.

PLATE 56.
View of bluff near Cliffwood, N. J., showing alternating layers of sand
and lignite.
PLATE 57.
Fig. 1. Avalia Ravniana Heer. Cliffwood specimen restored, 4 nat-
ural size.
Fig. 2. Magnolia Woodbridgensis Hollick.
Fig. 3. Dewalguea Groenlandica Heer. (?)

( 104 )

Bolivian Mosses. Part I.
By R. S. WILLIAMS.

The following list of mosses includes species collected by
the author while attached to a party in charge of Dr. John
W. Evans, sent out to Bolivia for the purpose of exploring
certain regions on tributaries of the upper Amazon for The
Bolivia Company. Our party landed early in August, rgo1,
at Mollendo, passed through Peru and over Lake Titicaca,
first to La Paz, reaching that city August 13, where we re-
mained some days making farther preparations for the trip.
From La Paz, 3500 meters elevation, we went to the town of
Sorata, 1200 meters lower, then over several high passes of
the Cordillera Real, the highest attaining an altitude of about
4860 meters, by way of Ingenio and Tolapampa, to Mapiri
on the Mapiri River with an elevation of only 485 meters.
Here we obtained balsas and floated down the Mapiri and
Bini Rivers to San Buena Ventura, 430 meters elevation and
the lowest point reached on the trip. Leaving the river at
this point we went to the westward, visiting the towns of
Tumupasa, San José and Ixiamas, in the lower forest region,
then going to Apolo, a town situated at 1440 meters elevation
in an open, nearly treeless valley, with low, grass-covered
mountains on either side. We remained here from the mid-
dle of February, 1902, until the latter part of April, making
one trip, meanwhile, northwestward through forests to the
Lanca river, which occupied nearly a month’s time. April
24, we left Apolo for La Paz by way of the Pelichuco Pass,
quite a number of miles to the northward of the Sorata-Mapiri
trail, and passed through the towns of Santa Cruz, Pata and
Pelichuco in Bolivia and Cojata, Taraco, Juliaca and Puno,
on the high tableland of Peru, about 3950 meters elevation.
From Puno, the railway station on Titicaca, our route was
the same as that first traversed to La Paz. Shortly after
reaching that city, instead of returning home at once, two

( 105 )

members of our party, Mr. John Turle and the author, went
back to Apolo where we remained until September. On this
second trip to the interior we went from La Paz to Sorata as
before, but shortly after leaving that place, kept somewhat to
the left of our first route and quite near to the Sorata River,
passing through Tacacoma and Consata and striking the
Mapiri-Apolo trail some fifteen miles from Mapiri at Achi-
quiri. Reaching Apolo the second time June 20, we re-
mained till near the middle of September, exploring the ad-
jacent region, especially that about Atten to the southwest,
and Santa Cruz, to the northward. September 13 we again
started for La Paz going by way of the Mapiri-Sorata trail,
over roads already essentially traversed. The altitudes given
are largely estimates, to be considered as only approximately
correct. In the arrangement of species I have followed
Brotherus in Engler & Prantl.

ANDREAEA STRIATA Mitt.

Common at 4200 or 4500 meters in the vicinity of Sorata,
also collected near Ingenio, Tolapampa and Tacacoma.
This species seems to vary in much the same manner as
A. petrophila. The tufts measure up to 4 cm. high, with
leaves from very papillose to nearly smooth (1680 to 1685).
TREMATODON REFLEXUS C. Miill.

On mud banks along the Mapiri river, 450 meters. In
fine fruit, April 26, Tuichi river. The collum may be dis-
tinctly strumose at base or without struma (1852, 1853 and
2855).

DiTRICHUM RUFESCENS Hampe.

Below Pelichuco, 2600 meters, on rock, April 30, 1902
(2827).

CERATODON NovoGRANATENSIS Hampe.

Pelichuco, 3500 meters, May 3, 1902 (2876).
DisTICHIUM CAPILLACEUM (Sw.) Bry. Eur.

Luipichi Pass, above Sorata, 4200 meters, on rock, Sep-
tember 27, 1902 (1709).

( 106 )

Dicranella Apolensis sp. nov.

Dioicous. Slender stems up to 2.5 cm. high, with few
branches: leaves lanceolate, falcate-secund, keeled, some-
what revolute at margin, mostly acutely pointed, entire ex-
cept at apex, which often terminates in 2 or 3 teeth of about
equal length; costa vanishing just below apex, well defined
below and scarcely one fourth the width of the leaf-base;
stem-leaves 1.5 mm. long, perichaetial leaves very similar
but a little longer (2 mm.) and more slender-pointed ; leaf-
cells quite uniform throughout leaf, mostly rectangular, from
slightly elongated to two and one half times longer than
broad: seta 4 mm. long; capsule erect, ovate, small-mouthed
and smooth, 0.75 mm. long, the lid with obliquely rostrate
beak about the same length; exothecal cells mostly one and
one half to two times longer than broad with thick not
sinuous walls; annulus large; teeth pale and irregular,
papillose, often split nearly to base or cribrose, with points
free or united: spores rough, up to 18 » in diameter.

On sand along stream, Apolo, July 1, 1902 (1743).
DicRANELLA KunzEAna (C. Miil:) Mitt.

Consata, 900 meters, June 13, 1902 (1740); Tumupasa,
5400 meters, January 25, 1902 (1736). Determined from
description only.

Dicranella subserrulata sp. nov.

Apparently dioicous. Stems 2 mm. high: leaves spread-
ing, flexuous, the upper 2.5 mm. long, narrowly elongated-
lanceolate, keeled, acute and rather sharply dentate at apex,
margin nearly flat and distinctly serrulate about one third down ;
leaf-lamina pale brown, distinct to apex, larger cells of upper
leaf about 5 x 15, of lower leaf 12 x 503; costa nearly
percurrent, very distinct to base, 50-60” wide below and
about one fourth the width of the leaf-base: seta up to 8 mm.
high; capsule oblong, nearly erect, smooth and wide-
mouthed when dry and empty, with conical, obliquely
beaked lid often exceeding it in length; teeth of peristome
regular, divided three fourths down with slender, red, papillose
segments; annulus large: spores, slightly rough, up to 16 #in
diameter.

On sandy cut-bank, Huainachoirisa river, July 28, 1902
(1741). The two preceding species clearly belong to the
subgenus J/icrodus, while this has the peristome rather of a
true Dicranella.

( 107 )

DICRANELLA TENUIROSTRIS (Kunze) Mitt.

Common about Apolo, 1440 meters, April, June and
August (1726, 1739, 1744); Lanca river, 900 meters, March
(1731):

These specimens are similar to Spruce’s no. 39 and no. 43,
called D. ex?gua, but are not the D. exigua collected by
Beyrich in the Serra d’Estrella, the type locality. This last
is a rather smaller plant with shorter and straight, erect-
spreading leaves. D. zveissdocdea C. M. (E. Ule no. 6 and
no. 61, Bryotheca Brasil.) is evidently this latter species (D.
ex?gua).

DicRANELLA BEYRICHIANA Hampe.

Apolo, very common, February to July (1732, 1733, 17345
5735 and 1745); Mapiri, September, rgor (1728)
DicRANELLA PERROTTETI (Mont.) Mitt.

Santa Cruz, 1520 meters, April 25, 1902 (2752). These
specimens have the capsule often pendant and the seta rather
more thickened next to the capsule, than perhaps is usual.

DicRANELLA MACROSTOMA (C,. Miill.) Par.
Near La Paz, 3600 meters, August 24, 1901. Determined
from description only (2858).

DicRANELLA JAMESONI (Tayl.) Broth.

On wet rock walls, Sorata, 2250 meters, June 6, 1902
(1708).

Campylopodium sulcatum sp. nov.

Dioicous. Densely cespitose: stems 2 cm. high, branch-
ing, with radicles at base: stem-leaves up to 4.5 mm. long,
lanceolate to ovate-lanceolate, with a long straight subulate
point, with incurved margins, entire except the denticulate

short distance, filling most of the subula and becoming ex-
current; perichaetial leaves shorter than stem-leaves and
rather abruptly narrowed to point; cells of lower leaf-blade
pale and thin-walled, those near costa rectangular and broad,
becoming narrower toward margin, with 4 or § rows of very
narrow, long cells in margin: seta up to 1.5 cm. high, only

( 108 )

slightly sinuous, with capsule erect when dry, becoming
doubly bent with moisture and capsule more or less nodding ;
capsule oblong, about 2 mm. in length, very narrow and
deeply furrowed when dry, with a high-conical, obliquely
rostrate lid two thirds as long ; exothecal cells rather irregular,
narrow, mostly 4 or 5 times longer than broad with much
thickened, somewhat sinuous lateral walls and very thin end-
walls; peristome of dark red teeth strongly cross-barred and
vertically striate below, divided about one-half down, the
slender segments pale and papillose; annulus large: spores
pale, smooth, up to 12 # in diameter.

On decayed log, at about 2700 meters, below Tolapampa
on Sorata-Mapiri trail, September 12, 1901 (1756).
RHABDOWEISIA FUGAX (Hedw.) Bry. Eur.

Pelichuco, 3100 meters, May 3, 1902 (2863).

OREOWEISIA LIGULARIS Mitt.

On rock walls, above Tacacoma, 3600 meters, June 9,
1902 (1719); Pelichuco, 3300 meters (2871); near Sorata,
3900 meters (2135).

HOLOMITRIUM CRISPULUM Mart.

On trunks of trees and fallen logs at 1800 meters. New
Brazil, June 14, 1902 (1771); also near Apolo.

Dicranum Bouivianum C. Miill.

Cargadira, Apolo region, 2400 meters, July 31, 1902
(1746); near Pelichuco, 2700 meters (2833).

CaMpPyLopus LEUCOGNOODEs (C. Mill.) Par.

Pelichuco, 3500 meters, May 5, 1902 (2834); Ingenio,
3000 meters, September, r1go1 (1757). I first referred these
specimens to C. areodictyon as they agree well with the de-
scription given by Mitten and are evidently the same as those
of J. Weir, no. 180; but they differ from the specimens col-
lected by Funck and Schlim in Venezuela, which have a
more slender, excurrent, denticulate costa and longer pedicel.
CampyLorus DENSIcoMA (C. Mill.) Par.

On stump of tree, Pelichuco, 3000 meters, April 30, 1902
(2832).

CaMPYLopus occuLtus Mitt.
Cargadira, Apolo region, 2400 meters, July 29, 1902 (1754).

( 109 )

CAMPYLOPUS CONCOLOR (Hook.) Mitt.

On logs, Tigre Pata, 1800 meters, San José-Apolo trail,
February 10, 1902; Pelichuco, 2700 meters, April 30, 1902
(1748 and 2831).

CAMPYLOPUS ZYGODONTICARPUS (C. Miill.) Par.

Near Apolo, 1650 meters, August 31, 1902 (1758).
CampyLopus EREcTuSs (C. Mill.) Mitt.

On bushes growing on the high hills back of Mollendo,
August 5, 1901. Sterile specimens; determined from de-
scription (2885).

Campylopus (777zchophylit) Ingeniensis sp. nov.

Plants robust, dark chestnut-colored, only the tips of
branches sometimes golden-orange, in large mats way irreg-
ularly branching, procumbent stems up to 10cm. long: leaves
quite uniformly placed along stems, closely imbricated, erect
when dry, with points sometimes recurved; leaf-base ovate-
lanceolate, gradually narrowed to subula with incurved mar-
gins and bearing a hyaline, serrulate, grooved hair-point
sometimes nearly as long as blade, the hyaline serrulate mar-
gin extending down on either side some distance below apex
of the colored nerve; cross-section of leaf shows 3 or 4 cells
at middle of upper surface of costa with somewhat thin walls,
all the rest being quite uniformly thickened; the numerous
lamellae on back of leaf are mostly 2 cells high ; ; alar cells
finally red and somewhat inflated, not forming distinct auri-
cles, cells just above in jeat blade oblique, narrow, with
walls irregularly thickened and pitted: seta 4 mm. high,
more or less erect when dry, bent nearly double when moist ;
capsule oval, furrowed when dry, 1 mm. long, somewhat
mammillose at base, with convex, obliquely rostrate lid three

half down; calyptra fringed at base: spores pale, somewhat
rough, up to 20 # in diameter

On rock near Ingenio, 3600 meters, September 26, 1902
(1772).
CAMPYLOPUS INTROFLEXUS (Hedw.) Mitt.

Santa Cruz, August 25, 1902, 1500 meters (1765).
CAMPYLOPUS PENICILLATUS (Hornsch.) Jaeg.

Near Atten, 1650 meters, June 19, 1902 (1747).

( 110 )

Campylopus (/’gzdz) Pelichucensis sp. nov.

Plants robust, loosely cespitose: stems up to 5 cm. high,
with few branches, radiculose to apex: leaves more or less
spreading and falcate when dry, narrowly lanceolate, up
to 5.5 mm. long and 0.6 mm. wide, serrulate on margin
and on back toward apex; cross-sections of costa show
rather ill-defined stereid bands in upper and under portions;
costa one third the width of the leaf-base, scarcely or very
shortly excurrent, with lamellae on back serrulate in upper
half; alar cells enlarged and hyaline, finally becoming red
and inflated, the cells just above rhomboidal to rectangular,
with thickened and pitted walls; inner perichaetial leaves
about the same size as stem-leaves but more abruptly nar-
rowed to longer excurrent nerve, the outer leaves often with
a few blunt teeth at base of subula: seta straight or some-
what curved when wet or dry, 8 mm. long; capsule 1.75
mm. long, nearly erect, slightly curved and sometimes a
little strumose, furrowed, with obliquely-beaked lid two thirds
as long: teeth 0.06 mm. wide at base, pale and papillose
above, split a little over one half down; annulus large;
calyptra fringed at base: spores slightly roughened, up to
I5 in diameter.

On logs, Pelichuco river, 1800 meters, April 28, 1902
(2835); Santa Anna, July 29 (1751).

CamMPyLopus HuMILIS Mont.

On decayed log, near Pata, 1800 meters, April 26, 1902
(2829). Determined from the brief description only. Mon-
tagne remarks that he was unable to find the operculum,
although he describes the calyptra with cilia. Brotherus
classes the species as one not having the calyptra ciliate, as
in my specimens.

CAMPYLOPUS CHRYSODICTYON (Hampe) Mitt.

Pelichuco, 3300 meters, April 30, 1902 (2830).
CAMPYLOPUS PORPHYREODICTYON (C. Miill.) Mitt.

Near Atten, 1800 meters, August 5, 1902 (1759, 1768).
CampyLopus FILiroLius (Hornsch.) Mitt.

Consata, 900 meters, June (1766); New Brazil, 1500
meters, June 14, 1902 (1767, 1768).

(111)

Campylopus (Aectzset;) subcubitus sp. nov.

Stems flexuous, more or less reclining, tomentose nearly to
apex, up to 7 cm. high, with few bra nches : leaves falcate-
secund, narrowly lanceolate, sharply dentate toward apex on
back and margin and serrulate about one half down on mar-
gins, up to 6 mm. long and 0.7 mm. wide; upper stem-leaves
with hyaline, scarcely inflated alar cells, lower leaves with
inflated, deep red alar cells forming conspicuous auricles;
cells just above the alar with thin walls not pitted, soon becom-
ing narrower upward with thickened pitted walls; costa one
third to two fifths the width of the leaf-base, shortly excurrent
with serrulate lamellae on back; cross-sections of leaf show
about 13 guide-cells with stereid bands above and below and
lamellae on back 1 cell high: seta up to 12 mm. high, asa
or somewhat flexuous; capsule 2 mm. long, strumose and
somewhat mammillose at base, slightly curved, with an
obliquely beaked lid two thirds as nee calyptra ciliate at
base: spores up to 16 in diameter

Lower Sorata river, 1200 eee June 13, 1902 (1749).
CAMPYLOPUS LEPTODUS (Mont.) Mitt.

Near Paradiso, San José-Apolo trail, 1800 meters, Febru-
ary 12, 1902 (1763).

CampyLorus Ricuarpi (Schwaegr.) Mitt.

Cargadira, 2400 meters, July 29, 1902 (1760).
PrLopoGon GRAcILis Brid.

Near Paradiso, 1400 meters, February 12, 1902 (1762);
Tolapampa, 4000 meters, September 11, 1901 (1761).
METZLERIA LONGISETA (Hook.) Broth.

Paradiso, 1800 meters, San José-Apolo trail, February 12,
1902 (1755). A rather small form of the species.
OcHROBRYUM OBTUSIFOLIUM Mitt.

Santa Anna, Apolo region, 1050 meters, on decayed log,
July 29, 1902 (1861).

Leucopryum crispum C. Miill.

Cargadira, Apolo region, 2400 meters, July 29, 1902
(1869).

Leucosryum Martianum (Hornsch.) Hampe.

Lower Sorata river, 900 meters, June 13, 1902 (1866) ;
Tumupasa, 540 meters (1867); Mapiri, 480 meters (1870).

( 112)

LEUCOBRYUM GIGANTEUM C. Mill.

Near Atten, 1800 meters, August 6, 1902 (1864) ; common
near the lower Sorata river at 1200-1500 meters.
OcTOBLEPHARUM ALBIDUM (L.) Hedw.

Mapiri, 480 meters, September 17, 1901 (1863); Tumu-
pasa, 540 meters, December 8
OcTOBLEPHARUM PULVINATUM Mitt.

On stumps, Tumupasa, 540 meters, January 3, 1902
(1862).

Fissipens crispus Mont.

Sorata, 2250 meters, on clay bank, June 3, 1902 (1697).
Determined from description only.

Fissipens Kecerianus C. Mill.

San Juan, Apolo-Lanca trail, 1050 meters, March 22,
1902 (1694). These specimens seem to be nearer to Trini-
dad specimens than to Spruce’s from the Rio Negro, in hav-
ing rather narrow leaves and short stems.

Fissidens (Heterocaulon) excurrentinervis sp. nov.
ioicous; male plants 0.25 mm. high, 3- or 4-leaved at
the Paice base of the much larger sterile and fertile
stems. Sterile stems 2 mm. high, with & to 1o pairs of leaves,
the ae mete the middle broadly oblong-lanceolate, about
0.5 g and one third as broad, the upper often slightly
smaller. ae closely imbricated, all smooth, without border,
nearly entire, acutely pointed, with costa vanishing 2 or 3
cells below apex, the sheathing lamina extending four fifths
or more up, dorsal lamina gradually narrowing below and
disappearing three fourths down or before; leaf-cells rather
oe hexagonal, 8-12 long. Fertile stems scarcely
high, with 3 or 4 pairs of leaves, the perichaetial much
ena above, often reduced to the stout excurrent costa
only, with the clasping part more or less truncate at apex:
seta erect, up to 4 mm. long; capsule ovate-oblong, erect,
0.8 mm. long, not constricted under the mouth when dry,
with a short, obliquely beaked lid, its height equalling itsbasal
diameter; annulus none; teeth of peristome attached well
below mouth, rather irregular, ex ect, red, smooth, split about
one half down; exothecal cells hee walled, short oblong, 2
or 3 rows about ‘mouth aang! elongated : spores smooth,
up to 13 # in diameter

(113)

Juliaca, 3820 meters, May 14, 1902, on dry ground (2859).
Fissipens HornscuHucui Mont.

Apolo, 1440 meters, July 10, 1902 (1699); Tumupasa,
540 meters, January (1695).

Fissidens (A/oma) macroblastus sp. nov.

Evidently dioicous. Fertile plants about 2 mm. high, 6-
or 7-leaved; the upper leaves 1 mm. long, oblong-lanceo-
ae acute, entire or somewhat crenulate, smooth and without

border, nerve vanishing 4 or 5 cells below apex, sheathing
lamina extending scarcely one half up, dorsal lamina broad
above, gradually narrowing to stem; leaf-cells often some-

3 /

long, with erectly rostrate lid about as long; calyptra nar-
rowly mitrate, not split, covering beak only; teeth of peri-
stome abruptly bent outward at base, then incurved, on falling
of lid, split scarcely one half down, the forks very unequal
and filiform; exothecal cells mostly nearly square, 16p
wide, with walls sinuous from the abrupt thickenings, es-
pecially in angles, cells just under the mouth smaller, but
not transversely elongated, those of the lid with interior area
much less than that occupied by the greatly thickened walls ;
annulus none: spores up to ro

Tumupasa, 540 meters, on on of upturned stump, Janu-
ary 8, 1902 (1696).

FIssSIDENS ASPLENIOIDES (Sw.) Hedw.

Pelichuco river, 2400 meters. On earth and rock near
water-mark along stream, April 30, 1902 (2772, 2771).
Moenckemeyera obtusifolia sp. nov.

Stems simple and appearing dioicous or with a fruiting
branch just under the male flower and thus autoicous, up to
8 mm. high with about 13 pairs of leaves imbricated above:
lower leaves very small and somewhat acutely pointed, above
up tor mm. long, oblong-linear or slightly lanceolate with
mostly obtuse apex ; clasping part of leaf extending a little
above the middle with its apex ator near costa; dorsal lamina
as wide above as ventral, usually gradually narrowing to
base of costa; leaf-cells anion 6—8 # in diameter, mam-
millose, forming a crenulate margin all round, or sometimes
the clasping part with cells in margin elongated, forming a

(114)

slight, entire border; costa vanishing 2 or 3 cells below apex:

seta 2-3 mm. high; capsule 0.5—o.75 mm. long, oblong, with
obiagely beaked lid 0.25 mm. long; exothecal cells mostly
short oblong, up to 24 4 wide, with somewhat thickened,
scarcely sinuous walls, the 3 or 4 rows about mouth one third
as large and rather irregular but not transversely elongated ;
teeth of peristome erect, pale, more or less hyaline, undivided,
distinctly cross-barred below and more or less vertically stri-
ate throughout, somewhat papillose ; calyptra small, mitrate,
split one half up: spores nearly smooth, up to 16 # in diameter.

Tumupasa, 540 meters, at base of trees, January 20, 1902
(1700); also on fallen logs (1703); Apolo, on fallen logs,
July 7, 1902 (1698).
SYRRHOPODON ELATIOR Hampe.

Near Apolo, 1650 meters, on sandy bank along stream,
July 25, 1902 (1858).
SyRRHOPODON GoyAZzENsis Broth.

Near Atten, 1650 meters, on earth of shaded hillside,
August 16, 1902 (1859).
SyrRruHopopon GaupicHaupiI Mont.

Near Atten, 1800 meters, on tree trunks, August 6, 1902
(1856).
SyYRRHOPODON LrepRiIEuRI Mont.

Near Achiquiri, 600 meters, on earth, June 17, 1902 (1857).

Syrrhopodon tricolor sp. nov.

In deep mats with flexuous-erect stems up to 11 cm. high,
bearing few branches and dense tufts of radicles on the older
parts: stem-leaves up to 3.5 mm. long, lanceolate from an
obovate hyaline clasping base, gradually narrowed to the
acute, irregularly serrate apex; upper leaf without border,
finely papillose on both sides, when dry more or less twisted
and incurved, when moist reflexed, of rather obscure,
hexagonal cells 6-8 in diameter; leaf-margin below entire
and narrowly reflexed to the basal part; hyaline cells of
base from elongated-hexagonal to rectangular, up to about
60 long and 12-15 wide, extending upward from one
third to nearly one half the length of the leaf, with the green
cells running down a short distance next costa and margin
on either side; the more or less yellow border of basal part

(115 )

5 or 6 cells wide and papillose ; costa vanishing a little below
the apex, papillose on back; perichaetial leaves very similar
to stem-leaves but with longer, loosely clasping base: seta
igh; capsule 2.5 mm. long, narrowly ovate-
cylindrical, slightly curved, with conical lid 0.7 mm. long ;
us none ; exothecal cellsirregularly elongated-hexagonal,
thin-walled, the 6 or 8 rows about mouth much smaller and
dark red; stomata about base of capsule, oblong, 35 long ;
calyptra smooth, split one third up, 4 mm. long, extending
one half down capsule; peristome-teeth golden-brown, irreg-
ularly divided, of unequal length, not papillose: spores
rough, up to 18 w in diameter.

Pelichuco, 3600 meters, on ground among bushes on

mountain side, May 4, 1902 (2846).
SyRRHOPODON Mique.ianus C. Mill.

Lower Sorata river, goo meters, on trees, June, 1902
(1920). Specimens without fruit but with abundant gemmae
at the apex of pedicel-like leaves.

SYRRHOPODON CIRCINATUS (Brid.) Besch.

Near Mapiri, 510 meters, September 23, 1901 (1921). On
decayed log, not fruiting but with gemmae like the preceding.
Determined from description only.

SYRRHOPODON BRACHYSTELIOIDES C. Miill.

Near Atten, 1650 meters, on palm trunk, August 9, 1902
(1860). Specimens up to 4 or 5 cm. high and without peri-
stome.

SYRRHOPODON LYCOPODIOIDES (Sw.) C. Mill.

Santa Anna, 1800 meters, Apolo region, July 29, 1902
(1770). On trees in dark heavy forest. These specimens
have the leaves rather broad, pale-margined and more or less
covered with radicles. I should refer them to S. rA7zogoutr-
ordes C. Mill. (Hedwigia, 39: 266.1900), but the leaves are
papillose and the other characters seem to run into the darker
colored form.

Calymperes Bolivianum sp. nov.

In compact mats with erect, simple or branching, sparsely
radiculose stems, up to 2.5 cm. high: leaves when dry cris-
pate with incurved margins, when moist erect-spreading from

( 116)

the clasping base; stem-leaves about 3.5 mm. long, the obo-
vate sheathing base 1.5 mm. long with a nearly linear limb ob-
tusely pointed ; perichaetial leaves very similar to stem-leaves
but with somewhat larger loosely clasping base and up to §
leaf-margins serrulate to or near base with a
thickened, terete border in upper part; costa just above base
80» wide, vanishing several cells below apex of leaf and
often bearing on its upper side near termination a small
cluster of oval to nearly cylindrical propagulae; leaf-cells
above mammillose, about 6 in diameter, the band of
elongated, narrow cells (teniola) near margin of lower leaf
not extending into upper limb; hyaline cells more or less
rectangular, from nearly square to twice longer than broad,
often 30 wide toward costa and occupying most of lower
limb, with green cells extending downward a short distance
on either side of costa and at margins: seta about
long; capsule oblong, 2 mm. long, with conical-rostrate lid
.75 mm. long; calyptra persistent, plicate, scabrous above:
spores nearly smooth, up to 20 y in diameter.

Mapiri, 480 meters, on tree trunks, September 24, 1902

(1804).
Weisia tortivelata sp. nov.

Apparently dioicous. In cespitose, rather light green tufts
with stems u hi ong,
crispate when dry, erect-spreading when moist, the peri-
chaetial from a pale somewhat enlarged base, long linear-
lanceolate with flat margins, acute apex and costa very short-
excurrent, those of stem similar but shorter with scarcely
enlarged base; leaf-cells small, obscure, papillose above,
rectangular, nearly hyaline below: seta pale yellow, up to 2
cm. high; capsule nearly straight, cylindrical, not furrowed
when dry, up to 2 mm. long, with rostrate lid about one half
as long; annulus large; peristome pale, short, irregular;
calyptra cucullate, twisting.

Ipurima, 1200 meters, February 8, 1902 (1711).

Weisia longidentata sp. nov.

Synoicous or monoicous. In cespitose rather light green
patches with stems about 2 mm. high: leaves crispate when
dry, up to about 2.5 mm. long, from a somewhat larger,
nearly hyaline base, almost linear above, with incurved
margins, acute apex and very shortly excurrent costa; leaf-
cells above small, obscure, papillose, below rectangular, up

(117)

to about 8 wide and 304 long: seta pale, up to 12 mm.
high; capsule oval, 1 mm. long, distinctly furrowed when
dry, with an obliquely rostrate lid three fourths as long;
exothecal cells about mouth small, often slightly transversely
elongated, in 3 or 4 rows, lower becoming much larger and
rather irregular, up to 35 4 wide and 40-60 # long ; peristome
of regular, solid, papillose, red teeth, narrowly lanceolate-
acuminate, extending 0.2 mm. above the mouth; annulus
none; calyptra cucullate, split one half up: spores slightly
roughened, up to 16 # in diameter.

Consata, 1200 meters, June 13, 1902 (2883).

This species is near W. viriduda, but that has a less regular
peristome only one half as high, a narrow annulus and leaves
rather broader with leaf-cells more obscure in upper leaf.

WEISIA VIRIDULA (L.) Hedw.
Apolo, 1440 meters, July 10, 1902 (1851).

Gyroweisia Boliviana sp. nov.
Dioicous; male plants branching, with often 4 or 5 anther-

rarely 10 mm. high: lower leaves small, ovate-lanceolate,
acutish, upper larger, entire, mostly obtuse, up to 1.5 mm.
long, mammillose on both sides but most distinctly along and
near costa on back toward apex; leaf-cells distinct above,
rounded or oblong, up to about 8 » wide and 12 » long, with
somewhat thickened walls, all brownish, becoming paler but
not hyaline below, with cells more or less rectangular, up to
10 # wide and 30 # long toward costa; costa vanishing below
apex: seta up to 13 mm. high; capsule erect, oblong, 1 mm.
long, with conical, obliquely beaked lid two thirds as long or
more; annulus scarcely distinct or of a single row of cells
breaking away irregularly; peristome-teeth pale, papillose,
very irregular, scarcely extending above the mouth or longer
and sometimes divided above, or the rounded articulations
broader than below; calyptra almost cylindrical, slightly
split up on one side: spores smoothish, up to 12 y in
diameter.

La Paz, on clayey soil, 3450 meters, May 26, 1902 (1785);
Sorata, 2250 meters, September 2, 1901 (1786); Yura,
2550 meters, on rock, August 11, Igor (2868). These
specimens are in habit much like G. Lrndrgi? but have

(118 )

leaves only two thirds as long and wider above, with larger
leaf-cells and thicker cell-walls.
TRICHOSTOMUM CHILENSE Mont.

Santa Cruz, 1500 meters, August 24, 1902 (1791); Peli-
chuco river, April 28, 1902, 2100 meters (2870); Sorata,
2250 meters, June 6, 1902 (1790).

TORTELLA CAESPITOSA (Schwaegr.) Limpr.

Asila, near Apolo, 1140 meters, April 8, 1902 (1797).
Barbula Germainii C. Miill., from Bolivia, seems to belong
here, the specimens being simply rather undersized.

LEPTODONTIUM SULPHUREUM (C. Miill.) Mitt.

Paradiso, San José-Apolo trail, 1200 meters, February 12,
1902 (2129).

LEPTODONTIUM LUTEUM (Tayl.) Mitt.

Pelichuco river, 2300 meters, April 28, 1902 (2848).
LEPTODONTIUM GRACILEscENS (C. Miill.) Par.

High hills back of Mollendo, Peru, August 5, 1901 (2884).
In these specimens the cells of lower leaf differ somewhat
from the Bolivian specimens and possibly should not be
referred here.

LEPTODONTIUM GRIMMIOIDES (C. Mill.) Par.

Ingenio, 3000 meters, September ro, 1go1 (1801). These
specimens are taller, with leaves more erect and less yellowish
above than in Sorata specimens. The costa is smooth on the
back also, and the leaf-cells less obscure above and more
yellow at base. My specimens are dioicous, up to 7 cm.
high, with seta 1 cm. high, a slightly curved, cylindrical
capsule about 2 mm. long, the lid one third as long and teeth
of peristome irregular, often split one half down or more.

Hyophila Peruviana sp. nov.
Monoicous, antheridia clustered at one side of perichaetium
or a little below, enclosed in two broadly ovate leaves. Plants

high: stem-leaves crispate when dry, erect-spreading when
moist, ovate-lanceolate, acute, keeled above, flat or slightly
reflexed on margin, smooth, entire, up to 2.25 mm. long, the

(119 )

perichaetial up to 3 mm. long with larger, loosely clasping
base and shorter point; costa vanishing just below apex;
leaf-cells round to oblong above, mostly slightly transversely
elongated in margins, up to about 8 wide and 124 long,
the lower cells square or short-rectangular toward margin
and more elongated as ee near costa, paler than above,
not hyaline: seta about 5 mm. high; capsule oblong, 1.5
mm. long, with an obliquely rostrate lid one half as long;
exothecal cells thin-walled, irregular, mostly 2 or 3 times
longer than broad, with stomata in one row near base; peri-
stome none; sanulde large, fragile; calyptra cucullate, ex-
tending well below the middle of capsule: spores rough, up
to 18 # in diameter.

Juliaca, Peru, 3820 meters on sandstone, May 15, 1902
(2874).

Didymodon Pelichucensis sp. nov.

Evidently dioicous. Stems up to 5 mm. high, mostly
simple, with radicles at base: lower leaves oblong, mostly
obtuse, much smaller than upper; leaves above about 3 mm.
long, nearly linear, the perichaetial with a somewhat en-
larged loosely clasping base, keeled above with flat margins,
below more or less recurved on one or both sides; apex of
upper leaves usually obtuse, shortly apiculate, slightly and
irregularly dentate on either side, with costa vanishing sev-
eral cells below point; leaf-cells above papillose, more or less
hexagonal, about 6 # in diameter, below rectangular and red-
dish to base: seta up to 12 mm. high; capsule oblong, erect,
without annulus, the lid conical, its height 114 times its basal
diameter; teeth of peristome erect, red, papillose, divided to
base into two terete segments; calyptra very long-beaked,
cucullate, extending but little below the lid, up to 1.5 mm.
long: spores up to 14 # in diameter.

Pelichuco, 3450 meters, May 3, 1902 (2864). In habit
this species is not unlike some of the smaller forms of D.
rubellus.

Didymodon subtophaceus sp. nov.

Dioicous. In dusky-green, easily separating tufts with
branching stems, up to 2 cm. high, with few radicles near
base: stem-leaves incurved when dry, erect-spreading when
moist, the upper about 2 mm. long, lanceolate, finely papil-
lose, with more or less obtuse and cucullate apex and margins

( 120)

somewhat recurved and of a double thickness of cells; peri-
chaetial leaves not sheathing, similar to those of stem; leaf-
cells pale, thin, hexagonal, 8 in diameter, to oblong, 12
long in upper part, becoming rectangular and hyaline at base;
costa vanishing in apex, 60 wide at base, without stereid
bands, the cell-walls being uniformly thickened throughout
leaf in cross-section: seta up to 1 cm. in height; capsule
oblong, about 1.5 mm. long, with obliquely rostrate lid one
half to two thirds as long ; exothecal cells thin-walled, mostly
rectangular and 2-3 times longer than broad; stomata in
about 2 rows at base of capsule; teeth of peristome slender,
from a very short basilar membrane, erect or nearly so, papil-
lose, divided almost to base, or more or less cribrose below
with segments sometimes united above ; annulus narrow, per-
sistent ; calyptra cucullate, extending one half down capsule:
spores smooth, up to 16 y in diameter.

La Paz, 3600 meters, on wet hillside, August 18, 1901
(2869); Battallias river, 3900 meters, along ditches, August
24,1901 (1712). In habit this species is much like D. topha-
ceus, which agrees in having no stereid bands in costa, but
differs in its leaf-margin not being thickened.

Didymodon decolorans (Hampe).

Barbula decolorans Hampe, Ann. Sci. Nat. V. 3: 348.

Sorata, 2250 meters, on earth, June 3, 1902 (1789); Peli-
chuco, 3300 meters, May 3, 1902 (2843). The peristome of
this species consists of 16 teeth, not quite erect and more or
less united along the median line. Cross-sections of leaf
show about 5 guide-cells, 2 rows of thin-walled cells above
and a well-defined stereid band below, also swollen border of
a double thickness of cells.

DipyMODON AMBLysTEGIUS (C. Mill.) Broth.

Sorata, 2250 meters, on rock, October 3, 1902 (1722).
These specimens are up to 2.5 cm. high, and the exothecal
cells are inflated or mammillose, especially on the incurved
side of capsule. Specimens of Herb. Lindig, no. 2146,
New Granada, resemble these Bolivian plants in every way.
Trichostomum campylopyxis C. Miill., from Bolivia, evi-
dently belongs here, as it is stated to differ chiefly in having
the exothecal cells mammillose.

( 121)

CHRYSOBLASTELLA gen. nov.

Plants in compact tufts of medium size with branching
stems having well-defined central strand. Leaf-lamina above
of two layers of crowded cells, highly mammillose on both
upper and under surface: costa with 10 or 12 guide-cells
and large stereid bands above and below. Peristome-teeth
16, erect, from a short basilar membrane, grooved or more
or less divided along median line to a little above the base,
often somewhat irregular. Older leaves in lower part golden
orange-colored.

This genus of Pottiaceae (Trichostomeae) is related to both
Timmiella and Dialytrichta. ¥From the latter it may be dis-
tinguished by the mammillose, not papillose leaf-surface, and
the double layer of cells across leaf, while T7mm7zella has 32
teeth in the peristome and under surface of leaf smooth.
Chrysoblastella Boliviana sp. nov.

Dioicous. Branching stems oe green above with
radicles below, up to 2.5 cm. hi leaves incurved when
dry, erect-spreading when moist, are from a broadly

ovate base, somewhat keeled above, with margins flat: peri-
chaetial similar to stem-leaves but with longer, loosely clasp-
ing base; costa stout, percurrent, about 80 # wide at base;
leaf-cells above crowded, highly mammillate, obscure, 4-6 in
diameter, below golden-colored, rectangular, 8-10 # wide by
30-60 » long near costa and gradually much shorter and nar-
rower toward margin: seta about 1.5 cm. high; capsule
erect, oblong-cylindrical, 2 mm. long with conical, obliquely
rostrate lid one half as long; exothecal cells thin-walled,

ing short and small but scarcely transversely elongated ; an-
nulus of 1 or 2 rows of cells breaking away from lid in frag-
ments; stomata 25 # long, scattered over the short collum;
peristome of 16 erect, reddish-brown teeth, more or less di-
vided, papillose, with few distinct articulations above, from
a short basilar membrane of irregular cells attached close to
the mouth; calyptra smooth, mitrate, finally splitting to above
the middle: spores smooth, up to 16 in diameter.

Pelichuco, 3450 meters, on earth, May 3, 1902 (2862).
BaRBULA AMBLYACRA C. Miill.

San Juan, Apolo-Lanca trail, 1050 meters, on rock along
stream, March 21, 1901 (1792); near San José, 600 meters
(1787); Tumupasa, 540 meters, January, 1902 (1710).

C122)

BARBULA LAEVIGATA (Mitt.) Jaeg.

Sorata, 2250 meters, on rock walls, June 6, 1902 (1798).
BarBuLa Fusca C. Mill.

Pelichuco, 3450 meters, May 5, 1902 (2844); near In-
genio, 3000 meters, September 10, 1901 (1800).

BARBULA APICULATA Hampe.

Sorata, 2250 meters, on walls of earth and rock, August
30, 1901 (1799).

STREPTOPOGON ERYTHRODONTUs (Tayl.) Wils.

Tacacoma, 3000 meters, on trees, June 10, 1902 (1842);
above Sorata, September 27, 1g01, 3000 meters.
STREPTOPOGON SETIFERUS Mitt.

Pelichuco river, 2400 meters, on trees, April 29, 1902
(2854).

TERETIDENS gen. nov.

Plants small, in loosely cespitose, pale green patches.
Slender stems with distinct central strand. Leaves laxly
spreading, nearly linear or lanceolate-linear with broad,
rounded apex: costa not percurrent, in cross-section showing
a distinct stereid band with a single row of large cells above
and below: leaf-cells elongated-hexagonal, smooth, with
walls often collapsing. Capsule oblong, with distinct collum
about one third its length: peristome-teeth 32, erect, uni-

more or less split upward around the base

This genus of Pottiaceae (Pottieae) is evidently near
Splachnobryum, but differs in having 32 distinct teeth, a
well-defined collum, large annulus, rostrate lid and mitrate
calyptra.

Teretidens flaccidus sp. nov.

Autoicous; male flower at apex of branch with perigonial
leaves similar to the perichaetial, but shorter. Stems more or
less erect, branching, abouto.5 cm. high and 0.12 mm. indiam-
eter: leaves but little wider toward base, up to 2.5 mm. long
and 0.5 mm. wide, with rounded, serrulate apex ; leaf-margin
flat, not bordered, serrulate about one third down; leaf-cells
above very lax, hyaline, elongated rhomboidal to hexagonal,
below longer, 20 # wide by 150 » long or more; costa about
30 # wide at base and vanishing 3 or 4 cells or more below

( 123)

apex: seta 5-6 mm. high; sporangium oblong, when dry
and empty much contracted under mouth, 0.75-1 mm. long,
gradually narrowed to a stomatose collum one third its length
or more: exothecal cells elongated rhomboidal to hexagonal,
16-25 #« wide and up to 40 # long; lid conical, slightly ob-
liquely rostrate, nearly 1 mm. high; annulus broad and dis-
tinct; teeth of peristome from a very short membrane attached
lose to mouth, terete, red, densely and somewhat spirally
papillate-striate, indistinctly articulate; calyptra smooth,
mitrate, split below and descending one half down capsule:
spores slightly rough, up to 18 # in diameter.

Lower Cocos river, 900 meters, on clay bank, March 24,
1902 (1707).

TorTULA MNIIFOLIA (Sull.) Mitt.

San Juan, Apolo-Lanca trail, 1050 meters, March 22, 1902
(1793).

TorTULA PIcHINCHENSIS Tayl.

Juliaca, Peru, 3780 meters, on sandstone, May 16, 1902
(2842).

ToRTULA GLACIALIS (Kunze) Mitt.

Sorata, 2250 meters, on rock, June 3, 1902 (1802); Peli-
chuco river, 2400 meters, April 29, 1902 (2849).

TorTULA ANDICOLA Mont.

Pelichuco, 3450 meters, May 5, 1902 (2845). The leaf-
apex is variable, either entire or with a few teeth just below
the base of the sharply dentate excurrent nerve.

ALIGRIMMIA gen. nov.

In compact loosely cohering cushions on rock. Stems
with large central strand, fasciculately branching, about 1
cm. high. Lower leaves very small, upper broadly ovate-
lanceolate, smooth, obtusely pointed, with entire margins in-
curved above, in cross-section showing a distinct stereid band
in the broad costa with one row of cells below and two rows
of somewhat larger cells above, bearing on their ventral sur-
face 8 or ro well-developed lamellae. Seta erect: capsule
oblong, smooth, with erectly rostrate lid and large annulus;
apne -teeth lanceolate, erect, papillose, solid or somewhat
split along median line: calyptra mitrate, smooth above,
plicate in lower half and lobate at base.

(124)

This genus of Grimmieae is near Indusiella Broth. & C.
Miill., found in very similar situations in Turkestan, but Zz-
dustella differs in having no central strand, no lamellae on
the costa and the teeth of peristome more or less divided into
3 segments.

Aligrimmia Peruviana sp. nov.

Tufts dull green: stems about 225 in diameter, central
strand 80 in diameter : leaves closely imbricated, erect when
dry, spreading when moist, ovate-lanceolate, 1-1.5 mm. long,
smooth, entire, incurved above, obtusely pointed; costa ex-
tending to near apex, about 20/ wide at base with 8 or 10
lamellae up to 6 cells high on ventral surface; leaf-cells be-
low square to short rectangular, 12-16 » wide, above smaller
and roundish: seta up to 2 mm. high, with erect, oblong,
smooth capsule scarcely 1 mm. long, bearing a conical,
erectly rostrate lid nearly as long; annulus large, well de-
veloped ; teeth of peristome lanceolate, erect, reddish-brown,
papillose, entire or more or less divided along the median
line with articulations indistinct; calyptra mitrate, smooth
above, plicate one half up, lobate at base: spores smooth, up
to 12 # in diameter.

Arequipa, 2250 meters, on dry rock, August 8, 1901 (2820).
Grimmia ANDINA Mitt.

Juliaca, Peru, 3780 meters, on sandstone, May 16, 1902
(28127).
Grimmia (Tricostatae subgen. nov.) trinervis sp. nov.

Dioicous. Plants incompact, grayish-green, loosely coher-
ing cushions: stems fasciculately branching, up to 1 cm.
high: leaves closely imbricated, erect when dry, spreading
when moist, all smooth, entire, with smooth hair-point, the
lower oblong-lanceolate, 0.75-1 mm. long with hair-point
about one half as long, the upper and perichaetial broadly
ovate-lanceolate, up to 1.5 mm. long, with hair-point some-

show 2 guide-cells in primary costa with 1 or sometimes 2

( 125 )

rows of thin-walled cells on dorsal side, and the aouenes
costae very similar but smaller than the primary; the lea

lamina above is mostly of two layers of cells but broken i
and there by longitudinal rows of one thickness; leaf-cells
below short rectangular, up to about 10 # wide and 30 » long

with thin walls, above becoming smaller and roundish to
transversely elongated: capsule immersed, ovate-globose,

peristome and annulus wanting; lid acute, its height less
than basal diameter ; calyptra iobate: mitrate: spores smooth,
up to 10 # in diameter

Juliaca, Peru, ee meters, on dry sandstone, May 15,
1902 (2814).

GRIMMIA MIcROo-ovaTa C. Mill.

Juliaca, Peru, 3780 meters, on dry sandstone, May 15,
1g02 (2813).

GRIMMIA LoNGIROSTRIS Hook.

La Paz, 3600 meters, August 23, 1901 (2818); Huallata
Pass, 4200 meters, August 29, 1901 (1779); Pelichuco, 3600
meters, May 4, 1902 (2815); Tacacoma, 3300 meters, June
10, 1902 (1778).

GRIMMIA FUSCO-LUTEA Hook.

Huallata Pass, 4200 meters, August 29, 1901 (1781);
above Tolapampa, 4200 meters, September 10, 1901 (1782).
These specimens are not the same as those called G. fusco-
lutea, collected by Liebmann in Orizaba, Mexico. They
are, however, very near the figure in Hook. Musc. Exot.
pl. 63, and agree well with Mitten’s description.

Grimmia (Hugr/iiita) pansa sp. nov.

Dioicous; male plants slender, scarcely branching, with
few flowers: ee peas broadly sia Saieee little
more than 1 . long: antheridia 0.7 m ong, without
paraphyses. Gann ng in ee mats, Senn ee above,
blackish within, with few irregular branches: stems up to 10
cm. high, in cross-section slightly oval, 160 x 180», without
central strand and with about 3 rows of thickened cells in
walls: leaves more or less erect and incurved when dry, ovate-
lanceolate, smooth, scarcely 3 mm. long and 0.6 mm. ee
with smooth hair-point in lower leaves scarcely 0.1 mm. long

( 126)

in upper about 0.5 mm. long and border mostly revolute on
one side; cross-sections of upper leaf show 2 large cells on
ventral side of costa and 2 rows of smaller cells on dorsal side,
without stereid band, and the leaf-lamina of a single layer of
cells with border not thickened or sometimes of a double row
of small cells; leaf-cells with thickened, sinuous walls nearly
to apex, upper cells all short, mostly roundish to transversely
elongated, in middle leaf up to twice longer than broad, and
toward base up to 45 4 long within, but with 3 or 4 rows at
margin of shorter, broader cells: seta twisting and curving,
3-4 mm. long; capsule oblong, 1.6 mm. long, smooth,
with red, conical-rostrate lid about one half as long; exo-
thecal cells thin-walled, more or less hexagonal, often some-
what elongated, with stomata below; annulus broad, 3 or 4
rows of cells high; peristome-teeth narrowly lanceolate, not
regularly split above, but more or less cribrose and slightly
split here and there, somewhat papillose and with distinct ar-
ticulations ; calyptra lobate-mitrate, scarcely more than cover-
ing lid: spores up to 12 # in diameter.

Pelichuco, 3450 meters, May 4, 1902 (2823).

GRIMMIA TRICHOPHYLLOIDEA Schimp.

Luipichi Pass, 4500 meters, September 27, 1902 (17477).
RHACOMITRIUM CRISPIPILUM (Tayl.) Jaeg.

Ingenio, 2700 meters, September 26, 1902 (1773).
RHACOMITRIUM BRACHYPUS (C. Mill.) Par.

Pelichuco, 3450 meters, May 4, 1902 (2822).
RHACOMITRIUM DIMORPHUM (C. Mill.) Par.

Ingenio, 3000 meters, September 10, 1901 (1775); near
Tacacoma, 3600 meters, June 9, 1902 (1784).
Rhacomitrium sublanuginosum Schimp. MSS.

Stems blackish, with abundant short branches: leaves
ovate-lanceolate to lanceolate, the upper about 2.5 mm. long
and 0.4-0.5 mm. wide, mostly revolute on one side, with a
more or less sinuous, flat hair-point up to as long as blade
and entire or minutely serrulate, the hyaline margin not ex-
tending downward on either side of the colored costa; lower
leaves much shorter, without hyaline point, the apex blunt;
leaf-cells narrow and elongated to apex, in margin at base
becoming broader and shorter, often nearly square to twice
longer than wide: immature capsule 2 mm. long, with ros-
trate lid two thirds as long; seta 4.5 mm. long.

(127)

Above Ingenio, 4200 meters, September 10, rgor (17476) ;
near Tacacoma, 3600 meters, June 9, 1902 (2886). These
specimens are from nearly the same altitude and region in
which Mandon obtained his no. 1637, on which the species
is based. The description is from Mandon’s specimen.
ANOECTANGIUM EUCHLORON (Schwaegr.) Mitt.

San José-Apolo trail, near Cortez, 1800 meters, February
14, 1902 (1717); below Pelichuco, 2700 meters, April 30,
1902, on rock (2866).

ANOECTANGIUM Manponianum Schimp.

Sorata, 2250 meters, on rock, June 6, 1902 (1720).
AMPHIDIUM CYATHICARPUM (Mont.) Broth.

Tacacoma, 3300 meters, June 10, 1902 (1849); Pelichuco,
3600 meters, May 4, 1902 (2857).

Zygodon vestitus sp. nov.
cla aan dioicous. Plants in compact tufts 2 or 3 c

h: stems with few radicles above, bearing great ae
oi ovate to oe and oblong propagulae, up to 80 long

and 32 in diameter, with 3 to § transverse walls: leaves
crispate when dry, squarrose-reflexed when moist, finely
papillose on both sides, lanceolate, very acute, keeled, entire,
with mostly flat margins ; lower leaves less than 1 mm. long,
upper up to 2.25 mm. long and 0.3 mm. wide; costa about
40 ¢ wide at base, vanishing in apex; leaf-cells somewhat
roundish or slightly elongated, 5-7 # in diameter above, be-
coming paler and elongated rectangular below: seta 7 mm.
long ; capsule elongated with sporangium about 1.7 mm. long
and collum 0.7 mm. long; peristome of 8 cilia; lid slightly
obliquely rostrate, nearly 1 mm. long: spores somewhat
roughened, up to 204 in diameter.

Sorata, 2250 meters, on trees, September 3, rgo01 (1875).
Zygodon fruticola sp. nov.

iuaeee dioicous. In rather loose tufts up to 1.5 cm.

stems, without radicles above, bearing numerous,
ae more or less cylindrical el cari up to 140 # long
and about 25, in diameter: aves incurved-appressed,

scarcely crispate when dry, ie -spreading when als
finely papillose, broadly lanceolate, up to about 0.5 m
wide and 2 mm. long, very acute, entire, flat on aa

( 128 )

costa vanishing in apex; leaf-cells scarcely elongated, often
extending nearly to base: seta scarcely 4 mm. long; capsule
narrowly oblong, with sporangium about 1.25 mm. long and
collum one half as long; peristome of 8 cilia; lid and calyp-
tra not seen: spores roughish, up to 16 # in diameter.

Hills near Mollendo, 540 meters, on bushes, August 5,
1901 (2887).

ZyGopvon PERvuVIANUS Sull.

Pelichuco, 3450 meters, May 4, 1902 (2861).
Zycopon Anpinus Mitt.

Pelichuco, 3000 meters, April 30, 1902 (2875); Cargadira,
2400 meters, on trees, July 30, 1902 (1874); Santa Cruz,
1500 meters, on trees, August 24, 1902 (1872); near Apolo,
1650 meters, July 25, 1902 (1873). These specimens have
leaves denticulate above, 8 cilia and flowers mostly autoi-
cous, sometimes synoicous.

ZYGODON SUBDENTICULATUS Hampe.

Ingenio, 2700 meters, on bushes, September 27, 1902
(1715).

ZYGODON LINGUIFORMIs C. Mill.

Santa Cruz, 1650 meters, on trees, August 25, 1902
(1871); Pelichuco river, 2100 meters, April 29, 1902 (2865).
ORTHOTRICHUM PATULUM Mitt.

Sorata, 2700 meters, September 3, 1901 (1833). The only
species with immersed stomata collected. The exothecal
cells are mostly very thin-walled and short-rectangular, up
to about 204 wide and 30-35 4 long; lid and calyptra not
seen. Determined from description only.

ORTHOTRICHUM ELONGATUM Tayl.

Pelichuco, 3600 meters, on bushes, May 5, 1902 (2812),
Sorata, 2700 meters, September 27, 1902 (1841); Tacacoma,
3000 meters; June 10, 1902 (1832).

ORTHOTRICHUM PARIATUM Mitt.

Above Sorata, 2700 meters, September 8, 1901 (1834).
Orthotrichum epilosum sp. nov.

Monoicous. Plants in more or less loose tufts with branch-
ing stems up to 4-5 cm. high; leaves somewhat spreading

( 129)

when dry, widely spreading from a more erect base when
moist, up to 5 mm. long, lanceolate, very narrowly acute,
keeled, borders recurved below, flat toward apex; leaf-cells
all more or less elongated in upper leaf, 8-164 long, with
low papillae, toward base up to 40-50 » long, with somewhat
thickened walls: capsule oval-oblong, 8-ribbed, short-ex-
serted, about 1.5 mm. long on a seta of equal length;
peristome of 8 papillose teeth with paler, papillose, lanceo-
late segments, at base one half the width of teeth and of
equal height; stomata superficial; lid convex-apiculate ;
calyptra without hairs, plicate, more or less undulate or
mammillate on the ridges, finally split at base: spores nearly
smooth, up to 25 # in diameter.

Pelichuco, 3300 meters, May 4, 1902, on bushes (2811);
Tacacoma, 3000 meters, June 10, 1902, on bushes (1835);
above Sorata, 2700 meters, September 8, 1901, on trees (1836).
ORTHOTRICHUM EXSERTISETUM C. Mill.

Above Sorata, 2700 meters, September 27, 1902 (1839).
Orthotrichum Tacacomense sp. nov.

Monoicous. Somewhat compactly tufted plants with much-
branched stems up to 3 cm. high: leaves rather loosely ap-

m.
long, broadly lanceolate, acute, keeled, recurved on margins

elow with margins flat above; perichaetial leaves with larger
ovate base up to 5 mm. long, with costa more or less excur-
rent into a short point; leaf-cells above elongated, 8-16 wu long
and 6-8 » wide, with low papillae, below, in stem-leaves,
cells up to about 40 # long with walls somewhat thickened and
pitted, in perichaetial leaves lower cells pale and longer with
thinner walls: capsule oblong, at first smooth, slightly con-
tracted under the mouth, finally distinctly 8-striate one half
down, up to 2.25 mm. long, on a seta about 0.75 mm.
long, the point of the convex-apiculate lid scarcely or not

stome; teeth 8, pale, papillose, more or less split alon
middle; cilia 8, very pale, papillose, narrow below, often
broader above and more or less united in pairs, with rounded,
loosely jointed, irregular articulations; calyptra sparsely
hairy throughout, deeply plicate, erose at base: spores pale,
slightly roughened, up to 24 p» in diameter.

( 130)

Tacacoma, 3000 meters, June 10, 1902, on trees (1837);
Sorata, 2700 meters, September 3, 1901, on trees (1838).
ORTHOTRICHUM APICULATUM Mitt.

Sorata, 2700 meters, September 3, 1901, on trees (2888).
Macromitrrium Dipymopon Schwaegr.

Near Apolo, 1800 meters, on trees, July 25, 1902 (1818).
MACROMITRIUM MACROTHELE C. Miill.

Near Atten, 1650 meters, on trees, June 19, 1902 (1817).
MAcROMITRIUM OBTUSUM Mitt.

Isapuri, 450 meters, on trees, October 2, 1901 (1828).
MACROMITRIUM TUMIDULUM Mitt.

Near Tumupasa, 900 meters, on wood, December 3, 1901
(1831); Santa Cruz, 1500 meters, on rock, April 24, 1902
(2755). These specimens agree with Spruce no. Io1, the
only collection cited, but differ from Mitten’s description in
having a distinctly ribbed capsule, a double peristome and
pedicels about 12 mm. long.

Macromitrium Swarnsont (Hook.) Brid.

New Brazil, 1500 meters, June 14, 1902 (1819). These
specimens are near those called AZ. Swainsond from Herb.
Gardner, Brazil, 1840. The upper leaf-cells are small and
round, the lower elongated, in the margin at base one row
becoming hyaline and more or less highly papillate-toothed ;
peristome low, apparently simple.

MACROMITRIUM STELLULATUM (Hornsch.) Brid.

Tumupasa, 540 meters, on trees, December 16, 1901 (1830).
There is a double peristome in these specimens, the inner of
lanceolate segments nearly as high as the outer; leaves be-
low without border. Evidently not the species figured as M.
stellulatum in Engler & Prantl, which has a distinct, broad
border below and is much like J. Weir no. 141, cited by
Mitten under AZ, Swainson’, but apparently neither that nor
M. stellulatun.

Macromitrium subdiscretum sp. nov.

Pseudautoicous. In compact tufts up to 3 cm. high: stems

creeping, with branches densely radiculose below and branch-

( 131)

up to 1 cm. long above: leaves more or less spirally
ides on branches when dry, erect-spreading when moist,
more or less linear-lanceolate, 2-3 mm. long, with broadly
oa ane mostly serrulate in upper one third, the margins
at above, recurved below on one side; perichaetial very
senile to stem-leaves but a little shorter; leaf-cells all elon-
gated with more or less thickened walls, above mammillose,
about 8 x 12-16 p, in middle leaf arranged in distinct rows, at
base highly papillose, paler and longer, a single row in
margin hyaline and elongated with thin straight walls ; costa
not quite percurrent: seta smooth, up to 1 cm. high; capsule
short-ovate, 1.5 mm. high, ribbed below the mouth, with a
convex-conical, long-beaked lid nearly as high; peristome
double, the outer of teeth united below, blunt or irregular at
apex and revolute when dry, the inner a membrane more or
less lacerate above into narrow segments reaching almost as
high as teeth; preperistome more or less evident, a few pale
cells extending here and there above the rim of capsule ;
calyptra without hairs, somewhat rough at apex, deeply in-
ue oe spores minutely roughened, up to 32/ in
diam

ae ae, Apolo region, 1950 meters, July 28, 1902

(1820).
MAcROMITRIUM ULOPHYLLUM Mitt.

Santa Anna, 1950 meters, Apolo region, July 28, 1902
(1826). Determined from the rather incomplete description
only. The pedicels are about 12 mm. high: peristome
double, the outer of teeth mostly united, with articulations
convexly thickened on outer face and finely papillate, the
inner a pale, papillose membrane about as high as the outer
and irregularly lobed or cleft above: preperistome with cells
projecting here and there above the rim of capsule.
Macromitrium atroviride sp. nov.

Apparently dioicous; male flowers not found. In dark
green, rather loose tufts with creeping stems bearing rather
distant, erect, simple or divided, slightly radiculose branches
up to 2.5 cm. high: stem-leaves crispate when dry, some-
what incurved-spreading when moist, nearly linear from a
little wider base, up to about 0.4 mm. wide and 4 mm. long,
at apex acute and irregularly serrate, the margins flat above
recurved on one side below; inner perichaetial leaves short,

(132)

entire, from a wider base gradually narrowing to acute apex;
leaf-cells above roundish, mostly 4-6 in diameter, mam-

walls, from nearly smooth to highly papillose with a

hyaline, smooth cells at one side of costa and a row of pale
more or less mammillate-inflated cells in margin; costa van-
ishing in apex: seta smooth, more or less curved, about 9
mm. long; capsule ovate, 2 mm. long, smooth or indistinctly
striate with rostrate lid about 1.2 mm. long; peristome
double, the outer of pale, lanceolate, obtuse teeth, divided to
near base, with articulations not convex on outer face and
somewhat striate in various directions, the inner, a low, pale,
scarcely evident membrane; preperistome double, of large
thin cells projecting irregularly above the rim of capsule;
calyptra without hairs, papillose at apex, deeply lacerate
below: spores slightly roughened, up to 28 # in diameter. .

Apolo, 1500 meters, on tree trunks, April 17, 1902 (1822).
MAcCROMITRIUM PENTASTICHUM C. Miill.

New Brazil, 1500 meters, near lower Sorata river, on wood,
June 15, 1902 (1821). JI have seen no specimens for com-
parison.

MacROMITRIUM SUBSCABRUM Mitt.

Near Paradiso, 1500 meters, San José-Apolo trail, Febru-
ary 12, 1902 (1824); Cargadira, 2400 meters, July 29, 1902
(1825). Determined from description only.
Macromitrium TocAREMAE Hampe.

Below Pelichuco, 2700 meters, on rock, April 30, 1902
(2757). In ‘*Engler & Prantl,” Brotherus has classed this
species with those having more or less furrowed capsule, but all
the specimens I have seen have, essentially, a smooth capsule.
MacroMITRIUM SUBLAEVE Mitt.

Ipurima, 1200 meters, San José-Apolo trail, February 9,
1902 (1829); near Apolo, 1800 meters, February 14, 1902
(1824).

MACROMITRIUM SOLITARIUM C. Mill.

Pelichuco, 3300 meters, April 30, 1902 (2756).
SCHLOTHEIMIA TRICHOMITRIA Schwaegr.

Apolo, 1500 meters, on trees, July 10, 1902 (1812); near
Atten 1800 meters, June 19, 1902 (2890).

( 133 )

ScHLOTHEIMIA FUSCO-VIRIDIS Hornsch.

Santa Cruz, 1500 meters, April 24, 1902 (2753); Paradiso,
1200 meters, February 12, 1902 (1807).

ScHLoTHEIMIA JameEsont (W. Arn.) Brid.

Apolo, 1500 meters, July 7, 1902 (1806).
ScHLOTHEIMIA RUGIFOLIA (Hook.) Brid.

Apolo, 1440 meters, June 24, 1902 (1809).
ScHLOTHEIMIA SpRENGELIL Hornsch.

Near Atten, 1650 meters, June 19, 1902 (1805); Pelichuco
river, April 28, 1902 (2754).

ScHLOTHEIMIA ANGUSTATA Mitt.

Near Atten, 1650 meters, June 19, 1902 (2889); Mapiri,
480 meters, September 13, 1901 (1810).

PuyscoMITRIUM TURGIDUM Mitt.

Huallata Pass, 4260 meters, August 29, 1901 (2893).
Funaria sustivis (C. Mill.) Broth.

Pelichuco, 3600 meters, May 3, 1902 (2769).

FUNARIA ANDICOLA (Mitt.) Broth.

Huainachoirisa river, 1140 meters, July 26, 1902 (1847);
Apolo, 1440 meters, March 1, 1902 (1845).

FuNARIA ACUTIFOLIA (Hampe) Broth.

Near Apolo, 1500 meters, February 14, 1902 (1713).
Funaria JAMEsonI Taylor.

Juliaca, 3780 meters, May 14, 1902 (2770).

FUNARIA CALVESCENS Schwaegr.

Pelichuco river, 1500 meters, April 27, 1902 (2768); So-
rata, 2250 meters, June 6, 1902 (1844); Achiquiri, 600
meters, June 17, 1902 (1843).

Funaria macrospora sp. nov.

Autoicous: perigonial leaves entire: plants near /. hy-
grometrica in size. Stems more or less elongated, radicu-
lose below, with leaves clustered above: leaves ovate to ob-
ovate, up to 4 mm. long, acute, entire, concave, with costa
vanishing z or 2 cells below apex; leaf-cells above more
or less hexagonal, up to about 30 wide and 40-50 long,
below rectangular and up to 40 wide and 150/ or more

( 134)

long: seta 1.5 cm. high, straight when dry, pendent when
moist; capsule about 3 mm. long, curved, furrowed when

segments one third height of teeth, broad and blunt at apex;
stomata numerous at base of collum, about 35 » long: spores
minutely roughened, up to 30 in diameter.

La Paz, 3450 meters, August 18, 1901 (2766).

The Dimensional Relations of the Members of

Compound Leaves.*
By CHARLES ZELENY.

The present paper is the result of an experimental study
of the regulatory changes taking place in the members of
the compound leaf after removal of one of the leaflets.
The object of the work was to throw some light on the
general question of correlation of members in the plant body.
The compound leaf of the palmate type was chosen as the
most convenient organ for the study because of the compara-
tive ease with which changes may be observed and quanti-
tatively recorded. The method of procedure may be made
more clear by a statement of the standpoint from which the
subject was approached.

The individual members of the compound leaf as well as
of other parts of the plant respond to stimuli in a definite
way. Each member is, however, limited in its reaction by
its mechanical and organic relations to the other parts of
the leaf. This limitation is mutual and as a result of it
we get an equilibrium of forces which results in a configu-

* The experiments were performed at the New York Botanical Garden
during the winter of 1901-1902, under the direction of Professor D. T. Mac-

of the work. A preliminary report of the results was given in a paper rea
before the Botanical Society of America, July 1, 1902.

(135)

ration more or less definite for each species. As a further
consequence each member must respond not as a unit but
as part of a system. If now we have a system of this
kind with a definite configuration due to the mutual interac-
tion of its members and we remove one of the component
parts, we must get a disturbance of the equilibrium leading
to changes in the relations of the remaining parts limited only
by the extent to which the rigidity of the skeletal structures
may counteract such a tendency. We may in this manner
get at the forces which are active in correlation at the time of,
and subsequent to, the operation. The main difficulty with
the method must consist in the reaction to the stimulus of the
injury itself, a factor which does not enter into the normal
relations of the parts.

The special method chosen for these experiments aimed to
carry along two parallel series of leaves, one with the normal
relations of its members undisturbed and the other with a par-
ticular leaflet removed at the earliest possible stage. When
the leaves had attained their maximum size, measurements of
the length and of the angular position of the leaflets were
taken. A comparison of the two series of figures gives the
change produced as a result of the removal of the leaflet, be-
cause, according to the conditions of the experiment, all the
other factors are alike. It is evident that the success of the
method depends largely upon the care exercised in keeping
the conditions of the two series the same. With this in view
special precautions were taken in the choice of the leaves, in
the obtaining of similar environments during the period of
growth, and finally in the choice of the method of meas-
urement.

THe MeEruHop.

The method may be conveniently described under five
heads :

1. The choice of leaves.

2. The operation, 7. ¢., the removal of one of the leaflets
in each leaf of one series.

3. The period of growth.

(136)

4. The method of taking measurements.
5. The tabulation of data.

The Choice of Leaves. —Three species of plants were em-
ployed in the experiments: Parthenocissus quinguefolia (the
Virginia creeper), Zrifolium pratense (the red clover) and
Lupinus albus (the white lupine). Each species will be
taken up separately.

In the case of Parthenocissus, 44 normal and 67 operated
leaves were used. A few vines were taken from outdoors
and planted in the propagating house. They were allowed
to run along a wire near the glass roof. Leaves were chosen
from various portions of the stem in such a way that the
distribution was as nearly as possible the same in the two
series. Only leaves with five leaflets were used.

In Trifolium, 31 normal and 84% operated leaves were
used. Several clumps of the clover were transplanted from
outdoors to the propagating house and, here also, leaves were
taken from various regions of the plant and the two series were
made as nearly alike as possible. Only leaves with three
leaflets were used.

In Lupinus, 16 normal and 53 operated leaves were used.
The plants were raised from the seed and the order in which
the leaves appeared was noted. Several plants were neces-
sary for each series, each of which, therefore, had leaves
from all the different positions. Only the first four or five
leaves were used because it was desired to have the ages as
nearly alike as possible and also because in many cases these
were the only ones with five leaflets, those further up on the
stem having six or seven.

Taking into consideration the number of cases in each
group it seems improbable that there is any considerable error
due to original differences between the two series of one
species.

The Operation. — For the sake of clearness in description
it is necessary before proceeding further to give the general
topography of the leaves used. F. 7 is a diagram of a

(137 )

median section along the plane of symmetry of one of the
leaves. We see that the two angles between the petiole and
the leaf-surface are very unequal. The acute angle (a) is at

C
B ee

A Ee

Fic ropound leaf of
a ar guinguefolia or
Lupinus albus. D,The removed
leaflet in operated series.

Fic. Diagram to illustrate
the ineluiation of the petiole to
the leaf-surface.

Fic. 3. Compound leaf of 7ri-
Solium pratense. Z,'The removed
leaflet in operated series.
the base of the leaf-system and the leaflet on the side opposite
to it is the terminal leaflet. This general description holds
for all three species. The value of the angle a, however, is
not the same in the different cases. /. 2 is a diagram of
the leaf system of either Parthenocissus or Lupinus as seen
from above. The double line represents the projection of the
petiole. The terminal leaflet is lettered C. Starting at the
left of the petiole and going in a clock-wise direction we get

( 138 )

successively leaflets A, B, C, Dand &. In a similar way
in Trzfolium pratense (f. 3) we may call the three leaflets,
AX, Yand Z.

The removed leaflet in all cases is the one at the immediate
right of the terminal one. This is leaflet Din Partheno-
cissus and Lupinus and leaflet Z in Trzfolium. In f. 2
and 3 the removed leaflet is represented by a barred line.
The operation was performed as soon as the leaves started to
unfold. The excision was made with a pair of dissecting
scissors as near the base of the leaflet as was possible without
injuring the other members. The cut surface was small,
there was little or no exudation of sap and the wound healed
inashorttime. A slight scar remained and persisted through-
out the experiment, serving as an unfailing mark for the de-
termination of the identity of the remaining leaflets.

The Period of Growth. — After the removal of the leaflet
in the operated series, both normal and operated groups were
allowed to grow under conditions as nearly alike as possible.
The period of growth was extended until the leaves had at-
tained their maximum size and the experiment was closed
only when there began to be danger of error on account of
the drying up of some of the leaflets. The length of time
varied in the different species, but in any one of them all the
specimens, of both the normal and the operated series, were
measured on the same day, so that the results show no error
due to a difference in age. In Parthenocissus the length of
the period of growth was thirty days, in 7rz/folium twenty-one
days and in Lupinus forty-one days.

The conditions of light, heat and moisture were kept as
nearly alike as possible in the two series. In Parthenocrssus
the position of the vines on a wire gave the different leaves
very similar intensities of light. The plants of Lupénas and
Trifolium were put in flower-pots kept at some distance apart
in order to avoid shading.

The Method of Taking Measurements.—In each of the
species, when the leaves had attained their maximum size all

(139)

were measured on the same day. The petiole of each leaf was
cut off near the main stem of the plant and the leaf-systems
were plotted according to the method indicated inf 4 and 5,
which represent sample pages from my note-book. F-. 4
shows ten normal leaves of Parthenoctssus and /. 5 ten
operated leaves of the same species. The first leaf indicated
on each page was placed upon the paper and its center was
held down with one finger. The petiole was indicated by a
L

yg U

i X
a. ¥

e half natural size.) Parthenocissus quinguefolia. Ten
leaves of ae series as plotted on page of note-book.

line running from this center. The ends of the leaflets were
then shown as dots, all numbered I, the different leaflets being
designated by their particular letters A, B, C, D and £ or
#, Yand Z. The second leaf was then taken and placed
so that its center and the line of its petiole corresponded with
the center and petiole of the first. The ends of the leaflets
were indicated by dots as before, but numbered II in this
case. The remaining leaves on each page were plotted in a

( 140 )

similar manner. As the petiole is not in the same plane with
the leaf-surface it was necessary to take great care in press-
ing down the leaflets so as not to distort their position or alter
their length.

After all the leaves of the two series of one species had
been plotted in the above manner, the measurements could be
made at leisure after drawing the lines from the dots to the
center. The positions are measured in degrees in a clock-

B : W C ge K
0
K V\g ql 2
vy. wl < , W
I i
\ if y Y
T- w aS" go q
La S= ri
ayy W

w

A &

(One half natural size.) arthenoctssus quinguefolia. Ten
leaves of operated series as plotted on page of note-book.
wise (+) direction from the line representing the petiole. The
lengths are in millimeters and include the distance from the
tip of the leaflet to the center of the leaf. Thus we have in-
cluded in the length of the leaflet, the blade and its very
short petiole.

The special difficulties in each of the species may be men-
tioned in a few words. In Parthenocissus the leaves taper
veryjgradually near the tip and have a tendency to dry up
and to curvein this region. In the case of a very sharp curve
at the end the prolongation of the main portion of the blade
wasjtaken instead of the curved tip as it stood. Ina few
cases the drying up of the tip made it necessary to approx-

w i

(141)

imate its true end. The distance estimated was small, how-
ever. In Zrifolium the lengths were very well defined on
account of the obtuse ends of the leaflets, but great care was
necessary in getting the angular positions because of the great
mobility of the leaflet-petioles. In Lugcnws no special diffi-
culties were encountered.

The Tabulation of Data. — After the measurements are
taken we have for each species two groups of figures, one of
the length and position of the leaflets in the normal series and
the other of the length and position in the operated series.
Putting these in parallel columns we may determine the
normal average length and average position of each leaflet
and likewise the operated average length and average posi-
tion.

As stated before, assuming that the normal averages repre-
sent the positions and lengths which the operated leaflets
would have had but for the removal of one of their number,
we may conclude that the difference between the operated
average and the normal average in each case is a measure
of the effect of the removal.

In order to indicate in some degree the trustworthiness of
the results the probable error of the mean was calculated
according to the well-known formula

ca

Probable Error of the Mean (P.E.M.) =

6745 C¥v,—v;?
vn ;

In cases where the choice of specimens is made at random,
the validity of the results is taken for granted when the dif-
ference between the two averages is greater than the sum of
their probable errors of the mean. In each of the present
experiments, however, there was undoubtedly an unconscious
selection as regards the length and position of the leaflets,
due to the conscious attempt to make the two series similar at
the start. But this factor increases the trustworthiness of the
results on both sides, for the tollowing reasons: First, any

* For the development of the formula see the text-books on the method
of least squares.

(142)

selection tends to increase the probable error of the mean.
Second, the selection exercised in the operated series is sim-
ilar to that in the normal series of the same experiment and
the difference between the averages is therefore less than it
would have been if the individuals had been chosen entirely
atrandom. We are therefore justified in concluding that the
difference between the averages represents a real change
when it is greater than the sum of the probable errors of the
mean. Further, when we get similar results for all three
species iene can no longer be any doubt of the validity of the
conclusions.*
Tue Data.

The following six tables (Tables I to VI) will in a large
measure explain themselves after the foregoing discussion.
There are two tables for each species, one giving the posi-
tion and length of the leaflets in the normal series and the
other in the operated series. The letters at the tops of the
columns indicate the leaflets occupying the various positions
zn the leaf, the removed leaflet being represented by a letter
enclosed in parentheses. At the bottom of the columns are the
averages and below them the probable errors (P.E.M.). In
Table VI the average positions as given are not necessarily
the averages of the figures as they stand in the columns
because some of the leaflets fluctuate between the two sides
of the petiole. It is of course necessary to assume that
the rotation has in each case been through the shorter arc
of the circle. The figures in the first column of each table
have no significance except as catalogue numbers. The
dates of operation and of measurement are given below the
tables.

I wish to express my obligation to Professor C. B. Davenport for sug-
gesting the determination of the probable errors of the averages.

(143)

TABLE I.

PARTHENOCISSUS QUINQUEFOLIA. NORMAI, SERIES. POSITION AND
LEN

GTH OF LEAFLETS.

Leaf i Position (in Degrees). | Length (in Millimeters).
in ee ee | CO ck | a Be |e | ee
I 74 115 177 | 4 289 | 52.0 | 64.5 | 70.0 | 61.5 | 49.5
2 81 13) 178 2 280 | 78.0 | 95.0 | 95.5 ; 96.5 , 82.0
3 7i : 123 | 178 | 240 | 292 | 71.0 | 98.5 | 105.0 | 95.0 | 69.5
4 54 | 140 | 178 | 215 283 | 69.0 | 89.0 | 95.5 | 83.0 | 68.5
8 th 124 a ae | oe se ee oe 66.0
5; 132 180 | 22 284 | 76. 96.0 | 105.0 | roo. 0.5
7 84 126 175 218 | 294 78.5 | 98.5 | Iol.o | 105.5 | 86.0
8 77 128 176 212 277 77.0 | 85.5 | 84.5 | 84. 71.0
9 | 24 | m3 ! aes ee ao 36.0 ue = | 54.0 ‘ee
Io 139 | 180 | 22 2 50.0 0 3. 0.0 .
II | a 137 | 178 224 276 93.5 | 120.0 | 117.5 | I15. 95.0
12! 71 145 182 | 238 | 284 | 104.0 | 116.0 | 113.5 | 114.0 | 103.5
13 | 87 | 138 | 178 | 219 | 283 | 92.0 | 108.0 | 106.0 | 112.5 | 98.5
14 | 83 | 129 179 | 230 270 | 90.5 | 105.0 | 104.5 | 106.5 | 89.5
_ | & | I40 a 228 286 is ° ees ae ae oe
I 56 | 139 | 189 | 234 |] 315 Ke) 3.0 9.0 9. Re)
17 | 83 | 135 | 179 220 285 85.0 | 98.0 | 109.0 | 103.0 | 85.5
18 | 67 129 177 217 289 | 55.0 | 65.5 | 73.0 | 68.0 | 56.0
Ig | 52 | 126 178 . 226 286 | 64.5 | 82.0 | 83.5 | 78.0 | 62.5
20 | 73 | 117 186 236 288 | 60.0] 68.0 | 71.0 | 68.0 | 60.0
2r | 55 | I05 173 224 303, 53.0 | 63.0 | 67.5 | 67.0 | 57.0
220 | 77 | 125 195 | 260 | 298 | 59.5 | 71.0 75:9 | 73-5 | 59-0
23 47 | II5 162 210 | 266 | 585 | 70.0; 74.5 | 76.0 | 66.0
24. i 69 | 128 | 177 | 219 } 282 | 62.0) 75.0 | 78.5 | 75.0 | 66.0
25 | 105 | 143 170 | 212 282 ; 54.0| 68.0) 72.5 | 74.5 | 63.5
26 | 7I | 133 181 231 289 | 84.0 | Io0.0 104.5 | 99.0 | 80.5
27 | 59 139 | 187 | 237 293 46.0 | 56.0} 585 | 60.0 | 47.0
28 77 124 182 | 225 287 | 55.0] 70.0 | 76.0 | 70.0 | 57.0
29 75 | 118 | 18% | 248 | 293 | 69.0 | 75.0 | 68.5 | 56.5 | 49.0
fe) | 64 128 | 175 224 | 305 47.0 ee oe 60.0 47-5
I 72 135 17 | 223 | 293 | 75-5 | 0.5 | 76.5) 715 se)
2 | 72 | 119 182 | 232 | 291 | 60.0 | 69.0) 76.5 | 73.5 | 64.5
3 | 87 = ee 219 | 282 | 85:5 cat se 5 295 795
4 55 13 I 225 | 300 | 40.0 4.0 7-5 4.0 | 46.0
5 72 | 142 | 185 | 252 | 290 | 60.0 | 71.5 | 80.0] 73.5 | 59.0
6- 84 I4o 188 237 279 56.5 | 73.0; 69.0 | 67.0 | 57.0
7 56 LI7 183 244 | 64.5 Pos 85.0 oe Ue
Ba eps ede eee es er
9 : ~ { 7 . .
4o 65 | 123 171 232 291 | 63.0 | 82.5 | 86.5 | 84.5 | 69.0
Al 77 | 129 | 180 | 230 ; 289 | 54.5 | 62.5 | 67.5 | 62.5 | 54.0
42 46 | 118 | 176 | 248 | 308 61.0 | 79.0} 86.0] 79.0 | 67.5
43 87 | 133 | 173 | 235 281 | 64.0} 82.0 | 86. 81.0 | 71.5
44 57 | 1g | 184 | 235 | 300 | 46.0 | 72.0 | 74.5 ] 69.0 —SLS
Av. | 10.5 |129°% | 179.5 | 220-1 | 288.3 | 65.3 | 80.0 | $3.6 | 80.1 66.4
PLE. M. a : 4.85 | 268 tyes oF | hI. 44 22.93 | +£1.60 +£1.71 #047
Date of Measurement = May 23, Igo2.
Av. = Average.
P. KE. M.= Probable Error of the Mean.

PARTHENOCISSUS QUINQUEFOLIA.

(144)

TasBie II.

LENGTH OF LEAFLETS.

OPERATED SERIES.

PosItIonN AND

Position (in Degrees).

|

Length (in Millimeters).

Leaf
_ | A (po) | £ A | © | (D) E
I 100 I55 | 220 279 | 73.0! 81.0 | 79.0 65.0
2 85 | 139 | 207 279 | 46.5 | 46.5 | 55.5 47.0
3 82 I41 206 299 | 57.5 | 65.0 | 70.0 68.0
4 85 133 | 207 279 8.0 | 69.0 | 76.0 62.5
5 71 | 142 | 231 286 | 63.5 | 71.5 | 77-5 65.5
6 83 142 202 270 | 60.5 | 68.0} 69.0 58.0
7, 61 I41 192 289 | 50.0} 64.0 | 70.0 52.5
8 74 | 146 |} 193 276 | 49.5 | 65.0 | 71.5 52.0
9 72 128 222 274 33.0 | 47.0 | 45.0 31.0
10 56 I4o 195 260 62.5 | 74.0 | 82.0 67.0
Ir 63 II3Z | 200 274 | 59.5 | 79.0 | 77.5 58.0
12 92 142 228 279 55.5 | 67.5 | 76.5 54.5
13 73 134 195 299 | 67.0; 88.0 | 96.0 64.0
14 93 148 | 207 295 63.5 | 89.0 | I00.0 67.0
I5 73 139 | 196 288 | 58.5 | 73.5 | 80.5 59.0
16 97 164 | 216 314 78.5 | 102.0 | 103.0 79.0
17 79 140 | 198 280 | 60.0 4.0 3.0 60.5
18 98 154 196 267 76.0 | 91.5 | 105.5 81.0
I9 Io4 160 199 265 75.5 | 87.5 | 97.0 78.5
20 58 131 205 287 | 56.5 | 73.0 | 79.5 58.0
2i 64 I55 | 226 288 | 40.0] 55.5 | 60.5 55.0
22 68 133 | 192 277 | 91.0 | 102.0 | L105 80.5
23 69 132 | 210 330 | 55.0 | 66.5 | 70.0 50.0
24 93 170 224 286 74.5 | 84.0 | 885 74.0
25 95 158 | 199 288 | 68.0! 75.0 | 83.0 62.5
26 76 135 | 187 281 75.0 | 87.5 | 87.5 71.0
27 56 144 195 289 57.0 | 66.0 | 7I.0 44.5
28 78 149 | 192 275 | 84.5 | 97.0] 97.5 515
29 78 | 134 | 195 275 | 76.0 | 33.5 | 95.0 76.5
Oo 56 138 184 262 50.0 | 60,5 | 66.0 52.5
I 85 152 208 2904 | 51.0} 70.5 | 72.5 56.0
2 83 134 | 183 259 | 64.5 | 84.0 | 86.0 67.5
3 79 137 212 281 65.5 | 75.5 | 72.5 63.0
4 74 139 | 211 290 | 52.0 | 59.0 / 67.5 47.0
5 79 | 139 | 197 287 | 73.0 | 95.0 | 98.0 76.5
6 74 123 193 300 |} 89.0 | 99.0 | 105.5 84.0
7 58 II4 185 273 | 52.5 | 67.5 | 72.5 58.0
8 88 160 | 200 277 | 665 | 84.5 | 89.0 64.5
9 45 139 | 197 312 51.0 | 66.5 | 69.5 48.0
40 84 | 157 | 198 287 | 83.0 | 95.5 | 95.0 80.0
41 70 134 179 287 54.5 | 66.0} 64.5 51.0
42 79 146 | 198 284 | 87.0 | 98.0 | 96.0 86.0
43 44 129 | 194 312 | 42.0 | 56, 60.5 43.0
44 98 158 | 211 294 | 89.5 | 105.5 | 109.0 83.0
45 84 140 | 182 294 | 86.0 | 103.0 | 108.5 84.0
46 88 132 | 186 308 | 59.0] 77.0 | 74.0 50.5
47 73 I41 200 293 50.0 | 62.0 | 67.5 50.0
48 74 168 | 229 298 | 48.0] 59.0 | 63.0 46.5
49 55 | 114 } 199 281 | 48.5 | 63.0 | 65.5 51.0
50 75 135 198 293 55-5 | 68.5 | 76.5 60.0
51 71 123 | 190 268, | 41.0 | 57.0 | 64.5 47.0

(145 )

TABLE I].—( Continued.)

PARTHENOCISSUS cae eels
LEN

Siena SERIES.

POSITION AND

TH OF LEAF

Leaf Position (in Degrees). Length (in Millimeters).

10: je | c|M)] es 4 | 2 | (D) | £
2 43 | 123 | 199 273 | 45.5 | 585 | 65.0 65.5
3 96 157 | 211 270 | 55.5 | 72.0 | 80.0 60.5
4 83 | 147 | 202 244 | 56.5 | 71.5 | 73-5 53-5
5 69 123 | 226 285 | 60. 79.0 | 83.0 59.0
6 80 153 224 255 | 49.0 | 61.5 | 60.5 47.5
7 85 157 228 280 | 45.0 | 56.0 | 61.5 46.5
8 98 158 | 222 342 | 43.0 | 66.5 | 70.0 46.5
9 49 129 195 278 } 55.0 | 65.0 | 74.0 58.5
10 | 63 142 | 221 29 59.0 | 73.0 | 80.0 58.5
I 82 139 | 201 287 | 52.5 | 64.5 | 70.0 51.0
62 | 84 158 214 280 | 63.0 , 78.0 |; 82.5 63.5
63 | $8 153 206 276 | 66.0 79.5 | 80.5 61.0
64 | 60 146 | 223 278 | 80.5 | 99.0 | 107.0 75.0
65 | 89 148 | I94 311 | 50.0 | 74.0 | 82.0 53.0
66 74. 125 220 2904 48.5 | 62.5 65.5 45.5
67 | 84 156 203 286 71.0 | $3.5 | 88.5 71

} oO fel io} oO
Ay. | 76.4 [141.9 | 203.9 285.1 | 61.0 | 14.6 | 19.3 ! 60.6
° ° Ca o Le ah oe |
P.E.M HE2T | &tt7 | #108 j 1,31 | 2013 6 &TIS | £7. 26 | joevee

Date of Operation = April 23, 1902.
Date of Measurement = May 23, Igoz.
Intervening Time = 30 days

Av. = Avera

P. E.

age.
M.= Probable Error of the Mean.

(146)

Taste III.
TRIFOLIUM PRATENSE. ae ne POSITION AND LENGTH
¥ LEAFLE
Leaf No Position (in Degrees). Length (in Millimeters).
x Z x Zz

I I 178 264 25.0 25.0 23.0
2 103 172 255 33-5 34.5 32.0
3 179 262 24.0 26.0 24.0
4 87 177 269 26.5 26.0 26.5
5 94 180 265 23.0 24.0 26.5
6 88 176 269 27.0 25.5 25.0
7 gt 173 262 24.5 27.5 27.0
8 60 168 275 22.5 20.5 19.5
9 14 145 254 16.5 17.5 16.5
Io 45 134 234 13.0 15.5 14.0
Ir 84 169 250 31.5 33.0 31.0
12 62 150 248 22.0 22.5 22.5
13 96 159 240 29.5 31.0 315
14 78 170 242 32.5 36.0 35.0
15 I75 250 24.0 25.5 27.5
16 105 180 257 28.0 26.0 24.0
17 181 286 17.5 17.0 16.5
18 31 133 225 21.0 23.5 23.5
19 67 175 284 21.0 20.0 21.5
20 72 177 278 27.0 25.0 25.5
21 42 132 261 13.5 14.0 16.0
22 102 184 261 23.5 24.0 23.0
23 98 186 265 28.0 27.5 28.5
24 107 202 293 19.5 21.5 22.0
25 I04 184 262 22.5 24.0 28.0
26 10 Agere) 246 18.0 16.5 17.0
27 95 187 273 22.5 23.5 23.0
28 49 153 288 26.5 26,0 27.5
29 5 193 280 23.5 21.5 21.5
30 123 214 315 25.5 23.5 21.0
31 49 146 293 22.5 24.5 23.5
Ay. | tot | acta | get | aan | ona | ono
P. ELM | 3.09 262.35 | #2034 £.59 | #.65 | #63

Date of Measurement = May 5, 1902.
Av. = Average.
P. KE. M.= Probable Error of the Mean.

(147 )

Tas Le IV.
TRIFOLIUM PRATENSE. OPERATED SERIES. POSITION AND LENGTH
OF LEAFLETS.
Leaf No. Position (in Degrees). a __ Length (in Millimeters).
; x 4 (Z) a ¥ (2)
I 120 229 27.5 27.0
2 48 135 20.0 20.0
3 73 169 27.5 26.5
4 7 185 19.0 17.0
5 II5 237 24.0 22.0
6 103 210 18.5 19.5
7 68 177 31.0 31.0
8 120 234 26.5 28.0
9 88 196 31.0 30.5
lo 136 226 24.5 25.0
II Tog 215 14.5 15.0
12 70 192 20.0 19.5
3 6 163 19.5 17.5
14 1I4 224 16.0 17.0
15 76 179 12.5 13.5
16 117 214 16.5 15.0
17 100 218 12.0 IL5
18 I3I 240 15.5 15.0
19 38 137 13.0 IL.o
20 81 207 20,0 21.0
21 118 220 33.0 35-5
22 I74 19.5 18
23 153 268 6.5 6.5
24 136 224 16.5 16.0
25 138 238 31.5 29.0
26 79 212 21.5 20.5
27 92 209 24.0 23.5
28 83 201 19.5 21.5
29 53 181 18.0 19.5
Ce) 64 178 14.5 15.0
r 95 207 16.5 17.0
2 85 245 12.0 IL.5
3 93 203 22.5 23.0
4. 79 18r 31.5 32.0
5 123 189 14.5 14.0
6 I05 211 27.0 26.5
7 I 152 22.0 22.0
8 IIL 215 23.0 26.0
9 2 178 22.5 25.0
4o 85 198 25.5 27.5
41 118 200 38.5 39.0
42 1I4 209 23.0 22.0
43 105 182 30.0 30.5
44 Too 180 355 35-5
45 113, 200 30.0 29.5
46 148 253 20.0 20.0
47 160 233 18.5 18.5
48 77 195 20.5 21.0
49 68 160 15.5 15.0
50 102 188 23.5 22.0
51 165 22.0 22.5

(148 )

TaBLe IV.— Continued.
TRIFOLIUM PRATENSE. OPERATED SERIES. POSITION AND LENGTH
OF LEAFLETS.

Position (in Degrees). Length (in Millimeters).
Leaf No.
x (Z) : (2)
52 go 182 29.5 28.5
53 39 202 22.0 22.0
54 169 280 22.0 23.5
55 144 280 16.0 17.0
56 Biers) 176 22.0 24.5
57 go 180 25.0 24.5
58 100 195 28.0 27.0
59 99 194 22.0 22.0
60 Iol 177 20.5 21.5
61 I20 189 32.5 30.5
62 65 160 13.5 13.5
63 LI 204 28.0 27.5
64 103 205 28.5 28.0
65 113 213 28.0 27.0
66 106 194 32.0 28.0
67 103 186 14.0 14.5
68 132 209 18.0 20.0
69 87 180 25.0 28.0
70 114 189 26.5 27.0
71 I20 207 28.0 26.5
72 99 175 21.5 26.0
73 59 180 15.5 16.5
74, 88 228 19.0 21.0
75 95 184 32.5 31.0
76 112 209 19.5 19.5
77 105 235 21.0 23.0
78 8 173, 21.5 22.0
9 74 210 26.0 27.5
30 22 116 22.5 22.5
I 116 220 24.0 25.0
2 130 220 20.5 23.0
3 103 293 27.5 26.0
4 86 186 21.0 23.0
5 52 153 20.0 19.0
6 108 228 13.0 14.5
7 103, 189 20.5 21.0
fo) oO
AY. 96.2 200.4 22.2 22.4
P.E.M. £2.00 2.20 HAT +146

Date of Operation

ig — Avera age

= April 14, 1902.

1 da
Sauk Error of thie Mean.

( 149 )

TABLE V.
LUPINUS ALBUS. NORMAL SERIES. POSITION AND LENGTH
oF LEAFLETS
Leaf Position (in Degrees). Length (in Millimeters).

No A B D E A E
I 54 | 122 | 177 | 248 | 327 || 28.4! 33.7 | 34.91 35.1 | 268
2 53 125 | 185 | 243 | 302 27.2; 31.2 | 32.9 | 31.4] 27.6
3 68 123 | 186 } 244 | 300 22.5 |} 27.6 | 31.5 | 26.0 | 21.1
4 46 127) 187 | 247 ; 315 30.2 | 31.2] 32.2 | 32.1 | 31.7
5 43 94 165 219 283 24.2} 29.1 | 29.8 | 28.2 | 24.1
6 48 114 176 | 250 | 315 25.3 | 324 |) 34.3 | 30.8] 26.7
7 61 122 183, 238 | 290 26.2 | 28.9 | 32.5 | 33.3 | 26.7
8 55 110 183 250 | 287 27.2 | 34.3 | 35.6 | 32.8 1 28.2
9 57 108 167 | 224 | 294 22.4) 25.3) 28.6 | 26.7 | 21.7
Io 34 I7o | 252 | 317 25.9 | 30.0 | 32.4 | 31.2 | 27.3
II 59 112 182 257 | 301 25.1} 31.0 | 31.7 | 31.4 | 26.3
I2 62 113 174 | 247 302 27.0 | 309 | 32.4 | 29.6 | 25.4
13 63 T17_ | 186 | 255 | 301 20.6 | 25.8! 28.5 | 285 | 22.7
14 56 108 | 175 235 | 292 26.9 | 30.8 |} 30.8 | 29.5 | 26.5
15 83 142 | 208 | 254 | 330 23.1 | 28.5 | 29.5 | 27.2 | 21.7
16 52 103 172 | 246 | 318 26.3 | 29.1 | 30.4 | 30.3 | 25.8
Ay. | 55.9 | 114.7 | 179.7 | 244.1 | 304.6 || 25.5 | 30.0 | 31.7 | 30.3 | 25.6

o te} co] oO °

PEM £19 2.1 41.8 | £18 22.6 &.43 k.40 #235 +45 #.40

Date of pac nec ee rne
P.E.

March 24, 1902.

obable Error of the Mean.

Av.= ee age.

(150)

Tasie VI.
LUPINUS ALBUS. OPERATED SERIES. POSITION AND LENGTH
OF LEAFLETS.
Leaf | Position (in Degrees). Length (in Millimeters).
ae: 4/2 [e¢|[@M] 2 A B c |W) | &
I 60 128 | 227 302 25.9 | 30.8 | 30:9 25.9
2 86 142 | 218 321 28.4 | 31.9 | 33.8 25.7
3 g2 160 | 226 318 23.3 | 27.8! 28.2 21.3
4 142 235 302 7 30.5 | 27.6 | 23.4 27.2
5 | 119 | I7I | 233 47 || 31.4 | 34.8] 30.7 25.6
6 270 38 122 200 29.3 | 26.5 | 32.3 32.8
7: 337 48 | 113 260 24.0 | 28.0} 30.0 23.2
8 171 231 | 299 87 29.4 | 28.1 | 22.8 26.9
9 11g 195 | 266 15 25.1 | 28.4 | 27.3 18.3
Io 98 172 | 239 37 23.0 | 27.3 | 27.7 19.5
II 62 145 | 230 313 17.7 | 22.8 | 23.5 19.0
12 68 139 | 214 305 26.8 | 31.9 | 30.8 24.7
13 62 123 {| 196 305 22.1 | 26.9} 28.8 25.7
I4 8 153 | 219 338 22.3 | 24.4 | 22.7 18.8
15 335 39 | 106 230 || 23.8 | 29.9 | 29.6 20.1
16 5 118 198 278 21.2 | 26.6 | 31.9 21.8
17 92 I9I | 268 28 Ig.I | 22.8 | 26.4 20,2
18 42 108 | 179 280 24.0 | 31.8 | 32.3 30.0
1g 309 82 134 226 20.0} 25.8 | 28.7 26.2
20 34 118 | 199 302 19.7 | 26.0 | 28.7 24.0
21 9 9 163 264 19.5 | 29.4 | 33.0 28.0
22 56 115 | 204 293 || 31.0} 35.5 | 33-4 21.9
23 46 118 | 219 327 23.5 | 26.2 | 28.3 18.9
24 25 Wi5 | 197 265 39.3 | 37-7 | 37-5 27.0
25 94 163 237 315 23.2 | 27.7 | 27.1 21.3
26 55 129 | I9QI 2g1 22.0 | 25.0 | 25.5 21.8
27 125 179 | 243 63 28.0 | 29.3 | 31.7 24.5
28 126 220 305 45 21.4 | 25.9 | 26.4 23.2
29 36 86 | 178 286 26.0 | 27.0 | 27.7 26.0
fe) 62 125 | 186 292 17.8 | 21.0} 23.8 23.3
I 84 154 | 233 I7 26.3 | 25.2 | 29.3 25.1
2 72 132 | 204 312 25.0 | 25.1 | 27.9 23.7
3 62 142 | 220 321 22.7 | 26.6} 25.9 22.2
4 64 | I22 | 188 305 || 30.8 | 33.3 | 34.6 21.7
5 65 125 Igo 206 22.6 | 23.7 | 27.8 22.8
6 59 127 | 230 310 18.7 | 23.7 | 24.9 20.0
37 vie) IIo 193 313 22.2 | 26.6 | 30.6 24.9
8 75 138 | 206 318 28.3 | 33.2 | 32.7 23.6
9 64 r17_ | 182 330 25.7 | 28.0 | 31.6 29.8
40 57 134 221 344 19.6 | 24.9 | 27.7 24.1
41 134 212 | 267 40 31.8 | 33.2 | 36.6 31.9
42 250 315 69 207 21.3 | 19.7 | 27.0 24.9
43 325 75 | 133 233 21.1 | 29.3 | 29.6 22.5
44 54 136 | 203 321 23.3 | 26.6 | 28.0 20.3
45 342 5 159 285 22.3 | 27.1 | 27.1 25.0
46 59 131 210 314 23.3 | 28.3.) 31.4 20.1
47 325 7 157 241 22.0 | 25.9 | 26.8 23.9
48 120 176 | 224 52 21.6 | 24.4 | 28.6 21.1
49 23 Io2 | I61 283 25.7 | 31.8] 32.6 25.1
50 77 153 ; 238 323 26.0 | 28.4 | 30.0 21.9
51 47 124 | 204 331 21.7 | 26.8 | 25.0 20.8

(151)

TABLE V1.—Contrnued.

LUPINUS ALBUS. OPERATED SERIES. POSITION AND LENGTH
OF LEAFLETS.

Leaf Position (in Degrees). | Length (in Millimeters).
ne )¢ | ml) 2. 4] 27 | ¢ lw] E
4 — i "

52 | 42 | 115 | 175 | 275 | 27-7 32.7 | 37.3 | 25.3
53 | 334 46 | 162 | 265 25.0 | 29.7 | 20.4
AV. | 58:2 | 1260 203.0 | 313.8 | 24.1 | 27.8 | 29.2 | 28.7
a ae oe ene en ee care |
~K.M.) 45.1 #465 +42 aes 4.34 1 +.34 +.33 +30

Date of Operation = February II, 1902.
Date of Measurement = March 24, 1902.
Intervening Time = 41 day

age.

P. E. M. = Probable Error of the Mean.

Tue REsULTs.

The changes produced in the leaf-system as a result of the
removal of one leaflet may be conveniently grouped under
three heads:

1. Changes in the pos/tion of the leaflets.

2. Changes in the zu¢erva/s between the leaflets.

3. Changes in the /exgth of the leaflets.

Under each of these three heads we will consider, first the
changes in Parthenocissus, then in Trzfolium and finally
in Lupinus. ‘This is not the chronological order of the ex-
periments, but is preferable to the latter because of the com-
plex relations found to exist in the last-mentioned species.

Changes in the Posztion of the Leaftets.

Parthenocissus guinguefolta.— Uniting and comparing the
average positions as found in Tables I and IH we get the
changes shown in Table VII. A has moved 5.9° ina clock-
wise (+) direction, B 12.2° and C 24.4° in the same direction
while Z has moved a short distance (3.2°) in an anti-clockwise
(—) direction. It wiJl be noticed that the sum of the probable
errors isin each case well below the difference of the averages.
The whole change in the leaf system is graphically shown in
JS. 6, in which the leaflet positions are carefully drawn to scale,

(152 )

Tasie VII.
PARTHENOCISSUS QUINQUEBFOLIA. CHANGE OF POSITION OF LEAFLETS.
A B c D E
oO ° o fe] oO o o o

Normal Series. 70.5 #IY.51/ 129.7 .85]179.5 + .68)229.1-41.22 288. 3-1, 07
Operated Series. 76.4 +7 1.21 | 141.9 + 1.17 | 203.9 + 1.08 285.I-41.31
Differ ° ° ° °
Changec of Position. +59 + 12.2 + 244 — 8.2
2P.E. M. Pe roe al :8 ey

2 P. EK. M.=Sum of the Probable Errors of the Normal and Operated Series,

the unbroken lines representing the average normal positions
and the broken lines the average operated positions.
interesting points are brought out by a study of this diagram.
In the first place, the changes are evidently in some way con-

T (One half natural size.) arthenocissus quinguefolia.
normal — lines) and average operated (dotted lines) position and

length of leafle

Two

Average

nected with a closing up of the gap left after the removal
If this were the only factor we would ex-
pect the closing up to take place symmetrically from the two

of leaflet D.

sides.

Thus we ought to get a large plus motion in C and B

(153)

and a correspondingly large minus motion in # and A. In-
stead of this we find practically all the changes in C and B.
£ shows only a very slight minus motion while A shows a
slight plus motion. This brings us to the second point:
the change of position ts almost entirely confined to the leaf-
lets which are left in an unsymmetrical position with respect
to the petiole axis and the change in thems directed toward
the production of a four-leaved symmetrical figure.
Trifolium pratense. — The changes here are obtained by
a comparison of the averages in Tables III and IV. e find
(Table VIII) a motion of + 28.7° in leaflet 7 as a result of
the operation and a motion of + 16.8° in leaflet X. As be-
TasLe VIII.

TRIFOLIUM PRATENSE. CHANGE OF POSITION OF LEAFLETS.

x Y Zz
o o ° fo} ° °
Normal Series. 79.4 + 3.09 I7l.7 42.35 | 264.7 + 2.34
Operated Series. 96.2 + 2.00 | 200.4 = 2.20
Difference — Change of . °
Position. ae eet
o °
=P. E. M. +£5.09 £4.55

(X1%-) Trifolium pratense. Average normal (unbroken lines)
and average operated (dotted lines) position and length of leaflets.

( 154)

fore, the sums of the probable errors of the averages are well

below the changes of position.

of these changes is given in /. 7.
maining after the operation show a considerable movement
The removal of leaflet Z left the
other two leaflets unsymmetrical with respect to the petiole

in a clockwise direction.

axis.

A graphical representation

Both of the leaflets re-

Their condition therefore corresponds in all essential

points with that of leaflets C and B of Parthenocissus and in
like manner we find that the change in leaflet 2 is very
similar to that in C’, while the change in Y is similar to that
in B. Wemay therefore here also consider the regulation
as a step toward the production of a symmetrical system, a
two-leaved one tn this case.

Lupinus albus. — A comparison of the averages in Tables
V and VI gives us a change in position of + 23.3° in C,
+ 11.3° in B, — 2.7° in A, and + 9.2° in & (Table IX).
Here as before the sum of the probable errors is considerably

Tasie IX.
LUPINUS ALBUS (ALL CASES). CHANGE OF POSITION OF LEAFLETS.
A B Cc D Ez
oO ° fe} ° fs} ° fe] o ° °

Normal Series. 55-94 1.9 | 114.7 2.1 | 179.741.8 | 244.118 | 304.6 + 2.6
Operated Series. 53-.245.1 | 126.04 4.5 | 203.04 4.2 313.8 + 5.3
Differ oO a oO o
change sof Position. 2 +18 128.3 +9.2

o ° °
=P. E. M. 7.0 46.6 6.0 2 9

less than the difference of the averages in C and B, but in A
it is greater than the difference and in £ it is very nearly
An examination of Table VI shows
us a great lack of uniformity in the resultant positions of the
leaflets and the unusually large probable errors are due to

equal to the difference.

this fact.

The leaflets have in many cases moved forward or

backward over the surface of the petiole and as a result we
have a mass of figures which at first sight seems impos-
sible of resolution into uniform data, but a closer study
enables us to get at some points which are perhaps the most

interesting of all those made out in these experiments.

It

(155 )

may be well again to emphasize the fact that there is no doubt
of this wide range of movement, because the scar of the re-
moved leaflet in all cases served as a point of orientation in
determining the identity of the leaflets.

Before going on with the analysis of Table VI let us take
the averages as they stand. Considering the great range of
positions which the operated series includes the differences
of the averages show a striking similarity to those of Par-
thenocissus. In fact leaflets C and B show almost identical
movements in the two cases. In A and & however the con-

Fie. 8 (X1%.) Lupinus albus (all cases), Average normal (un-
broken lines) and average operated (dotted lines) position and length of
leaflets. (The dotted line at # is incorrectly placed ; it should be 11.3° from
the unbroken line. )
siderable number of cases in which the leaflets have moved
over the surface of the petiole has left a minus influence in A
and a plus influence in £ (see f. 8), but in neither A nor &
is the change sufficient to destroy the general similarity to
Parthenoctssus and we have here the same tendency toward
the production of a symmetrical four-leaved system.

(156)

Let us turn now to the analysis of the apparently complex
data of Table VI. In the operated series of Parthenocissus
and 7rzfolium we found no case of the rotation of a leaflet
over the surface of the petiole. In Lupznus, however, we
find 20 such cases out of a total of 53, leaving only 33 in
which the leaflets retain the normal relation. A further ex-
amination of the 20 former cases shows us that in eleven the
rotation has brought the petiole into the interval between C
and £&, in eight into the interval AZ, and in one into the
interval BC. It is moreover found that the leaflets in their
rotation either stop far short of the petiole or else go a con-
siderable distance past it, and as the movement of the particu-
lar leaflet which is nearest to the petiole is involved in the
movement of the leaf system as a whole, we get four marked
maxima of position corresponding to the four different inter-

TABLE X.

LUPINUS ALBUS (MINOR ROTATIONS). CHANGE OF POSITION OF LEAFLETS.

A B c D E
a Lanna sue 55.9 +a 19 114.7 + 21 179.7 + 18 2A4I tb 13 304.6 Fd 26
pera a eries.
oe ) 57.9 2.0 | 126.9+1.9 | 203.24 2.4 305.8 +: 2.3
Difference — M4 v °, :
Change of Position. +20 +122 +23.5 +12
2 P.E.M. £39 nr é da

Minor Rotations = Cases in the operated series of Lupinus albus in which the

petiole retains its position in ZA.

vals occupied by the petiole. The significance of the ten-
dency of the leaflets to avoid a position directly above the
petiole will be discussed more fully in our consideration of
the change in the value of the intervals. At present it is only
necessary to bring out the fact that the 33 operated cases in
which the normal relations are retained and which will be
called the cases of minor rotation, correspond to the whole
series of operated cases in Parthenocissus and therefore
serve as a more rational basis of comparison. Taking the
averages of the normal series of Lupinus as found in Table V

(157 )

and comparing with them the averages of the 33 cases of minor
rotation in Table VI, we get the results shown in Table X.

We see here that the changes in the position of A and &
are very slight, in fact within the sum of the probable errors
of the averages. On the other hand the changes in B and
C are almost identical with those of the corresponding leaf-
lets in Parthenoctssus. FF. 9 gives the changes in diagram-
matic form.

(X 1%.) Lupinus albus (minor rotations only). Average nor-
mal Na aan Roos and average operated (dotted lines) position and
length of leafle

To sum up the change of position in the leaflets as a result
of the removal of one of their number we find, first, fat
there zs a movement tending to close up the large interval left
by the operation and, second, that this movement ts almost
entirely confined to the two leafiets left in an unsynimetrical
position as a direct result of the operation. Further, in these
two leaflets the movement in the one nearest to the cut is
approximately twice as great as in the other, a condition
which in the five-leafed forms would lead to an equal increase
in the intervals AB and BC if leaflet A remained stationary,

(158)

Changes in the Intervals between the Leaflets.

From the average positions in Tables I to VI we are able to
determine the average values of the intervals between the leaf-
lets in the different cases. This enables us to get at the
changes in the intervals as a result of the operation. As
stated before, the changes in position seem to be aimed at a
closing up of the large interval left by the removed leaflet. A
study of the interval changes throws some further light on this
point. #. 6,7, 8 and g show us these changes in diagram-
matic form and should be referred to in the following discus-
sion. The average values of the intervals in Parthenocissus
as obtained from Tables I and II are shown in Table XI, in
which each of the intervals is designated by the two leaflets

TABLE XI.

PARTHENOCISSUS QUINQUEFOLIA. CHANGE IN THE INTERVALS
EEN THE LEAFLETS.

AB BC CD4+DE=CE EA
Normal Series 59.2°!} 49. 8° 49.6° ++- 59.2° = 108.89 |142.2°
Operated Series. 65.5° | 62.0 81.2° 151.3°
Diff. = Change in Interval. |+6.3° | +-12,2° —~-27.6° +9.1°

which form its boundaries. We see that the interval CZ has
been decreased by 27.6°, the decrease being accompanied
by an increase in AB of 6.3°, in BC of 12.2° and in ZA
of g.1°.

Trifolium pratense. —Table XII gives us the values of
the intervals as obtained from Tables III and IV. The re-

TABLE XII.
TRIFOLIUM PRATENSE, CHANGE IN THE INTERVALS BETWEEN
THE LEAFLETS
XY | ¥2Z4ZN = VX
Normal Series. 92. a 93.0° + 174.7° = 267.7°
Operated Series. 104.2 255°.8
Diff. = Change in Interval. +11.9° | —11.9°

sults show a decrease of 11.9° in the interval 2?<¥ and a like
increase in YY.

(159)

Lupinus albus. —In considering the intervals here we
have obviously the same difficulties encountered in dealing
with the positions. Here also the average of all the operated
cases will be dealt with first and this will be followed by a
treatment of the special cases. From the general averages
of Tables V and VI we get the intervals shown in Table XIII.
Taking into consideration in the operated series only the 33

TaBLE NIII.
LUPINUS ALBUS (ALI, CASES). CHANGE IN THE INTERVALS BETWEEN
TH :

E LEAFLETS
| 4B | BC CD + DE=CE EA
Normal Series. » 58.89 65. 0° 64.4° + 60.5° == 124.9° | 111.3?
Operated Series. ' 728° | 77.0 I10,8° 99.4°

i4+42.0° — 14.49 —11.9°

Difference = Change in fe
Interval. ee

cases in which the petiole remains in the interval ZA, we get
the results given in Table XIV

TaBLe XIV.
LUPINUS ALBUS (MINOR ROTATIONS). CHANGE IN THE INTERVALS
BETWEEN THE LEAFLETS.

| AB BC CD + DE = CE EA

Normal Series. 58. 3° 65.0° 64.4° + 60.5° = 124.9° ILI.3°

Operated Series. : i

Petiole in ZA (33 cases). cae | 76.3° : 102.6° 112.1°

ela ote — eee in +40.2° Law. a — 99,3° | 4g
d

The changes in the intervals : as A eeere out by the differ-
ences between the averages in the cases of minor rotation and
the normal cases (Table XIV and / g) show a very close
approximation to a condition in which nearly all the rotation
has been confined to B and C and in which C has moved
twice as far as @. Such a rotation would, as stated on page
157, give us an equal increase in intervals AB and BC and
no change in interval HA. Here we get an increase of 10.2°
in AB, of 11.3° in BC, and of .8° in A, a very close agree-
ment indeed. In Parthenocissus a similar result is not ob-

( 160 )

tained because of a considerable plus movement of A and
minus movement of &, the two combining to increase the in-
terval ZA (see Tables VII and XI and f#. 6).

When we take all the operated cases of Lupinus into con-
sideration (Table XIII) the regulations concerned in the
closing of interval CE are confused by the effect of the petiole
position upon the intervals which come under its influence.
As stated above (page 156) the leaflets show a marked ten-
dency either to stop far short of the petiole or to swing con-
siderably beyond it. A preliminary glance is sufficient to
show the great influence this must have upon the value of an
interval containing the petiole. The value of the interval
FA in the 33 operated cases, in which the petiole remains
there is 112.1° (Table XIV). Adding to these the 20 cases
in which the petiole has moved away we get an average for
the whole 53 cases of 99.4°, a clear decrease of 12.7° even in
this mixed lot (Table XIII). If now we get the value of
each interval, first in the cases in which it contains the petiole

TABLE XV.

LUPINUS ALBUS. DETERMINATION OF THE VALUE OF THE PETIOLE
FacrTor.

AB BC CE EA

Cases not including
; A No. of Cases. 45 52 42 20
Petiole in Interval. Average of Intervals. | 70° | 74° | 104° | 75°
Cases including

: No. of Cases. 8 I II 33
ees ae Average of Intervals. 99° | 114° | 145° | 112°

Group B— Group A= : ; ;
Petiole Patter. -+-29° | +40° | +.414° | +37°
Average Value :

of Petiole Factor. +37

and then in the cases in which the petiole is elsewhere, the
difference between the two values should, other things being
equal, give us the influence of the petiole upon the interval.
Such a scheme is given in Table XV, which gives first the
values of the respective intervals when they do not contain
the petiole and then the values with the petiole. The second

(161 )

group minus the first gives us the increase due to the presence

of the petiole or, in other words, the petdole factor.

2

this means we arrive at a value of approximately + 37°,
which represents the tncrease inan interval as a result of the

presence of the petiole within tt.

Considering the character

of the experiments the similarity in the values obtained from
the different intervals is very striking. Thus we get 29°
from the interval AB, 40° from BC, 41° from CE and 347°

from ZA.

It should be noticed that in the last case, that of

ZA, where the distribution between the two groups is most
even, we have the closest agreement with the average, as we

should expect.

Changes in the Length of the Leaflets.
Parthenocissus guinguefolia.— A comparison of the lengths
of the leaflets in the normal series with those in the operated
series, is given in Table XVI, which is derived from Tables I

and II,

We find that each of the leafiets shows a considerable

decrease and this decrease in each case is above the sum of
the probable errors of the averages.

Trifolium pratense. The changes in length as figured
out from Tables III and IV are given in Table XVII. The
general result is very similar to that obtained in Parthenocis-
sus the percentage of decrease being nearly the same.

Lupinus albus.— The changes in length as figured out

from Tables V and VI are given in Table XVIII.

If we

TABLE XVI.

PARTHENOCISSUS QUINQUEFOLIA.

CHANG

E IN LENGTH OF LEAFLETS,

(MEASUREMENTS ARE IN MILLIMETERS.)

| A | B c | D E
Normal Series. 65.3 + 1.44] 80.0 + 2.93 eran 80.1 13.71 | 66.4 + 1.47
Operated Series. 61.0+1.13| 74.64 1.15 | 79.3 + 1.26 60.6 + 1.00
Difference = Change = —5.4 ar —58
EP. EM. #257 | 4.08 42.86 | £2.47
Per cent. of Change.| —6.6% | —6.1% —5.1% | 8.2%,
Average Change. | —6.8%

(162 )

TABLE

XVII.

TRIFOLIUM mara ese In LENGTH OF LEAFLETS

(MEASURE-
NTS ARE IN MILLIMETERS.)
xX ¥ Zz

Normal Seri 3.7.59 24.1 + .65 24.0 & .63
alae Serie fae + .47 22.44 .46

Difference = Chane in Length. —L7
=P. EH. M. +1 2 A1,41
Per cent. of Change. —6.3% —T.1%
Average Change. —6.7%,

LUPINUS ALBUS (ALL CasEs).
(M

TABLE XVIII.

EASUREMENTS ARE IN MILLIMETERS

CHANGE IN LENGTH OF LEAFLETS.
Ss.)

A B D E
Normal Ser ies. 25.5 xt -43/30.0 + .40]/31.7 + .35]30.3 + .45 25. 6 + .40
Operated Seri 24.1 ~ .34/27.8 & .34/29.2 7.33 3.7 + .30
Difference — = Change in

gth. —I.4 —2.2 —2.5 —1.9
=P. E.M. 2.97 74 .68 =b.70

Per cent. of Change. —5.5% | —7.8% | —%.9% —TA%

Average Change. —T.0%

take only the cases of minor rotation in the operated series
we get the changes shown in Table XIX. Although the
values in the two tables are nearly alike it will be better

LUPINUS ALBUS (MINOR RoTaTIONS).
(Mza

TasLe XIX,

CHANGE IN LENGTH OF LEAFLETS.

SUREMENTS ARE IN MILLIMETERS. )
A B Cc D E
1 Series.
Seca 25.5 + 43 | 30.0 40 | 31.74.35 | 30.3 + 45] 25.6 + .40
Operated Series
(33 cases. ) 23.92.41 | 28.24.45 | 29.6 + .44 23.4: .35
Difference = -_ ae = _
Change in Length. 1.6 18 2.1 2.2
=P. E. M. + 84 + .86 #.79 75
reen of De-
ene — 6.3% — 6.0% — 6.6% — 8.6%
Av. of all Leaflets.

— 6.9%,

(163 )

for the sake of comparison with the other species to take the
values represented in Table XIX, as it will be seen later that
there is some correlation between change of position and
change of length. In“ 6-9 we have a representation of the
changes in length, in each of the four cases, together with
the other features mentioned before.

Comparing the three species as regards the change in
length we get an average decrease of 6.8 per cent. in Par-
thenocissus, of 6.7 per cent. in Zr7foliwm and of 6.9 per
cent. in Luprnus (7.0 per cent. in the last named if we con-
sider all the cases). This gives us an average decrease of

.8 per cent.as the result of the removal. When we take
into consideration the striking uniformity in the results, the
fact that in each case the difference representing the change
is greater than the sum of the probable errors of the averages,
and above all the care exercised in securing uniformity in the
two series of one species, we must conclude that the removal
of one of the leaflets tn the compound leaves of the three spe-
cies mentioned directly inhibits the growth of the remaining
leaftets.

As was hinted above there is yet another matter con-
cerning the changes in length which seems to be of great
interest. This concerns again the operated series of Lupinus
albus as givenin Table VI. The great variety of rotations
furnishes a basis for a consideration of the relation between
the length of a leaflet and its position. We have shown in
Table XVIII that the general averages of Lupinus albus ex-
hibit a very uniform decrease when we compare the whole
operated series with the normal one. What will be the re-
sult if we separate the cases into groups as already done in
the treatment of the intervals? If the length of a leaflet is at
all correlated with its position in the leaf-system may we not
find some indication of it here? Obviously the differences
with which we must deal in this case are dangerously near
the sums of the probable errors of the averages, but if we get
anything like uniformity in the different cases we should not
hesitate to attach importance to the results.

( 164 )

Let us take first the 33 cases in which the petiole remains
in ZA, as already collected in Table XIX. The changes of
position from the normal are here so slight that the group
may serve as a basis for our comparison because we ma
consider any change of length to be unaffected by the addi-
tion of a factor due to change of position. The changes of
position with which we shall have to deal are those involving
a rotation from a more basal to a more terminal position or
vice versa. Such changes may be most directly measured
in terms of the cosine of the position angle. If # is the posi-
tion angle an increase in the value of I —cos & indicates a
change from a more basal to a more terminal position, while
a decrease indicates the opposite change. Fig. ro illustrates

P

FIG. Io. Diagram to illustrate method of measuring the basal-terminal
component of rotation. OP= petiole position. Ox, and Ox,= leaflet
positions.
this in diagrammatic form. Thus if OP is the petiole posi-
tion, Ox, the leaflet position in the normal series, and
the leaflet position in the operated series, the change of posi-
tion as regards the basal-terminal direction is represented by
the distance y, y, = Oy, + Oy, which may be obtained from
the equation

(1—cos £*,OP)— (1 —cos £«,OP) = y,4,.

(165 )

The value is obviously a positive one in this case, while if
Ox, represents the normal position and Ox, the operated posi-
tion, the change is a negative one.

The data resulting from this treatment are given in Tables

~f2n +Lila
= E
+100. +1.0aun,

Fic. 11. (Natural size. -) Lupinus albus (petiolein 48). Only two leaf-

change of basal-terminal position. Number below = corresponding change
ngth.

XX, XXI and XXII. In each of these we have in the first
place the length of the leaflets in the particular group in ques-
tion compared with the normal length. Then we have the

(Natural size.) Lupinus albus (petiole in BC). Only two leaf-

change of basal-terminal position. Number below — corresponding change
in lengt

average normal position and the average position in the oper-
ated group. Below these are the comparisons of the positions

( 166 )

which give us the basal-terminal change in terms of the radius
of the circle of reference. Then comes a repetition of the
length-changes in the group. Below this are the average
changes of length in the cases where the petiole is in 4A,
which, as stated above, serve as the basis of comparison be-
cause they are uninfluenced by position factors. Finally we

. 13. (Natural si: size.) Lupinus albus (petiolein CZ). Only two leaflets

change of basai-terminal position. Number below = corresponding change
in length

get the difference between the ‘‘ #A” changes in length and
the changes in length in the particular group in question.
These are to be compared with the basal-terminal changes of
position given three spaces above them. Figs. 11, 12 and
13 give these relations in diagrammatic form respectively for
Tables XX, XXI and XXII, but include only the most pro-
nounced positive change of position and the most pronounced
negative change in each case.

( 167 )

‘sonsIOyId = ‘Bid

‘aSeIOAYy = AY

Wydua'y = ae

‘snIpBl Jo 4)300'] =
"P2JEIPTL SS[MIOTJO SSI]UN siajaMII] [IM UT oe a neney

. : ren : ope . ee ‘Va pur gy Uf 90}}Id
wae OTF Heed Or uarur QT WISW9T UVsVAJaq ooUNIIETIC
are io Pome ae. Pa™
oe hg 8 x1 ajoljed ‘yysua’y ut seen
vi oz — gz gz — “BT uradsaEyqD Suipuodsasi09
F dees aes —_ *(s' 809— J) —(z 809 — J)
4IVT+ 4 86 488 486 = UoTIseg Jo oSurqg
409% 4+ 4 tL + 4og° + 41% ‘EZ soo — 1
4ch +t 4¢bhr1+ 400% + 4@vi-+ 4b¢h+ ‘Ss Sod — I
‘L a[say = (saseo g)
of 9 F oS zbz oO'V = OL'Str ot PF 199 ofS =F gl Ze IF Werzoyjed ‘savas
peyeredQ = ‘uoTIsog ‘AY
are ‘ : eee ee sai’ Bs 3ny =
59° E og'ok ol =F o'bbz oS'l = of6L1 oUF ofbrI pero Jeg Ene ae
ITI I of = St — og’ + g’'t — triyrgz— qy8ue'] ul adueqg = ‘gid
ae ee pee eg ‘(sas g) JP UE ajoned
1g oF bbz Iv = 762 ov =F ale IL = 67 -soLag payeiedo ‘3 AY
cas = t —- cee =o *(saseo
ob = g'Sz Cy =F Loft oe =F Le ov = o'of Cp se oS gt) sayiag jemon “ST AY
q @ 2 g ¥
‘(SHSVO 8) YY NI WIOMAd ‘SASIV SONIAN’T

NOILISOgd NI HONVHD GNV HLONA’T NI JONVHD NESMLEG NOLLVTIHUAOD

“XX FTav GE

beatae —
‘qis0r] = al
‘sniper Jo qysuey = #4
‘PAIVOIPUL ISIMAITIJO SSI[ON SIAJIWII] [IM UL VIB syHIMAIMsBayL

( 168 )

: : : ae . are : eee ‘PT pat Dg Uy 9[OHog
aa maar 9°G eas vate 9°% WFu9] UVM Jeg VOMIT
—— : ? : ‘pA UW
ue ae aa ot — one *WIBus'] uy agueyqD
. ; . ‘ ‘qydae']
as oo pOLee a UL esuenqs aivprodessi05
. ° . 7 809 — PT) — soo —
4801+ 498 — 480 J00 | ian
4S0r + 4g 462° Ave + *[ sod — I
ach -- Abbi + peas poate 4ry + “$509 — I
°f a80y = (aseo 1)
90° L0z 90°69 oor Sie 90'0SZ Dg ULezoneag ‘sapag
peyeiedQ 9 ‘WOTTIsog ‘AY
: 3 — I
oF OG HO oS l += ol bez oS l = of GLI elt =F of'VII Ol F Q6°SS eee seas -
: : : : "T}80e] Ut asueyo
aa aa eae es ? = soms1ag IC
: . : : aseo I) Dg UL aonag
6 bz ole £61 C1z AS payeredg *3-] “ay
ob = 9'Sz Sh =E S08 oe: Le oF =F oof eb =e SSz sieaaieuon ae
z a 2 g v |

‘NOMISOd NI HONVHD ANY HIONH’] NI SONVAD NHHMIEG NOWLVINWIOD ‘(HSVD 1) DY NI HIOWN_ ‘SOWIV SONTAN’T

“IxXxX FIVE

( 169 )

‘QBVIVAY == "AY
‘Wysue’'y = 3]

‘sniper jo qysuey = 4
“POJBSIPUL ISTO JO SSaTUN SIaJIUIT]][IM UT o1v sjousInsvayT

VHT pue go UW eoned

ae ae a chee GGT WIFuIT wo9sijaq souasayig
: ae : ey ‘PW Ul soneg
Cee He gi gT "Y}8ue’] ut asueyD
‘t “oe : : Dakieciag
yt ve ere a or Uy a3ueqD Surpuodsas105
i — : : ‘(S$ 809—1) — (7 809—])
4E1 498 4gg° 410T + = UOTIs0g Jo asuvyy
410° 4- 4bri1+ ALGI+ 4191+ *£ S09 —I
acy + 40Vr + 400° 4eprt 4b + ‘S'sod — 1
LZ a8ay = (seseo 11)
oO V = of'9V 029 =F of 19z of SF yt p61 oS + Q$'0z1 FI Wi yJouad ‘satieg
payerado ‘NOTISOg "AY
‘S say
09% =F oF FOL oS LF ol bbe oS l + Qf'6L1 ol @-F o£ PII oO l =F 68S == (sased 91) ‘sotieg
TenHION ‘moRIsod “AY
611 FoI — 601 = ye — 11S te Serio + atag qysu9'y
: ce “(sasea
6L° = ovbe VL = Cgz th = OLz Ig’ + I'gz II) FD Ur sjorag
‘satiag payeredg ‘Sy ‘ay
eine =o. “=p aes =e *(saseo
ob = 9'Sz Sv Cok So Le ob = o'of th = SSz gt) sarzag yemuon “ST “AY
ca a 2 x v

‘NOILISOd NI HONVHD UNV HLONF’T NI HONVHD NARA LAG NOILVTHUIOD

‘UIXX FTV

‘(SHSVD II) WD NI WIOMLG ‘sng’Iy sANTao’y

(170 )

An examination of the above tables and figures brings out
the following points: If we take in each group the leaflet
which has the greatest positive change of position, z. ¢., the
greatest change from a more basal toa more terminal location,
and the leaflet which has the greatest opposite change, we get
a very striking result. /n each case where there ts a con-
stderable rotation from a more basal to a more terminal post-
tzon we get a relative increase in length and where there ts
an opposite rotation we get a relative decrease in length.
Using the ‘‘ 4A” length-changes as our basis of comparison
we get in the ‘“ AB” group a change in length of + 1.0 mm.
for the greatest plus change of position and of — 1.0 mm. for
the greatest minus change. Likewise in the ‘* BC” group
we get a change of + 1.5 mm. for the greatest plus change
of position and of — 2.6 mm. for the greatest minus change.
In the ‘“C#” group in a similar way we have a length-
change of + 2.2 mm. for the greatest plus position change
and of — 1.3 mm. for the greatest minus position change.

It will be noticed that some of the leaflets with a compara-
tively small change of position show a variation in the rela-
tion to length, but this is certainly to be expected from the
nature of the experiments.

The small number of cases in each group and the conse-
quent large probable error of the averages is more than
counteracted by the great uniformity of results, and it would
certainly be surprising if the latter did not indicate a true
correlation.

GENERAL REMARKS.

The facts brought out by the foregoing experiments seem
to indicate that we have here a very fruitful and as yet prac-
tically untouched field for the study of the correlations of
plant members. The interesting regulations of position and
length which we have found in the leaflets of the compound
leaf indicate the need of an extension of the method to leaves
in other morphological relations as well as to different organs
of the plant body. While correlations of size have been

(171)

studied by various workers the correlations of position are
but little known. The main value of the experiments seems
therefore to lie in the fact that they point to an interesting
field in the study of position correlations and the relation be-
tween position and size.

The length reactions, as observed in the present case, are
on the whole unexpected. The experiments on the enlarge-
ment of the stipules in many leaves after the removal of the
leaf-blade,* the replacement, in Streplocarpus, of the large
leaf-like cotyledon by the smaller one after removal of the
former,t and many other cases would lead us to expect an
enlargement of the remaining leaflets after the removal of
one of them. Instead of this we get a very constant and al-
most uniform decrease in all three species. This corresponds
with the results obtained by Knyt in willow-cuttings (Salix
and Ampelopsis) where the continued removal of the shoots
retards the growth of the roots and vice versa. F. Hering §
found a similar retardation in the growth of one member of
a seedling when the other was imbedded in gypsum. Ex-
periments by Kny and Hering in which either the root or
the shoot of a seedling was removed, however, showed no
effect upon the growth of the other part, except that Hering
found a retardation for a short period after the operation.
The brief decline Townsend || has pointed out is probably
due to the effect of the injury stimulus and Kny has further
suggested that the later apparent independence of growth
may be due to the accelerating influence of the regenerating
shoot on the root or of the root on the shoot.

The reactions in the present experiments were entirely
free from any factor due to the stimulus of a regenerating

*Goebel, K. Organographie der Pflanzen, 180. 1898.
{ Hering, F. (Uber pes cabernet aaa in eos mechanischer Hem-
mung des Wachsens.) Jahrb 142. 1896.
tKny, lL. On eoreinuiee: in ie growth of roots and shoots. Ann. Bot,
B: 265. 1894; Second paper. Aun, Bot. 15: 613. Igo1.
2 Hering, 7. c. 139.
|| Townsend, C.O. The correlation of growth under the influence of in-
juries. Ann.Bot. 12: 509. 1897.

(172)

member and i: is highly improbable that the injury stimulus
played a considerable part because of the comparatively
small injury, the rapid healing of the cut surface, and the
long period of growth undisturbed by any further injury.
With the exception of Pfeffer’s restriction of growth method
as used by Hering, the present method seems to excel the
others in all three of the above points. In the case where
the growth is restricted by imbedding in gypsum it is not im-
probable that the constant stimulus of the contact more than
counterbalances the advantages of the method, and as Kny
has pointed out the disturbance in nutrition must be a serious
factor. *

The interesting correlation between position and length as
made out in Lupinus albus naturally brings up the various
theories of the relation between the position of a leaflet in
the leaf-system and its size. There are so many facts in
other cases which go to disprove any connection between the
directness of the path of nutrition and the size of a leaf that
we are not justified in concluding that the first necessarily
determines the second. In the present state of our knowl-
edge it is perhaps safest not to rush too hastily into obviously
mechanical explanations of the facts of regulation.

The results obtained in the position regulations have so few
other facts to serve for comparison that it is hard to get their
bearings on general questions of morphology and physiology.
The most superficial glance at the results is sufficient to show
that the reactions cannot be explained on any obviously me-
chanical basis. Nor can we explain them as direct results
of the stimulus of the injury produced at the moment of the
leaflet removal. They seem to be bound up with the internal
correlations within the leaf-system itself and independent
of any external factors. One very evident fact stands out

ur months after my results were presented before the Botanical So-

ciety of America, Professor Némec gave a paper dealing with the results of
a similar investigation by himself in which he also found that the imbedding

induced that it could not be used to advantage. [Némec, B
Folgen einer Symmetriest6rung bei zusammengesetzten Blattern. (Pre-
sented Nov. 14, 1902.) Bull. Internat. Acad. Sci., Bohéme, 1902. ]

o
Q
ars
o

(173 )

through all the results, and that is chat the regulatory changes
following the operation are in the direction one would expect
them to take in forming a new symmetrical system based on
one less than the usual number of leaflets. ‘The importance
of the petiole position as the center around which the read-
justment takes place is evident in all cases. At first sight
one might be inclined to attribute this predominance entirely
to the coarse obviously mechanical stresses exerted by the
petiole. The reactions in Lupinus albus, however, cannot be
explained in such a way. One can very well imagine the
complexity of the internal factors controlling the configura-
tion of the leaf system in this case when the removal of the
leaflet causes such an intricate reaction in a leaf where, on
account of the rigidity, we should expect very little internal
rearrangement. Yet even here we find the very complexity
a valuable aid in determining the component parts of the re-
action and the results lead us to hope that we may in the
future be able to get at some of the laws of the correlation.
For instance, the possibility of obtaining the value of the pet-
iole factor in so far as it influences the size of the leaflet inter-
val is certainly of general interest. May we not ina similar
manner in other organs obtain the relative values of the mem-
bers in determining the configuration?

Summary of Method and Results.

Two coérdinate series of leaves were taken in each of
three species of plants (Parthenocissus quinguefolia, Trifolium
pratense and Lupinus albus) and were kept under conditions
as nearly alike as possible except that in one of the series a
particular leaflet, the one at the immediate right of the termi-
nal one, was removed at the earliest possible stage. When
the leaves had attained their maximum size, measurements of
the length and angular position of the leaflets in both series
were taken on the same day. A comparison of the average
lengths and average positions of the leaflets in the two cases
gave the change produced as the result of the operation. The
changes were treated under three heads, changes of position,
of intervals and of length.

(174)

The changes of position were principally confined to the
two leaflets left in an asymmetrical position with respect to
the petiole as a result of the operation and were apparently
directed toward the closing up of the enlarged interval left
by the removed leaflet. In Lufznus albus, in a large num-
ber of cases, a considerable plus or minus rotation of the
whole leaf-system was induced which cannot be explained
according to the above reactions. In these rotations one or
more of the leaflets were carried across the surface of the
petiole.

A consideration of the values of the intervals in the
operated series as compared with the normal series gave the
manner in which the closing up of the enlarged interval was
accompanied by increase in the other intervals. It was
found that in Lupznus albus the main increase was confined
to the asymmetrical intervals and was nearly equally dis-
tributed between them. In Parthenocissus quinguefolia a
slight plus movement of the leaflet at the left of the basal
interval and a minus movement of the one at the right pre-
vented a similar result. From the extensive and varied
rotations of Lupinus albus it was possible to calculate the
effect of the petiole upon the value of an interval. The
average value of this petiole factor was found to be 4+ 37°.

A consideration of the length of the leaflets in the operated
series as compared with the normal series showed that there
was a very uniform decrease in size of the remaining leaflets
as a result of the removal. The average decrease for the
three species amounted to 6.8 per cent. of the normal length.

In the case of Lupcnus albus a study of the correlation
between length of leaflets and their position in the leaf-sys-
tem brought out the fact that a change from a more basal to
a more terminal position was accompanied by a relative
increase in length as compared with the cases in which the
opposite rotation took place.

Vor. IIT. Pr. 43.

Y. Bor. Garp.

N,

Butt.

4, STERCULIA, MORICONIA,

NELUMBO, ARALI

CELASTROPHYLLUM.

Vow. IIL Pu. 44.

Bor. Garp.

N.Y.

BULL.

ARALIA PALMATA Newb.

Vou. TII. Pu. 45.

N. Y. Bot. Garp

Butt.

1,2. SASSAFRAS ACUTILOBUM Lesq. Fic. 3. ARALIA BRITTONIANA Berry.

Fic.

Fic. 4, ARALIA GROENLANDICA Heer.

Vou. IID. Pu. 46.

BuLL. N. Y. Bor, Garp.

PODOZAMITES, ARISAEMA
PHRAGMITES (?;, ARALIA, CARPOLITHUS.

BuLL. N. Y. Bot. Garp. Vor. III. PL. 47-

ie
:
|

ol

3

LAUROPHYLLUM., SAPINDUS, MAGNOLIA,
QUERCUS, FICUS, LAURUS.

Buti. N. Y. Bor. Garp, Vor, II. Pr. 48.

i9
Vy, oa
os \

MORICONIA, CARPOLITHUS, DAMMARA, SALIX,
QUERCUS, CUNNINGHAMITES, SEQUOIA.

Vor. IIT. PL. 49-

Buty. N. Y. Bot. GARD

POPULITES.

LAUROPHYLLUM, LAURUS

Vor. TI. Pr. 50.

Buty. N. Y. Bor. Garp.

pot /
aGe

cease
SED

ANDROMEDA, RIAMNUS, LAURUS.,

Buty. N. Y. Bor. Garp.

¢

QUERCUS, SALIX, PROTEOIDES.

Vor. III. PL. 51.

52.

Vou. III. PL.

Buy. N. Y. Bor, Garp.

gin
LR ps4
Litt ?

EUCALYPTUS, SALIX, FICUS,
MYRSINE, LAURUS, QUERCUS.

Buty, N. Y Bor. Garp. Vou. III. Pr. 53.

FICUS, ARALIA, EUCALYPTUS, MAGNOLIA.

“(CN (poomA LD avau yovaq uo ‘suleuio4 jUuB d Surpjairs ‘Avo Jo siappno
BNO Joveq i T PTA! PF PInog

“+S “1g TTT VION “CNV MLO, URN “Ing

‘poompyO Iwau Ang

“GS “Ig ‘TI “OA "CaVY) “LOG “ACN T1ng

‘onuSt put puvs yo siadvy Supyeuseyye Sutmoys ‘(Nn ‘poompy) ateu arg

‘9$ “Ig “TIT “I0A ‘duVD “Log ‘A ‘N "TIag

Vou. ITI. PL. 57

Buu. N. Y. Bor, Garp.

i

ARALIA, MAGNOLIA, DEWALQUEA

d

Members of the Corporation.

Pror. N. L. Britton,
Hon. ADDISON Brown,
Won. L. Brown,
ANDREW CARNEGIE,
Pror. Cuas, F. CHANDLER,
Wm. G. CHOATE,

Hon. EDWARD Cooper,
Cuas. F. Cox,

JouN J. CRooxz,

W, BAYARD CUTTING,
ROBERT W. DE FoREST,
SAMUEL W. FAIRCHILD,
Gen. Louts FITZGERALD,
RICHARD W. GILDER,
Hon. THomas F. GILroy,
PARKE GopwiNn,

Hon. Hucu J. Grant,
Henry P. Hoyt,
ADRIAN ISELIN, JR.,
Morris K. JEsup,

Joun I. KANE,

EuGENE KELLY, JR.,
Pror. James F. Kemp,
Joun S. KENNEDY,

Pror. FREDERICK S, LEE,

Hon. SetH Low,

Davip Lypic,

Epcar L. Marston,

D. O. MILLs,

J. PIERPONT Morcan,
THEO. W. Myers,

Go. M. Otcorr,

Pror. Henry F. Osporn,
LowELu M. PALMER,
GEORGE W. PERKINS,
James R. PircHer,

Rr. Rev. Henry C. Pctrer
Percy R. PYNE,

Joun D. ROCKEFELLER,
Wn. ROCKEFELLER,

Hon. Henry A. Rocers,
Pror. H. H. Russy,
JaMEs A. SCRYMSER,
Henry A. SIEBRECHT,
SAMUEL SLOAN,

Wm. D. SLOANE,

NELSON SMITH,

Dr. W. GILMAN THOMPSON,
Louis C. Tirrany,
SAMUEL THORNE,

Pror, L. M. UNDERWOOD,

Gro. W. VANDERBILT,

Wituiam H. S. Woop.

PUBLICATIONS

OF

The New York Botanical Garden

umal of the New York Botanical Garden, cesar illustrated, con-
taining notes, news and non-technical articles of general oes Free to all mem-
bers of the Garden. To others, ro cents a copy; $1.0 year. {Not offered in
exchange.] Vol. I, 1900, viii-+ 213 pp. Vol. II, oor, a ere pp. Vol. III,
1902, viii + 244 pp.

Bulletin of the New York Botanical Garden, alee the annual | reports
of the Director-in- Chief and other official documents, and te
the results of investigations carried out c e ge fe . ai members of the
Garden ; to others, $3.00 per volume. Vol. I, Nos. 1-5, 449 pp., 3 maps, and 12
plates, 1896-1900. Vol. II, Nos. 6-8, 518 pp., 30 plates, ee -1903.

Memoirs of the New York Botanical Garden. Price to members of the
Garden, $1.00 per volume. To others, £2.00. [Not offered in exchange.

Vol, I. An Annotated Catalogue of the Flora of Montana and the Yellowstone

rk, by Dr. Per Axel Rydberg, assistant curator of the museums. An arrangement

and critical discussion of the Pteridophytes and Phanerogams of the region with

otes from the author’s field book and including descriptions of 163 new species.

. oy. 8vo, with d map.
Vol. Il. The Influence of Light and Darkness upon Growth and aa ea
r. D. T. MacDougal, first assistant ies director of eo ree ipoliner An a
nt of the author’s extensive researches together with a ral consideration af
te relation of light to plants. The principal morphological fans are illustrated.
xvi -+ 320 pp. Roy. 8vo, with 176 figu

Contributions from the New York Botanical Garden. A series of tech-
nical papers written en sadent or members of the staff, and reprinted from journals
other than above. 25 cents eac

Jol. 1. Tnclusive “ot Nos 1-25, vi + 400 pp. 35 figures in the text and 34
plates. $5.0
CURRENT NUMBERS 25 CENTS EACH.

No. Me The Polyporaceze of North America—IV. The genus Eanes, by
Dr. W. A, Murrill.

No 39. A preliminary enumeration of the grasses of Porto Rico, by George V.
Nash.

No, The phyllodes of Oxyfolis fliformis, a swamp xerophyte, by Miss Rosina
J. Renne

e Polyporaceae of North America.—V. The genera Cryftoporus,
Piri ee and Porodiscus, by Dr. W. A. Murrill.

No. 42. A revision of the family Fouquieraceae, by George V. Nash.
No. 43. Some correlations of leaves, by Dr. Daniel Trembly MacDougal.
All subscriptions and remittances should be sent to

New YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN

BRONX PARK, NEw YORK CITY

BULLETIN

OF

THE NEW YORK

BOTANICAL GARDEN

[ISSUED MARCH 22, 1904]

CONTENTS:

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY AND DiRECTOR-IN-CHIEF FOR
THE YEAR 1903

Report of the Curator of the Museums and Herbarium
Report of the Curator of the Economic Collections
Report of the Director of the Laboratories .
Report of the Librarian.
Report of the Head Gardener
Report of the Superintendent of Buildings a Grounds
Schedule of Expenditures during 1903

ReporT OF THE ScizgnTiric DrrEcTors .

REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE ON PaTRoNS, FELLOWS AND
EMBERS

REPORT OF THE TREASURER

BULLETIN
The New York Botanical Garden

Vol. 3. No. 10.

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY AND DIRECTOR-
IN-CHIEF FOR THE YEAR 1903.
(Received and ordered printed January 11, 1904.)

To THE Boarp or MANAGERS OF THE NEw York BorTani-

CAL GARDEN.

Gentlemen: I have the honor to submit herewith my re-
port as Secretary and Director-in-Chief for the year ending
January II, 1904.

The year has witnessed continuous development in all the
departments of the Garden. Construction-work has been
actively pushed, the collections have been largely increased,
and their efficiency for teaching purposes has been bettered
by considerable rearrangement and more complete labeling ;
the number of visitors has been greater than that of any
previous year, and we have had more students and visiting
investigators than ever before. The permanent funds of the
Garden have been increased by about $5,000; the number
of annual members and life members now stands 1,094, an
increase during the year of 45. A large number of gifts
both of money and of books and specimens have enabled us
to supply much needed scientific material without expendi-
ture from our ordinary income.

Roads and Paths.

The contract of the Department of Parks with John B.
Devlin, awarded December 11, 1900, was finally completed
in the summer, after long delay, and accepted by the Depart-

(175 )

(176)

ment of Parks. On account of the delay the Commissioner
of Parks imposed a very large time-penalty on the contrac-
tor. The work under this contract completed nearly all the
paths and driveways planned about the public conservato-
ries, and a large amount of the rough grading made necessary
by the location of the building.

The driveway extending from the herbaceous garden south-
ward through the woods, and through Bronx Park along the
west side of the river to Pelham Avenue, was completed and
thrown open for driving early in the spring. It has proved
to be a most useful road and the woodland scenery traversed
is very attractive.

During the year a path about 1,800 feet long and 15 feet

in width was built from the approach to the Manhattan Ele-
vated Railway station southeasterly parallel with and a few
feet from the rough stone wall on the line of the property of
St. John’s College to the southern entrance at the Southern
Boulevard. This path follows the natural grade for most of
its length, except at its southeastern end where considerable
grading was necessary, including the removal of a portion of
a ledge of rock about eight feet thick, and the building of a
culvert to take care of the drainage. The construction of
this path was made necessary by the enormous number of
visitors reaching the Garden by means of the Elevated Rail-
way.
The grade of the driveway between the garden fountain
and the drinking fountain at the south end of the approach
to the museum building, was raised during the spring for a
distance of about 300 feet in order to conform to the grades
necessitated by the completion of these two fountains and
the driveway portions of this approach, the new road being
laid directly upon the old.

Paths connecting the path approaches to the public con-
servatories with the southern entrance at the Southern Boule-
vard, and this entrance with the herbaceous garden path-sys-
tem and with that leading to the museum building, in all
amounting to about 2,000 feet, averaging 12 feet in width,

(177)

have been completed during the year, and the path-system
of the herbaceous grounds has been connected with a path
leading southward through Bronx Park to Pelham Avenue,
constructed by the Department of Parks.

The paths on the terrace of the public conservatories were
completed according to plan except at the points where
steps will lead to the lower level, and around the sites of the
tanks for aquatic plants.

A path ten feet in width and about 500 feet long has been
built from the West 200th Street entrance at the bridge over
the New York and Harlem Railway to the approach to the
elevated railway station.

All these paths have been built in the most substantial
manner with a Telford foundation eight or nine inches thick
carefully laid, hammered and rolled, and surfaced with about
two inches of trap rock screenings.

The path planned to parallel the driveway on the easterly
side of the museum building, northward toward the frutice-
tum, has been partially graded for about 400 feet, and stone
assembled along it for the Telford foundation.

Partly under the direction of the Garden and partly under
that of the Commissioner of Parks, the driveway-system north
and east of the museum building, on both sides of the Bronx
River, has been partially constructed, and this work is still
in progress; it is expected that it will be completed, together
with a portion of the accompanying path-system during 1904.
The work has been prosecuted at a number of different
points, in accordance with the general plan for the develop-
ment of the Garden, the grading being nearly all done and
about one half of the Telford foundation being laid up.
When completed this driveway-system will connect with the
Mosholu Parkway to the west, with Newall Avenue, leading
north, and with Bleecker Street leading to the White Plains.
road on the east.

Bridges.

Plans for the single-arched concrete, steel and stone bridge

to carry the main driveway over the Bronx River at the

(178)

northern end of the Garden were approved early in the year,
and the contract for the execution of the work was awarded
by the Commissioner of Parks to Mr. Frederic Koopman;
construction was begun in May and has since continued.
This bridge is now very nearly completed, only some details
of finish being needed.

Work on the bridge which is to carry the driveway and
path-system of the Mosholu Parkway into the Garden over
the right-of-way of the New York Central and Hudson River
Railroad Company, at a point opposite the west end of the
museum building, was commenced in the autumn under a con-
tract of the Department of Parks, and the construction of the
abutment on the west side of the railroad is going forward,
but work has not yet been commenced upon the abutment on
the Garden side of the railroad. Space in the planted border
along the railroad for this abutment was made early in the
fall by moving the trees and shrubs which would come in the
way of construction operations. Considerable work has also
been done upon the driveway approaches to this bridge and
upon their connection with parts of the road-system already
built.

Plans for the five-arched rubble stone bridge to carry the
main driveway across the Bronx River and its valley, at a
point about 500 feet north of the present ‘‘ Blue Bridge,”
were approved late in the year; and a contract was awarded
by the Commissioners of Parks to Mr. F. Leahy for the sum
of $69,000. The work may be completed in about a year.

Plans for the bridge to carry the driveway over the valley
of the two lakes northeast of the museum building have been
prepared, but an additional appropriation will be necessary
to carry them into effect.

The wooden ‘“‘ Blue Bridge” across the river at the nor-
thern end of the hemlock forest has been keptin repair by the
Commissioner of Parks.

Grading.

The grading about the public conservatories left unfinished

after the completion of the contract with John B. Devlin,

(179)

before referred to, has been continued and is now essen-
tially completed with the exception of topsoiling a consider-
able area on the hillsides east and northeast of that build-
ing, and a small area near the southern entrance at the
Southern Boulevard. In order to get sufficient depth of loam
and topsoil for future planting, over the numerous rock
ledges, and to effect the most economical distribution of the
surplus rock and poor soil to points where it was needed for
filling and for the construction of roads and paths, it has been
necessary to prosecute this work slowly and with great care.
It is proposed to finish the topsoiling of the areas still de-
nuded as rapidly as possible in the spring, using for this pur-
pose soil stripped from the locations of additional paths and
driveways, which sources have hitherto supplied all the top-
soil that has been used in the development of the general plan
of the Garden.

The surplus stone obtained from the grading of the rough
rocky hill which formerly stood in front of the east wing of
the museum building, which had been piled by the contrac-
tor on the field in front of that building and between it and
the public conservatories, was all broken up during the
early part of the year and transported to the driveways under
construction north of the museum building, where it was laid
up for Telford foundation. The area which it occupied, to-
gether with the area in front of the east wing of the museum
building left unfinished at the end of 1902, was regulated,
graded, topsoiled and sown, and thus brought into lawn by
early summer.

The area from the power house to the approach to the
elevated railway station was similarly regulated, graded
and sown. Numerous small areas between driveways and
paths have also been regulated, graded and sown during
the year.

In these grading operations a total of about ten acres has
been added to the finished lawn surfaces, and including the
plain set aside for the collection of shrubs northeast of the
museum building, where road and path building ts still going

( 180 )

on, a total of about fifteen acres more is so far advanced
toward completion that it is expected that it will be brought
into a finished condition during 1904.

It still remains to remove the surplus rock from the exca-
vations just north of the public conservatories which was
piled by the contractor on an adjacent hillside, and to grade
the rocky hill on which this pile rests, this work being the
heaviest single piece of grading work that is still needed to
complete the carrying out of the plan in the area south of
the museum building; much of this rock will be used how-
ever in the construction of the five-arched stone bridge across
the valley of the Bronx River before alluded to.

The grading operations in connection with the building of
driveways in the northern part of the Garden have already
been described under the heading of Roads and Paths.

In the rear of the museum building work has been going
on at times during the year in removing the surplus rock and
earth necessary to form the court of the building in accor-
dance with the general plan, and is still being prosecuted, the
stone being distributed along the lines of paths still to be
built, taking advantage of the frozen condition of the ground
during winter for this heavy cartage, while the soil is being
carted to points where additional filling is needed in grading
and in the building of driveways. This work may profitably
go on all winter.

Drainage and Sewerage.

At the commencement of the year work was being prose-
cuted on the connection of the sewer and drainage system of
the southwestern portion of the Garden with the Webster
Avenue sewer, the line passing under the New York Central
and Hudson River Railroad right-of-way under the approach
at West 200th Street. The work was completed early in the
spring, all necessary catch-basins and manholes constructed,
and a rather difficult piece of work successfully accomplished.

In completing the grading operations and paths in the
vicinity of the public conservatories and along the driveway
near the museum building, ten additional catch-basins were

( 181)

built and connected with the main drains, necessitating the
laying of about 400 feet of six-inch and eight-inch pipe.

In order to drain the court at the rear of the museum
building, and to improve the drainage of the building itself,
work is at present going forward in laying a drain about 450
feet long, to be connected with the upper lake, and this may
be completed during the winter.

At the southern end of the herbaceous garden, the brook
and drainage system was connected with the large stone
drain built by the Department of Parks, at the time the path
connections were made at that point with the path running
south through Bronx Park to Pelham Avenue, and an open
ditch which had long been a mosquito-breeding spot was en-
tirely eliminated.

A mosquito-breeding swamp on the west side of the Bronx
River north of the ‘* Blue Bridge” has been turned into a
small pond by raising the height of its bank along the Bronx
River and by the cutting out of surplus trees and undergrowth ;
this adds about a quarter of an acre to the water surface in
the Garden and eliminates an unsightly marsh.

Work has been begun on a sewer connection, about 500
feet in length, to complete the sewerage system planned for
the area east of the Bronx River.

The southern portion of the glade north of the herbaceous
garden which was taken up this year for plantations illus-
trating structural botany, has been drained and graded; the
brook which runs through the herbaceous garden has been
extended about 300 feet northward, taking advantage of the
natural watershed, and greatly improving this area of about
one acre.

Water Supply.

The only extension of the water supply made during the
year was the laying of one-inch pipe northward from the
northern end of the herbaceous garden through the area just
referred to, a distance of about 350 feet, and the bringing of
water to the public comfort station, now under construction,
at the approach to the elevated railway station.

( 182 )

Buildings.

1. Museum. The care of the museum building has
mainly been restricted to ordinary repairs, and the structure
is in good order. The contract of the Department of Parks
with Thomas Dwyer for the building and placing of a large
amount of additional furniture was satisfactorily completed
early in the spring. Additional construction-work includes
the building of two sinks, one on each of the main museum
floors, enclosed in closets for the janitors; these greatly
facilitate the cleaning of the building. Additional sinks
were also placed in the laboratories on the upper floor, their
need having been demonstrated. An accidental explosion of
dynamite used for blasting rock shattered many panes of
glass at the east end of the building on December 18; the
damage was at once repaired.

Front Approach to the Museum Building. The contract
of the Department of Parks with the Wilson & Baillie Manu-
facturing Company, for the construction of the front approach
to the museum building, was finally completed and the work
accepted early in the year.

A design for the fountain planned for construction at the
end of this approach and immediately in front of the museum
building has been approved by the Board of Managers, on
the recommendation of a committee selected by the National
Sculpture Society, and has also been approved by the Com-
missioner of Parks. Considerable time will be required in
preparing the models, and in casting the bronze for this
fountain, but it is hoped that it will be in position by the
autumn of 1904.

2. Public Conservatortes. No additional construction-
work has been done at these great glass houses, and they
have been kept in good order with ordinary repairs, including
the painting of the entire exterior.

During the autumn a contract was awarded by the Com-
missioner of Parks to Guidone and Galanti for the construc-
tion of two concrete steel tanks in the court of the public
conservatories for the growing of tender and half-hardy

( 183 )

water plants, one of them to be provided with a heating sys-
tem connected with that of the conservatories ; this contract
also includes. the construction of two large and four small
flights of cut stone steps at the edge of the terrace on which
the conservatories stand, and will essentially complete all
construction-work contemplated at the public conservatories,
in accordance with the general plan of the Garden. The
amount of this contract is $16,598.

3. Power House and Subways. These, and the steam
heating plant in general have required only ordinary repairs,
and are in good order at the present time, the only incident
in operation worthy of special remark having been a leak in
the steam main to the museum building at a point about mid-
way between that building and the power house, which was
discovered and repaired late in the autumn.

4. Propagating Houses. Only ordinary repairs have been
necessary at the propagating houses. The increase in the
number of plants to take care of has crowded them incon-
veniently at times, but this will be relieved by the execution
of a contract for the building of an additional propagating
house, awarded by the Commissioner of Parks to Hitchings
& Co. in the autumn, the amount of this contract being
$7,593. This work will complete the range of propagating
houses in accordance with the general plan of the Garden
and will also supply a number of propagating pits, which
have been much needed. Slight repairs to the present
propagating houses will be included in this work.

g. Stable. Only ordinary repairs have been needed to
keep the stable in good order.

6. Public Comfort Station. This building was built at the
time the museum building and the power house were con-
structed and it was included in the general contract for build-
ings. Inasmuch as path approaches to it had never been
completed, and it was located north of the museum building
near the upper lake, at a place little frequented by visitors,
it has never been opened for use by visitors and was kept
securely locked and frequently inspected. It was tempora-

( 184 )

rily used for the storage of a barrel of alcohol. On July 17
two museum aids went to this building for the purpose of
drawing a can of alcohol from the barrel; through their
carelessness and disobedience of instructions they set fire to
the building, which was so badly damaged in consequence
that it was found necessary to tear it down.

Plans for two public comfort stations to be built at the ap-
proach to the elevated railroad station have been prepared by
Mr. R. W. Gibson, architect, and the plans approved. A
contract for the building of these structures was awarded by
the Commissioner of Parks to Springsted & Adamson for
the sum of $12,873. The plans contemplate the heating of
these stations by a steam main from the power house.

7. Tool House. No changes have been made at this
building.

8. Approach to the Bronx Park Station of the Manhattan
Railway Company. No changes have been made in this
structure and it is in good repair.

Care of the Grounds,

The general maintenance and watering of the roads and
paths already constructed has been done by employees of the
Department of Parks, two men having been detailed for this
purpose, one on each side of the Bronx River. The in-
creased area of finished roads and paths west of the Bronx
River will necessitate the work of another man during the
next season.

The drainage has been carefully inspected and the catch-
basins cleaned out whenever necessary. Slight temporary
flooding has taken place at two or three points during very
violent storms, but on the whole the drainage system has
worked admirably, and has been much improved by the

construction of some additional catch-basins.

The finished lawns and banks have been mowed and rolled
at frequent intervals, and kept in as good order as the means
at command have permitted. The great increase in finished
lawns and banks will require the work of more men for this
purpose during the coming season.

( 185 )

The hay on all the undeveloped parts of the tract was cut
during the summer and stacked in barracks near the stable,
sufficient being obtained in this way for fodder for the Gar-
den horses. This quantity will become less from year to
year, as the area of finished lawns increases. The woodlands
have been carefully patrolled during dry weather, as a pre-
caution against forest fires. A few trees have died and been
taken down, and a considerable number were blown over
during two violent gales. Unsightly and partly diseased
trees, and those which were crowding and therefore spoiling
better specimens, have been removed, over parts of the area,
and considerable pruning has been accomplished.

The police patrol has been somewhat increased during the
year, but it has been found necessary to supplement this on
Sundays and holidays, and at times during the afternoons, by
guards selected from our own employees. This has pre-
vented any serious damage being done to the plantations or
woodlands by visitors, in spite of the greatly increased num-
ber of persons coming to the Garden, but it will evidently
soon be necessary to station a permanent guard at at least
three of the entrances.

The scattering of rubbish by visitors has apparently not
been much further reduced than it was last year, and it has
been found necessary to detail a man for most of his time
during the summer and autumn to clean up the litter. Per-
haps the only way to entirely stop this nuisance would be
to prevent visitors bringing parcels of any kind within the
grounds, as is done at many European parks and gardens,
and was resorted to during the last year by the Commissioner
of Parks of Brooklyn, but in the absence of a wall or fence
around the Garden, and in the present impossibility of main-
taining guards at all the entrances, we are not yet in a posi-
tion to enforce such restriction.

Considerable complaint has been made by visitors of their
annoyance by the drivers of cabs and hacks soliciting
patronage at the entrances and at other points on the drive-
ways. Several arrests for this offence were made by the

( 186 )

police, but when brought before the city magistrates it was
discovered that, while forbidden by rules of the Deparment
of Parks, no penalty had apparently been fixed for such
misdemeanors, and the prisoners were discharged. In reply
to an inquiry by the Commissioner of Parks, the Corporation
Counsel confirmed, as his opinion, this condition, and sug-
gested that the attention of the Mayor’s Marshal, who con-
trols the licenses of public conveyances, be brought to this
nuisance, and this has been done, but as yet without appre-
ciable diminution of the annoyances.

Plants and Planting.

1. Herbaceous Grounds. This tract has been kept under
high cultivation, and the specimens as fully labeled as our
available force would permit. Considerable additions have
been made to the individual beds from specimens brought
from the nurseries and received from various other sources,
while some species cultivated last year have not been carried
through for one reason or another. The number of kinds of
plants grown here during the year is about three thousand.

During the autumn an extension of this system of beds was
made to the northward, across the driveway and paths lead-
ing to the hemlock forest, for the purpose of establishing
the series of plantations to teach structural botany, and twelve
additional beds were laid out and stocked with specimens for
this purpose. This ground was graded, so as to slope to the
central stream, and may be brought to a finished condition
early in the spring.

2. fruticetum. The construction of roads and paths
through the tract devoted to the exhibition of shrubs occupy-
ing the plain northeast of the museum building has not yet
been completed, though work upon it is in an advanced state,
and these operations have delayed the finishing of the sur-
faces and have consequently deferred the permanent Jplant-
ing of a considerable part of the collection. The collection
was entirely replanted and moved in the spring, much of it
into permanent position, and the work here is likely to be

( 187 )

essentially completed during 1904. Considerable additions
have been made to this collection of shrubs from various
sources, so that now about 665 species are available for study.

3. Salicetum. The area of marsh and meadow land at
the northern end of the Garden devoted to the collections of
willows, poplars and other water-loving trees and shrubs is
in much the same condition as the fruticetum, owing to the
building of roads and paths, and the collections here have
not been materially increased, the number of species culti-
vated being about 30. Here also much finished work may
be accomplished during 1g04.

4. Arboretum. Early in the spring a large collection of
hardy conifers, presented to the Garden by Mr. Lowell M.
Palmer of Stamford, Connecticut, was set out in the area be-
tween the museum building, the herbaceous garden and the
approach to the elevated railroad station in accordance with
the general plan, thus commencing the installation of the
evergreen part of the tree plantations, which will be referred
to as the pinetum. Some additions were made to this collec-
tion in the autumn, and it will be increased from time to time
as the desired trees are obtained.

Additions have also been made to the collection of decidu-
ous leaved trees in the aboretum tract east of the Bronx
River. In all the number of kinds of hardy trees now rep-
resented in the Garden, including some still in the nurseries
and yet too small to be set out, is about 450.

5. Vrticetum. Thecollection of vines planted onthe rough
arbor built some years ago near the edge of the forest east of
the museum building, has been cultivated but not increased.

6. Public Conservatory Collection. The collections of
plants in the great glass houses have made much growth
during the year, and have been increased from a variety of
sources, principally from specimens obtained by gift, and by
others collected during the several expeditions sent out by the
Garden into tropical America; also by plants derived from
seeds and cuttings grown in the propagating houses. The
number of species now exhibited in the public conservatories
is about 6,600 as against 5,800 a year ago.

( 188 )

7. JVursertes. It was found necessary during the year to
take about half an acre of additional land into cultivation at
the nurseries on the east side of the Garden in order to pro-
vide space for the plants grown there. During both spring
and fall and at intervals during the summer, plants have been
transplated from the nurseries to the herbaceous garden, to
the fruticetum and to other plantations.

8. Boundary Borders. The planted borders have been
kept cultivated, and treated to a considerable extent as nur-
series; many shrubs and trees have been moved from them
during the spring and fall into other places. During the fall,
after the completion of the long path leading from the ele-
vated railroad station approach to the southern entrance at
the Southern Boulevard, the border of trees and shrubs along
this line was wholly replanted for about one half its length;
the other half may be taken up in the spring; about 1,000
shrubs were required to do this planting.

9. Other Plantations. During the autumn, trees were set
out along the entire system of finished driveways between
the museum building, the approach to the elevated railroad
station, and the southern entrance at the Southern Boule-
vard, about forty different species being used in this plant-
ing, with the desire of shading the driveways and paths as
soon as possible. Considerable planting was done in the
spring about the entrance at the elevated railroad station, and
the existing miscellaneous shrub plantations have been kept
under high cultivation.

The total number of kinds of plants represented in all the
plantations and conservatories, including the native flora of
the Garden, is about 11,600, which is a gain during the year
of about 1,000 species.

A contribution of $200 by Mr. Samuel N. Hoyt was used
for the purchase of plants.

Library.

As stated by the Librarian, whose report is hereto appended,
there has been an increase of 1,656 bound volumes during

( 189 )

the year, the total number of bound volumes on the shelves
being now about 14,600; of this addition, 493 volumes were
presented; these gifts have been duly published in the
JOURNAL under the head of accessions. Contributions of
money used for the purchase of books and credited to the
Special Book Fund have been made as follows:

Andrew Carnegie (special contribution) ........ $1,997.88
Samuel N. Hoyt ............4. 100.00
John I. Kane 100.00
Miss Violetta S. White 100.00
John S. Kennedy 100.00
Joseph Stickney 100.00
James: Be POrdss scecteveainaseniesieticee ctendes snatns 100.00
Miss Elizabeth Billings 75.00
Chas. F. Cox 50.00
Samuel P. Avery 50.00
Richard H. Allen 25.00
Joseph Bushnell.......... cece cece cece ee eens 25.00
F. W. Devoe 25.00
E. S. Harkness 25.00
Hugh J. Chisholm 25.00
Jno. E. Parsons 25.00
Mason A. Stone 25.00
A. F. Estabrook 25.00
Robert F. Ballantine 25.00
Miss E. Vie C. Morris 25.00
Mrs. D. C. Blair 25.00
Geo. C. Thomas 25.00
Bernard G. Amend 25.00
T. G. Sellew 25.00
Edwin D. Trowbridge 25.00
Thomas Dwyer 20.00

. B. Dickerman 20.00
Henry Iden, Jr 20.00
Peter Marié 10.00
George Bl thal 10.00
Louis Haupt 10.00

Matthew B. DuBois ee

( 190 )

Paul N. Spofford 10.00
Miss Caroline C. Haynes 10.00
H. W. Cannon 10.00
Thomas Thacher 10.00
A. S. Frissell 10.00
John H. Rhoades 10.00
Miss Anna Riker Spring 5-00

$1,315.00

The special contribution made by Mr. Carnegie was for
the purpose of enabling the Garden to obtain a selection of
books from the library of the late Professor Jordan, sold at
auction in Paris, France, early in May; about 340 rare and
important works were thus secured.

A considerable number of additional exchanges for our
publications have been arranged, particularly with foreign
institutions, so that the number of institutions on our ex-
change list at present is 305, as against 257 during the pre-
vious year.

The additional furniture which was supplied under the
contract of the Commissioner of Parks with Thomas Dwyer,
completed in the spring, has afforded space for all the addi-
tional volumes; it is evident, however, that additional shelv-
ing will soon again be needed to take up the growth of the
library.

Museums and Herbarium,

As shown by the report of Curator, hereto appended, about
85,000 specimens have been added to the collections con-
tained in the museum building, and about 45,000 specimens
have been incorporated and labeled, leaving about 40,000
specimens which we have not been able to install, but which
are still in the store-rooms; on account of lack of funds, we
have been unable to take care of the material this year as
rapidly as it has been obtained, but I hope that a better record
may be made during 1904.

The additional furniture put in last winter and spring
necessitated an entire rearrangement of all the collections,
and this required much time and attention by the curators
and their aids.

( 191 )

The labeling of the collections installed for public obser-
vation and study has gone forward as rapidly as possible,
and a large number of the cases are now practically com-
pletely equipped with labels. Specimens have been added
so rapidly however, that we have not been able to quite keep
the labeling up to date.

It is proposed during the next year to give especial atten-
tion to the cases designed to illustrate North American den-
drology, located in the east wing on the main floor of the
building; many specimens have been assembled for this
exhibit, which is planned to illustrate the trees of the United
States and British America north of Mexico and the Carib-
bean Sea by selected specimens of wood, bark, twigs and
fruits, and by plates and photographs.

Contributions of money for the purchase of collections
credited to the Museum and Herbarium Fund, have been
made as follows during the year:

D. O. Mills $ 400.00
Samuel N. Hoyt 100.00
Addison Brown 100.00
Edward D. Adams 100.00
Mortimer L, Schiff 100.00
Miss Phebe Anna Thorne 100.00
Wm. R. Sands 50.00
Miss Ellen J. Stone 50.00
Bradley Martin 50.00
Mrs. Wm. Bryce 50.00
Morris K. Jesup 50.00
Wm. Stewart Tod 25.00
Wm. A. DuBois 25.00
Miss Katharine DuBois 25.00
Mrs. Geo. W. Collard 25.00
Miss Caroline Phelps Stokes 25.00
Miss Olivia Phelps Stokes 25.00
Zenas Crane 25.00
Andrew Fletcher ......... 15.00
Theodore Cooper........ 10.00

Francis Lynde Stetson 10.00

(192 )

Jacob Mahler...... 10.00
Mrs. N. E. Baylies 10.00
Edward G. Burgess 10.00
Mrs. Wm. Combe 10.00
Mrs. John A. Morris.... 5.00

$1,405.00

When the additional furniture was built, in the spring, it
was determined to distribute the herbarium into three rooms
of the upper floor of the building, instead of keeping it all in
the large room in the east wing, which it was rapidly out-
growing. Herbarium cases for the algw were therefore
placed in the room just west of the library, and others for
the fungi, ferns and fern-allies, in the morphological labora-
tory between the library and main herbarium room, while
the mosses were placed in cases in a small room between the
morphological laboratory and the main herbarium room.
Eight cases for holding collections of specimens under study
were placed in the room just east of the library. The re-
sult of this rearrangement and expansion has been to restrict
the main herbarium room at the east end of the floor to the
collections of flowering plants.

Up to this autumn the work of the curators in caring for
the collections has been assisted only by museum aids. As
the collections have increased the need of a more responsible
person to take charge of the physical condition of the collec-
tions and of the building itself, has been demonstrated, and
this was met in November, under the authority of the Scien-
tific Directors, by the appointment of Mr. J. A. Shafer, for
some years custodian of the botanical collections in the Car-
negie museum at Pittsburgh, Pa., as custodian of the mu-
seums of the Garden, his salary being arranged for by reduc-
ing the number of museum aids previously employed.

Laboratories.

The report of the Director of the Laboratories hereto ap-
pended shows that 46 students, including graduates of 40
different colleges and universities have been granted the

( 193 )

privileges of the laboratories, library, and herbarium, during
the year, and that investigations covering a wide range of
subjects have been prosecuted by them. Visiting investiga-
tors from other institutions have also been given facilities in
the laboratories.

In this department, as in others, the additional furniture
completed during the spring has rendered work and study
much more convenient and effective.

Lectures.

As in previous years courses of public lectures have been
delivered on Saturday afternoons in the spring and fall in
the lecture-hall of the museum building. These have been
duly announced by card to the members of the Garden and
by publication of their titles in the JouRNAL and other periodi-
cals. The notices to members have included, as before, in-
vitations to inspect various departments of the Garden in
advance of the lectures on Saturday afternoon under the
guidance of members of the staff, and these invitations have
been taken advantage of by many members.

Exploration.

The work of obtaining plants and specimens for the col-
lections from various parts of the world has been continued
during the year as funds for this purpose became available,
several members of the staff participating in this work. The
most valuable of all scientific material brought into the col-
lections is obtained only in this way, and much of the success
in establishing the collections has been due to our ability to
conduct explorations. During the year this work has been
accomplished by means of appropriations from our general
fund, and by the following contributions of money credited
to our special exploration fund:

William E. Dodge § 600.00
Jacob H. Schiff 250.00
Geo. W. Perkins...........ccccsccececeneee er eceeen ees 250.00
Geo. S. Bowdoin 100.00

Edward Cooper 50.00

( 194 )

Roland G. Mitchell 50.00
m. H. Macy, Jr 25.00
Frank R. Chambers 25.00
James Loeb 25.00
Miss Mary T. Bryce 25.00
Newbold Edgar 25.00
N. L. Britton 25.00
Mrs. Esther Herrman 10.00
Emil Wolff. 10.00
Wm. B. Osgood Field 10.00
Samuel P. Avery, Jr 10.00
Knapp 10.00
Edmund S. F. Arnold ............00 cececeeeneee enone 10.00
C. A. Coffin Pate 10.00
Augustus St. Gaudens 10.00
H. Victor Newcomb 10.00
Henry Holt 10.00
Mrs. Edwin Parsons 10.00
Mrs. Emerson Opdycke 5.00
$1,565.00

Mr. F. S. Earle spent the month of March in the moun-
tainous region of eastern Cuba, in company with Professor
Underwood; Mr. E. W. D. Holway was also in the party.
The especial object of the expedition was an investigation by
Professor Earle, of the fungi, and fungus diseases of plants
of the region, while Professor Underwood gave special at-
tention tothe ferns. In addition to large collections made in
both these groups of plants an extensive general collection of
plants was obtained.

Mr. Percy Wilson was absent from the Garden during
January and February, making collections in Honduras, and
brought back a large number of living plants, many of which
have now been installed in the public conservatories, as well
as an extensive series of herbarium and museum specimens.

Professor Underwood spent nearly four months on the
island of Jamaica continuing his investigations of the ferns
of tropical America, and brought back the largest single col-
lection of herbarium specimens of these plants ever obtained

( 195 )

from that island, whose fern flora is the richest in the world,
and these have been found to include a considerable number
of species new to science. While in Jamaica, Professor Un-
derwood collected a number of living plants for the conserva-
tories and also made arrangements with the officers of the
Public Gardens and Plantations there, to ship to the Garden
a large number of living plants of which we had hitherto no
satisfactory representation.

r. MacDougal spent parts of February and March in
company with Mr. Frederick V. Coville, Chief of the Division
of Botany of the U.S. Department of Agriculture, at the
request of the Carnegie Institution, in determining the most
desirable site for the new Desert Laboratory of that institu-
tion which has since been successfully established at Tucson,
Arizona. During the trip he secured a considerable number
of cacti and other succulents for the conservatories.

Dr. M. A. Howe was absent for about two months, in May
and June, investigating the seaweeds of Porto Rico, of which
a very large collection was obtained, and their study has dis-
closed a great amount of additional information relative to the
algz of the West Indies.

Professor F. E. Lloyd, of the Teachers College, accom-
panied by Mrs. Lloyd, explored the island of Dominica,
leaving New York early in June and returning about the
firstof September. About two thousand herbarium and mu-
seum specimens were obtained, which greatly increase our
representation of the flora of the Windward Islands.

Mr. Geo. V. Nash, accompanied by Harry F. Baker, spent
August and part of September on the island of Haiti, and
obtained a valuable collection of living plants, museum and
herbarium specimens, of a flora of which our previous repre-
sentation was very meager. They succeeded in penetrating
into the interior of the Black Republic, reaching parts of it
that had not previously been examined by botanists, and
many of the plants obtained by them are of great interest.

I made two trips to the island of Cuba, one in March, ac-
companied by Mr. J. A. Shafer, and the other in August and

( 196 )

September, accompanied by Mr. Percy Wilson; Mrs. Britton
was a member of both expeditions. About three thousand
specimens were obtained on the two trips, including many
species hitherto collected only once, and a number of botan-
ical novelties.

Exploration in the Philippine Islands was inaugurated in
September by sending Mr. R.S. Williams to Manila tomake
collections of plants and plant products, in codperation with
the Bureaus of Forestry and Agriculture of the insular gov-
ernment. Mr. Williams has arrived at Manila and com-
menced his work. It is hoped that he may be able to stay
in the archipelago for a year or more and obtain a good rep-
resentation of material for all the collections.

Dr. John K. Small explored the southern part of penin-
sular Florida during November and made a large collection
of herbarium and museum specimens, which are now being
studied. He discovered many species new to the United
States, formerly known only from Cuba or the Bahamas, and
some entirely new to science.

Investigations.

The facilities of the Garden for the furtherance of research
have been increased by additions to the collections of books,
living, fossil and preserved plants, and to the equipment of
the laboratories.

The results of a large number of completed investigations
have been brought out in the publications of the Garden and
other periodicals, and others are in press.

Detailed memoranda of the activities of the members of the
staff, and of the members of the faculties of codperating in-
stitutions, are given below.

The results described have been accomplished in the inter-
vals of the regular duties connected with the different depart-
ments of the Garden, and all of the members of the staff have
participated in the guidance of registered investigators.

An account of the work of investigators registered for the
privileges of the Garden is to be found in the report of the
Director of the Laboratories.

(197 )

Dr. D. T. MacDougal, first assistant and director of the
laboratories, is carrying forward the study of the relations of
soil-temperature to vegetation upon which subject he has
published ConTRipuTion 44. An investigation of corre-
lations in leaves has been completed and published as Con-
TRIBUTION 43. His studies on the life-history of polymorphic
aquatics, begun early in 1902, have been continued. In addi-
tion to results concerned with the influence of various external
conditions upon structure and form, they may also be expected
to furnish evidence upon the inheritance or non-inheritance
of acquired characters.

Since May, 1902, Dr. MacDougal has been coéperating
with Professor Hugo de Vries, Director of the Botanical
Garden at Amsterdam, Holland, in testing certain features
of the mutation theory of the origin of species recently pro-
posed by him. One series of cultures of the parent species
of the evening primrose, and mutant forms derived from
it has been finished; a second series has been begun.
An investigation of the influence of carbon monoxide, illu-
minating, and other gases upon plants has been undertaken
in codéperation with Professor H. M. Richards, and some
important results have already been obtained.

As a member of the Advisory Board of the Desert Botani-
cal Laboratory of the Carnegie Institution, a tour was made
in company with Frederick V. Coville, of the deserts in New
Mexico, Chihuahua, Arizona, and California in February,
1903. A site for the laboratory was selected at Tucson,
Arizona, and a building has been erected, which is now
equipped and is open with its facilities for investigators. The
results of the special studies of desert conditions have been
brought out as Publication 6 of the Carnegie Institution
under the title of ‘« Desert Botanical Laboratory of the Car-
negie Institution.” Additional results have been published
in the Plant World for November, 1903, and reprinted in
the Garden publications as ConrrizuTiIon 46. During the
trip made in selecting a location for the Desert Laboratory, a
number of living and preserved specimens of plants were
secured by means of funds of the Garden.

(198 )

Dr. John K. Small, curator of the museums, has continued
his attention to the flora of southeastern United States, and
has published the results of his work extending over the last
ten years in an octavo volume of xii + 1,370 pages, in which
there are descriptions of 6,364 species, 1,494 genera, 236
families and 62 orders, including all of the known flowering
plants, ferns and fern allies of the portions of the United
States south of the northern boundaries of North Carolina,
Tennessee, Arkansas and the Indian Territory as far west as
the one hundredth meridian. During the preparation of
this work several hundred species new to science have been
brought to light and the descriptions of others made more ex-
act. Dr. Small has made himself familiar with many of
these plants in their native habitats and since the publication
of his book spent the month of November in the field near
Miami, Florida, in the course of which some new species were
obtained.

Dr. P. A. Rydberg, assistant curator, has continued his
study of the flora of the Rocky Mountain region in the prep-
aration of a manual covering that area. The results of his
work on various groups and genera during the year have
been published in ConTRIBUTIONS 36 and 37, in which several
new species have been described. An annotated catalogue
of the flora of Colorado has been brought to an advanced
stage of completion and will be published soon by the Col-
lege of Agriculture of Colorado.

Dr. Arthur Hollick, assistant curator, acting for the U.S.
Geological Survey, examined the Cretaceous and Tertiary
strata of Long Island in April and May, for the purpose
of securing data as to the water supply of the island. Ona
second leave of absence he was detailed by the above bureau
for field work in Alaska, and made an examination of the
sections exposed along the Yukon River from the inter-
national boundary to the delta of the river. The purpose of
this work was to make collections of fossils from the various
horizons represented, especially from the Tertiary and Meso-
zoic beds. Dr. Hollick is also making a critical exami-

(199 )

nation of Tertiary plants from the vicinity of the Potomac in
Maryland. The geologic map of the Staten Island quad-
rangle of the New York City folio of the Geologic Atlas of
the United States, compiled from data obtained by Dr. Hol-
lick, has been recently published by the U.S. Geological
Survey. The article on palaeobotany for the New Inter-
national Encyclopedia was also prepared by Dr. Hollick. The
results of other special studies upon fossil plants from Western
America have been published in the JouRNAL and in ConrTRI-
BUTIONS 28 and 31.

Dr. M. A. Howe, assistant curator, has continued his sys-
tematic study of the marine algae of North America. A
thorough survey was made of the algal flora of the coastal
region of the southern, western and northern parts of Porto
Rico in May and June. A study of the genus /tze//a in
coéperation with Prof. L. M. Underwood was published as
CONTRIBUTION 34 of the Garden. A systematic study of the
algae of the Bahamas is also being made.

Prof. F. S. Earle, assistant curator, made a collecting trip
to eastern Cuba in March, and made a tour of Porto Rico
investigating the plant diseases of the island for the office of
the U. S. Experiment Stations. Work upon the Agaricaceae
has been continued, and critical examinations of collections
of fungi from California, Wyoming and Porto Rico, have been
made and several new species described in various papers.

Miss A. M. Vail, librarian, has continued her special
studies of Asclepiadaceae from various parts of the world,
describing several new species, one of which is published
in CONTRIBUTION 33.

Dr. J. H. Barnhart, editorial assistant, has brought his bib-
liographic work upon the local floras of North America to an
advanced stage, and his results will be published asa MEMOIR
at an early date.

Dr. W. J. Gies, consulting chemist, and adjunct professor
of physiological chemistry in Columbia University, has
under way investigation of the coloring substances and en-
zymes of the Sarracenias, together with other work on vege-

( 200 )

table pigments. The results of some researches upon the
physiological influence of the heavy metals upon plants, ob-
tained in codperation with Dr. R. H. True, were published in
the Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club for July, 1903.

Mrs. E. G. Britton, voluntary assistant, has continued her
studies of the mosses of Cuba, Porto Rico, Haiti, and the
continent of North America. The results of critical studies
on various genera have been published in bryological journals.
Accessions to the herbarium of mosses aggregating over four
thousand specimens have been received, studied and dis-
tributed. Investigations of the morphology and life-history
of Vittarca begun in 1901 have been continued. A paper on
this subject in codperation with Miss A. Taylor was pub-
lished in the Memozrs of the Torrey Botanical Club, Vol. 8,
No. 3, 1902.

Mr. R. S. Williams, collector in the Philippines, made a
critical study of the mosses from the Yukon collected by
Prof. J. M. Macoun in 1902, some of the results of which
were published, and also examined the mosses of the Harri-
man Expedition to Alaska. Mr. Williams also studied a col-
lection from Cape Nome, Alaska. The first installment of
the enumeration of the mosses collected by Mr. Williams in
Bolivia was published in BuLLETIN No. 9; here 143 species
were critically described, three new genera and thirty species
of which were new to science. He also prepared sets of these
mosses for distribution to other institutions.

Mr. Williams was appointed collector for the Garden in
the Philippines, and started for the scene of his duties in
September.

Dr. H. H. Rusby, curator of the economic collections, has
completed the preparation of the sections of Buck’s Refer-
ence Handbook of the Medical Sciences relating to materia
medica and therapeutics, comprising volumes VI to VIII in-
clusive. He has also completed his part of the work on the
botany and materia medica of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia,
eighth decennial revision, now in press. Work on other pub-
lications has been carried forward. He has also made pre-

( 201 )

liminary studies of the plants collected by Mr. R. S. Wil-
liams in Bolivia, in 1901 and 1902. An illustrated paper on
one of the plants yielding ‘¢ Honduras” sarsaparilla, previously
unknown, was published in the Druggists Circular for 1903.

The results of a study on the jaborandi leaves of the New
York market have been brought out in an illustrated paper in
the Bulletin of Pharmacy for 1903. Work on collections from
Colombia has been continued. The results of some studies
upon vegetable foods, and upon beverages of vegetable origin,
were given as illustrated lectures at the Garden and published
in the JOURNAL.

Mr. Geo. V. Nash, head gardener, has continued his work
on the grasses and economic plants in general. Some special
studies have been made upon the grasses of Porto Rico, the
results of which were published as CONTRIBUTION 39. Critical
examinations were also made of a number of other groups,
that of the Fouquieriaceae being brought out as ConTRIBU-
TION 42.

My own work, outside of the time required for adminis-
trative duties and the supervision of construction operations,
has been devoted to aiding the several departments; the vast
amount of material which has been received for the museums
and herbarium has caused me to give special attention to the
work of the curators in its proper determination and installa-
tion. A paper on ‘* New or Noteworthy North American
Crassulaceae,” prepared conjointly with Dr. J. N. Rose, of
the United States National Museum, was published in the
BULLETIN.

Dr. L. M. Underwood, professor of botany, Columbia
University, spent the period from January to May inclusive,
in an extended field examination of the ferns of Cuba and
Jamaica. The results of critical studies upon Botrychiun
were published in the Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club
for January, 1903, anda résumé of our knowledge of the ferns
of the Philippines in the same journal for December, 1903.

Dr. C. C. Curtis, tutor in botany, Columbia University,
has been engaged in observations on the habits, occurrence
and distribution of the forest trees of North America.

( 202 )

Dr. H. M. Richards, adjunct professor of botany in Bar-
nard College, Columbia University, has completed his inves-
tigations upon the influence of wounding on turgidity and is
carrying forward some work upon the influence of carbon
monoxide, illuminating gases and other gases upon plants,
in codperation with Dr. D. T. MacDougal.

Dr. Tracy E. Hazen, tutor in botany, Barnard College,
Columbia University, has continued his work on the Conferve
of North America. The results of his earlier studies have
been published in the Memozrs of the Torrey Botanical
Club, Volume 11. ,

Miss Ada Watterson, assistant in botany, Teachers Col-
lege, Columbia University, has continued her observations
on the effect of chemical irritants on the respiration of fungi,
and has also carried forward some investigations on the cytol-
ogy of hybrids.

Dr. E. S. Burgess, professor of biology, Normal Col-
lege, has continued his investigations of the asters. The
bibliography of the subject was published as Vol. 10 of the
Memoirs of the Torrey Botanical Club. The systematic
treatment of the group, including a number of new illustra-
tions, has been brought to an advanced stage of preparation.

Investigations at other Institutions.

By means of the appropriation made for this purpose, Pro-
fessor L. M. Underwood, Chairman of the Board of Scien-
tific Directors, visited during the summer, many of the larger
botanical establishments in Europe for the purpose of prosecut-
ing his studies on the ferns of tropical America, and while
engaged in this work, secured a large number of specimens
for our collections, and some books for the library, by mak-
ing exchanges with the gardens and museums visited by him.

Miss Anna M. Vail, librarian, took advantage of the op-
portunity while in France in the spring, for the purpose of
attending the sale of the botanical library of the late Pro-
fessor Jordan, of visiting the botanical establishments in Paris,
and made a trip to Holland and Belgium. Through this

( 203 )

work several thousand specimens and many books were ob-
tained for the collections, and exchange arrangements were
perfected with several institutions.

Dr. John K. Small, curator of the museums and _her-
barium, spent some time studying the collections at Harvard
University, at the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadel-
phia, and at the National Museum at Washington, D. C.

Research Scholarships.

The action of the Board of Managers in the establishment
of Resident Research Scholarships at the last annual meet~
ing appears to be amply justified by the results. Research
scholarships have been granted to five persons for an aggre-
gate period of fourteen months.

Dr. Theodor Holm, of Washington, D. C., held a schol-
arship one month and made a critical study of the Ranun-
culaceae of North America and revised the labels of the col-
lection of specimens of this family in the herbarium. Dr.
Holm also determined the collection of Rocky Mountain
sedges in the herbarium, as an aid to Dr. Rydberg in the
preparation of his manual of Rocky Mountain botany.

Dr. B. E. Livingston, assistant in physiology in Chicago
University, held a scholarship for four months within which
period he completed an investigation of the chemical physi-
ology of the cell, and obtained important results as to the
toxic, physiologic and morphologic effects of a large number
of mineral salts when used in minute and common concentra-
tions in nutritive media.

Miss W. J. Robinson, instructor in botany at Vassar Col-
lege, held a scholarship six months and completed certain
morphological studies on orchids, on the Fouquieriaceae, and
on the formation of tubers in general. A critical study of
the fungus genus Cordyceps was made, and some work was
begun in chemical physiology which will be continued at
Vassar.

Mr. C. L. Shear, pathologist of the Bureau of Plant In-
dustry, Washington, D. C., held a scholarship one month,

( 204 )

during which period he made a critical study of the family
Valsaceae, and determined the collection of this family in the
herbarium.

Mr. A. D. Selby, physiologist and pathologist to the Agri-
cultural Experiment Station at Wooster, Ohio, held a schol-
arship two months in continuation of earlier registration and
made an extended investigation of the latex of a number of
native plants with a view to ascertaining whether any of these
species might be taken to give promise of rubber in com-
mercial quantity, and also for the purpose of finding out the
function of latex. <A fairly complete bibliography of the en-
tire subject was compiled. Mr. Selby also completed some
morphological studies of etiolated plants, and an investiga-
tion of the life history of a fungus parasitic on grapes.

Publications.

Buiuetin No. 8, comprising pp. 409-518, with plate 42
of Vol. II, which it completed, was issued March 18, 1903.
This number is devoted wholly to the reports of officers and
committees for the year 1902.

Buutetin No. 9, comprising pp. 1-174, and plates 43-57
of Vol. III, was issued November 11. This number includes
four scientific papers which were published separately in
advance. The first, New or Noteworthy North American
Crassulacee, by Dr. N. L. Britton and Dr. J. N. Rose, was
issued on September 12, 1903. The second, The Flora of
the Matawan Formation (Crosswicks Clays), by Mr. Edward
W. Berry, was issued September 12, 1903. The third,
Bolivian Mosses, Part I, by Mr. R. S. Williams, was issued
October 19, 1903. The fourth paper, The Dimensional Re-
lations of the Members of Compound Leaves, by Mr. Chas.
Zeleny, was issued October 23, 1903.

The JournAL has been issued monthly during the year,
and the completed volume contains viii + 238 pages, with 8
plates and 29 figures.

Memoirs, Vol. II, The Influence of Light and Darkness
upon Growth and Development, by Dr. D. T. MacDougal,

( 205 )

and comprising xiii + 319 pages with 176 figures, was issued
January 20, 1903.

Contrisutions No. 31-48 have been printed during the
year, and include the following papers:

No. 31. A fossil petal and a fossil fruit from the Creta-
ceous (Dakota group) of Kansas, by Dr. Arthur Hollick.

No. 32. The Polyporaceze of North America—II. The
genus Pyropolyporus, by Dr. W. A. Murrill.

No. 33. Studies in the Asclepiadacee, by Miss A. M.
Vail.

No. 34. The genus /tve//a with descriptions of new
species from North America and the Canary Islands, by Dr.
M. A. Howe and Prof. L. M. Underwood.

No. 35. The Polyporacee of North America—ITU. The
genus /omes, by Dr. W. A. Murrill.

No. 36. Studies on the Rocky Mountain flora— X, by
Dr. P. A. Rydberg.

No. 37. Some generic segregations, by Dr. Per Axel
Rydberg.

No. 38. The Polyporacee of North America—IV. The
genus Lifvingza, by Dr. W. A. Murrill

No. 39. A preliminary enumeration of the grasses of
Porto Rico, by George V. Nash.

No. 40. The phyllodes of Oxypolis fliformis, a swamp
xerophyte, by Miss Rosina J. Rennert.

No. 41. The Polyporaceae of North America—V. The
genera Peale ee Scutiger and Porodriscus,
by Dr. W. A. Murrill

No. 42. A revision of the family Fouquieriaceae, by
George V. Nash.

No. 43. Some correlations of leaves, by Dr. D. T. Mac-
Dougal.

No. 44. Soil-temperatures and vegetation, by Dr. D. T.
MacDougal.

No. 45. Studies in plant hybrids, by Dr. W. A. Cannon.

( 206 )

No. 46. Some aspects of desert vegetation, by Dr. D. T.
MacDougal.

No. 47. Anatomy and physiology of Baccharis genistel-
locdes, by Miss E. M. Kupfer.

No. 48. Mutations in plants, by Dr. D. T. MacDougal.

Preservation of Native Plants.

Interest in the subject of the protection of wild flowers and
of natural woodlands has been increased by the aid of the
income of the fund of $3,000 established in 1901 by the
Misses Olivia E. and Caroline Phelps Stokes; a portion of
the income was used in defraying the expenses of a series of
lectures delivered in ten eastern cities in the spring by Mr.
C. L. Pollard, Secretary of the National Society for the
Preservation of Wild Flowers; one of these lectures was
delivered at the Garden. Another part of the income was
used for the distribution of printed documents referring to the
topic.

The Scientific Directors have authorized for 1904, the
expenditure of the income along three lines: (A) Payment
for prize essay on wild flower preservation; (B) arrange-
ments for additional lectures; (C) the printing of notices to
be posted where found desirable and practicable.

Reports Appended.

I submit, also, reports by the Curator of the Museums and
Herbarium, the Curator of the Economic Collections, the
Director of the Laboratories, the Librarian, the Head
Gardener, the Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds,
and a schedule of expenditures under appropriations by the
Board of Managers.

Respectfully submitted,
N. L. Britton,
Director-in- Chief.

( 207 )

REPORT OF THE CURATOR OF THE MUSEUMS
AND HERBARIUM.

Dr. N. L. Britton, DrrEcTOR-IN-CHIEF.

Str: I have the honor to submit herewith my report as
Curator of the Museums and Herbarium, for the year 1903:

The development of the collections and exhibits has been
continued on the general plans outlined in my previous re-
ports.

I. Genera Accessions. The several collections were
increased by an aggregate of 85,750 specimens. From this
aggregate, and from the store of previously acquired mate-
rial, about 45,000 specimens of plants and plant-products
have been incorporated in the permanent exhibits and study
collections. From the same sources the duplicate collections
were replenished. The specimens were obtained as follows:

(2) Gifts and purchases. A total of 31,878 specimens was
thus added to the collections. This large increase to the re-
sources of the institution came, not only through the direct
gifts of specimens by members and friends of the Garden,
but also by the gifts of money for the purchase of desirable
specimens, in addition to the annual appropriation for the
same purpose.

(6) Exchanges. The surplus museum and herbarium ma-
terial comprising the duplicate collections, which were much
depleted last year, were replenished during the early part of
this year and again drawn on for exchange purposes.
Through this source 19,407 specimens were obtained.

In addition to numerous individuals, exchange relations
were established with the following institutions, thus increas-
ing our exchange list to a total of fifty-nine:

Botanical Garden, Buitenzorg, Java.

Botanical Garden, Peradeniya, Ceylon.

Forest School, Yale University.

Royal University, Modena, Italy.

Public Gardens and Plantations, Jamaica.

California Academy of Sciences.

( 208 )

Jardin des Plantes, Paris.

University of Vermont.

University of Texas.

(c) Exploration. ‘The activity in the field resulted in en-
riching the collections by a total of 34,465 specimens.

II. InstaLLatTion or NEw Furniture. The building of
furniture according to plans mentioned in my last annual
report, and the installation of the same during the earlier
part of the year, has resulted in relieving the former con-
gested condition of the collections and has given a more fin-
ished appearance to the halls and rooms.

WI. Puanr Picture CoLuiectTion. This museum adjunct
was increased by two hundred and fifty-five photographs and
plates ; the collection was largely drawn upon for plates dur-
ing the readjustment of the systematic museum.

Museums.

1. Accessions. A total of 1,332 specimens was added to
the museums during the year. Most of the specimens came
as gifts or through the exploring trips maintained by the
Garden. No attempt was made to notably increase the col-
lections, chiefly on account of the installation of the furniture
already referred to. However, towards the close of the year,
after the exhibits had been readjusted in the new cases, the
matter of increasing the collections with desirable and in-
structive specimens was undertaken and is being prosecuted.

2. PREPARATION OF MATERIAL FOR EXHIBITION, AND
Appliances. All specimens heretofore held in storage have
been prepared to go into the exhibition cases or have been
actually installed. Many valuable and interesting specimens
have thus been put into use, and the collections are assuming
a more finished appearance, as well as becoming more use-
ful and instructive.

Scarcely any change was made in the style of appliances
for exhibition purposes, but ring-stands and racks of special
design were adopted and will be largely used during the
coming year.

( 209 )

The permanent museum equipment has been increased as
follows:

(a) Exhibition blocks. A few blocks of special sizes were
secured during the year, while many blocks of the standard
sizes from the supply secured last year were prepared and
placed in the cases as they were needed.

(6) Glass jars. (Specimen-jar, 2605, Whitall Tatum Co.)

Diameter. Height. Number of jars.

2 inches. 5 inches.

2% 73 vi 79 24

3 6G 6 6s 48

3 6 8 4c 180

3% io 240

43 bs $e 12 66 180
Total, 4932

(c) Oak frames, for displaying specimens mounted on
cardboard, and plates and photographs. Frames of the
standard sizes amounting to a total of 1,081 were added to
the museum equipment. This addition nearly completes the
present requirements of the systematic museum.

3. Economic Museum. The amount of case-space added
to that previously occupied by the economic collections
amounts to about one hundred per cent., and about two
thirds of the available space for cases on this floor is now
occupied.

The standard cases are now grouped in rectangular blocks
of four or six units. In the main east and west halls the
blocks are composed of six units, while in the wings they are
composed of four.

The specimens contained in the original equipment of
cases have been spread out into the new cases and a large
number of others, hitherto necessarily stored in the basement,
have been interpolated; these are being permanently ar-
ranged as rapidly as the labels can be struck off by our
printing outfit. Foods and fibers occupy the west hall; the
former in cases on the north side, the latter on the south.

( 210)

The west wing is mainly given over to exhibits other than
foods, fibers, drugs and woods. The east hall contains the
drugs, while the east wing is set aside for the woods and
wood products.

The contents of the museum may be briefly outlined as
follows: Blocks 1, 2 and 3 contain fibers. The cases adja-
cent to the center of the building, and the entrance, are given
over to cotton and cotton products, the most important of the
fibers of vegetable origin, while in the succeeding cases are
displayed various other economic fibers and fiber-products
arranged in the sequence of the natural families. Block 4
contains rubber and gums and resins. Block § is occupied
by a collection of vanilla and tonka beans, licorice and spices.
Block 6 is given over to fodders. Block 7 contains tobacco
and plants and plant products used for chewing, and miscel-
laneous plant products. Block 8 contains various beverages.
Block 9 is given over to the fixed and volatile oils, including
the crude materials from which the oils are derived and their
by-products. Block ro contains the specimens of sugars and
starches. Block 11 is divided between specimens of wood
and straw papers and cork. Blocks numbered 12, 13 and
14, consisting of the same number of units that are given
over to the fibers, are occupied by the foods. Here as in the
case of the fibers the same general plan of arrangement has
been adopted, thus the cases adjacent to the center of the
building are given over to the specimens of the cereals, which
taken together represent the most important foods of vegetable
origin, and following these are the other foods, mostly fruits,
primarily divided, as nearly as possible into two groups, the
dry and the juicy, each group arranged in the sequence of
the natural families.

The six blocks 15, 16, 17, 18, 19 and 20 contain the drug-
plants and drugs. In these the specimens are divided into
two series, which may be designated as crude drugs and pre-
pared drugs. The crude drugs are arranged morphologi-
cally, beginning with the roots and rootstocks and followed
by stems, barks, leaves, inflorescences, flowers, fruits, seeds
and the whole plant.

(211)

The east wing is given over to the woods and wood-prod-
ucts. Blocks 21, 22, 23 and 24 contain specimens of woods
from many parts of the world, while block 30 contains
various wood-products and carbons. Blocks 25 to 35 are
made of six cases of special design, devised to exhibit the
North American trees by means of examples of the wood,
accompanied by drawings, photographs and various illustra-
tive specimens.

4. Systematic Museum. The addition of new cases
necessitated the complete or partial readjustment of the
several departments of this museum.

(2) Synoptic collection. The case equipment of this col-
lection was about doubled, and this condition necessitated the
installation of fully as many specimens as had been in use
heretofore. These specimens are now at hand; many have
been installed, others are in preparation and will soon be
placed in the cases.

The display of algae has been doubled by the addition of
specimens and plates mounted on cardboard, and specimens
in jars. The display of fungi, lichens, hepatics, mosses and
ferns and fern-allies is being increased in the same way as
in the case of the algae. The display of the flowering plants
has been more than doubled by the increased exhibits of the
larger natural families and the addition of a plate represent-
ing a plant of each family.

This collection now occupies twenty-eight blocks of cases.
Blocks 1, 2 and 3 contain the algae or sea-weeds, with the
exception of the first section of block number one which is
given over to the myxomycetes or slime-moulds. Blocks 4,
5, 6and 7 contain the fungi, while the lichens occupy block
8. The hepatics are displayed in block number 9, the first
section of which is also given to the Laboulbeniomycetes.

The mosses occupy blocks 10 andr. Block 12, together
with half of block 13, contains the ferns and fern-allies, while
the rest of number 13 is given over to the gymnosperms. The
remaining 15 blocks are devoted to the flowering plants.

(6) Local flora. Six new stands were added to the equip-

(212)

ment of this collection. This addition will enable us to ex-
hibit the whole local flora, of which the lichens, hepatics,
mosses, ferns and fern-allies, and flowering plants are now
almost completely installed. Lack of time and assistance
prevented the installation of the more lowly organized groups,
but the cardboards for these plants are ready and many of
the specimens have been selected and put aside for mounting.

(c) Microscope exhibit. Less change was necessary in
the case of this display than in any other department, the
results of the complete renovation to which it was subjected
last year having proved satisfactory. This display continues
to be very popular; the objects exhibited are changed from
time to time.

5. Fossiz Prant Museum. The addition of two new
table-cases has resulted in a redistribution of the specimens
in all the cases. Two cases are now devoted to Paleozoic
plants; one to Jura-Trias; two to Cretaceous and one to
Tertiary plants. This condition has resulted in a better ex-
hibition of the Carboniferous flora than was previously pos-
sible and has provided room for the display of the excep-
tionally fine collection of Dakota group leaves obtained by
the Garden last year. Specimens for display were selected
and provided with blocks.

The contents of the wall-cases have been subjected to a
slight rearrangement, in order to display the specimens to
better advantage.

Critical examination of the collections has been continued
and the work of identifying and marking type-specimens
has been systematically carried on. The principal work of
this character during the past year has been in connection
with the collection illustrating the flora of the Amboy clays,
which contains the types of Professor Newberry’s monograph
on the subject.

An important addition to the Museum is the collection of
fossil plants of the Matawan formation, containing speci-
mens of all the types of the species published in a paper on
the flora of that formation recently printed in the BULLETIN
of the Garden.

C213)

6. Lasetinc. The permanent labeling of specimens was
carried on as heretofore. Manuscript for the complete label-
ing of the economic museum was prepared and many of
the permanent labels have been printed. Nearly all the man-
uscript for the systematic museum has been prepared and
many of the labels have been struck off. The display of algae
has been completely labeled, and large labels stating the object
of the collection and the contents of each stand have been
provided for the local flora. The permanent labeling of the
table-cases of the fossil plant museum is about completed
and general labels have been supplied for the wall-cases.
Many of the labels printed during the early development of
the museums have been replaced by more complete ones.

7. CARE OF THE CoLLecTions. The general handling
of specimens resulting from the moving of material from the
old cases into the new, gave special opportunity for the ex-
amination and cleaning of specimens which had been in the
cases for several years. The collections have suffered very
little from exposure to the light and not at all from insect
depredation.

The practice of poisoning specimens with mercuric chlorid,
chloroform or carbon bisulphid has been continued and with
satisfactory results.

8. Uses oF THE Museums. The several collections com-
prising the museums have been used to illustrate instruction
given at the Garden and at Columbia University.

Instructors, students, and pupils of schools from New York
City and the contiguous territory have made use of the col-
lections both to gain general information and to illustrate
courses of study. As heretofore the local flora and the mi-
croscope exhibit have maintained special interest, the for-
mer being used mostly by teachers and students, the latter
especially attracting the general public. The economic col-
lections have been a source of information to manufacturers,
importers and merchants, as well as to the general public.

(214 )

Herbaria.

1. Accessions. An aggregate of 84,163 specimens have
been put to the account of the herbarium. All the desirable
current distributions of herbarium specimens have been
secured either as gifts or by purchase. The several explor-
ing trips undertaken by the Garden have added thousands of
valuable specimens, as well as some desiderata and many
unique specimens to the collections.

The algal collections have been increased by fully 4,800
specimens, chiefly by several sets of exsiccatae and the col-
lections of Dr. Howe in Porto Rico. The fungal collections
have been increased by fully 9,300 specimens, mainly through
the acquisition of several valuable exsiccatae and the col-
lections of Mr. Earle in the West Indies and eastern North
America. The bryophyte collections have been increased
by at least 3,000 specimens, mainly from North America,
tropical America and Europe. The collection of pterido-
phytes has been notably enlarged by the acquisition of the
Jenman herbarium and the collections of Professor Under-
wood in the West Indies; the total addition of ferns and fern-
allies amounting to fully 20,000 specimens. The more
noteworthy additions of flowering plants came from North
America, tropical America, including both the West Indies
and the mainland, South America and southern Europe.

2. MounTInc anpD ConservVING oF HERBARIUM MATE-
RIAL.

(2) Flat or pressed specimens. Additions amounting to
33,254 sheets have been made tothe herbaria. These sheets
contain about 44,000 specimens, as in the case of the algae,
fungi, lichens, hepatics and mosses, several specimens are
usually mounted on a single sheet.

The accumulation of cryptogamic specimens has been
mounted and incorporated in the herbaria. Noteworthy
among this material is the Allen collection of Characeae and
the Averill collection of Algae, and the algal material secured
by Dr. Howe in Newfoundland, Bermuda, Florida and a vast
number of mosses from all parts of the world. Most of the

(215)

current additions of flowering plants have been mounted and
incorporated in the permanent collections.

The method of poisoning specimens with mercuric chlorid
has been continued and as a result all apparent insect life has
disappeared from the herbarium cases.

(6) Bulky specimens. A total of 4,600 specimens, mainl
fungi, were permanently disposed in boxes of the following
sizes:

Size of boxes. Number of boxes.

54X 258 x 3% inches. 1,000
IW xX256x37% ¢ lore)
I4ZX5Kx3R% 300
2Y,X258x37%R * 400
24X5Ux3% 300
24AXSKXTH SS 500
Myxomycetes boxes 1,500

Total, 4,600

In addition to the fungi, the crustaceous and otherwise
bulky lichens and the myxomycetes, heretofore merely stored,
were placed in boxes and arranged in the cases so as to be
accessible for study.

3. ARRANGEMENT OF THE HeRsaria. Changes in the
general arrangement of the herbaria were necessitated both on
account of the growth of the collections and the disposition of
the new furniture. The myxomycetes and algae occupy the
laboratory directly west of the library reading room. The
lichens, fungi and pteridophytes occupy the taxonomic lab-
oratory. Adjacent to this laboratory and opening into it is a
room devoted entirely to the collection of bryophytes. The
main herbarium room is now given over to the seed-plants or
flowering plants, those comprising the Garden herbarium
being in the eastern side of the room, those comprising the
Columbia herbarium on the west.

(a) Garden Herbarium. A total of 83,643 specimens was
received for the Garden herbarium. From these and from
sets of specimens previously acquired, 31,134 sheets, contain-
ing 41,200 specimens were mounted and incorporated in the
permanent collections.

(216 )

The herbaria merged into the Garden herbarium since the
printing of the list of herbaria in my report for 1901, are as
follows:

The O. R. Willis herbarium.

The J. S. Billings herbarium.

The L. M. Underwood herbarium.

The G. S. Jenman herbarium.

The F. S. Earle herbarium.

The W. A. Murrill herbarium.

The E. G. Britton herbarium.

The T. F. Allen herbarium.

The A. Henry herbarium of Chinese plants.

The A. Vigener herbarium.

The American Museum of Natural History herbarium.

The Torrey Botanical Club herbarium.

The local herbarium, comprising the plants growing natur-
ally within a radius of one hundred miles of New York City,
has been increased by specimens collected by members of the
Garden staff and by representatives of the Garden detailed to
accompany the Torrey Botanical Club on its weekly field
meetings. This collection is gradually being renovated; the
bryophytes have been completely remounted and many speci-
mens added.

(6) Columbia Herbarium. Specimens amounting to a total
of 520 were received for the Columbia herbarium. A total
of 2,120 sheets containing 2,800 specimens was mounted for
this collection. The work of remounting miscellaneous speci-
mens and of strapping the specimens of the genera and families.
most handled has been prosecuted throughout the year. Con-
siderable time has been devoted to the renovation of portions
of the cryptogamic divisions of the collection, while such
portion of the Morong herbarium as were needed for study
were permanently mounted.

4. DupticaTeE HerBarium. This collection was replen-
ished early in the year by the addition of extra specimens
from the several exploring trips and by a very large collec-
tion of Rocky Mountain plants and miscellaneous specimens.

(217)

Later in the year active exchanging was maintained and a
total of over 15,000 specimens was sent to other institutions
and individuals.

5. Uses or THE HERBARIUM. Members of the Garden
Staff have drawn on this source of information in developing
their departments, as an adjunct in teaching in connection
with the courses of instruction, for research work and special
investigation. The registered students of the Garden and
Columbia University have had access to these collections as
their studies and investigations required.

ficers and students from other institutions have from
time to time consulted these collections as investigations
which they were prosecuting demanded, and other responsi-
ble individuals have been permitted to draw upon this source
of information by special permission.
Assistance.

As heretofore the detail work connected with the mainten-
ance and development of this department has been divided
between several members of the staff, volunteers and aids.
Dr. Rydberg has shared the curatorial work connected with
the flowering plants. ‘The work in connection with the cryp-
togams has been shared by several, Professor Underwood
caring for the ferns and fern-allies, Mrs. Britton for the
mosses and moss-allies, Mr. Earle for the fungi and allied
groups and Dr. Howe for the algae. The fossil plant collec-
tions have been under the care of Dr. Hollick.

Respectfully submitted,
. K. Smauu,
Curator of the Museums and Herbarium.
DECEMBER 31, 1903.

( 218 )

REPORT OF THE CURATOR OF THE ECONOMIC
COLLECTIONS.

Dr. N. L. Brirron, DirecTor-tn-CHIEF.

Sir: I have the honor to submit the following report of
he Economic Museum for the year 1903.

The most important events of the year in the development
of this museum have been the installation of new cases, and
the transfer of the care of the collections to a single experi-
enced custodian.

The increase in our case room is estimated at about 100 per
cent.; but this figure does not fully state the advantage de-
rived from the increase, since the change has involved a
great improvement in the form of the cases. Each block, or
set, of cases has been considerably enlarged, a change which
allows a more effective display of sets of specimens which
are extensive and which require a close relation throughout
the series. The improved form of the cases has resulted in
eliminating the interspaces which formerly existed, and which
acted as annoying traps for the accumulation of dirt.

e change referred to has enabled us to place on exhibi-
tion several hundred specimens previously in storage, and to
resume active operations looking toward farther acquisitions.

The considerable extension of the museum thus effected,
and that promised for the future, has made it necessary that
some properly qualified person should be continually in
charge, and keep himself familiar with day-to-day develop-
ments and changes. By the readjustment of assistants ar-
ranged by you, this important desideratum has been secured.

Mr. J. A. Shafer, who has been appointed Custodian,
having been educated as a pharmacist, and having had prac-
tical experience in museum work at the Carnegie Museum of
Pittsburg, possesses special qualifications for this work.

The resignation in August last of our experienced printer,
has interrupted the work of labeling new specimens, and sub-
stituting improved labels for the temporary ones previously in

( 219 )

place, but it is hoped that an arrangement can soon be made
for resuming this work, probably the most important of any
now before us.

The collection of North American woods, being accumu-
lated in the eastern wing, under your own direction, has as-
sumed important proportions, and will shortly provide excel-
lent facilities for the study of this subject.

Among the more important acquisitions of the year are the
following.

A series of specimens of tonka beans and coumarin, do-
nated by Messrs. Dodge and Olcott, of New York.

A collection of plants used as medicines by the Cheyenne
Indians, donated by Mr. George Bird Grinnell, of New York
City.

A large collection of miscellaneous specimens obtained in
exchange from the Field Columbian Museum, of Chicago.

A collection of specimens obtained in Jamaica by Prof. D.
T. MacDougal.

One hundred species of economic fungi, purchased from
Mr. G. P. Clinton.

A number of specimens from Jamaica, donated by the Hon.
Wm. Faweett.

A collection of insect flowers and powders, donated by
Messrs. McCormick & Co., of Baltimore.

A collection made in Dominica by Prof. F. E. Lloyd.

A collection of linseed oils, donated by the National Lin-
seed Oil Company.

A collection made in Cuba and in Florida by Dr. and Mrs.
N. L. Britton.

A collection made in Florida by Dr. J. K. Small.

A collection made in Georgia by Mr. R. M. Harper.

A collection of New Zealand woods donated by Mr. L.
Cockayne.

A large collection of woods and miscellaneous specimens
made in Haiti by Mr. Geo. V. Nash.

A number of important collections have been promised and
will doubtless be received during the coming year.

( 220)

One of the most important indications for the future of the
museum is the necessity that must soon arise for appropriations
for the purchase of specimens. Heretofore, we have relied
chiefly upon donations by commercial houses. This resource,
though by no means exhausted, cannot be relied upon so ex-
tensively as heretofore. A large number of the more impor-
tant industries are now represented by rather complete sets
of the ordinary articles of the market, but in nearly every
case there are important gaps to be filled. The missing
articles are often, by their very rarity, of greater interest than
those possessed. For many of them, we cannot safely depend
upon any other method than that of purchase, as opportunities
present themselves. For this purpose, there should be a
special fund appropriated, which could be drawn upon with-
out a delay which might in some cases involve the loss of the
opportunity. During the coming year, we shall doubtless
find opportunity for full activity in working along old lines;
but the suggestion here presented should receive considera-
tion for our future needs.

Very een
. Russy, M.D.,
Curator of a Collections.

( 221)

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR OF THE
LABORATORIES.

Dr. N. L. Brirron, DrrectTor-In-CHIeEF.

Str: Ihave the honor to submit the following report for
the year ending January 1, 1904.

The appropriation for the laboratories has been expended
chiefly in securing additional microscopes and lenses, in the
increase of the equipment for research in chemical physiol-
ogy and in the purchase of supplies of all kinds for the
increasing number of investigators. The usefulness of
the laboratories has also been greatly increased by the con-
struction of suitable wall-cases and shelving, by the aid of
which the apparatus may be properly cared for and kept in
order. Chemical desks and tables for the use of individual
workers have also been added.

The collection illustrating the development and history of
the microscope, donated by Mr. C. F. Cox, has been arranged
for display by means of the additional necessary cases pro-
vided for that purpose.

Meteorological observations have been continued. The
thermographic and precipitation records are filed in suitable
volumes which contain the continuous series of observations
begun in 1900. The total precipitation for the year amounts
to 56.6 inches. The total number of days between the latest
spring frost and the earliest freezing temperature of the
autumn amounts to 170 days, in comparison with which it is
interesting to note a similar period of 168 daysin 1902. The
results of the first years’ observations with the Hallock soil
thermograph have been discussed in a paper published in the
Monthly Weather Review of the United States Weather
Bureau for August, 1903, and reprinted as CONTRIBUTION 44
in the Garden series.

The results of my investigations upon the influence of light
and darkness upon growth and development of plants, com-
pleted in the previous year, are set forth in Vol. II of the

( 222 )

Memorrs of the Garden, which was issued under date of
January 20, 1903.

The duties of the Director-in-Chief were discharged dur-
ing the absences of Dr. N. L. Britton in March and Decem-
ber. Editorial work in connection with the Torrey Botanical
Club has been performed, and the duties of Secretary of the
Botanical Society of America have been discharged during
the year.

Photographic equipment has been provided for the several
expeditions sent by the Garden to various parts of the world.
Selections are made from the negatives secured by such
means, which are registered and placed in the permanent col-
lection, which now includes about 400. Lantern slides are
made from the reserved negatives and from others as well,
which are used in illustrating the lectures of the spring and
autumn courses. These slides are also used by members
of the staff in lectures given in other institutions. The most
valuable addition to this collection consists of a series, 340 in
number, donated by Mr. C, F. Cox, of the Board of Mana-
gers. This series.;was made by Mr. T. F. Smith, of London,
and illustrates the theory of structure of diatoms as described
by him inthe Journal of the New York Microscopical Society
for April, 1891. The collection of slides now amounts to
about I,200.

The experimental greenhouse and the adjacent ground in
the nursery are proving of very great service in investigations
in physiology, morphology and mycology. Since May, 1902,

have been codperating with Professor Hugo de Vries,
Director of the Botanical Garden at Amsterdam, Holland, in
testing certain features of the mutation theory of the origin of
species recently proposed by him. One series of cultures of
the parent species of the evening primrose, and mutant forms
derived from it, has been finished, and the results published
in the American Naturalist for November, 1903, and re-
printed as CONTRIBUTION 48 in the Garden publications. A
second series has been begun. This work is of unusual in-
terest, since it Is concerned with the only known instances

( 223)

where new forms of the rank of species have been observed
to originate, under circumstances properly guarded against
error.

My investigations on correlations in leaves were finished
and the results published in the Bulletin of the Torrey
Botanical Club for September, 1903, being reprinted as Con-
TRIBUTION 43 of the Garden publications.

The studies on the life-history of polymorphic aquatics
begun early in 1902 have been continued. This work en-
tails extended cultures of aquatics under normal conditions,
aquatics as terrestrials, and terrestrial species as aquatics
during several seasons, and in addition to results concerned
with the influence 0° various external conditions upon struc-
ture and form may also be expected to furnish evidence upon
the inheritance or non-inheritance of acquired characters.

Dr. H. M. Richards has undertaken with me an investiga-
tion of the influence of carbon monoxide and other gases
upon plants. During the few months that cultural tests have
been under way marked results of some importance have been
secured which will be announced in due form after the work
has been completed. It has been found necessary to take up
the study of the effects of illuminating gas upon plants in con-
nection with these experiments.

During July, 1903, a trip was made to Jamaica for the pur-
pose of arranging with the government a lease of Bellevue
House and grounds at Cinchona. This establishment was
found to offer exceptional facilities for botanical investiga-
tions in the tropics, and the grounds placed at the disposal of
the Garden will be of great service in the collection and for-
warding of living plants for the Garden collections. My
wife and daughter accompanied me on this trip, and we
found the summer climate of Jamaica healthful and pleasant.

Arrangements were made with the Hon. Wm. Fawcett,
Director of the Public Gardens and Plantations of Jamaica,
by which the Garden received the duplicate herbarium speci-
mens accumulated by his department, including about 5,230
specimens.

( 224)

Special Investigations.

The following alphabetical list contains the names of all
persons to whom the privileges of the Garden have been
granted for extended periods during the year, together with
brief notes as to the special investigations pursued while in
residence.

JosupH CuHaritzs Artuur. Iowa State College, B.S., 1872;
M.S., 1877; Cornell University, D.Sc., 1886. Professor of
Plant Physiology and Pathology, Purdue University, and Bot-
anist to the Agricultural Experiment Station.

Cultural and morphological investigation of the plant rusts.
Harriet Brown BAILey.

The flora of northeastern America with special attention to the
mosses of this region.

Howarp James Banker. Syracuse University, A.B., 1892;
Columbia University, A.M., 1900. Instructor in the South-
western State Normal School, California, Penn.

A study of the Hydnaceae.

Mary FRANKLIN BARRETT. Smith College, B.L., rgor.

Taxonomy of the Tremellales.

ELIZABETH BILLINGS.

A systematic study of the grasses of Vermont.

Laura Baker Broomaty. University of Michigan, B.S., 1898.

Embryology of certain seed-plants.

CuarLtes Tuomas Bruges. University of Texas, B.S., 1901;
M.S., 1902.

General morphology of the algae.

EstuEr Fussett Byrnes. Bryn Mawr College, A.B., 1891;
A.M., 1894; Ph.D., 1898. Instructor in biology in Girls’
High School, Brooklyn, N. Y.

An investigation of the factors which determine sex in dioecious
plants.

Witiram Austin Cannon. Stanford University, A.B., 1899;

.M., 1900; Columbia University, Ph.D., 1902. Later ap-
pointed resident investigator, Desert Botanical Laboratory of
the Carnegie Institution, Tucson, Arizona.

Spermatogenesis of hybrids.

(225)

Anna May Crarx. University of Vermont, Ph.B., 1898.

The life-histories of selected cryptogams.

AuiceE Durour. Defiance College, Ph.B., 1899.

A systematic study of the grasses of the tribe Oryzeae.

Juria Tirus Emerson. Appointed assistant in the laboratories,
Sept., 1903.

An investigation of a disease of the roots of ffosa caused by para-
sitic organisms, and of the chemical properties of Jéervillea.
ELIzABETH VENABLE Garnzs. Adelphi College, A.B., 1899.

Instructor in biology in Adelphi College.

Taxonomic study of the Berberidaceae and Menispermaceae.
Leon Everett Grout. University of Vermont, B.S., 1902.

The embryology of certain members of the Rubiaceae.
BENJAMIN CHARLES GRUENBERG. University of Minnesota, B.S.,

1896. Sugar-testing laboratory, U. S. Appraisers’ Stores, N.
Y. City. Instructor in biology in High Schools, N. Y. City.

Chemical and anatomical examination of Haematoxylon.
Rotanp McMititan Harper. University of Georgia, C.E., 1897.

The flora of Georgia.

CaroLinE Coventry Haynes.

A systematic study of some of the Hepaticae.

Frorence Henry. Cornell University, A.B., 1901; Columbia
University, A.M., 1902.

Palaeobotany.

Turopor Horm. Catholic University of America, Ph.D., 1902.

Investigation of the taxonomy and morphology of the Ranuncu-
laceae, and of Rocky Mountain Cardces. Research scholarship for
one month.

Wituiam Tirus Horne. University of Nebraska, B.S., 1898.
Further work at same institution, 1898-1900. Fellow in Co-
lumbia University, 1903-1904.

Parasitic diseases of plants; formation and significance of alka-
loids in plants.

Homer Dotiver House. Syracuse University, B.S., 1902. Later
appointed assistant in botany, Columbia University.

A systematic and anatomical study of the Convolvulaceace, and
an experimental series of observations on carpotropic movements.
Influence of ions upon seedlings.

( 226 )

Fora IsHam.
A taxonomic study of the sedges of the local flora.
Cyrus Amsrosz Kine. State University of Indiana, A.B., 1893;
Harvard University, A.B., 1897; A.M., 1898; Ph.D., 1902.
Cytology of the Phycomycetes.
Exsiz M. Kurrer. Columbia University, A.B., 1899; A.M.,
1g01. Instructor in biology in Wadleigh High School Annex.
An anatomical and physiological study of Baccharis genistel-
loides, and a series of studies upon the subject of regeneration of
plants.
Marion Exizaseru LATHAM. Columbia University, A.B., 1903.
Investigation of the stimulating effect of chloroform on the deowih
of fungi.
Grorce LEAVENWORTH. University of Missouri, A.B., 1go2.
A systematic study of the trees of the Mississippi basin.
Burton Epwarp Livineston. University of Michigan, B.S.,
1898; University of Chicago, Ph.D., 1902. Assistant in
plant physiology, University of Chicago.
The effect of chemical stimulation upon the form and structure
of plants. Research scholarship for four months.
Lucy MacInry
Morphology re algae.
Nina Loverinc MarsHaLyt. Wellesley College, A.B., 1895.
Instructor in science department of Ely’s School, N. Y. City.
A study of the mosses, lichens, and hepaticae, in the preparation
of a popular book upon this subject.
WittiaM Ratrpn Maxon. Syracuse University, Ph.B., 1898.
Aid in cryptogamic botany, United States National Museum.
The ferns and fern-allies of Jamaica.
CuARLES FREDERICK MILLsPAUGH. Student, Cornell University,
class of 75; New York Homeopathic Medical College, M.D.,
1881. Curator, Department of Botany, Field Columbian Mu-

seum.

The flora of the West Indies.
Ernestine Motwirz. Columbia University, A.B., 1902.

An anatomical and chemical examination of /bervzllea Sonorae.
Fannie Aucusta MuLForp.

A study of the flora of the plains of Long Island.

( 227)

Witiiam ALPpHoNsO MurriLi. Virginia Polytechnic Institute,
B.S.A., 1886; B.M. and B.S., 1887; Randolph-Macon Col-
lege, B. S., 1889; A.B., 1890; A.M., 1891; Cornell Univer-
sity, Ph.D., 1900

A systematic lady of the Polyporaceae of North America.

Rosina JuLia RENNERT. Normal College of N. Y. City, A.B.,
1897; Columbia University, A.B., 1901; A.M., ;

An anatomical and physiological study of Oxypolis filiformis.

Cuartes Bupp Roszinson. Dalhousie University, A.B., 1891;
student at Cambridge University, England.

The Characeae of eastern America; carpotropic movements of
plants.

WINIFRED JosEPHINE Ropinson. Michigan State Normal School,
B.Pd., 1892; University of Michigan, B.S., 1899

The physiology of the formation of tubers, and a taxonomic
study of Cordycepfs. Research scholarship for six months.

AvucusTINE Dawson SELBY. Ohio State University, B.S., 1893.
Botanist and chief of the department of plant physiology and
pathology of the Ohio Agricultural Experiment Station.

Investigations in the chemical physiology of plants, and of fungal
parasites affecting the grape. Research scholarship for one month.

Cornetius Lorr SHear. University of Nebraska, A.M., 1898.
Pathologist, United States Bureau of Plant Industry.

Taxonomy and morphology of fungi. Research scholarship for
one month.

Hervey Woopspurn SHIMER. Lafayette College, A.B., 1899;
M Or.

Palaeobotany.

MARGARET SLOSSON.

A study of the early stages of certain ferns.

Sre_ita GEORGIANA STREETER. Smith College, B.L., 1898.

A study of the transpiratory openings of the Marchantiaceae.

Witutam Cutten Unuic. Columbia University, Ph.B., 1896.

General morphology of the algae in the water-supply of New
York City.

Irvine TuppzRr Wore: Student in the Cornell Forest

School, 1900-1
Native and cultivated shrubs.

( 228)

Naouipk Yatsu. Tokyo University, Rigakushi (B.A.), 1900.
Cytological changes produced by chemical stimulation.
CHARLES ZELENY. University of Minnesota, B.S., 1898; M.S.,

An experimental investigation of correlations, comprehending a
study of the dimensional relations of the members of compound
eaves.

The total registration for the year 1903 includes 46 per-
sons, who represent by degrees received, or by incumbencies
held, 40 institutions of collegiate rank or scientific purpose.
3 have held research scholarships for periods of one month,
1 for four months and 1 for six months.

Respectfully submitted,
D. T. MacDoueat,
Director of the Laboratories.

( 229)

REPORT OF THE LIBRARIAN.

To THE DrIRECTOR-IN-CHIEF.

Str: I have the honor to submit the following report on
the Library, covering the period from January 1, 1903, to
January I, 1904.

A census of the library was taken on December 28, and
the number of bound volumes was then found to be 14,591,
showing an increase for the year of 1,656 volumes. Of
these, 513 volumes were purchased by the special book fund,
278 volumes were purchased by the library appropriation,
493 volumes were presented to the Garden and 17 volumes
were deposited by Columbia University, the remainder being
acquired through subscription or exchange.

During the year 985 volumes have been bound, of which
148 volumes were serials and pamphlets deposited at the
Garden by Columbia University.

The card-catalogue has been kept up to date; about 5,000
written cards have been added to it. Besides the set of
cards of the Zudex to recent literature relating to American
éotany, published by the Torrey Botanical Club, that is
sorted into the general card index, the Library also main-
tains a complete set of this index in a separate series. This
is also the case with the Card-index of genera, species
and varieties of plants published since 1885, compiled by
Josephine A. Clark, and the Judex botanique universel
published by the Herbier Boissier. The overcrowding of
the cards in the case used heretofore necessitated the con-
struction of a special card-index case against one of the piers
in the reading room, and this new case was put in place by
the Library Bureau early in the year and the cards moved
into it. The subject catalogue has been notably increased.
During the year the book-cases built into the reading room
in 1902 have been filled, this necessitating the rearranging
and moving of a number of books, which was deferred till
the early part of the year, when steel shelving for nearly one

( 230)

fourth more volumes was placed in the stack-room. The in-
crease of books this year has however nearly filled them.

A large octagonal table has been constructed for the center
of the reading room. On it are now displayed the current
periodicals. The lower portion of this table is fitted with
shelves and doors, and provides space for the storing of mis-
cellaneous unclassified collections such as letters, manuscripts
and pictures.

The most notable addition to the library was the purchase
in Paris during the month of May of some five hundred books
and pamphlets at the auction sale of the botanical library of
the late Professor Alexis Jordan. Of these, the most valu-
able, some 340 numbers, were the gift of Mr. Andrew Car-
negie, the remainder being purchased through the special
book fund.

Valuable gifts have been received from Mr. C. F. Cox,
who presented the library with 80 volumes of books on micros-
copy, from Mr. Leonard Barron, and Dr. L. M. Under-
wood. Professor F. S. Earle has presented over 600 mis-
cellaneous unbound pamphlets, many of which have filled
gaps in incomplete serials. The Library of Columbia Uni-
versity has also given from time to time a number of unbound
dissertations on botanical subjects that have proved very ac-
ceptable additions to the existing collections. A number of
horticultural and agricultural publications have also been
received from the same source.

Additional exchanges with other institutions have been
arranged, and the number of journals, periodicals and re-
ports now received in that way in exchange for Garden pub-
lications is 305, as against 257 during 1902. The number
of journals subscribed for is now 30, as against 20 received
last year.

Accessions to the Library other than serials and regular
exchanges, have been published monthly in the JouRNAL.

Respectfully submitted,
Anna Murray VAIL,
Librarian.

( 231 )

List oF EXCHANGES.

Institutions.

a oe a ee Auburn, Ala.

Tuskegee, Ala.
Uniontown, Ala.
Tucson, Arizona.
Fayetteville, Ark.
Berkeley, Calif.
Fort Collins, Colo.

Lexington, Ky.

Baton Rouge, La.
rono, Me.

College Park, Md.

Amherst, Mass.

Agricultural College, Mich.

St. aaa Park, St. Paul
Min

Agricultura College, Miss.

Durham, N. H.
New Brunswick, N. J.
Mesilla Park, N. Mex.

Raleigh, N. C.

( 232 )

pene ge a ao Fargo, N. Dak.
Wooster, Ohio.

“ 6 $6 Stillwater, Oklahoma.
& “6 “ Corvallis, Oregon.

7 - te State College, Pa.

“e “ 66 Mayaguez, Porto Rico, W. I.
“é “c ot Kingston, R. I

66 “6 “ Clemson College, S. C.
ee ‘ ‘ Brookings, S. Dak.

66 6 et Knoxville, Tenn.

és “ College Station, Texas.
“ “ “ Logan, Utah

- de 7 Burlington, Vt

e “ “ Blacksburg, Va

“ te 6 Morgantown, W. Va
7 16 a Pullman, Washington.
bas ‘ + Madison, Wis.

Laramie, Wyo.

Agricultural Bulletin of the Malay Peninsula, Singapore, Straits
Settlements.

Agricultural Department of the West Indies, Barbadoes, W. I.
Bulletin, Agricultural News.”

American Museum of Natural History, New York City, N. Y.
Bulletin, Journal and Report.

Bergianska Tradgarden, Stockholm, Sweden. Acta Horti Ber-
giant.

Bernice Pauahi Bishop Museum, Honolulu, Hawaii.

Biologisch-Landwirtschaftliche Institut in Amani, Deutsch-Ost-

rika. Berichte uber Land und Forstwirthschaft.

Botanic Garden, Imperial University, Tokyo, Japan. Seed
lists.

Botanic Gardens, Singapore, Straits Settlements. Axzual Re-

port.

Botanic Gardens, Sydney, New South Wales. Refort.

Botanic Institute of the University of Stockholm, Stockholm,
Sweden. Meddelanden.

Botanical Garden, Belize, British Honduras.

Botanical Gardens, Cincinnati, Ohio.

Botanischer Garten der Grossh. Technischen Hochshule, Karls-
ruhe, Germany. Seed dzsts.

( 233)

Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences, Brooklyn, N.Y. Sczence
Bulletin and The Children’s Museum Bulletin.

Buffalo Botanic Garden, West Seneca, N. Y.

California State Board of Horticulture, Sacramento, California.
Report.

Central Experiment Farm, Ottawa, Canada. udlletin, Report.

Chicago University, Chicago, Illinois. Contributions from the
flull Botanical Laboratory.

Clara Leigh Dwight Gardens, Mount Holyoke, Mass. Seed
lists.

College of Pharmacy, New York City, N.Y. journal of Phar-
macology.

Columbia University, New York City, N. Y. Memozrs and
Contributions from the Department of Botany.

Denison University, Granville, Ohio. Bulletin of the Scten-
tific Laboratories.

Desert Botanical Laboratory of the Carnegie Institution, Tucson,
Arizona. eport.

Ecoles Moyenne et Supérieure de ’Etat, Wageningue, Holland.
Seed lists.

Eli Lilly and Company, Indianapolis, Ind.

Field Columbian Museum, Jackson Park, Chicago, Ill. Puddz-
cations: Report Series and Botanical Sertes.

Forestry Bureau, Manila, Philippine Islands.

Geological and Natural History Survey of Canada, Ottawa,
Canada. Contributions from the Herbarium.

Geological and Natural History Survey of Maryland, Balti-
more, Md.

Geological and Natural History Survey of Minnesota, Minne-
apolis, Minn. Report and Bulletin.

Hamburgische Botanische Staatsinstitute, Hamburg, Germany.
Seed lists.

Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. Contributions from
the Gray Herbarium, and Contributions from the Cryptogamic
Laboratory.

Herbier Boissier, Geneva, Switzerland. Auéletin.

Horticultural College, Swanley, England. report.

Hortus Botanicus Academicus Dublanensis, Lemberg, Austria.
Seed lists.

Hortus Botanicus, Christiania, Norway. Seed lists.

( 234 )

Hortus Botanicus, Lund, Sweden. Seed Jzsts.

Hortus Botanicus, Utrecht, Holland. Seed dzsts.

Hortus Thenensis, Tirlemont, Belgium. Jcones Selectae.

Mlinois State Laboratory of Natural History, Urbana, Ill. Bud-
etin.

Institut Agronomique de Moscou, Moscow, Russia. Annales.

Institut Botanique de Bucarest, Bucarest, Roumania. ulletin
de V Herbier.

Institut Botanique de l’Université, Brussels, Belgium. Aeczez?.

Institut Botanique de l’Université, Liege, Belgium. Archives.

Institut Botanique, Montpellier, France. Seed ists.

Institut Colonial de Marseille, Marseilles, France. Annales.

Instituto Fisico-Geografico de Costa Rica, San José de Costa

ica. Boletin.

Instituto Medico Nacional, Mexico City, Mexico. Azales.

Iowa Academy of Sciences, Des Moines, Iowa. Proceedings.

Iowa State College of Agriculture and Mechanic Arts, Ames,
owa. Contributions from the Botanical Laboratory.

Towa State University, Iowa City, lowa. Bulletin of the Nat-
ural History Laboratories.

Jamaica Department of Agriculture, Kingston, Jamaica, W. I.
Bulletin.

Jardin Botanico de la Universidad, Havana, Cuba.

Jardin Botanique, Antwerp, Belgium. Seed ists.

Jardin Botanique de l’Etat, Brussels, Belgium. Bud/etin.

Jardin Botanique, Geneva, Switzerland. Bulletin du Labora-
totre Général and Annuatre.

Jardin Botanique de Buitenzorg, Batavia, Java. Mededeel-
ingen, Verslag and Bulletin.

Jardin Botanique, Pare de le Téte d’Or, Lyons, France. Seed
ists.

Jardin Botanique de la Faculté Mixte de Médecine et de Phar-
macie, Lyons, France. Seed lists.

Jardin Botanique de l'Université de Groningue, Groningue, Hol-
land. Seed lists.

Jardin Botanique ‘‘ Jevremovac,” Belgrade, Servia. Seed lists.

Jardin d’Acclimatation Alpin, Geneva, Switzerland. Seed Zists.

Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Md. Czrculars.

Kansas University Quarterly, Lawrence, Kansas.

Kénigl. Botanischer Garten, Munich, Bavaria. Seed lisés.

(235 )

Kénig]. Botanischer Garten und Museum zu Berlin, Berlin,
Germany. otezblatt.

Leland Stanford, Jr. University: Hopkins Seaside Laboratory,
San Francisco, Cal. Contributions.

Leyden Botanic Garden, Leyden, Holland. Delectus Seminus.

Library of Congress, Washington, D. C

Lloyd Mycological Museum, Cincinnati, Ohio. Report; My-
cological Notes, Reproduction Sertes and Bulletin.

Manchester Institute of Arts and Sciences, Manchester, England.
Proceedings.

Manchester Museum, Owens College, Manchester, England.
Reports and Publications.

McGill University, Montreal, Canada. Papers from the De-
partment of Botany.

Missouri Botanical Garden, St. Louis, Mo. efort.

Museo de Farmacologia, Buenos Aires, Argentine Republic.
Trabajos.

Museo de La Plata, Provincia de Buenos Aires, Argentine Re-
public. <Axales.

Museo Nacional de Montevideo, Montevideo, Uruguay. Azales.

Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris, France. Bulletin du
Muséum

National Botanic Garden, Washington, D. C.

New Jersey Agricultural Experiment Station, Trenton, N. J.
Report of the Botanical Depariment.

New York Public Library, New York City, N.Y. Bulletin.

New York a Museum of Natural History, Albany, N. Y.
Annual Repor

Oberlin oes Oberlin, Ohio. Laboratory Bulletin.

Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio. University Bulletin
Botanical Series.

Pennsylvania Department of Forestry, Harrisburg, Pa. Refort.

Philadelphia Commercial Museum, Philadelphia, P.

Proefstation voor Suikerriet in West Java, Java. JZededeelin-

en.
° Queens College Library, Kingston, Ontario, Canada.
R. Istituto Botanico di Palermo, Palermo, Italy. Coztribzu-
ztont alla Biologia Vegetate.
R. Orto Botanico di Palermo, Italy. Bodlettino.
R. Orto Botanico di Siena, Siena, Italy. Budlettino.

( 236 )

R. Scuola aeairais di Agricoltura in Portici, Portici, Italy.
Annali and Bollett

R. Stazione ees Cpevmenaia Rome, Italy. Bollettino.

Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh, Scotland. Seed dzsts.

Royal Botanic Gardens, Peradeniya, Ceylon. annals.

Royal Botanic Gardens, Trinidad, West Indies. udletin of
Miscellaneous Information.

Royal:Botanical Garden, Calcutta, India. Azmzads.
** Royal Botanical Gardens, Glasnevin, Dublin, Ireland. Seed /ists.

Royal Gardens, Kew, England. Bulletin of Miscellaneous In-

St. Petersburg Botanical Garden, St. Petersburg, Russia. Axé-
letin"and Acta.

Sharon Biological Laboratory, Sharon, Mass.

Shaw School of Botany, St. Louis, Mo. Contrzbutzons.

Smith College, Northampton, Mass. Seed dzsts.

Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. Report.

Tromsg Museum, Troms¢, Norway. <Aarshefter.

U. S. Department of Agriculture. .Ad/ publications.

Weather Bureau and its 44 Sectional Departments.
Monthly Weather Review.

U. S. Department of State. Pubdlicatéons of the Bureau of
Foreign Commerce.

Uz. 8. ae Survey, Washington, D. C. Annual Report,
Bullet

Dnenisy of California, Berkeley, California. Contributions
Jrom the Botanical Seminary, Contributions from the Botani-
cal Laboratory and Publications: Botany

University of Colorado, Boulder, a “Sais.

University of Nebraska, Lincoln, Neb. Contributions from the
Botanical Department.

University Library, Upsala, Sweden. Botanic reprints.

University of Toronto, Toronto, Canada. Unzversity Studies.

Victoria Gardens, Bombay, India. Report.

Societies.

Académie Impériale des Sciences, St. Petersburg, Russia. Bzd-
letin.

Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, Pa. Proceedings.

American Association for the Advancement of Science, Wash-
ington, D.C. Proceedings.

( 237 )

American Rose Society, New York City, N.Y. Budletin.

Appalachian Mountain Club, Boston, Mass. “ Appalachia.”

Asiatic Society of Bengal, Calcutta, India. Journal.

Association pour la Protection des Plantes, Geneva, Switzerland.
Bulletin.

Biological Club of the Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio.
‘© The Ohio Naturalist.”

Biological Society of Washington, Washington, D. C. Pro-
ceedings.

Botanical Club of Canada, Halifax, Canada. Annual Report.

Botanical Society of America. Pudlications.

Botanische Gesellschaft zu Regensburg, Regensburg, Bavaria,
Germany. Denkschriften.

Botanischer Verein der Provinz Brandenburg, Berlin, Germany,
Verhandlungen.

Botanischer Verein in Landshut, Landshut, Bavaria. Aerzcht.

Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences, Buffalo, N. Y. Audletin.

California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, Calif. Pro-
ceeding’s.

Cincinnati Society of Natural History, Cincinnati, Ohio. our-
nal.

Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences, New Haven, Conn.
Transactions.

Davenport Academy of Sciences, Davenport, Iowa. Proceed-
ings.
Deutsche Dendrologische Gesellschaft, Poppelsdorf bei Bonn,
Germany. Mittezlungen.

Edinburgh Botanical Society, Edinburgh, Scotland. Zransac-
tions.

Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society, Chapel Hill, N.C. Journal.

Flower Preservation Society of America, Washington, D. C.
Circulars.

Geographical Society of Philadelphia, Philadelphia, Pa. Bud-
letin.

Hamilton Scientific Association, Hamilton, Ontario. Journal
and Proceedings.

Horticultural Society of New York, New York City, N. Y.
Reports.

Indiana Horticultural Society, Indianapolis, Ind. Zransactions.

Indianapolis Academy of Science, Indianapolis, Ind. Proceed-

ings.

( 238 )

International Society of Arboriculture, Connersville, Ind. ‘*Ar-
boriculture.”

Kansas Academy of Sciences, Topeka, Kansas. Zranxsactzons.

Zool.-Bot. Gesellschaft, Vienna, Austria. Verhand-

lungen.

K. Svenska Vetens! Akademien, Stockholm, Sweden. Yand-
lingar Bihang afd. TI.

La Murithienne. Société Valaisanne d’Histoire Naturelle, Sion,
Valais, Switzerland. Bulletin dela Murithtenne.

Massachusetts Horticultural Society, Boston, Mass. Zvransac-
tions.

Michigan Academy of Science, Ann Arbor, Mich. Refort.

Michigan Horticultural Society, Lansing, Michigan. <Axnual
Report.

Minnesota Horticultural Society, Minneapolis, Minn. Zvans-
actions

Natural History Association of Miramichi, Chatham, New
Brunswick. Proceedings.

Natural History as of New Brunswick, St. John, New
Brunswick. ullet

Natural ars Ae auaes of Staten Island, New Brighton, N.
Y. Proceeding

ee Gesellschaft in Basel, Basel, Switzerland.
Verhandlunge

tee Gesellschaft in Ziirich, Ziirich, Switzerland.
Vierteljahrsschrift

Naturhistorische Gesellschaft zu Nurnberg, Niirnberg, Germany.
Abhandlungen.

Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein zu Bremen, Bremen, Germany.
Abhandlungen.

New Jersey State Horticultural Society, Trenton, N. J. Pro-
ceedings.

New York Academy of Sciences, New York City, N. Y.
Annals.

New York Farmers, New York City, N. Y. Proceedings.

New York Zodélogical Society, New York City, N. Y. Report
and News Bulletin.

Nova Scotian Institute of Science, Halifax, N.S. Proceedings
and Transactions.

Pennsylvania Forestry Association, Philadelphia, Pa. ‘* Forest
Leaves.’

(239)

Physiographiske Forening i Christiania,’Christiania, Norway.
Nyt Magazin for Naturvidenskaberne.

Portland Society of Natural History, Portland, Me. Proceed-
ings.

Rochester Academy of Sciences, Rochester, N.Y. Proceedings.

St. Louis Academy of Natural Sciences, St. Louis, Mo. Z¥ans-
actions.

Santa Barbara Society of Natural History, Santa Barbara, Cali-
fornia. Budletin.

Schweizerische Botanische Gesellschaft, Bern, Switzerland.
Berichte

Sociedad Cientffica Argentina, Buenos Aires, Argentine Repub-
lic.

Sociedad Mexicana de Historia Natural, Mexico City, Mexico.
“La Naturaleza.”

Sociedade Broteriana, Jardim Botanico, Coimbra, Portugal.
Boletim.

Société Botanique, Université de Gand, Ghent, Belgium.
‘© Dodonea.”

Société Botanique de Copenhague, Copenhagen, Denmark.
“Botanisk Tidsskrift.”

Société Botanique de Leide, Leyden, Holland. ‘‘Mederlandsch
Kruidkundig Archief.”

Société Botanique du Grand Duché de aia Luxem-
bourg, Grand Duché de Luxembourg. Reczez

Société d’ Histoire Naturelle de Macon, ae anc: Bulletin.

Société des Naturalistes Luxembourgeois, Luxembourg, Grand
Duché de Luxembourg. ‘‘fauna.”

Société des Sciences Naturelles de Saone-et-Loire, Chalon-sur-
Saone, France. ulletin.

Société Impériale des Naturalistes de Moscou, Moscow, Russia,
Bulletin.

Société Linnéenne de Paris, Paris, France. Bulletin Mensuel.

Societe Royale de Botanique de Belgique, Brussels, Belgium.
Bulletin.

Society for Plant Morphology and Physiology. Publications.

Society for the Preservation of Native Plants, Boston, Mass.
Leaflets.

Society of American Florists, Boston, Mass. Proceedings.

Southern California Academy of Sciences, Los Angeles, Cal.
Bulletin.

( 240 )

Texas Academy of Science, Austin, Texas. Zvransactions.

Torrey Botanical Club, New York City, N. Y. Bulletin,
Memoirs, ‘* Torreya.”

University of Wisconsin Library, Madison, Wis. Azdletin.

Videnskabs-Selskabet, Christiania, Norway. Sérifter.

Washington Academy of Sciences, Washington, D. C. Pro-
ceedings.

Wisconsin Academy of Arts and Sciences, Madison, Wis.
Transactions.

Wisconsin Natural History Society, Milwaukee Public Museum,
Milwaukee, Wis. Proceedings.

Journals,

American Agriculturist, New York City, N. Y.
American Botanist, Binghampton, N. Y.
American Florist, Chicago, Ill.

American Gardening, New York City, N. Y.
American Journal of Pharmacy, Philadelphia, Pa.
American Monthly Microscopical Journal, Washington, D. C.
Annales Mycologici, Berlin, Germany.

Botanical Gazette, Chicago, Il.

Botaniska Notiser, Lund, Sweden.

Bulletin of Pharmacy, Detroit, Mich.

California Floriculturist, Los Angeles, Calif.
Chicago Hardwood Record, Chicago, III.

Country Life in America, Ithaca, ee

Feuille des Jeunes Naturalistes, Paris, France.
Floral Life, Philadelphia, Pa.

Florist’s Exchange, New York City, N. Y.
Gamophyllous, Plainfield, N. J.

Gardening, Chicago, Il.

India Rubber World, New York City, N. Y.
Journal of Applied Microscopy, Rochester, N. Y.
Journal of Geography, Chicago, Tl.

Journal of Mycology, Columbus, Ohio.

Magyar Botanikai Lapok, Budapest, Hungary.
Mayflower, Floral Park, Long Island, N. Y.
Mazama, Portland, Oregon

Meehans’ Monthly, Gana Pa.

(241 )

Muhlenbergia, Los Gatos, Calif.

Nuova Notarisia, Padua, Italy.

Ottawa Naturalist, Ottawa, Canada.

Park and Cemetery, Chicago, III.

Pharmaceutical Record, New York City, N. Y.

Pharmaceutical Review, Milwaukee, Wis.

Pittonia, Washington, D. C

Plant World, Washington, D. C

Popular Science Monthly, New York City, N. Y.

Revue Bryologique, Cahan, Athis, France.

Revue des Cultures Coloniales, Paris, France.

Revue Horticole, Paris, France.

Revue de l’Horticulture Belge et Etrangére, Ghent, Belgium.

Revue Scientifique du Bourbonnais et du Centre de la France,
Moulins, France.

Rural New Yorker, New =o City, N. Y.

Science, New York City, N

Vick’s Illustrated Monthly Mee aeue: Rochester, N. Y.

West American Scientist, San Diego, Calif.

Zoe, San Diego, Calif.

Periodicals Subscribed for by the Garden.

Académie Internationale de Géographie Botanique, Le Mans,
France. Bulletin

Archiv der ee rneuie, Berlin, Germany.

Beitrige zur Wissenschaftlichen Botanik, Stuttgart, Germany.

Biltmore Botanical Studies, Biltmore, N. C

Biologisches Centralblatt, Leipzig, Germany.

Biometrika, London, England.

Botanisches Centralblatt, Cassel, Germany.

Bryologist, Brooklyn,

Bulletin du Jardin Colonial et des Jardins d’Essai des Colonies:
Frangaises, Paris, France.

Centralblatt fir Bacteriologie: Aéthetlung L.-IT.

Flora and Sylva, London, England.

Forestry and Irrigation, Washington, D. C.

Gartenflora, Munich, Germany.

Gartenkunst, Berlin, Germany

Hoppe-Seyler’s Zeitschrift fiir Physiologische Chemie, Strass-
burg, Germany.

( 242 )

House and Garden, Philadelphia, Pa.

Jardin Botanique de Buitenzorg, Batavia, Java. Axmnales,
Lcones Bogorienses.

Journal d’Agriculture Tropicale, Paris, France.

K. K. Zool.-Bot. Gesellschaft, Vienna, Austria. Adhandlungen.

La Cellule, Liérre, France.

Le Botaniste, Poitiers, France.

New England Boianiest: ai Boston, Mass. ‘* Ahodora.”

Orchid Review, London, England.

Revue de Botanique Systematique et de Géographie Botanique,
Asniéres, Franc

Royal Horticalaical Society, London, England. journal.

Society for the Promotion of Agricultural Science. Proceedings.

Zeitschrift fiir Wissenschaftliches Mikroscopie, Braunschweig,
Germany.

Periodicals Subscribed for by Columbia University and De-
postted at the Garden

Allgemeine Botanische Zeitschrift, Karlsruhe, Germany.

Annales des Sciences Naturelles: Botanique, Paris, France.

Baumgarten, Jahresbericht iiber Pathogenen Mikroorganismen,
Braunschweig, Germany

Bibliotheca Botanica, Suitioare Germany.

Botanische Jahrbiicher, Leipzig, Germany.

Botanische Zeitung, Leipzig, German

Botanischer Jahresbericht (Just’s), Leipzig, Germany.

Botanisches Centralblatt, Cassel, Germany.

Botanisches Centralblatt: Beihefte, Cassel, Germany.

Curtis’ Botanical Magazine, London, England.

Deutsche Botanische Gesellschaft, Berlin, Germany. Berzchte.

Flora, Marburg, Germany.

Garden, London, England.

Gardener’s Chronicle, London, England.

Jahrbiicher fiir Wissenschaftliche Botanik, Leipzig, Germany.

Journal de Botanique, Paris, France.

Linnean Society, London, England. journal: Botany, and
Transactions: Botany.

Malpighia, Genoa, Italy.

( 243 )

Monatsschrift fiir Kakteenkunde, Neudamm, Germany.
Osterreichische Botanische Zeitschrift, Vienna, Austria.
Revue Générale de Botanique, Paris, France.

Société Botanique de France, Paris, France. Bulletin.
Société Mycologique, Paris, France. Audletin.
Zeitschrift fiir Pflanzenkrankheiten, Stuttgart, Germany.

Periodicals Received in Exchange by the Torrey Botanical
Club and Deposited at the Garden

American Naturalist, Boston, Mass.

American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia, Pa. Z>ransac-
tions.

Annals of Botany, London, England.

Boston Society of Natural History, Boston, Mass. Proceedings.

California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, Calif. Pro-
ceedings.

Canadian Record of Science, Montreal, Canada.

Columbus Horticultural Society, Columbus, Ohio. Journal.

Deutsche Botanische Monatsschrift, Arnstadt, Germany.

Edinburgh Botanical Society, Edinburgh, Scotland. TZrans-
actions.

Hedwigia, Dresden, Germany.

Journal of Botany, London, Englan

K. K. Zoologisch-Botanische Geselischace Vienna, Austria.
Verhandlungen.

Manchester Institute of Arts and Sciences, Manchester, N. H.
Nature Study

Minnesota Horticulturist, Minneapolis, Minn.

Natural History Laboratories of Iowa University, Iowa City,
Iowa. Pulletin.

Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein des Regierungsbezirkes, Frank-
furt a/O., Germany. eézos.

Pharmaceutical Archives, Milwaukee, Wis.

Pharmaceutical Review, Milwaukee, Wis.

Pittonia, Washington, D. C.

R. Istituto Botanico di Roma, Rome, mane Annuario.

Revue Mycologique, Toulouse, France

Royal Botanic Gardens, Trinidad, w. I. Bulletin of Miscel-
laneous Information.

Royal Gardens, Kew, England. udletin of Miscellaneous In-
formation.

(244 )

Royal Microscopical Society, London, England. Journal.

St. Petersburg Botanical Garden, St. Petersburg, Russia. Acta.

Societa Botanica Italiana, Florence, Italy. Bullettino, Nuovo
Giornale Botanico Italiano.

Société Botanique de Copenhague, Copenhagen, Denmark. Bo/-
anisk Tidsskrift.

Tokyo Botanical Society, Tokio, Japan. Botanical Magazine.

(245 )

REPORT OF THE HEAD GARDENER.

To THE DIRECTOR-IN-CHIEF.

Str: I have the honor to submit herewith my report as
head gardener for the year 1903.

General Horticultural Operations.

For the accomplishment of this work I have had the assis-
tance of the following force: Mr. Geo. A. Skene, second
gardener, who has taken charge of its immediate direction ;
two foreman-gardeners, fifteen gardeners, seven apprentices,
and from spring until cold weather set in an average of
about eleven laborers. In addition to the above, one driver
for his entire time and one during the mowing season were
detailed to my department for the purposes of mowing and
hauling; carts for special work have also been employed
at short intervals.

Of the above force two foreman-gardeners, nine gardeners
and five apprentices have been detailed to the conservatories ;
one gardener, one apprentice and two laborers (one having
been withdrawn at the approach of cold weather) to the prop-
agating houses; and five gardeners, one apprentice and nine
laborers to the outside work. Of the outdoor force one
gardener, one laborer and one apprentice took charge of the
herbaceous grounds and of that portion of the pinetum in
its immediate neighborhood ; two gardeners and three laborers
were employed in hand-mowing and raking, in the areas
other than the herbaceous grounds ; two laborers did the work
in the fruticetum and in part of the deciduous arboretum ;
and one gardener and the remaining laborers constituted a
movable force which was used at various points, where most
needed.

Decorative Plantations.

The completion of the four rows of trees in the front ap-
proach to the museum was accomplished by the planting of
the tulip trees, for which purpose places had been left at the

(246 )

time of the planting of the poplars the previous fall. Twenty-
six trees were required for this purpose; all but four lived,
these succumbing to the drought which immediately followed
their planting.

Further work in the line of decoration was also accom-
plished in this vicinity by the planting of groups of shrubs
and conifers. Two of these groups were placed to the north
of the fountain enclosure, one each side of the entrance, and
one to the west of it, across the road from the fountain. In
a corresponding position on the eastern side of this portion
of the fountain enclosure, and to the east and west of this
enclosure on the other side of the road, the planting of por-
tions of the systematic collections of conifers was so arranged
as to make effective groups at these points.

The beds in proximity to the fountain basin were planted
with cannas and other decorative plants, and agaves were
placed in the urns on the top of the columns of the garden
fountain enclosure.

Along the roads and paths near the fountain and along
those which serve to connect it with the conservatory area,
and also along the roads and paths in the vicinity of the con-
servatories and at the south entrance, has been planted a mis-
cellaneous assortment of trees, enhancing the beauty of the
landscape effects and also insuring for the future the shade
much needed along these thoroughfares. Seventy-three trees
were required for this purpose. Those planted on each side
of the south plaza at the conservatories, and located between
the path and the carriage road, were placed at equal distances
and in line, as were also those lining each side of the road
at the south entrance, the formality of the surroundings re-
quiring this treatment. The remainder were placed at irreg-
ular intervals and formality avoided.

The opening of the path paralleling the south border made
apparent the necessity of closely planting the area lying be-
tween the path and the service road. The planting of the
shrubs to accomplish this purpose was finished in the fall for
about three quarters of the distance. Some of the shrubs

(247 )

already there, and forming part of the old south border, re-
mained as they were, while it was necessary to transplant
others. About one thousand shrubs were used, derived from
our own nurseries and borders, or by exchange with other
institutions, or by gift. Planting continued along this line
until stopped by severe cold weather.

A portion of the west border was also planted with shrubs
and trees in the neighborhood of the power-house; and also
a small portion which had been disturbed in the laying of the
new water-main the year before. The material moved from
the west border to make way for the approach for the
Mosholu Parkway bridge was distributed in various places,
the herbaceous plants being incorporated with other parts of
the herbaceous border and the shrubs being used in the
planting of the south border, already referred to.

Systematic Plantations.

Morphological Garden. Just to the north of the herba-
ceous grounds and in the same swale, this new feature has
been inaugurated. Here are to be brought together a collec-
tion of plants illustrating the forms of stems, leaves, inflor-
escences and habit of growth, methods of vegetative propa-
gation, dissemination of seeds, and many other interesting
features of plant life. Placed as this collection is in the
immediate neighborhood of the large collection of herba-
ceous plants systematically arranged, each collection will
serve to enhance the interest in the other.

During the past fall thirteen beds were opened up and
sixty-three species installed in them. This work will be con-
tinued in the spring, when it is planned to greatly increase the
representation.

Herbaceous Grounds. Were no marked changes have been
made, excepting in the area devoted to the ferns. This has
been entirely replanted, rearranged and enlarged. Several
new beds have been added and others enlarged. One gar-
dener and two assistants have done all the work in this tract,
including the hand-mowing and raking ; they have also culti-

( 248 )

vated the circles around the trees in the pinetum in the im-
mediate vicinity of this plantation.

There are now contained in the hardy herbaceous collection,
including those at the nurseries, 2,948 species and varieties.

Fruticetum. The progress in constructing roads and paths
here has made it possible to rearrange the shrub collection.
A small beginning was made on this during the fall of 1902,
and the work was resumed early in the following spring.
The collection has been now entirely rearranged, and each
shrub has been treated individually, sufficient room having
been allowed to permit of its unhampered development in all
directions. To accomplish this required moving some of the
families considerably from their former position, but the
sequence has been preserved so that the various families hold
the same relative position to each other that they did formerly.
A large collection of herbarium specimens was made during
the past summer, and these, together with those previously
made, are forming the basis of a present study of this col-
lection.

Immediately following the completion of this transplanting
came the drought of the early part of last summer, but by
constant hand-watering during that period permanent harm
was prevented, nearly all the shrubs having survived.

There are now in the shrub collection, including those at
the nurseries, 665 species and varieties.

Salicetum. The collection of willows and poplars in the
north meadow has been roughly cultivated during the sum-
mer by keeping a mowed circle aroundeach one. There are
in this collection twenty-eight species, represented by eighty-
eight specimens.

Deciduous Arboretum. A few additions have been made
here. Material, however, is accumulating in the nurseries
which will considerably increase the collection when incor-
porated with it. We now have, including those in the nur-
series, 232 species and varieties of deciduous trees.

Pinetum. The completion of roads and paths in the area
set aside for the pinetum permitted of the planting during the

(249 )

early summer of a large number of specimens. These were
derived in part from our nurseries and borders, where they
had been collected for several years back, but for the greater
part by gift from Mr. Lowell M. Palmer. The only genera
previously represented in the pinetum were Prnus, Taxus and
Ginkgo. ‘The pines occupy the eastern portion of the ridge
north of the conservatories, and the westerly side of the
ridge across the road to the east from this, extending nearly
down to the south entrance along the easterly side of the
road. A large portion of the area east of the conservatories
is also reserved forthem. Thisis the largest genus for which
provision must be made, and so considerable space has been set
aside for it. One hundred and twenty specimens are at present
contained here, representing thirty-five species and varieties

The ginkgos extend from the termination of the pines to
the south border; there are ten specimens.

The yews occupy the easterly side of the ridge forming the
westerly limit of the herbaceous grounds. There are at
present in place eleven species and varieties represented by
eighteen specimens.

The spruces begin at the westerly border of the pine reser-
vation and occupy the region bounded by the conservatory
path-system, the road to the station and that to the Southern
Boulevard. They are at present represented by sixty-four
specimens illustrating twenty-five species and varieties.

To the south of the area devoted to the spruces and to the
west of the conservatories are placed the firs. Forty spec-
imens represent fourteen species and varieties.

The retinisporas are located on and at the base of the west
ern portion of the south terrace of the conservatories, care
being taken in the planting of the extreme western corner to
offset the unusually high bank, made unavoidable by the
rather sudden falling away of the surface at that point.
There are eighteen species and varieties, represented by
thirty-one specimens.

Not far from the entrance to the elevated railway station,
in the westerly portion of the area between the service and

( 250 )

carriage roads, are located the thujas in fifteen species and
varieties and thirty-six specimens.

To the eastward along this same area are the cedars, addi-
tional room for which is reserved in the immediate vicinity at
the base of the terrace, a space on the opposite side of the
southern path, and a small area to the eastward of the con-
servatories. Thirty-one specimens represent nineteen species
and varieties.

Not far from the cedars and in the triangle to the east of
them are the taxodiums, in two species and ten specimens.

The cedars of Lebanon, the larches, the Japanese cedar and
Pseudolarix have been allotted to the crest and easterly side
of the ridge to the west and north of the morphological gar-
den. The cedar of Lebanon is represented by two species
and two specimens; the Japanese cedar by one species and
three specimens; the single species of Pseudolartx by five
specimens.

The genus Cephalotaxus is placed just to the north of the
ginkgos, and is represented by one species and three spec-
imens.

In addition to those enumerated above, there are now in the
nurseries seventy-one species and varieties which were too
small to be safely placed in their permanent positions in the
pinetum. They are distributed among the genera as fol-
lows :

JUNEPEFUS ...c.eee 14 Plce@... cee TO TRUJ 0. ieee seees 8
Retinispora ...... 6 Pseudotsuga...... Lo Tstg@ vicceceeeeee a

CUS nia clateveass 6 Cupressus... 2 LAKxUs ...cccccerees 5
ABLES... eee cence 9 Chamecyparis... 2 Lart% o.ccccccccaee 3

The pinetum collection, including those at the nurseries,
represents eighteen genera and two hundred and sixteen spe-
cies and varieties.

As was the case in the fruticetum, the planting of the con-
ifers was completed about the time of the beginning of the
long drought already referred to, but by hand-watering the
danger was averted, so that the loss was very small.

(251)
Viticetum. This collection remains about as it was.

Conservatories,

The arrangement of the collections here installed remains
essentially the same as last year. Many genera, species and
varieties not hitherto represented have been added. The
tree-fern collection has been notably increased, the explora-
tion in the West Indies during the past year having added
many interesting members to this graceful group. Many of
the additions in other groups have also been derived from
this source, either imported direct as living plants, or
grown from seeds collected in the region by the expedi-
tions which have visited it in the interests of the Garden.
The conservatory collections, including those species and
varieties temporarily at the propagating houses, now embrace

1588. ere are now in the conservatories 12,921 plants,
distributed as follows:

House No. 1 379 House No. 8 829
2 804 9 IgI

3 449 70) 741

4 426 11 363

5 2,144 12 1,672

6 go4 13 1,522

7 887 14 749

15 870

The rapid growth of the collections, both in increased size
of individuals and in the greater representation of species,
has made it necessary to dispose of many duplicates during
the past year, but the conservatories are still too crowded,
and more material must be disposed of to give the rapidly
growing plants room for expansion. More space is required
to accommodate the collections here instaJled.

In the following table will be found the number of species
in some of the larger or more conspicuous groups. For the
sake of comparison, the same families are selected as were
chosen last year for this purpose:

( 252)

Palm family 151
Cycad family 19
Cyclanthus family 12
Aroid family 208
Fern family and its allies 451
Pine-apple family 229
Banana famil 37
Pandanus family 15
Orchid family 435
Succulent collection:

Cactus family 656

Lily family 203

Pine-apple family
Carpet-weed family, represented by the

genus Mesembryanthemum...........0.6 88
Spurge family 54
Milkweed family, represented mainly by

the genus Stapelda. 47
Sunflower famil 26
Amaryllis family, represented mainly by

the genus Agave 132
Stonecrop family 341
Fouqui 2
Miscellaneous.... 6 1,574

Temperate collections, other than ferns, orchids
and succulents 1,779

Miscellaneous tropical collections, other than those
specified above 1,678
6,588

The shades made of the brown fungus-proof cloth, which
were placed in houses Nos. 9, 10 and 12 in 1902, proved so
satisfactory that similar shades were installed in the past year
in houses Nos. 2, 3, 4, 7, 8, 11, 14 and 15. These have
proved equally satisfactory. They are simple in construction
and hence easily repaired by the men, and their cost little
exceeds that of a single painting of the glass, the method
previously adopted to-secure the necessary shade. It is be-
lieved that the problem of shading has been satisfactorily
solved.

( 253)
Propagating Houses and Nurseries.

The usual horticultural and experimental work has been
carried on here during the year. The great activity in ex-
ploring the West Indies resulted in the accession of many
new plants and seeds, the greater part of which were accom-
modated here for a considerable time before transferal to the
conservatories. Seeds to the number of 1,839 packets have
been sown, and from this source, up to the present time, 5,491
specimens have been derived, with others yet too small to be
potted and accessioned, while some seeds have not as yet
germinated. he experimental work has called for more of
the time of the men than formerly, from its increased activ-
ity; considerably more land has been allotted for this pur-
pose than heretofore.

To accommodate the increased size of the temperate col-
lections, which include many bulbous plants which require to
be rested for a considerable portion of the time, it has been
necessary to crowd the tropical collections into two houses,
so that an extra house might be obtained for the temperate
plants.

There are in the propagating houses at present 8,689
plants; in the nurseries there are 2,491 trees and shrubs.

Labeling, Accessioning and Herbarium.

For this work I have had the assistance of one garden aid
for a part of the time and one or two apprentices. Show-
labels to the number of 1,137 have been made for the con-
servatories, for trees 140, and for the herbaceous grounds
371, making a total of 1,648.

Accession numbers 16,868 to 19,937, inclusive, have been
registered during the year, making a total of 3,070 acces-
sions. The total number of plants obtained from all sources
has been about 10,569, of which 5,491 have been derived
from seed, 1,468 by gift, 1,379 by collection, 1,673 by ex-
change and 558 by purchase.

The work of substituting zinc data-labels in the conserva-
tories for the old wooden ones, begun late last year, was con-

( 254)

tinued until finished, so that now all plants have metal data-
labels.

The herbarium of cultivated plants has been increased by
943 sheets, most of which have been mounted and incorpo-
rated. The herbarium itself has been thoroughly overhauled
and placed on the Engler and Prantl sequence of families,
the genera being arranged alphabetically under each family.
This has put the collection in a condition for study, a work
which is now going on, with especial reference to the fruti-
cetum collections.

The work of identifying the portions of the conservatory
collections still unnamed is progressing. Fleshy plants, such
as orchids, cacti, etc., are given preference as fast as they
flower, for herbarium material of such plants is unsatisfac-
tory. Herbarium material of other plants is made as fast as
they come into flower, and these are being worked up as op-
portunity offers. All the orchids which have flowered dur-
ing my presence at the Garden during the past year have
been identified, so that the orchid collection is now in much
better shape as to names than ever before. Many interesting
West Indian forms have been added to this particular family
during the past year.

The following table gives the approximate number of spe-
cies in each collection, and the total number, both wild and
cultivated, growing within the grounds:

Contes ee ee ne eRe 6,588
Herbaceous grounds 25948
Fruticetum 665
Arboretum 232
Pinetum. 216
Salicetum 28
Viticetum 65
Wild foraiscics cence on wspetindaeoned Geers Vestine aaa ete 860

11,602

A comparison of the above with the list of last year indi-
cates a gain in species and varieties of 941. The greatest

(255)

gains have been made in the conservatory collections and in
those of the pinetum, the former with an increase of 4780,
and the latter with 135. As stated elsewhere, the gain in the
pinetum was due largely to the extensive collection given to
the Garden by Mr. Lowell M..Palmer. The enlargement inthe
conservatory collections is made up to a great extent of plants
imported directly from the West Indies, or grown from seeds
secured there, the results of the expeditions sent out by the
Garden. To the palm collection several large specimens
have been added by gift, which have been chronicled in the
JournaL of the Garden from time to time.
GEoRGE V. Nasu,
Head Gardener.

( 256)

REPORT OF THE SUPERINTENDENT OF
BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS.

‘To THE DrrEcToR-IN-CHIEF.
Szv: I have the honor to submit herewith my report for
ithe year ending December 31, 1903.

Buildings.

1. Museum. All the columns under the dome of the build-
ing have been painted with a mixture of white lead and zinc.
The woodwork, such as sashes and doors, has been painted
one coat throughout the building.

The sills of the windows have been puttied and made
watertight with waterproof cement. Plaster has been re-
paired where it was needed and the iron rails of stairways
painted.

On the exterior, doors and window frames have been
painted. Shelving has been built for storage of books in the
triangular room attached to the library.

Two sinks with water-supply and drainage for waste water
have been constructed on the first and second floors, enclosed
in oak wood lockers which are used for the storage of janitor’s
supplies.

On the roof about 160 square feet of tiles have been relaid
in cement, and skylights repaired, cornices and gutters sold-
ered and painted with metallic paint.

On the second day of July the flagpole in front of the dome
was struck by lightning, which broke off several feet of it.

2. Public Conservatories. The exterior of the whole
range, and doors and frames wherever it was practicable
without deranging or moving plants in the interior, have been
repaired and painted during the summer months, as well as
other minor repairs such as glazing; the repair of doors has
required constant attention, and it would be desirable to have
those at the main entrance under the dome replaced by new
ones made of seasoned cypress.

(257)

3. Propagating Houses. The houses have been painted
on the exterior and other minor repairs made where it was
necessary.

4. Stable. The purchase of another horse made it neces-
sary to build an additional stall, and other stalls have been
refloored where needed.

A new fire hose, 50 feet in length, has been put in near the
water connection. The hay crop of 1902 lasted up to Novem-
ber, and we have 18 tons of hay of 1903 in barracks, suffi-
cient to last for the year. The horses are all in healthy con-
dition. The wagons, carts and harness have been kept in
good repair; the agricultural machinery and tools are kept in
storage in the cellar of the conservatories for the winter; only
minor repairs will be required before putting them in use.

5. Zool House. A part of this structure has been trans-
formed into a blacksmith shop, for the purpose of sharpening
drills, wedges, and picks for the quarry and making minor
repairs to machinery, wagons, carts and tools.

6. Power House. The annoyance of water getting access
to the subways has been almost overcome by drainage, and
connecting the catch-pit with the 24-inch sewer has prevented
it from overflowing the floor.

The doors, sashes, and frames have been painted inside
and out, and broken glass of the skylight has been repaired.

7. Public Comfort Station. The public comfort station
north of the Museum was totally destroyed by fire on July
17, at 11 A. M.; the details of this occurrence have been
submitted in a special report of July 20.

Construction of Roads and Paths.

The path under construction at my last annual report, lead-
ing from the power house to the Manhattan Railway station,
west of the service road, has been completed. It is 11 feet
in width and about 340 feet in length; the edges were regu-
lated, drained and sodded.

A path from the Manhattan Railway station, leading to
the south gate along the southerly boundary line of the Gar-

( 258 )

den, 1,830 feet in length and 15 feet in width, with Telford
foundation, has been constructed, its north edge regulated,
drained and planted, and both edges sodded; it was neces-
sary to fill about 1,500 cubic yards between the south gate
and the highest point, and to quarry about 375 cubic yards of
rock; the path was opened to the public in October.

Telford foundation has been laid for a path to connect the
steps in project, southeast of the conservatories, with other
paths in a southeasterly direction.

Three paths about 400 feet in length and 11 feet wide have
been completed from a point east of the conservatories to the
south gate north of the service road. The path south of the
upper lake where Telford foundation was laid in 1902 has
been completed. We have completed and opened to the
public in all 5,500 running feet of path during the year.

The road leading to the new bridge near the northern
boundary line of the Garden was graded, and Telford foun-
dation laid, to within 300 feet of the bridge.

Grading and Sodding.

A large area in front and east of the museum building and
south of the road east of the drinking fountain was regulated,
sodded, sown and brought into lawn.

The entire top of the terrace surrounding the conserva-
tories, about 102,000 square feet, was spaded, plowed, sown
and path-edges sodded. The nine squares in front of the
conservatories, comprising 42,500 square feet, have been
topsoiled, regulated, edges sodded and prepared for planting.

An area of about 25,000 square feet southeast of the con-
servatories near the south gate have been regulated, topsoiled
and sown.

The slope between the driveway and path west of the con-
servatories, comprising about 20,000 square feet, has been
regulated, sodded and sown. The terrace slope east of the
conservatories, 300 feet in length and 5 feet in elevation, was
regulated, topsoiled and sodded, and other small areas were
regulated and sown or sodded.

(259)
Drainage and Sewerage.

The work to continue the 24-inch sewer which was com-
pleted from Webster Avenue to the N. Y. C.& H. R.R. R.
in 1902, was taken up in December, 1902, and 180 feet of 24-
inch pipe laid parallel with the railroad past the power house
to a manhole, and thence 170 feet of 15-inch pipe in an
easterly direction and connected with the 15-inch pipe laid
by the Devlin Company; it became necessary as a part of
this work to build a manhole east of the railroad bridge 28
feet in depth. Drain and sewer pipes from the power house
were laid and connected with this 24-inch sewer.

New catch-basins were constructed wherever found neces-
sary for the drainage of the grounds, and 740 feet of 6-inch
and 8-inch pipe laid to connect them with the main sewer and
other drains.

A drain was constructed partly of 24-inch pipe and partly
of stone from the outlet of the lake near the south end of the
herbaceous grounds, to the border of the Garden, and con-
nected with a stone drain rebuilt by the Park Department;
its surrounding areas were regulated and topsoiled for plan-
tations.

The drain from the cellar of the museum building to the
upper lake is about half completed; work upon it is in
progress.

Ground was broken to build an 8-inch sewer to connect
the drainage of the stable with a main sewer, 500 feet north
of the driveway on the east side of the Garden.

Water Supply.

A line of 480 feet of 1-inch supply pipe was laid tempo-
rarily on the surface of the ground along the service road
from the propagating houses to the nurseries.

To the extension of the herbaceous garden north of the
new road, there was laid and connected 464 feet of 1-inch
pipe with 6 taps for hose and sprinklers. A temporary
watering station for horses has been established on the road
along the east side of the Bronx River.

( 260 )

Quarry.

About 1,400 cubic feet of rock was quarried east of the
conservatories, and goo cubic yards at the curve of the path,
north of road, near the south gate; the stone was used for
Telford foundations for paths and the surplus was hauled to
the road under construction to connect Mosholu Parkway
with the garden driveways. <A part of the rock in the rear
of the museum building has been excavated.

Garden and Drinking Fountains.

The marble garden and drinking fountains on the drive-
way south of the museum were put into commission early in
June. The drinking fountain was equipped with neat copper
cups fastened to the fountain by bronze chains.

Care of the Grounds.

A fence about 7oo feet in length and 4 feet high was built
from the east pier of the south gate, easterly along the
boundary line of the reservation, partly of red cedar and
partly of cedar posts and galvanized wire, with a gateway
where the path of the garden connects with the path built
by the park department leading to Pelham Avenue.

We have built five garden benches of red cedar and
placed them under trees along paths; they were much ap-
preciated by the visitors, but it became necessary to detail a
man daily to pick up rubbish scattered about them.

The drainage-basins have been inspected and cleaned out
after rain-storms, where it was found necessary, and the
drainage of the grounds in general is satisfactory.

For patrol duty on Sundays and holidays during the
summer months three additional guards, selected from the
Garden employees, have been detailed, but this number ap-
pears to be insufficient for the coming season, owing to the
immense increase in the number of visitors; one guard is
needed during afternoons and evenings at every gate of the
Garden.

( 261 )

The woodland has been patrolled on Sundays and holidays
by the regular guards, and by two men daily up to 8 P. M.
during the summer months.

An explosion of a box 4 x 4 feet in diameter, placed in the
woods about 700 feet east of the museum building, in which
dynamite was stored for the use of the quarry, took place on
the 18th day of December at 8.20 A. M. The concussion
broke 248 lights of glass at the museum building, 83 small
and 31 double thick and plate-glass, lights of different sizes
at the conservatories, 14 lights in dwellings on Webster Ave-
nue and surroundings, and 59 lights at the buildings of St.
John’s College. Fortunately no injury of life is to be re-
ported.

Respectfully submitted,
F. A. ScHILuine,
Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds.

( 262 )

tua noe EXPENDITURES a fe UNDER
ee MADE
RD OF Tene.

1. Crry Mainrenance ACCOUNT $70,000.00

Salartes and Labor.

A eee ees |

rt r 541574-39
Expended 541574-39
Supplies and Repairs.

Appropriated 15,425.61

Expended 15,425.61
Total Expended — 70,000.00
2. CONSTRUCTION AND EQUIPMENT........ccsseeeeeeeneeeees 33,380.38

Salartes and Labor.
Appropriated 25,362.11
Expended 25,362.11
Sundry Expenses.

Appropriated 8,018.27

Expended 8,018.27
Total Expended 33,380.38

3. GaRDEN ACCOUNTS.
Museums and Herbarium.
A ppropriated 2,600.00
Expended 2,598.83
Balance 1.17
Library.

pprot | 2,100.00
Refund on Expressage overpaid 8.23, 2,108.23
Expended 2,106.00
Balance 2.23,

Laboratories.

Appropriatéd (ccc dicsneossitesed. weuteveeteeeeevieees 1,200.00
Expended 1,197.39

Balance.. 2.61

( 263 )

Exploration and Collecting.

Appropriated

Transferred from Horticultural Prizes.........

Transferred from Investigations at other Gar-
dens and Museums

Transferred from Resident Research Scholar-

ships
Refunds, Unexpended Balances

Expended

Balance

Lectures.

Appropriated
Expended

Balance

Florticultural Prizes.

Appropriated
Expended

Transferred to Exploration and Collecting...

Investigations at other Gardens and Museums.

Appropriated
Expended
Transferred to Exploration and Collecting..

Resident Research Scholarships.

Appropriated
Expended
Transferred to Exploration to the Philippine

Islands

Transferred to Exploration and Collecting..

Editorial Assistance.

Appropriated
Contingent Fund.
Appropriated
Refunds, Expressage overpaid
Expended
Balance

1,500.00
235.00
195.00
450.00
94.86 2,474.86
2,466.73
8.13
400.00
388.10
___11.90
500.00
265.00
235.00 500.00
1,000.00
800.15
195.00 995-15
ss
1,200.00
00.00
50.00
450.00 1,200.00
600.00
600.00
2,200.00
1.05 2,201.05
2,200.83

+22

( 264 )

Stable Equipment.

Appropriated 100.00
Transferred from Circulars for Membership 250.00 350.00
Expended 349.48
Balance «52
Purchase of Plants.
Appropriated 1,000.00
efund, Expressage on plants 7.38 1,007.38
Expended 998.03
Balance 9-35
Circulars for Membership.
Appropriated 1,000.00
Ex pended iccssvipiecsmccerssesieee ee acetianerces 938.25
Transferred to Stable Equipment.............. 250.00 988.25
Balance .cccce.Meliciven.cdhiedeisiids I1.75
Landscape Engineering.

Appropriated 720.00
Expended 720.00
Insurance.

Appropriated 400.00
E d 396.60

Balance 3.40
Special Assistance.
Appropriated ........ 675.00
Expended 659.70
Balance 15.30
Grading, Drainage and Water Supply.
Appropriated 1,675.00
Expended 1,662.95
Balances escstessiassdsseuey neti Beane 12.05

Special Appropriation for Exploration to the Philippine Islands.

Appropriated 500.00
Transferred from Resident Research Schol-
arships 50.00
Expended
Balance

550.00
538.24

11.76

( 265 )
Publicattons (Lucome of Lydig Fund).

Appropriated .... 2,400.00
Expended 2,231.10
Balance 168.90

Preservation of Native Plants (Income of Stokes Fund).

Appropriated 120.00
Expended 92.96
Balance 27.04.

Aid for Students’ Research (Income of Students’
esearch Fund).

Appropriated 100.00

Balance “100.00

Total Appropriated for Garden Accounts... 21,990.00

FRGRUN OS ooiangescacercc winds uote ere tereses (ateeernc III.52 22,101.52
Total Expended for Garden Accounts....... 21,710.34
bebe 39.18 391.18

4. SPECIAL GARDEN ACCOUNTS.
Conservatory Fund.

Subscribed 1900 2,110.00

Subscribed 1901 25.00

Refund — Balance on Draft 15.27

Subscribed 1902 486.55

Refund — Unexpended Balance 9-70

Subscribed 1903 200.00

Sale of Duplicate Palms 100.00

Sale of Plants 78.00 3,024.52

Expended 1900 710.44

Expended rgo1 1437-42

Expended 1902 404.41

Expended 1903 447.66 2999-93
Balance 24.59

Museum and Herbarium Fund.
Subscribed 1901 1,800.00
Subscribed 1902 655.00
Refund (Advance Charges on Specimens,
account of R. 8. Williams)............... 131.09

( 266)

Subscribed 1903

Sale of Specimens

Expended 1903

Balance

Exploration Fund.
Subscribed, 1901
Refund — Balance on Drafts
Subscribed, 1902...........cccccecee cesceceeeeees
Refund — Unexpended Balance ...............
Subscribed, 1903
Refunds — Unexpended Balances
Expended, 1go01
Expended, 1902

Expended, 1903........:cccssccnereeee sesevaeenee
Balance

Special Book Fund.

Subscribed, 1899

Subscribed, rgo1

Subscribed, 1902

Subscribed, 190

Special Contribution from Mr. Andrew
Carnegie

Sale of Books
Refund — Balance on Drafts
Expended, 1899

Expended, 1903...... ..cccsee cececcnceeeereeeeees

Balance

Total Expenditures from Funds
of the Garden... .......c eee

1,405.00
29.50

1,546.19

1,024.96
1437-63

4,020.59

4,008.78

2,050.00
87-59
2,130.00
180.56
1,565.00
295.11

2,130.95

1,258.32
2,880.72

11.81

6,288.26

6,269.99

4:950.00
1,825.00
2,265.00
1,315.00
1,997.88

59-60

20.93

1,916.65

25395.28

2,463.02 '

2,256.25
39397°75

18.27

12,433.41

12,428.95

4.46

29,374.10

WaLtTeR S. GROESBECK,
Accountant.

NEw York, January II, 1904.

{ 267 )

REPORT OF THE SCIENTIFIC DIRECTORS.

To tHE Boarp or Manacers, NEw Yorx Boranicau

GARDEN.

Gentlemen: The Scientific Directors have held three meet-
ings during the past year, on January 13, on October 20, and
on December 17. The Board has been increased in accord-
ance with your action, and added strength has thus been
given it by the election of Mr. C. F. Cox and Professor F.
S. Lee.

The scientific work in progress at the Garden has been
carried on with unusual energy. The increased number of
persons who come to us for carrying out special lines of work
attests the appreciation in which we are held by the botanical
public of this country, and our standing among the great bo-
tanical centers of the world is already recognized by botanists
in foreign lands.

The past year has been notable in the extent of botanical
exploration carried on in the American tropics, and the policy
of sending trained botanists to secure material for museum
and herbarium has been amply justified by the results.
From subtropical Florida to the Leeward Islands explorers
have been bringing together material, so that our collections
from these regions are becoming enormous, and with them
our knowledge of the distribution and extent of our tropical
flora is becoming more and more accurate and complete.

Not less important have been the additions to our collec-
tions and library by purchase, made possible by extensive
gifts from members of your body.

A most important step has been taken in the establishment
of a tropical laboratory in Jamaica under our control. This
has long been a dream of American botanists, and its speedy
realization may be regarded as a direct outcome of our ex-
ploration in the tropics and will be not only a material aid to
all the interests of the Garden and its development, but like-
wise a boon to American botany and American botanists in
general.

( 268 )

Plans for the better illustration of North American plants
are before the Board and it is hoped that we may be able in
the near future to present something definite for your consid-
eration.

The scientific papers published by the Garden during the
year have been noteworthy. A second volume of the Mem-
orrs, by Dr. MacDougal, and a series of papers included in
the BULLETIN have attracted particular attention. Although
not a distinctive Garden publication, the issue of the Flora of
the Southeastern States by Dr. Small, of the Garden staff,
during the year, marks the completion of a monumental
work.

One appointment has been made by the Board, that of Mr.
J. A. Shafer as Custodian of the Museum.

The outlook for scientific work at the Garden could
scarcely be more promising.

Respectfully submitted,
Lucien M. UnpERWoop,
Chairman.
JANUARY 7, 1904.

( 269 )

REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE ON PATRONS,
FELLOWS AND MEMBERS.

To THE Boarp or Manacers or THE New York Bo-

TANICAL GARDEN,

Gentlemen: The number of new members who have quali-
fied during the past year is102. The total number of annual
members is now 936.

Of these 22 are in arrears for dues for 1903, 10 are in
arrears for 1902 and 1903, and 7 are in arrears for 1901,
1902 and 1903.

Annual dues have been collected to the amount of $9,110.-
oo, which has been transmitted to the Treasurer as received.

Seventeen persons have qualified as life members by the
payment of $100.00 each. These sums have been trans-
mitted to the Treasurer for credit to the Endowment Fund.

A complete list of Patrons, Fellows for Life, Life Mem-
bers and Annual Members to date is herewith submitted.

NEw YORK, January II, I904.

PATRONS.
Hon. Addison Brown, D. O. Mills,
Andrew Carnegie, J. Pierpont Morgan,
Mrs. Geo. Whitfield Collard, * Oswald Ottendorfer,
Columbia University, John D. Rockefeller,
* James M. Constable, William Rockefeller,
* Hon. Chas. P. Daly, *Wm. C. Schermerhorn,
“Wm. E. Dodge, Jas. A. Scrymser,
Geo. J. Gould, Samuel Sloan,
Miss Helen M. Gould, * Cornelius Vanderbilt,
Mrs. Esther Herrman, Mrs, Antoinette Eno Wood.

John S. Kennedy,
FELLOWS For LiFE.

Morris K. Jesup, Miss Olivia E. Phelps Stokes,
John Innes Kane, Samuel Thorne,
Hon. Seth Low, Tiffany & Co.,

Miss Caroline Phelps Stokes, H. C. von Post.

* Deceased.

( 270 )

Lir—E MEMBERS.

Edward D. poeta
Dr. Felix Adler, ¥
A. G. Agnew, ¥
Mrs. James Herrman Aldrich,
Richard H. Allen,’
Constant A. Andrews, ‘
J. Sherlock Andrews, *
Wm. A. Anthony, »
Mrs. Hugh D. Auchincloss, ‘
Samuel P. Avery, /
Samuel P. Avery, Jr.,
Samuel D. Babcock,
Geo. V. N. Baldwin, >
Dr. John Hendley Barnhart, ‘
Gustav Baumann, ”
Samuel R. Betts, ¢
Miss Elizabeth Billings,‘
Mrs. Wm. T. Blodgett,“
J. O. Bloss, v
George Blumenthal,
George C. Boldt,
. F. Bonner, +
Geo. S. Bowdoin,*
J. Hull Browning,
Miss Matilda W. Bruce,
Joseph Bushnell,
Thomas M. Carnegie, «
Frank R. Chambers, ~
Hugh J. Chisholm, +
Hugh J. Chisholm, Jr.}
E. Dwight Church,
Geo. C. Clark,
Banyer Clarkson, ¥
Wm. F. Cochran, /
William Colgate, »
Miss Georgette T. A. Collier,
Mrs. William Combe, -
W. E. Conner, *
Wm. L. Conyngham, !

<

Theodore Cooper, /

Zenas Crane,

Melville C. Day,

Miss Julia L. Delafield, ,

Maturin L. Delafield, Jr.,*

Anthony Dey,v

James Douglass, -

Miss Josephine W. Drexel,

Miss Ethel DuBois, ”

Miss Katharine DuBois,
m. A. DuBois,’

Mrs. John Dwight,’

Thomas Dwyer,’

Newbold Edgar, «

George Ehret, *

David L. Einstein,

Ambrose K. Ely,

Amos F. Eno,~

Edward J. Farrell,’

Andrew Fletcher,é

Mrs. Theodore Kane Gibbs,”
James J. Goodwin, -

B. M. Grosvenor, -
Daniel Guggenheimer,
Bernard G. Gunther,¥
Franklin L. Gunther, -

. O. Havemeyer, *
R. Somers Hayes, +
James J. Higginson, +
George B. Hopkins, »
Samuel N. Hoyt,
Gen. Thomas H. Hubbard,
Archer M. Huntington, >
Frank D. Hurtt, »

(271 )

Adrian Iselin,” James Tolman Pyle, “
Theo. F. Jackson,’ M. Taylor Pyne,
= Walter B. James, Geo. W. Quintard, *

. E. G. Janeway,’ J. C. Rodgers,”
a Annie B. Jennings, H. H. Rogers, <_
Walter R. T. Jones, ” Jacob Rubino,
Eugene Kelly, jee Wim. R. Sands,”
Nathaniel T. Kidder,” Reginald H. Sayre,”
William M. Kingsland,” Edward C. Schaefer,’
H.R. Kunhardt, Jacob H. Schiff,
W. B. Kunhardt,: Mortimer L. Schiff,
— Lanier, Grant B. Schley,-

W. V. Lawrence,” Mrs. I. Blair Scribner, -
Meyer H. Lehman, Isaac N. Seligman,»
Mrs. George Lewis, Geo. Sherman,“
Joseph Loth, v William D. Sloane,
David Lydig,” James Speyer, v
Wm. H. Macy, Jr., Francis L. Stetson, »
Mrs. William H. Macy, Jr., Anson Phelps Stokes,:
Alexander Maitland, Miss Ellen J. Stone, -——
Dr. Francis H. Markoe, - Albert Tag, «
Louis Marshall, ¥ Charles G. Thompson," ;
Edgar L. Marston,” Robert M. Thompson,
Bradley Martin, Miss Phebe Anna Thorne, *
Dr. George N. Miller,* William Thorne, *
A. G. Mills, + William Stewart Tod, !
Roland G. Mitchell,” Spencer Trask,
John G. Moore, « Miss Susan Travers,
A. Lanfear Norrie,* Miss Anna Murray Vail,
Gordon Norrie,“ F. T. Van Beuren, «
George M. Olcott, v Dr. Henry Freeman Walker, v
Mrs. Chas. Tyler Olmsted, * F. N. Warburg, «
Wm. Church Osborn, « John I. Waterbury, -
Lowell M. Palmer, - Miss Emily A. Watson,
Henry Parish,. S. D. Webb, >
Geo. Foster Peabody, * Dr. W. Seward Webb,*
Wm. Hall Penfold, - Mrs. Joseph M. White,
Geo. W. Perkins, - Miss Violetta S. White, «
W. H. Perkins, John D. Wing, »

Mrs. Henry C. Potter, ‘ Charles T. Yerkes. «

(272)

ANNUAL MEMBERS.

Dr. Robert Abbe,

Fritz Achelis,

Ernest R. Ackerman,
Ernest Kempton Adams,
Samuel Adams,

Mrs. Cornelius R. Agnew,

John E. Alexandre,

J. H. Alexandre,

C. L. Allen,

Wm. C. Alpers,

Bernard G. Amend,

G. Amsinck,

John A. Amundson,

J. M. Andreini,

A. B. Ansbacher,

John D. Archbold,

George A. Archer,

Francis J. Arend,

Mrs. H. O. Armour,

Dr. 8. T. Armstrong,

Dr. Edmund S. F. Arnold,

Francis B. Arnold,

Col. John Jacob Astor,
heo. Aub,

Hugh D. Auchincloss,
ohn W. Auchincloss,

Marshal L. Bacon,

Amzi Lorenzo Barber,
Henry I. Barbey,
E. W. Barnes,

ohn S. Barnes,
Chas. T. Barney,
William Barr,
George D. Barron,
E

Chas. Batchelor,

Mrs. N. E. Baylies,
Alfred N. Beadleston,
Wm. R. Beal,

Dr. C. Adelbert Becker,
Gerard Beekman,

M. H. Beers,
Dennistonn M. Bell,
August Belmont,

Perry Belmont,

James H. Benedict,

L. L. Benedict,

M. W. Benjamin,

Jno. R. Bennett,

Frank Sherman Benson,
Gustav Bernheim,

Mrs. Adolph Bernheimer,
Chas. L. Bernheimer,
Simon E. Bernheimer,
Philip Berolzheimer,
Edward J. Berwind,
Henry Beste,

Albert S. Bickmore,
Eugene P. Bicknell,
Mrs. Sylvan Bier,

L. Horatio Biglow,
Isaac Bijur,

W. 4H. Birchall,

James C. Bishop,

Karl T. F. Bitter,

Geo. Blagden,

Mrs. D. C. Blair,

Mrs. Birdseye Blakeman,
Samuel Blatchford,

Mrs. S. A. Blatchford,
Cornelius N. Bliss,
Ernest C. Bliss,

E. W. Bliss,

Jno. H. Bloodgood,
Lyman G. Bloomingdale,
Mrs. Edward C. Bodman,
Henry W. Boettger,
Edward C. Bogert,
Frank S. Bond,

Wa. E. Bond,

Hon. H. W. Bookstaver,
Simon Borg,

Michael Brennan,

Victor D. Brenner,

Miss Cornelia G. Brett,
Mrs. Benjamin Brewster,
Elbert A. Brinckerhoff,
Jno. I. D. Bristol,

Mrs. Harriet Lord Britton,
Mrs. Kate M. Brookfield,
Edwin H. Brown,

John Crosby Brown,

M. Bayard Brown,
Robert I. Brown,

F. W. Bruggerhof,
H. B. Brundrett,
Miss Mary T. Bryce,
Mrs. William Bryce,
William Bryce, Jr.,
W. Buchanan,
Albert Buchman,

(273 )

James Buckhout,

H. C. Bumpus,
Edward G. Burgess,
Miss Helen C. Butler,
Wm. H. Butler,

Mrs. Daniel Butterfield,
John L. Cadwalader,
H. A. Caesar,

S. R. Callaway,
Albert Calman,

Henry L. Calman,

W. L. Cameron,

H. H. Cammann,
Henry L. Cammann,
John Campbell,
Richard A. Canfield,
H. W. Cannon,

Mrs. Miles B. Carpenter,
James C. Carter,
Walter S. Carter,

H. T. Cary,

John W. Castree,
John H. Caswell,
John R. Caswell,

Dr. W. H. Caswell,
Robert Caterson,

Miss Jennie R. Cathcart,
Prof. J. McK. Cattell,
J. E. Childs,

H. P. Chilton,

B. Ogden Chisolm,
Geo. E. Chisolm,

Mrs. Wm. E. Chisolm,
Jared Chittenden,
Wm. G. Choate,

W. F. Chrystie,

Miss Helen L. Chubb,
Theodore W. Church,
John Claflin,

D. Crawford Clark,

J. Mitchell Clark,
Ww

John W. Cochrane,

Miss Mary F. Cockcroft,
Hon. W. Bourke Cockran,
C. A. Coffin,

Edmund Coffin,

E. W. Coggeshall,
Samuel M. Cohen,

N. A. Colburn,

Mrs. James B. Colgate,
P. F. Collier

F. Collinswood:

Miss Ellen Collins,

Miss Mary Compton,

T. G. Condon,

Henry C. Conger,
Roland R. Conklin,

C. T. Cook,

Mrs. C. T. Cook,
Henry H. Cook,

Chas. W. Cooper,

Hon. Edward Cooper,
Mrs. Austin Corbin,

G. M. Corning,

Mrs. Charles Henry Coster,
Miss Ellen Cotheal,
John Cotter,

Chas. J. Coulter,
Clarkson Cowl,

Geo. F. Crane,
Jonathan H. Crane,
Mrs. Jonathan H. Crane,
Mrs. Agnes H. Cravath,
Robert L. Crawford,
Dr. W. H. Crawford,

(274)

H. G. Crickmore,
John D. Crimmins,
Geo. A. Crocker,
Frederic Cromwell,

R. Fulton Cutting,
W. Bayard Cutting,
C. H. Dale,

Henry Dalley,

Wm. B. Dana,

Geo. H. Daniels,

Ira Davenport,

J. Clarence Davies,
Julien T. Davies,
Wm. Gilbert Davies,
Clarence 5. Day,

Mrs. Henry Mills Day,
E. J. de Coppet,

H. de Coppet,
Richard Deeves,
Robert W. deForest,
Mrs. Courtnay DeKalb,
B. F. DeKlyn,

Dr. D. Bryson Delavan,
Wm. C. Demorest,
Charles de Rham,
Theo. L. DeVinne,

F. W. Devoe,

Henry Dexter,

Chas. F. Dieterich,
Miss Mary A. Dill,
Mrs. Henry F. Dimock,
Rev. Morgan Dix,

Cleveland H. Dodge,
D. Stuart Dodge,

Geo. E. Dodge,

Miss Grace H. Dodge,
Norman W. Dodge,
Mrs. Wm. E. Dodge, Jr.,
Peter Doelger,

C. W. Doherty,

L. F. Dommerich,
Mrs. Henry Dormitzer,
Henry Dorscher,

Mrs. George Wm. Douglas,

Alfred Douglass,
R. D. Douglass,
Mrs. David Dows,
Tracy ,
John J. Dra
B. serene a aiewiias
Mrs. Henry Draper,
H.R. Drew,
Isaac W. Drummond,
Matthew B. DuBois,
Dr. Edward K. Dunham.
es H. Dunham,

. B. Dunne,
oe Dunne,

S. Whitney Dunscomb, Jr.,

H. A. Dupont,
John 8. Durand,

Miss Laura Jay Edwards,
Edward Ehrlich,

Henry G. Eilsheimus,
August Eimer,

Emanuel Einstein,

Roswell Eldridge,

(275)

Geo. W. Ellis,

John W. Ellis,

W. A. Ellis,

J. M. Ellsworth,
James W. Ellsworth,
Wm. Ellsworth,

John J. Emery,

C. Temple Emmet,
Robert Temple Emmet,
Robert Endicott,

Arthur F. Estabrook,
Louis Ettlinger,
Richard Evans,

H. C. Fahnestock,
Chas. 8. Fairchild,
Samuel W. Fairchild,
Geo. W. Fanning,

Jas. C. Fargo,

John Armstrong Faust,
Mrs. Farquhar Ferguson,
W. B. Osgood Field,

Wm. Louis Fitzgerald,
Isaac D. Fletcher,

Miss Helena Flint,

A. R. Flower,

Edw. W. Foster,

Scott Foster,

Henry E. Frankenberg,
Werner V. Frankenberg,
A. 5S. Frissell,

H. T. Frothingham,
W.F e,

Geo. F. Gantz,

John A. Garver,
Joseph E. Gay,

Mrs. Martha F. Gay,
Mrs. James Gayley,
Frederick Gebhard,
Mrs. Walter Geer,

S. J. Geoghegan,
Thos.

John J. Gibbons,
Frederick Gibbs,

Mrs. Hervey de Blois Gibson,
R. W. Gibson,

J. Waldron Gillespie,
Frederic N. Goddard,
Chas. H. Godfrey,
Mrs. Edwin L. Godkin,
Samuel Goodman,

Rev. Francis Goodwin,
Miss Theodora Gordon,

Robert D. Graham,
W. H. Granbery,
Henry Graves,

John Clinton Gray,
Ernest F. Greeff,
Edward C. Gregory,
John Greenough,

Isaac J. Greenwood,
Rev. David H. Greer,
Daniel J. Griffith,

E. Morgan Grinnell,
Hon. George J. Grossmann,
William Guggenheim,
W. C. Gulliver,

Miss Delia L. Gurnee,
W. S. Gurnee, Jr.,
Dr. Alexander Hadden,
John A. Hadden,

John A. Hadden, Jr.

( 276 )

J. and M. Haffen,

James D. Hague,

Hon. Ernest Hall,

Miss Laura P. Halsted,
Wm. Hamann,

Miss Katherine L. Hamersley,
Louis Gordon Hamersley,
Miss Adelaide Hamilton.
Chas. T. Harbeck,
Anson W. Hard,

J. Montgomery Hare,

E. S. Harkness,

Wm. Hamilton Harris,
Miss Rebecca Harvey,
Harold Hasbrouck,
Jacob Hasslacher,

jJ- Woodward Haven,
E. Hawley,
Frederick W. Haynes,
Arthur H. Hearn,

m. W. Heaton,
John G. Heckscher,
L. A. Heinsheimer,
Max Heller,
Homer Heminway,
Miss Olivia P. Heminway,
Chas. R. Henderson,
Chas. Henderson & Son,
Edmund Hendricks,
Harmon W. Hendricks,
Samuel Henshaw,
Selmar Hess,
Mrs. Daniel M. Hildreth,
Geo. R. Hill,

George D. Hilyard,
Walter Hinchman,
Wm. K. Hinman,

Dr. John H. Hinton,
B. Hochschild,

George F. Hodgmann,

Miss Virginia Hollins,
Henry Holt,

Isaac A. Hopper,
William W. Hoppin,
Frederick B. House,
Wm. P. Howe,

Alfred M. Hoyt,
Gerald L. Hoyt,

Alex. C. Humphreys,
Miss Mary D. Humphreys,
Mrs. C. P. Huntington,
Mrs. Robert P. Huntington,
Adolph G. Hupfel,
Frank Hustace,

John S. Huyler,
Clarence M. Hyde,
Frederick E. Hyde, Jr.,
Henry Iden, Jr.,

Mrs. Samuel Inslee,
John B. Ireland,
Adrian Iselin, Jr.,

C. Oliver Iselin,

Miss Georgine Iselin,
William E. Iselin,

Miss Flora Isham,
Samuel Isham,

Wm. B. Isham,

(277)

Frederic W. Jackson,
Dr. Abram Jacobi,
A. C. James,

D. Willis James,

Dr. Robert C. James,

Miss Louise L. Kane,
S. Nicholson Kane,
Mrs. H. F. Kean,
Mrs. Chas. Kellogg.
Thos. H. Kelly,
Prof. J. F. Kemp,
H. Van Rensselaer Kennedy,
Mrs. Elizabeth C. Kenyon,
Rudolph Keppler,
Mrs. Catherine L. Kernochan,
John B. Kerr,
Geo. A. Kessler,
A. P. Ketchum,
W. Keuffel,
m. Kevan,
Samuel K. Keyser,
S. E. Kilner,
Alfred R. Kimball,
David H. King, Jr.

Gustave E. Kissel,
A. Julian Klar,
Herman Knapp,
Chas. Kohlman,
Wm. Krafft,

H. C. Kudlick,
Julius G. Kugelman,
Percival Kiihne,

Adolf Kuttroff,
William M. Laffan,
Rev. Anthony Lammel,
Francis G. Landon,
Woodbury Langdon,
Woodbury G. Langdon,
J. Langeloth,

Dr. G. Langmann,
Lewis H. Lapham,
Walter W. Law,

John Burling Lawrence,
Mrs. Lydia G. Lawrence,
Richard H. Lawrence,
Mrs. Samuel Lawrence,

Prof. Frederic S. Lee,
Mrs. Frederic S. Lee,
Marshall E. Lefferts,

Lemcke & Buechner,
Alfred Le Roy,
Edward A. Le Roy, Jr.
Arthur L. Lesher,

Dr. W. Monae Lesser,

Julius Levine,

Emanuel Levy,

Mrs. John V. B. Lewis,
Albert Lewisohn,

Miss Alice Lewisohn,
Philip Lewisohn,

O. B. Libbey,

Lowell Lincoln,

Luke A. Lockwood,

( 278 )

Williston B. Lockwood,
James Loeb,
Prof. Morris Loeb,
S. Loeb,
Charles Loeber,
Walter S. Logan,
Henry Lomb,
Franklin B. Lord,
P. Lorillard, Jr.,
Bernard Loth,

. P, Lounsberry,
C Adolphe Low,
Miss Carlotta R. Lowell,
Mrs. Charles R. Lowell,
Thomas Lowry,
Charles H. Ludington,
August Lueder.
Walther Luttgen,
Mrs. Alida McAlan,
C. W. McAlpin,
Geo. L. McAlpin,
Wm. W. McAlpin,
John A. McCall,
Mrs. W. H. McCord,
Rev. Haslett McKim,
Geo. Wm. McLanahan,
James McLean,
Geo. R. MacDougall,
J. W. Mack
Clarence H. Mackay,
D. E. MacKenzie,
Malcolm MacMartin,
Mrs. Charles A. Macy, Jr.,

Jacob Mahler,
Chas. Mallory,
Howard Mansfield,
Thos. L. Manson,

Miss Delia W. Marble,
Theophilus M. Marc,
A. Marcus,

Jacob Mark,

Dr. J. W. Markoe,
Henry S$. Marlor,

Chas. H. Marshall,
Edwin S. Marston,
Mrs. E. Howard Martin,
W. R. H. Martin,
Francis T. Maxwell,
Robert Maxwell,
David Mayer,

Harry Mayer,

Mrs. Emma Mehler,
Herman A. Metz,
Dr. Alfred Meyer,
Edwin O. Meyer,
Harry J. Meyer,

J. Meyer,

Jacob F. Miller,

S. M. Milliken,

W. McMaster Mills,
Arthur M. Mitchell,
John Murray Mitchell,
Peter Moller,

Alphonse Montant,

G. L. Montgomery,
Chas. A. Moore, Jr.,
Wm. H. Helme Moore,
Mrs. Daniel Moran,
Miss Annie T. Morgan,
Miss C. L. Morgan,
Edward Morgan,

E. D. Morgan,

Geo. H. Morgan,

(279)

A. H. Morris,

A. Newbold Morris,
Mrs. A. Newbold Morris,
Mrs. Cora Morris,

Mrs. D. Hennen Morris,
Miss Eva V. C. Morris,
Henry Lewis Morris,
John Morris,

Lewis R. Morris,

Fred. V. Morrison,
Geo, Austin Morrison,
C. W. Morse,

Richard Mortimer,

Miss Catherine Murray,

J. G. Myers,

Nathaniel Myers,

Adam Neidlinger,

Edward M. Neill,

Wm. Nelson,

Miss Catherine A. Newbold,
Miss Edith Newbold,
Frederic R. Newbold,

H. Victor Newcomb,

James H. Ogilvie,

E. E. Olcott,

Robert Olyphant,

Mrs. Emerson Opdycke,
Wm. 8S. Opdyke,

Mrs. Wm. Openhym,

William C. Orr,

Prof. Henry F. Osborn,
Augustus G. Paine,

N

Henry Parish, Jr.,
John H. Parker,
Henry V. A. Parsell,
Mrs. Phebe A. Parshall,
Charles Parsons,
Mrs. Edwin Parsons,
John E. Parsons,

W. H. Parsons,

W. A. Paton,

O. H. Payne,

T. W. Pearsall,

Mrs. Frederick Pearson,
Mrs. Alfred Pell,
Miss Frances Pell,
Stephen H. P. Pell,
Geo. H. Penniman,
Samuel T. Peters,
W.R. Peters,

Chas. Pfizer, Jr.,
Guy Phillips,

Lloyd Phoenix,

Gifford Pinchot,
James W. Pinchot,
Mrs. James W. Pinchot,

Gilbert M. Plympton,
H. F. Poggenburg,

C. A. Postley,

( 280 )

Miss Blanche Potter,
Frederick Potter,
Miss Martha Potter,

R. M. S. Putnam,
Percy R. Pyne,
Charles Raht,

Gustav Ramsperger,
Geo. Curtis Rand,
Edmund D. Randolph,
G. B. Raymond,

Geo. N. Reinhardt,

E. B. Reynolds,

John B. Reynolds,
Miss Serena Rhinelander,
John Harsen Rhoades,
Auguste Richard,

Prof. P. de P. Ricketts,
John L. Riker,

Samuel Riker,

Wm. J. Riker,

R. Hudson Riley,

H. Dillon Ripley,

Dr. Wm. C. Rives,
Miss Mary M. Roberts,
Andrew J. Robinson,
Gen. Chas. F. Roe,
Edward L. Rogers,
Noah C. Rogers,

Theo. Rogers,

W. Emlen Roosevelt,
Mrs. W. Emlen Roosevelt,
Hon. Elihu Root,
Albert G. Ropes,

{ 281 )

E. V. W. Rossiter,
Jacob Rothschild,

Wm. Rothschild,
Charles Runyon,

Jacob Ruppert,

Mrs. A. D. Russell,
Chas. Howland Russell,
Arthur Ryle,

Augustus St. Gaudens,
Clarence Sackett,

Mrs. Edward C. Sampson,
Daniel C. Sands,

Miss Marie L. Sanial,
Carl Schefer,

Miss Mary E. Schell,

J. Egmont Schermerhorn,
Mrs. H. M. Schieffelin,
Dr. Wm. Jay Schieffelin,
Gustave Schirmer,
Rudolph E. Schirmer,
Henry W. Schloss,

Miss Jane E. Schmelzel,
Henry W. Schmidt,
Paul G. Schoeder,

C. Schumacher,

aN Schuyler,

Adolph Schwarzmann,
Geo. S. Scott,

John H. Screven,
Edward M. Scudder,
Geo. J. Seabury,
Francis K. Seagrist,
Mrs. Horace See,
Prof. Edwin R. A. Seligman,
George W. Seligman,
Jefferson Seligman,

T. G. Sellew,

Alfred Seton, Jr.,
Mrs. Clarence Seward,
W. H. Sheehy,
Edward M. Shepard,
Gardiner Sherman,

D. E. Sickles,

John W. Simpson,
WT. Simpson,
John Sinclair,

Francis L.iSlade,
Albert K. Smiley,
Daniel Smiley,

Chas. F. Smillie,
James D. Smillie,
Mrs. Annie M. Smith,

Mrs. George W. Smith,
James H. Smith,
James R. Smith,
Walter M. Smith,

Wm. A. Smith,

E. G. Soltmann,

Chas. Sooysmith,
Frederick Southack,
Samuel Spencer,

Miss Anna Riker Spring,

Dr. Edward H. Squibb,

John Stanton,

J. R. Stanton,

Louis M. Starr,

Jno. N. Stearns,

James H. Stebbins,
ames R. Steers,

Charles H. Steinway,

Wm. R. Steinway,

Olin J. Stephens,

Benjamin Stern,

Isaac Stern,

Louis Stern,

Winfield S. Stern,

Alexander H. Stevens,

Frederic W. Stevens,

Dr. Geo. T. Stevens,

Lispenard Stewart,

Ww tewart,

Jos. Stickney,

Miss Clara F, Stillman,

Dr. D. M. Stimson,

James Stokes,

Mason A. Stone,

Sumner R. Stone,

William Stratford,

Chas. Strauss,

F. K. Sturgis,

Mrs. F. K. Sturgis,

Edmund Sturzenegger,

Rutherfurd Stuyvesant,
rs. Geo. Such,

Mrs. James Sullivan,

Lionel Sutro,

Mrs. P. C. Swords,

Miss Mary Taber,

Edward N. Tailer,

James Talcott,

C. A, Tatum,

Miss Alexandrina Taylor,

George Taylor,

Henry R. Taylor,

Stevenson Taylor,

John T. Terry,
Nikola Tesla,

Thomas Thacher,
Ernst Thalmann,

Dr. Allen M. Thomas,
Anthony J. Thomas,

( 282)

Geo. C. Thomas,

John C. Thompson,
L. S. Thompson,

Mrs. Samuel C. Thompson,

Ege Thompson,
. W. Gilman Thompson,

ae Thorne, Jr.,

W.V.S. Thorne,

H. L. Thornell,

C. C. Tiffany,

Louis C. Tiffany,

William Toel,
Wm. Toothe,
William Tousey,

J. Evarts Tracy,
Edwin D. Trowbridge,
Frederick K. Trowbridge,
Dr. Alfred Tuckerman,
Paul Tuckerman,

eo. E. Turnure,
Benjamin Tuska,
Edward P. Tysen,
Edward Uhl,
E. 8S. UU
Herbert Valentine,
Mrs. Lawsen Valentine,
Chas. H. Van Brunt,
Augustus Van Cortlandt,
Alfred G. Vanderbilt,

Edgar B. Van Winkle,

Miss Elizabeth Van Winkle,

Richard C. Veit,

John H. Warren,
Allan C. Washington,
E. H. Weatherbee,
Mrs. H. Walter Webb,

Camille Weidenfeld,
Benjamin S. Welles,
Charles W. Wells,
Mrs. John Wells,

Dr. Geo. G. Wheelock,
Dr. Wm. E. Wheelock,
Miss Caroline White,
Horace White,

N. H. White,

Stanford White,

Dr. Whitman V. White,
Wm. Henry White,

J. Henry Whitehouse,
Worthington Whitehouse,
James Whiteley,

Giles Whiting,

Clarence Whitman,
Wm. Wicke,

( 283 )

Edward A. Wickes,
D. O. Wickham,

M. T. Wilbur,

Robt. F. Wilkinson,
David Willcox,

Jno. T. Willets,
Robt. R. Willets,

G. G. Williams,
Richard H. Williams,

Mrs. Douw D. Williamson,

W. P. Willis,

Charles T. Wills,
Washington Wilson,
Wm. G. Wilson,
Egerton Winthrop,
Grenville L. Winthrop,
Mrs. Frank S. Witherbee,
Ernst G. W. Woerz,
Emil Wolff,

Lewis S. Wolff,

Mrs. Cynthia A. Wood,
James Wood,

John A. Woods,

F. F. Woodward,

Prof. R. S. Woodward,
W. H. Woolverton,
Miss Julia Wray,

Mrs. J. Hood Wright,
Arthur G. Yates,

O. F. Zollikoffer.

( 284)

REPORT OF THE TREASURER.

New York, January 12, 1904.
To THE Boarp or MANAGERS OF

THE New York BoTanicaL GARDEN.

Gentlemen: Herewith I submit a statement of my receipts
and disbursements during the year 1903, and a balance
sheet’from my ledger as of December 31, 1903.

Respectfully yours,

F. Cox,
Treasurer.
Recetsts.
Balance as per last Annual Report....... $ 15,742.08
Contributions of the City towards De-
velopment and Maintenance.............. 103,504.71

Income from Investments :
5 per cent, on $50,000 Southern Ry.
Co. First Consol. Mtge. Bonds ..6 2,500.00
4% per cent. on $50,000 Ches. &

Genl. Mtge.
Bonds 2,250.00

4 per cent. on $50,000 Erie R. R.
Co. Prior Lien Bonds 2,000.00

4 per cent. on $59,000 Erie R. R.
Co. Penn. Collat. Trust Bonds... 2,360.00
4 per cent. on $50,000 Reading R.
R. Co. Jersey Central Collat.
Trust Bonds 2,000.00
4 per cent. on $24,000 Nor. Pac.
Co. St. Paul & Duluth
Diva Bonds 960.00
4 per cent. on $14,000 Nor. Pac., Gt.
Northern, C. B. & Q. Collat.

Trust Bonds 560.00 12,630.00
Annual Dues — 9,140.00
Interest at 3 per cent. on balances on de-

posit with J. P. Morgan & Co........... 497-59
Proceeds Sales of Merchandise............ 22.25

Life Membership Fees.................. 066

Tuition Fees, credited to Students’ Re-
search Fund

On a/c Bequest of Charles P. Daly,

credited ** David Lydig Fund”’.........

Contributions to Special Book Fund.....

to Exploration Fund.......

do to Mus. & Herb. Fund...

do to Conservatory Fund......

Disbursements.

Expenses paid through Director-in-Chief
a/c City Appropriation, $103,504.71
On General Account, for
Vouchers paid.............. 15,138.98

Lectures and Literature on Preservation
of Native Flora, account Income of
Stokes Fund

Books — account Special Book Fund....

Plants — account Conservatory
Fund $667.89
Less Sales 178.00

Specimens, etc. — account Exploration

Specimens— a/c Museums

and Herbarium Fund....... $1,172.63
Less Sales ...........0cce0e0es

Publications — account Income of David
Lydig Fund

Balance — Cash in hands of Treasurer.

1,800.00
517-50

3,663.11
3,312.88
1,555.00
1,405.00

300.00

$154,277.18

LepGer BaLancres, DECEMBER 31, 1903.

Credit.
Permanent Funds:

Endowment Fund

118,643.69
86.83
4,891.69
489.89
1,455.56
1,143.13

2,484.66 129,195.75

$ 25,081.43

$270,775.00

8,000.00

16,500.00

2,083.25

( 286 )

David Lydig Fund, Bequest of Chas. Ae) <
. Dal 32,567.20
Stokes Fund 3,000.00
Temporary Funds:
Special Book Fund, for Library..... 629.50
Conservatory Fund, for Plants........ 32.84
Exploration Fund 1,909.72
Museum and Herbarium Fund, for
Specimens 726.25
Income Students’ Research Fund.... 183.64
Income Stokes Fund ..............0000e+ 41.35
Income David Lydig Fund............ 279.46

Debit.

Lnvestments:

Net Cost of $50,000 Ches. & Ohio }

Ry. Co. Genl. Mortgage Bonds...
$50,000 Southern Ry. Co. 1st

$50,000 Erie R. R. Co. Prior Lien
Bonds

$59,000 Erie R. R.-Penn. Collat.
Trust Bonds

$50,000 Reading R. R. Co.-Jersey
Cent. Collateral Trust Bonds....

General Income Account, balance bor-
rowed from Permanent Funds..........
Cash in hands of Treasurer

t $287,660.01

20,000.00

4,016.97
25,081.43

$336.758.21 $336,758.21

( 287 )

FEBRUARY 3, 1904.
Dr. N. L. Brirton, Director-in-Chicf,
New York Botanical Garden,
Bronx Park, New York City.

Dear Sir: I beg to notify you that I have caused the
accounts of the Treasurer of the New York Botanical Gar-
den, Mr. Cox, to be examined and audited for the year 1903,
and take pleasure in reporting that the same have been found
to be correct, in accordance with the Balance Sheet and
Statement of Receipts and Disbursements, enclosed herewith.

I enclose, also, the Auditor’s Certificate.

Yours very truly,
(signed) James A. ScRYMSER,
Chairman, Finance Committec,
New York Botanical Garden,

OFFICERS, 1904.
PRESIDENT—D, O. MILLS,
VicE-PRESIDENT—-ANDREW CARNEGIE,
TREASURER—-CHARLES F. COX,
SECRETARY—-N, L. BRITTON.

BoARD oF MANAGERS.
1, ELECTED MANAGERS,

ANDREW CARNEGIE, J. PIERPONT MORGAN,
W. BAYARD CUTTING, GEORGE W. PERKINS,
ROBERT W. bE FOREST, JAMES A. SCRYMSER,

JOHN I. KANE
D. O. MILLS,

F SAMUEL SLOAN
W. GILMAN THOMPSON,
SAMUEL THORNE.
2. EX-OFFICIO MANAGERS.
THE PRESIDENT OF THE DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC PARKS,
N. JOHN J. PALLAS
THE Mayor OF THE City OF NEW YORK,
HON. GEORGE B. McCLELLAN.
3. SCIENTIFIC DIRECTORS
PROF. L. M. UNDERWOOD, Chairman.

HON. ADDISON BROWN, PROF, J. F. KEMP,

DR. NICHOLAS MURRAY BUTLER, PROF. FREDERIC S. LEE,
PROF, C. F. CHANDLER, HON. HENRY A. ROGERS,
CHARLES F. COX, PROF. H. H. RUSBY

GARDEN STAFF.

DR. N. L. BRITTON, Divector-tn- Chief.
DR. D. T. MACDOUGAL, First Assistant,
DR. JOHN K. SMALL, Curator of the Museums.
DR. P. A. RYDBERG, Assistant Curator.
DR. ARTHUR HOLLICK, Assistant Curator.
DR. MARSHALL A, HOWE, Assistant Curator.

S. EARLE, Assistant Curator.

DR. H. H. RUSBY, Curator of the Economic Collections.
DR. WM, J. GIES, en Se Chemist.
COL. F. A. SCHILLING, Seu
JOHN R. BRINLEY, Landscape Engineer.
WALTER S. GROESBECK, Clerk and Accountant.
DR. JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, Lattorial Assistant.
JOHN A, SHAFER, Aaseum Custodian.

Members of the Corporation.

Pror. N, L. Britton,
Hon. ADDISON Brown,
Wm. L. Brown,
ANDREW CARNEGIE,
Pror. CHas, F. CHANDLER,
Wa. G. CHOATE,

Hon. EDWARD CooPER,
Cuas. F. Cox,

Joun J. CRooxz,

W. BAYARD CUTTING,
ROBERT W. DE FOREST,
CLEVELAND H. Dopag,
SAMUEL W. FAIRCHILD,
Gen. Louis FITZGERALD,
RICHARD W. GILDER,
Hon. THOMAS F, GILRoy,
PARKE GopwIn,

Hon. Hues J. Grant,
Henry P. Hoyt,
ADRIAN ISELIN, JR.,
Morris K. JEsup,

Joun Tf. Kang,

EuGENE KELLY, JR.,
Pror. JAMES F. Kemp,
Joun S. KENNEDY,
Pror. FREDERIC S$. LEE,

Hon. SETH Low,

Davip LyDI«e,

Epcar L. MARSTON,

D. O. MILLs,

J. PrerPont Morcan,
THEO. W. MYERS,

Gro. M. Otcortt,

Pror. HENRY F. OSBorn,
LoweELu M. PALMER,
GEORGE W. PERKINS,
James R. PITCHER,

Rr. Rev. HENRY C. POTTER
Percy R. PyYNE,

Joun D. ROCKEFELLER,
Wa. ROCKEFELLER,

Hon. Henry A. ROGERS,
Pror. H. H. Ruspy,
James A. SCRYMSER,
Henry A. SIEBRECHT,
SAMUEL SLOAN,

Wm. D. SLOANE,

NELSON SMITH,

Dr. W. GILMAN THOMPSON,
Louis C. Tirrany,
SAMUEL THORNE,

Pror. L. M. UNDERWoon,
Gro. W. VANDERBILT,

WILLIAM H. S. Woop.

VOL. 3 No. 11

BULLETIN

OF

THE NEW YORK

BOTANICAL GARDEN

[ISSUED APRIL 14, 1905)

CONTENTS

BoranicaL CONTRIBUTIONS :

Mycological Studies, II, by F. S. Earrz. [Issued
30 Je 1904].

The Comparative Embryology of the Cucurbitaceae, by
Josep Epwarp Kirxwoop (with plates 58-69 and
6 figures). [Issued 7 O 1904]

Additions to the Palaeobotany of the Cretaceous Forma-
tion on Long Island, No. II, by ArrHur Ho.rick
(with plates 70-79). [Issued 10 D 1904]

Additions to the Flora of Subtropical Florida, by Jonn
K. SMALL (with 1 figure). [Issued 27 Ja 1905]

Contributions to the Flora of the Bahama Islands, I, by
N.L. Brirron. [Issued 7 F 1905 ]

PAGE

441

Each paper was issued separately, in advance, on the date indicated.

BULLETIN

The New York Botanical Garden

Vol. 3. No. 11.

BOTANICAL CONTRIBUTIONS.
Mycological Studies. li.

By F. S. EARLE.
1. New Species of West-American Fungi.

The following species were mostly collected by C. F. Baker
in California and Nevada during 1901 and 1902. Many of
them have been issued in his distributions of West-American
plants. I am under obligations to him for full field-notes on
the fleshy species, thus making it possible to study and de-
scribe them.

The types are deposited in the herbarium of the New York
Botanical Garden.

HELOTIACEAE,
Lachnum atro-purpureum Durand, sp. nov.

Solitary or gregarious, stipitate, single or occasionally sev-
eral (2-5) cups fascicled at the summit of each stem; disk
concave, pale purple, externally dark purplish brown,
paler toward the margin, clothed densely with hairs which
are pale purple by transmitted light, cylindrical, smooth,
closely septate, rather thick-walled, paler toward the tips,
reaching 80 long, 5 4 thick; stem slender, as long as
the diameter of the cup, hairy ; asci clavate- -cylindrical,
40-50 x 5-6 p, not blue with iodine, apex rounded, scarcely
narrowed ; spores ee 8, hyaline, smooth, continuous,
elliptical to elliptic-oblong 6-8 x 21%~-3 #3 paraphyses
scarcely longer than the ‘asci, narrowly lanceolate above,
acute, 3-4 thic

(289)

( 290 )

On dead Zucalyptus bark, Stanford University, Calif.,
Jan. 9, 1903. Collected by Copeland. Communicated by
C. F. Baker as no. 2724.

A beautiful species peculiar in the often clustered cups, the
purplish tint of every part, andthe small spores. Dasyscypha
Eucalypti (Berk.) Sacc., a purple species on Hucalyptus
leaves in Tasmania, has larger (10-11 y) spores and hairs in
the form of teeth, belonging therefore in Cyathicula. The
fascicled cups suggest the genus Cordierites and the color
suggests C. Spruces Berk., but the structure is in all other
respects that of Zachnum. When dry the plant is purplish-
black.

MOLLISIACEAE.
Mollisia papillata sp. nov.

Ascomata scattered, black, cup-shaped, aa saa
%-1 mm., sessile, margin conspicuously elevated and in
rolled when dry, disc dark slate-color to nearly Black, penal
cells polygonal, becoming elongated toward the margin where
they end in crowded clavate papillae about 25 x 5 4; asci
crowded, cylindrical, about 50x 4; paraphyses thread-

hyaline, continuous, cylindrical, often somewhat curved,
8-10 X 2p

On old, weathered chips, foot-hills near Stanford Univer-
sity, California, Jan. 1, 1902, C. F. Baker, no. 207.

This is somewhat closely related to forms that have been
referred to Mollesta melaleuca (Fr.) Sacc., but it is cupulate,
not patellate, the disc is nearly black and the exterior is
much more conspicuously roughened.

TRYBLIDIACEAE.
Tryblidium Garryae sp. nov.

Ascocarps scattered, nearly or quite superficial, black,
rough, patellate, margin obscure, about 1 mm. broad by 0.25

mm. thick; asci clavate, long-stipitate, about 120 x 8 p13
paraphyses thread-like, branched above; ascospores subdis-
tichous, at first r-4-septate and hyaline, at length dark brown,
IO or more septate and muriform, with numerous vertical
divisions, usually somewhat curved, about 35 x 1

( 291)

On decorticated, weathered twigs of Garrya, foot-hills
near Stanford University, California, Jan. 1, 1902, C. F.
Baker, no. r16a.

This species belongs to Saccardo’s section 7rydldaria.
In the Sylloge the name Blitrydum is used for this genus.

DoTHIDEACEAE.

Plowrightia Neo-Mexicana sp. nov.

Stromata at first buried, soon erumpent- paar black,
rugulose, thin, crust-like, orbicular or ofte val, about %

m. in diameter, usually aggregated and car in more
or less elongated masses which reach 3 mm. or more in
diameter; loculi several, 6 to 12 or more in each stroma,
small, crowded, whitish within, slightly elevating the surface,
ostiolum obscure; asci elliptic-oblong, short-pedicelled, apa-
raphysate, about 60 x 144; ascospores distichous, hyaline,
ovate, unequally uniseptate, strongly constricted, 20-22 x
7-10 #, the smaller cell usually about 9 x

On dead, weathered stems of Ampelopszs aT (?),
‘The Gap,” between San Ignacio and Las Vegas, New
Mexico, July, 1902, T. D. A. Cockerell.

SPHAERIACEAE.
Melanomma Sambuci sp. nov.

Perithecia gregarious, often crowded, at first buried, soon
erumpent-superficial, black, globose, rough, not collapsing,
about 300-350 #, ostiolum obscurely papillate; asci clavate-
cylindric, g0-110 x 9-10; paraphyses abundant, thread-
like; ascospores monostichous, fuscous, narrowly elliptical
or narrowly ovate, 3-septate, slightly constricted, one medial
cell often slightly enlarged, 20-25 x 7-8 p.

On dead stems of Sambucus, Snow Valley Peak, Ormsby
Co., Nevada, June 24, 1902, C. F. Baker, no. 1182 (in part).

CUCURBITARIACEAE

Gibberidea Artemisiae sp. nov.

Perithecia clustered, two or three to six or eight on a
scanty brownish stroma, or sometimes scattered, subglobose,
at length slightly depressed, dark fuscous, nearly black,

( 292 )

subshining, about 5004, ostiolum minutely papillate; asci
cylindrical, 100-120 X 8-10 4; paraphyses thread-like ; asco-
spores subdistichous, eylindrcel, tinted or pale fuliginous, 3-
septate, constricted, curved, 20-25 x 7

On shredded bark of Artemusia a King’s Cajion,
near Carson, Nevada, July 3, 1902, C. F. Baker, no. 12334.

AMPHISPHAERIACEAE.
Melomastia Shastensis sp. nov.
Perithecia scattered or gregarious, the base sunk in the

spores subdistichous, irregularly oblong or narrowly ovate,
hyaline, 3-4-septate, not constricted, one medial cell often
slightly enlarged, about 25 x 5-

On decorticated whitened wood of Adzes Shastensis, Mt.
Shasta, Calif., 7,500 ft., July, 1903, Copeland. Communi-
cated by C. F. Baker as no. 3584

MycosPHAERELLACEAE.
Mycosphaerella Balsamorrhizae sp. nov.

Perithecia thickly scattered over large areas, buried, black,
lenticular, not collapsing, 200-225 w, of rather loose cellular
tissue, cells large, 10-12 y, ostiolum minutely perforate; asci
narrowly elliptical, short-stipitate, 60-70 x 14 43 paraphyses
none; ascospores distichous, narrowly ovate, unequally uni-
septate, somewhat constricted, 18-20 x 7-8 pu.

On dead stems of Balsamorrhiza sp., King’s Cafion, near
Carson, Nevada, July 3, 1902, C. F. Baker, no. 1230.

Mycosphaerella Vagnerae sp. nov.

Perithecia thickly scattered over large whitened areas,

Bb?
eter, ostiolum 1 ie Gis ae ed asci peas or often irregu-
larly spindle-shape, 60— Of; paraphyses none; asco-

spores inordinate, Mires, ae obtuse, uniseptate, hyaline,
16-18 x 6-7 p.

On dead stems of Vagnera sp., King’s Cafion, near Car-
son, Nevada, July 3, 1902, C. F. Baker, no. 1225.

( 293 )
Phaeosphaerella scirpicola sp. nov.

Perithecia scattered over the weather-bleached leaf-sur-
faces, subsuperficial, minute, black, membranous, about 25 p;
asci elliptical, 40-50 X x 18 13 paraphyses none; ascospores
fascicled, cylindrical, about equally uniseptate, not con-
stricted, hyaline till full maturity, then brown, with four
prominent vacuoles in each cell, 30-35 x

On dead leaves of Scrrpus sp., foot-hills near Stanford
University, California, Jan. 1, 1902, C. F. Baker, no. 212.

PLEOSPORACEAE.
Didymella Delphinii sp. nov.

Perithecia abundantly scattered over large whitened areas,
buried, at length partially exposed, black, subspherical,
prominent, not collapsing, 250-300 # in diameter, ostiolum
minutely papillate; asci clavate, short-stipitate, 80-90 x 12—
14 #3 paraphyses scanty, thread-like, delicate, inconspicuous ;
ascospores distichous, hyaline, narrowly ovate, or subellipsoid,

somewhat unequally uniseptate, constricted, the larger cell
often subacute, the smaller one obtuse, 20-25 x 7-8 p

On dead stems of De/phininm sp., head of Fall creck,

Ormsby Co., Nevada, July 15, 1902, C. F. Baker, no. 1331.

Pocosphaeria Dendromeconis sp. nov.

Perithecia gregarious in lines, buried, at length exposed
by the breaking away of the host tissues, clothed with short
brown hairs when young, becoming subglabrate with age
and exposure, black, hard, Senet not collapsing,
250-350 7, ostiolum inconspicuous; asci cylindrical, 100—
120 X 9-10 4; paraphyses see thread-like ; ascospores
monostichous, light fuscous or yellowish, 3-septate, con-
stricted at each septum, one medial cell slightly enlarged, one
end cell conical and acute, the other rounded, 18-20 x 7-8 p.

On dead stems of Dendromecon sp., foot-hills near Stan-
ford University, California, Jan. 1, 1902, LeRoy Abrams,
communicated by C. F. Baker as no. 224.

Metasphaeria Yuccae sp. nov.

Perithecia scattered, black, prominent, long, covered by
the epidermis, at length suberumpent, about 200 #, ostiolum

( 294 )

inconspicuous, subpapillate; asci elliptical, about 75 x 12 4;
paraphyses abundant, thread-like; ascospores distichous,
hyaline, narrowly ovate, ends acute, 4-septate, strongly con-
stricted at the second septum, about 20 x

On dead leaves of 2icca sp., Stanford University, Cali-
fornia, Nov. 26, rgo1, C. F. Baker, no. 17.

Pyrenophora Tetraneuridis sp. nov.

Perithecia scattered, buried, then erumbent, dark brown,
not collapsing, about 200, ostiolum short-papillate, sur-
rounded by a few stiff, brown, bristles; asci subcylindrical,
about 175 x 35; paraphyses thread-like; ascospores dis-
tichous, brown, elliptical, obtuse, 7-septate, not constricted,
each cell 1-3 times vertically divided, about 4o x 18 p.

On dead leaves of Jetraneurzs sp., King’s Cajion, near
Carson, Nevada, June 14, 1902, C. F. Baker, no. 1068.

Pleospora Silenes sp. nov.

Perithecia gregarious on small blackened areas, prominent,
soon free by the rupture of the thin cuticle, black, collapsing,
about 200 # in diameter, ostiolum minutely papillate, incon-
spicuous ; asci cylindrical or narrowly elliptical, short-stipi-
tate, thick-walled, about 140 x 30 #; paraphyses thread-like,
rather scanty ; ascospores distichous, ovate or elliptical, com-
pressed, dark brown, 3-septate, one or both of the medial
cells once vertically divided, slightly constricted at all the
septa, ends obtuse, about 30-35 x 18 # by 14 # thick.

On dead stems of Szlene sp., Clear Creek Cajion, near
Carson, Nevada, July 5, 1902, C. F. Baker, no. 1255.

On some of the stems there is also a Diplodia with spores
14x9p. This may represent the pycnidial stage of the
fungus.

VALSACEAE.

Thyridium Sambuci sp. nov.

Perithecia thickly covering large areas, buried in groups
0) ae or scattered, black carbonaceous, not collapsing,
300- in diameter, paioluin erumpent, minutely papillate,
free inet valsiform); asci cylindrical, stipitate, 150-200 x
17-20 #2; paraphyses abundant, thread-like ; ascospores mon-
ostichous, fuscous, elliptical, often slightly curved, 5-sep-
tate, constricted at the middle septum, one or more of the
medial cells vertically divided, 30-35 x 10-14 p.

( 295 )

On dead stems of Sambucus, Snow Valley Peak, Ormsby

Co., Nevada, June 14, 1902, C. F. Baker, no. 1165.
DIATRYPACEAE.
Diatrype Baccharidis sp. nov.

Stromata thickly scattered, somewhat prominent, bordered
by the wood-fibers, at length naked, black, rough, stromatic
material scanty, tawny yellowish-brown within, about I mm.
in diameter, often subconfluent; perithecia 3 or 4 to 6or 8
in a stroma, large, 300-500 4, subangular, black within, os-
tioles roughening the surface, compressed or obscurely bi-
sulcate (subhysterioid) necks short; asci clavate, about 70 x
73 ascospores curved, cylindric, yellowish, 12-14 x 2-3 p.

On dead, weathered stems of Baccharis sp., Stanford Uni-
versity, California, Dec. 1, 1901, C. F. Baker, no. 182.

SPHAEROPSIDACEAE.
Coniothyrium Sambuci sp. nov.

Pycnidia scattered or somewhat gregarious, buried, at
length fully or partially erumpent, black, globose, not col-
lapsing, 300-350 in diameter, of firm cellular tissue, the
cells small, regular, about 7-10 p, ostiolum papillate ; sporules
dark fuscous, subglobose, about 8 x 7 4; sporophores none
or inconspicuous.

On dead, decorticated stems of Sambucus, Snow Valley
Peak, Ormsby Co., Nevada, June 24, 1902, C. F. Baker,
no. 1182 (in part).

What seems to be the same thing was collected at Cham-
bers Lake, Colo., on Sambucus, Aug. 1, 1896, by the same
collector and was issued as no. 412 under the name of Conzo-
thyrium olivaceum Bon.; but it is not that species.

Diplodia Leptodactyli sp. nov.

Pycnidia scattered, buried, then erumpent, black, sub-
globose, not collapsing, 200-225 y, of soft membranous tissue,
cells regular, 8-10 yp, ostiolum i inconspicuous ; sporules brown,
elliptical, uniseptate, somewhat constricted, ends obtusely
rounded, about 14 x 8 4

On dead stems of Leptodactylon squarrosum, Clear Creek
Cafion, near Carson, Nevada, July 11, 1902, C. F. Baker,
no. 1308.

( 296 )
Diplodia Veratri sp. nov.

Pycnidia scattered over large areas, buried, often at length
exposed, black, subglobose, not collapsing, 300-400 #, wall
tissue thick, opaque, of cells 8-124 in diameter, ostiolum
minutely papillate ; ; sporules subcylindrical, at length fuscous,
I-septate, little or not constricted, about 14 x 7; sporo-
phores not seen.

On dead stems of Veratrum, King’s Cafion, near Carson,
Nevada, June 2, 1902, C. F. Baker, no. 963

Rhabdospora Datiscae sp. nov.

Pycnidia thickly scattered over extensive whitened areas,
under the epidermis or at length erumpent, brownish-black,
membranous, subglobose but slightly flattened, about roo-—
120 # in diameter, with a perforate ostiolum; sporules acic-
ular, straight, 35-50 x 154

On stems of Datisca glomerata, Stanford University, Cali-
fornia, Nov. 11, 1902, Copeland. Communicated by C. F
Baker, no. 2648.

Rhabdospora Heraclei sp. nov.

Pycnidia Head scattered over large whitened areas,
black or dark brown, buried with the ostiolum erumpent, or
a by the shredding of the host tissues, subglobose, not
collapsing, about 4ooy in diameter, of thick firm cellular
tissue, the cells rather larger, 8-10 y, ostiolum prominently
papillate, rather thick; sporules acicular, straight, multi-
guttulate, 30-40 x 2

On dead stems of Heracleum lanatum, Snow Valley Peak,
Ormsby Co., Nevada, June 24, 1902, C. F. Baker, no. 1167.

LEPTOSTROMACEAE.
Leptostromella (?) Eriogoni sp. nov.

Pycnidia scattered or gregarious in small groups, elon-
gated, hysterioid, black, buried, becoming prominent, open-
ing by a slit, 1-1.5 x .5 mm.; sporophores short, inconspicu-
ous, about 7 x 2/3 sporules cylindrical, hyaline, 3-septate,
constricted at the septa, the cells at length separating, 18—
20 X 3-4 4

On dead stems of Hriogonum sp., Little Valley, Ormsby
Co., Nevada, Aug. 14, 1902, C. F. Baker, no. 1468.

( 297 )

This departs from the usual characters of Lepiostromella
in the constricted spores that finally separate at the septa.

MELANCONIACEAE

Cylindrosporium Californicum sp. nov.
Occupying indeterminate brownish areas often involving
half or more of the leaf-surface; ascervull epiphyious:

abundant, covered by flesh-colored waxy masses of exuded
conidia, 0.5 mm. in diameter; conidia cylindrical, eerie
irregularly curved, 35-40 x 3-4/4.

On living leaves of Fraxzuus Oregana, Stanford Univer-
sity, California, Oct., 1902, Abrams. Communicated by C.
F. Baker, no. 2771.

This same fungus has been distributed by McClatchie, no.
895, under the name of Cyl/ndrosportum mimor E.& K. It
differs from that species in the much larger indefinite spots
and in the conidia which are about the same length but twice
the diameter.

BoOLETACEAR.
Boletus fiaviporus sp. nov.

Among decaying oak leaves; pileus 6-9 cm., rather thin,
convex to expanded, shining chestnut-brown, smooth, viscid,
but not glutinous; hymenium plane, usually deeply depressed
around the stipe but decurrent for nearly 1 cm. in anastomos-
ing lines, bright lemon-yellow when young becoming a deep
dark yellow or flavid with age (retaining this color in the
dried specimen), pores angular, small (t mm.), walls thin;
spores yellow, narrowly elliptical, about 15 x 6y: stipe ex-
annulate, 6-9 cm. x 18 mm., subequal or slightly ventricose,
yellowish and smooth or marked with glutinous granules
above, tomentose and white stained with brick-red below,
solid; flesh whitish to brownish, unchanging, mild.

Stanford University, California, November 11, 1gor, C.
F. Baker, no. 131.

This striking species evidently belongs to the section Pscz-
pelles although differing from the usual sectional characters
in the deeply depressed hymenium and the reticulation at the
apex of the stipe. It is remarkable for retaining so well the
intense yellow color of the pores in the dried specimens.

( 298 )
Boletus tomentipes sp. nov.

Among decaying oak leaves; pileus fleshy, 3 cm. thick,
9-13 cm. in diameter, convex to expanded, clear brown
ane. dry, at first minutely velvety-tomentose, becom-
ing glabrate; hymenium ventricose, deeply and broadly

when bruised or in drying, pores small, rounded (less than
I mm. in the dried specimens); spores brownish, elliptical,
about 14 x 7 #3 stipe exannulate, 8-13 x 2.5-3.5 cm., cylin-
drical, densely but minutely velvety-pubescent, at length
sometimes subglabrate above, brick-red, flecked with brown
below, solid; flesh whitish or brownish-white, changing to
blue when injured.

Stanford University, California, November 30, 1901, C.
F. Baker, no. 132.

This species should be referred to the section Subtomentose
although in some of its characters it approaches the Edu/es.
It is well marked by the double change of color when injured,
the pores becoming brick-red while the flesh changes to blue.
The specimens discolor badly in drying.

AGARICACEAE.
Collybia fimicola sp. nov.

On decaying horse manure in pastures; pileus thin, 2-5
cm., convex to expanded or somewhat depressed, subum-
bonate, sordid cinereous-brown, the center darker, smooth,
shining, not striate; lamellae thin, rounded behind, slightly
adnexed, interveined, heterophyllous, distant, ventricose,
pale eae pi wn}; spores white, elliptical, 6x4; stipe

3-5 cm. X 3-5 mm., equal or slightly enlarged above, sub-
oa above, eae hirsute-tomentose below, base brown-
ish, apex nearly white (discolored in the dried saan
cartilaginous, hollow; flesh thin, white, unchanging, mil

Stanford University, California, November 30, 1901, C.
F. Baker, no. 153.

Entoloma plumbeum sp. nov.

In old pastures, subgregarious; pileus 4-7 cm., irregular,
often asymmetrical, expanded or at length depressed, pale

(299 )

lead-color, often with a brownish tinge, center usually darker,
smooth, not hygrophanous, margin irregular, not striate;
lamellae narrowly sinuate, crowded, strongly heterophyllous,
rather narrow, plane or subventricose, cream-color becoming
tinted with salmon; spores pale salmon, cilipaeal: smooth,
often with a large central vacuole, about 7 x ; stipe 2-3

Ceacolorows. on solid, fleshy-fibrous ; aaa white or
cream-colored, unchanging, taste and odor m

Foot-hills near Palo Alto, California, March . Ti, 1902, C.
F. Baker, no. 378.

Locellina Californica sp. nov.

In old pastures, solitary; pileus thin, 5-g cm., becoming

roadly expanded, pale tan-color, the center somewhat
darker, slightly viscid when young but dry and smooth with
age, margin entire; lamellae free, becoming remote with
age, subcrowded, broad, plane or subventricose, pale brown-
ish-salmon, then light cinnamon; spores rusty brown, irregu-
larly elliptical, often with a minute oblique apiculus, large,
17-18 x 8-gy; stipe 6-12 cm. x 5-10 mm., subequal, apex
discoid, base slightly thickened, minutely tomentulose, especi-
ally above, cream-color becoming light brownish on drying,
solid, fleshy-fibrous; volva persisting as a thin, fragile,
usually three-lobed, basal cup about 1 cm. high; flesh thin,
white, unchanging, taste and odor mild.

Foot-hills near Palo Alto, Caters. March 11, 1902, C.
F. Baker, no. 382.

This seems to be the first authentic species of this genus to
be reported from North America. Locellina Starnes Peck,
Bull Torrey Club, 29: 72, 1902, has a veil and annulus and
should therefore be excluded.

Cortinarius speciosus sp. nov.

Among rotting oak leaves; pileus about 8 cm., convex to
expanded, obtuse, pale yellow, disc darker, verging toward
cinnamon, smooth, viscid, margin even; lamellae sinuate-
decurrent, crowded, strongly heterophyllous, subventricose,
at first sordid white then purplish, at maturity cinnamon;
spores cinnamon, irregularly elliptical, ends subacute, 8-9 x
6; cortina of reddish-brown fibrils attached to the margin
of the bulb; stipe 5-6 cm. x 1-1.5 cm., strongly and abruptly

( 300 )

bulbous, the bulb 2.5-3.5 cm. thick, smooth above, fibrillose
below from the fragments of the cortina, apex cream-color,
base reddish-brown, solid; flesh whitish, unchanging, taste
and odor mild.

Stanford University, California, December 4, rgo1, C. F.
Baker, no.

his eer well-marked species belongs to the sub-

genus Phlegmacium, section Scaur?.

Inocybe brunnescenS sp. nov.

Pileus 3-7 cm., at first campanulate and subgibbous then
obtusely expanded, bright shining-brown verging towar
chestnut on the margin, the center paler, surface radiately
fibrous, subglabrous but with a few minute floccose scales
on the disc, margin even, occasionally splitting, at length
revolute; lamellae subsinuate with a slightly decurrent tooth,
subcrowded, broad, ventricose, edge erose, dark ochraceous-
brown, edge often Wena h; spores smooth, elliptical, about
IO xX 543 stipe 5-7 cm. x 8-12 mm., equal, smooth or with
a few loose fibers, oe tinged with brown below, solid;
flesh white, unchanging, taste and odor mild.

Among decaying oak leaves, Stanford University, Cali-
fornia, November 30, rgo1, C. F. Baker, no. 144.

This species belongs to the Section Avmosae. In color
it closely resembles the dried oak leaves among which it
grows.

Tubaria Eucalypti sp. nov.

On decaying fruits of Eucalyptus; pileus fleshy, Cee
mm., broadly convex to expanded, ochraceous-brown, be-
coming paler on the disc with age, dry, minutely oinent bac
especially on the margin when young, becoming glabrate,
margin even, somewhat irregular; pele slightly decur-
rent, somewhat crowded, rather broad, plane, dark cinna-
mon, edge white ; ai ferruginous, elliptical, 6-7 X 3-443

equal or somewhat enlarged above,
silky, fibrillate below, o white mycelioid, pale brownish,
cartilaginous, hollow; flesh thin, white, unchanging, taste
and odor mi

Stanford University, California, November 22, 1gor, C.
F. Baker, no. 157.

( 301 )

This interesting little species seems to be confined to the
one peculiar habitat.

Psilocybe Californica sp. nov.

In lawns and grassy places ; pileus thin-convex to expanded
and somewhat depressed, 114-21% cm., dark watery-brown
when moist, pallid when dry, smooth or the disc somewhat
wrinkled, moist, hygrophanous, margin even, lamellae some-
what decurrent, rather distant, interveined, subventricose,
pale brown to fuscous; spores fuscous, subpellucid, elliptical,
6-7 x 3-443 stipe 3-5 cm. x 2-3 mm., equal or slightly
enlarged above, smooth, dark brown, cartilaginous, hollow;
flesh very thin and watery, whitish, unchanging, taste and
odor mild

Stanford University, California, November 30, 1go1, C.

. Baker, no. 152.

This species resembles Psclocybe foenzseci?, which grows in
similar situations in the Eastern States and in Europe, but the
pileus is not at first campanulate, the lamellae are subdecur-
rent and interveined and the spores are much smaller.

2. New Tropical Fungi Mostly from Porto Rico.

The following undescribed species of fungi are mostly
from an interesting collection of leaf-parasites made in Porto
Rico by Mr, A. A. Heller, during December, 1902, and
January, 1903. <A few species are included from other local-
ities. The types are in the herbarium of the New York
Botanical Garden.

HyYsTERIACEAE.

Lembosia Coccolobae sp. nov.

Onliving leaves of Coccoloba uvifcra; epiphyllous, spots
brown, at first often stellate, then orbicular, 4-6 mm., or con-
fluent and somewhat effused ; mycelium sparse, fuscous, rather
widely etfused, hyphae continuous or sparingly septate, oc-
casionaly for king and anastomosing, slender, 3-4 thick ; hy-
phopodia sessile, ovoid, dark fuscous, small, about 7 x 5 #3;
ascomata scattered, discrete, black, linear, straight or slightly
curved, ends obtuse, 300-600 x roo; subiculum scanty, of

( 302 )

short parallel threads resembling those of the mycelium, 15—
40 # long; asci elliptical, 35 x 20 #3 ela inordinate,
curved, unequally uniseptate, hyaline, 16 x 7 &

Porto Rico, Heller, no. 6375.

The spores do not seem to be fully matured. At full matur-
ity they will doubtless be brownish and somewhat larger than
indicatedabove. A sterile Asterzua also occurs on some of the
leaves. There is a specimen in the Ellis Herbarium labeled
Lembosia tenella Lév., U. S. North Pacific Ex. Exped.
C. Wright, 1853-56, that is evidently this species. Neither
host nor locality is given and there is only a fragment of a
leaf, but this is quite certainly Coccoloba. Lembosza tenella
was described by Léveillé (Ann. Sci. Nat. III. 3: 58. 1845)
on leaves of Myrtaceae from Tahiti. His description calls for
a black radiating mycelium, forming round black spots 2-4
mm. in diameter. This is evidently different from our plant,
where the mycelium is scanty and of such fine threads as to
be invisible without high magnification.

PERISPORIACEAE.
Antennularia (?) tenuis sp. nov.

Epiphyllous: mycelium widely effused, forming a thin
olive- fe pellicle, mycelial hyphae much interwoven, deli-
cate, thin-walled, subhyaline, about 4 » in diameter, fre-
quently septate, the cells 12-18 y long, at intervals formin
Torula-like chains of oval cells, 8-10 x 5-6 w; perithecia
abundant, scattered, seated on the mycelium, black, globose,
collapsing, of uniform rounded cells 8-10 in diameter,
astomous, about 2004; asci elliptical, thin-walled, about
80 x 25 #4; paraphyses abundant, delicate, thread-like, asco-
spores inordinate, elliptical, obtuse, hyaline, 4-8 septate, the
cells vertically divided, about 30 x 12 p.

On leaves of Afusa sp. (banana), apparently following
plant lice. Porto Rico, Heller, no. 6352. soon /uga vera.
Porto Rico, Heller, no. 6353.

The generic position of this interesting fungus is somewhat
doubtful. Its spore-characters do not accord with those
usually given for Axtennularia (Antennarza), but its bio-
logical habit is the same and it seems unwise to multiply

( 303 )

genera in this group of ‘‘ honey dew” inhabiting fungi until
their characters are better understood. TZyrcposporium-like
conidia are found on the same leaves and are probably con-
nected with this fungus. The species is well characterized by
the thin delicate mycelium and by the abundance of ascus-
bearing perithecia.

Dimerosporium appendiculatum sp. nov.

Parasitic on the mycelium of an Aster¢na; mycelium
scanty, of pale agglutinated threads 3 in diameter ; perithe-
cia ae 40-100 fH, of soft, cellular texture, cells 6-8 BL,
armed with 12-20 curved, dark fuscous, opaque, obtuse, ap-
pendages or setae which are 30-40x4 m3; asci fascicled,
broadly clavate or narrowly obovate, stipitate, 8-spored, 35—-

10-12 #4; ascospores inordinate, pale fuscous, cylindrical,
about equally uniseptate, scarcely constricted, 14-16 x 4 p.

Parasitic on Asterina Sidae sp. nov.,* on leaves of S7da
carpinifolia, Porto Rico, Heller, no. 6333 (type) and Jam-
aica, Earle, no. 363.

Meliola Andirae sp. nov.

ane epiphyllous, forming a widely effused brownish
coating; mycelium of long, straight, seldom branching
threads 4 yin diameter, the cells usually 30-35 long ; capi-
tate hyphopodia small, opposite, distant, one pair to each cell,
narrowly obovoid or subcylindric, 12-14 x 8-10 yp, the basal
cell very short, only 2-3 #; mucronate hyphopodia mostly op-
posite, densely crowded on certain threads, bottle-shaped,
the neck often excentric and curved, 16-18 » long; setae
usually sparingly scattered, often more abundant near the
perithecia, 200-250 x 7 #, ‘base tuberculate, tapering to

thecia small, 150-200 yw, smooth, at length collapsing, of
small, 6-10 », subprominent cells, petiole none; asci 2-4-
spored, soon evanescent; ascospores 4-septate, fuliginous,
slightly constricted, obtuse, subcompressed, 35-40 x 9-I2 p.

On leaves of Andra inermis, Porto Rico, Heller, no.
6448.

This species is remarkable for the very long, straight my-
celial threads, the small, opposite, very short-stalked, capi-
tate hyphopodia and for the densely crowded mucronate

bs “# See page 310.

( 304 )

hyphopodia which occur only on certain mycelial threads.
The setae are sometimes straight but the great majority of
them are strongly curved near the summit.

MELIOLA BICORNIs Wint. ?

Heller, no. 6259, on some unknown plant of the Legu-
minosae, Porto Rico.

This seems to be the same as Ule’s Brazilian specimens
issued under this name as no. 3545 of Rabenhorst-Winter,
Fungi Europaei. These specimens are included under this
species by Gaillard, Le Genre Meliola 99, but as the type of
the species is from the island of St. Thomas off the coast of
Africa the determination seems somewhat doubtful. No
African specimens of the species have been seen.

Meliola Chamaecristae sp. nov.

Amphigenous and caulicolous, effused, forming a thin black
coating; mycelial threads bright fuscous, uneven and wavy,
4-8 p thick, cells 30-35 # long; capitate hyphopodia alternate
or scattered, irregular subcylindric, usually curved or circi-
nate, 16-25 x g-10 4; mucronate hyphopodia not seen; setae
infrequent, scattered, 200-250 7 y, straight, tapering upward
but obtuse, apex pale, pellucid; perithecia numerous, scat-
tered, globose, small, 120-150y, thin-walied, subpellucid,
slightly roughened by the convex uniform cells which are 10-
12 #in diameter; asci elliptical, mostly 4-spored; ascospores
4-septate, pale fuliginous, cylindrical, much constricted,
obtuse, small, about 30 x IO-II #

On leaves and stems of Chamaecrista glandulosa, Porto
Rico, Heller, no. 6371.

This resembles JZ. mzcrospora Pat. & Gaill. in the unusally
small spores but differs in the larger capitate hyphopodia,
the absence of mucronate hyphopodia, and the narrower and
paler setae.

Meliola circinans sp. nov.

Forming irregular black velvety patches 5-10 mm. in
diameter or widely confluent and effused, easily separating
from the leaf; mycelium abundant, dark fuscous, branching
anastomosing at wide angles, not agglutinated, somewhat

( 305 )

nodular and uneven, 6—7 uw thick, cells 16-20 » long; capitate
hyphopodia abundant, at first cylindrical, straight, even or
irregularly lobed, 16-20 x 8 #, then the apical cell becomes
bent to one side and at length in some cases is completely
coiled upon itself, in this condition being about 16 x 16;
mucronate hyphopodia infrequent, bottle-shaped, 16-20 x6 p:;
mycelial setae abundant, black, opaque, straight, simple,

about 130 x 64; perithecia globose, small, 120-150 #, ostio-
lum not seen; asci soon evanescent, not seen; ascospores
cylindrical, ends subapiculate, pale fuscous, translucent, 4-
septate, constricted, 4o-45 x 12

On leaves of Aynchospora aurea, Porto Rico, Heller, no.
6384.

I would include here Heller’s no. 252 from Porto Rico,
Sturgis’ specimen from Grasmere, Fla., on Cyperus sp.,
Nash’s no. 1803 from Eustis, Fla., on Ayxchospora dodecan-
dra, and Underwood’s no. 1664, Fla., on *‘ saw-grass.” These
have all been determined as Afcliola Cyper? Patouillard, a
species described from the Congo river, Africa. A portion
of the type collection of this species is in the Ellis Herbarium.
The American material certainly resembles it closely in
having both mycelial and perithecial setae, a very unusual
character, and in having more or less lobed and irregular
capitate hyphopodia. It is clearly distinct however in the
ultimate bending and coiling of the apical cell of the hypho-
podia, which suggests the specific name. Both kinds of
hyphopodia are much smaller than in JZ. Cyperz, the my-
celial setae are shorter and thinner and the spores are sub-
apiculate not obtuse. The most marked difference however
is in the mycelium. In JZ. Cyferz the threads are 8-94
thick and are densely branched, the branches lying parallel
and becoming partially agglutinated into a kind of crust.
In WM. circtnans the threads average 2 smaller, and the
branches are strongly divergent and not at all agglutin-
ated.

Heller’s no. 2249, from the Hawaiian Islands, distributed as
M. Cyperi, is probably not that species, though it agrees with

( 306 )

it in the agglutinated crust-like mycelium. It certainly has
no connection with the present species.

I would also include here Tracy’s nos. 4079 and 7158 on
Cladium effusum, Ocean Springs, Miss., and Braidentown,
Fla. These have been distributed as AZ, Amphitricha Fr.

Meliola compacta sp. nov.

Amphigenous, forming compact, black, crusts 1-2 mm.
in diameter; mycelial threads dark fuscous, 7 » thick, densely
crowded and agglutinated; mycelial setae none; capitate
hyphopodia numerous, crowded, 18 » long, the basal cell 8p
long, the head cell globular, 10% in diameter; mucronate
hyphopodia notseen ; perithecial setae scattered, 70-100 x 6,
uniform in size, obtuse, often abruptly bent about 20 4 below
the tip, the upper portion nearly hyaline; perithecia globose,
200-225 #2; asci elliptical, 4-spored; ascospores compressed,
cylindrical, obtuse, 4-septate, constricted, dark fuscous,
40-45 X 14 X 10K.

On leaves of Crossopetalum pallens, Porto Rico, Heller,
no. 6217.

This species is well characterized by the compact agglu-
tinated mycelium, the peculiar perithecial setae and the com-
pressed spores.

Meliola Compositarum sp. nov.

ae aaa ; mycelium forming small, 1-2 mm., black
or dark brown spots, scattered or sparingly confluent, threads
7p thick, cells 20-30 long; capitate hyphopodia alternate,
25-30 # long, basal cell about 8 » long, head cell irregularly
lobed, 15-20 wide, occasionally elongate and uniseptate ;
mucronate hyphopodia usually opposite, bottle-shaped,
crooked; setae none; perithecia globose, about 200 4, with
a group of 6-12 chitinized appendages near the apex, which
are pale fuscous, 80-100 x 204, the tip obtuse, abruptly un-
cinate and darker; asci usually two-spored, soon evanescent ;
ascospores cylindrical or narrowly elliptical, fuliginous, 4-
septate, constricted, obtuse, about 45 x 14-16 yp.

Type, Heller’s no. 6385 on Wiellughbaea sp., from Porto
Rico. J place here also Heller’s nos. 141 and 6185 on Lupa-
tortum sp. from Porto Rico, my own no. 45 on Eupatorium
sp. from Jamaica, and the specimens on some unknown com-

(307 )

posite from Brazil collected by Ule and distributed as no.
3543 of Rabenhorst-Winter, Fungi Europaei, under the name
of Afeliola tnermzs Kalchbr. & Cooke. The latter was
described on leaves of Buddleya from South Africa. Our
species agrees with it in having peculiar chitinized uncinate
perithecial appendages but in ours they are much larger, the
spores are larger and the characters of the mycelium and
hyphopodia are different.

Meliola Helleri sp. nov.

Amphigenous, mostly fruiting below, forming thin poorly
defined black patches 3-6 mm. in diameter, often more or
less confluent and effused, mycelium of somewhat interwoven,
pale fuscous threads, 7 » thick, cells 15-18 » long; capitate
hyphopodia alternate or unilateral, regular, oblong, 16~18 x
8 w, basal cell short, about 5 4, head cell cylindrical; mucro-
nate hyphopodia infrequent, opposite, or scattered, subconic to
subampulliform, often irregular, truncate, 18-20 “4; setae not
abundant, 350-450 x 8 yw, opaque, straight, tapering upward,
tip bifid for 4-6 or with two or more acute teeth; perithecia
globose, 150-200 yz, smooth, of uniform subequal cells 8-10
in diameter ; asci evanescent, not seen; ascospores 4-septate,
dark fuscous, cylindrical, strongly constricted, obtuse, 35-
40 X II~I3 pf.

On leaves of some unknown woody plant perhaps belong-
ing to the Myrtaceae, Porto Rico, Heller, no. 6251.

This species seems to be nearly related to AZ. drcornis
Wint., but differs in the characters of the hyphodia. From
M. bidentata Cooke it can be distinguished by the more
slender mycelial threads, smaller hyphopodia, smooth not ver-
rucose perithecia and slightly smaller spores.

Meliola Mangiferae sp. nov.

Amphigenous, forming black, densely velvety, orbicular
atches 6-10 in diameter or becoming widely confluent ;
mycelial threads numerous, much interwoven, dark fascous,
opaque, 10 thick, the cells 25-30 long; capitate hypho-
odia irregularly clavate-oblong, alternate, 25 x 12-144,
basal cell 6-7 # long, head cell irregularly cylindric, sub-
flexuous; mucronate hyphopodia infrequent, subconical,

( 308 )

abundant, 600-700 x 11 p, dark, opaque, Gees above to

cells ae in M7. Con ear asci usually 2-spored, evanes-
cent; ascospores 4-septate, constricted, broadly cylindrical,
obtuse, dark fuscous, 50-55 x 18-22 4.

On leaves of the Mango, Mangzfera Indica, Castleton
Gardens, Jamaica, Earle, no. 272. Also Porto Rico, Heller,

0. 6393-

It forms conspicuous black velvety patches, and is well
marked by the thick opaque mycelial threads, the abundant,
long, densely opaque, slightly forked setae, the peculiar
roughening of the surface of the perithecium and the large
dark spores.

Meliola Psychotriae sp. nov.

Amphigenous but mostly ep phylious, forming small black
orbicular patches 1-34 in diameter; mycelium abundant,
threads fuscous, 7-8 p thick, cells 25-35 p long; capitate hy-
phopodia alternate, usually closely appressed to the mycelial
thread, about 25 x 10-11 4, basal cell 7-8 # long, head cell
regularly elliptical; mucronate hyphopodia opposite, 16~—20 #
long, subconical or the base slightly swollen, often curved,
apex truncate ; setae frequent, erect, 250-300 x 8 p, tapering
upward but obtuse, apex paler; perithecia small, 125-150 p,
subcollapsing, of small, compact ineegulat cells 7-8 ww in
diameter; asci elliptical, 2-spore ascospores 4-septate,
elliptical, constricted, pale fuscous, ends narrowed but obtuse,
about 35 x 13-14 4.

On leaves of Psychotria sp., Porto Rico, Heller, no. 6252.
Also on Erithelis fruticosa, Porto Rico, Heller, no. 6430.

This is perhaps nearest to IZ. amécgua Pat. & Gaill., but
differs in the more slender mycelium and setae, the much
smaller perithecia and the different characters of the hypho-
podia and the broader more elliptical spores.

Meliola Thouiniae sp. nov.

Epiphyllous, forming thin blackish patches 3-6 mm
diameter, often effused and indeterminate; mycelial: ees

( 309 )

7 in diameter, frequently septate, the cells 12-16 lon
capitate hyphopodia numerous, alternate or occasionally
opposite, regular, subcylindrical, 14-16 x 8-9, basal cell
very short, 3-4, head cell elliptical, obtuse; mucronate
hyphopodia numerous, opposite, usually nearly straight, nar-
rowly conical to subampulliform, obtuse, about 20 x 7p;
setae infrequent, 300-400 x 8, straight, simple, opaque,
abruptly tapering to an acute point; perithecia abundant,
scattered, collapsing, ostiolate, small, 110-150 4, smooth, of
closely compacted cells about 8 in pees asci 2-3-
spored, ovate, short stipitate, 40-50 x 25 4; ascospores 4
septate, Se slightly nea obtuse, dark fuscous,
ao=4 A 12

On leaves of ee stiata, Porto Rico, Heller, no. 6435.

This species is nearest to AZ. stenosfora Wint., but differs
in the straight, not lobed or bent, capitate hyphopodia, in the
larger, straight and more abundant mucronate hyphopodia
and in the broader, more obtuse spores.

Pseudomeliola (?) collapsa sp. nov.

Parasitic on the mycelium of a Me/ziola; mycelium of slen-
der agglutinated colorless hyphae, 214-3 yw thick; perithecia
densely aggregated, complete, at first lenticular, soon col-
lapsing to saucer-shape, 100-120 #4, conspicuously ostiolate,
on radiating agglutinated hyphae that are at length closely
septate forming a tissue of oe sae 4-5 #2 in diam-
eter, ostiolum with the opening 8 n diameter with a
slightly raised border which is creed with a circle of
thread-like, closely appressed, radiating appendages which
slightly exceed the margin of th e perithecium ; asci obovate,
short-stipitate, 30-35 « 12 4; paraphyses not seen ; ascospores
inordinate, cylindrical or subclavate, hyaline, conspicuously
3-guttate, I2-I4 K 3p.

On the mycelium of Afeliola torulosa Wint. on leaves of
Piper peltatum, Porto Rico, Heller, no. 6400 (type), also
Heller, no. 6401, on MMelola sp. on Mesosphaerium capi-
tatun.

This peculiar species is referred to the above genus with
much doubt. The radiating prosenchymatous tissue of the
perithecium and its conspicuous ostiolum point to a relationship
with the Microthyriaceae rather than to the Perisporiaceae

(310),

where Pseudomeliola has been placed. On the other hand, the
perithecium is evidently complete, the upper and lower walls
being both fully developed, in which it agrees with the Peri-
sporiaceae. The spores are shorter than in the type of Pseudo-
meliola and it is possible that they ultimately become 2-
septate.
MICROTHYRIACEAE.
Asterina Sidae sp. nov.

Mostly epiphyllous, forming poorly defined, thin, blackish
patches 2-4 mm. in diameter; mycelium scanty, of zigzag
radiating threads about 4 4 thick; hyphopodia sessile, irreg-
ular and conspicuously three- or four-lobed, 7-8 3 perithecia
aaa scatiered, 80-100 #, convex-applanate, of dar

e, Closely agglutinated, radiating hyphae, subostiolate,
eanae stellately ; asci subglobose, 8-spored, 20-25 #4; asc
spores inordinate, ovate, somewhat unequally one
strongly constricted, fuliginous, 14 x

On living leaves of Svda carpinifolia, pauses: Earle, no.
366 (type); Porto Rico, Heller, no. 6333.

Parasitized by Dzmerosporium Se ee sp. nov.*
The parasite is much more abundant on the Porto Rican
specimens.

Asterina triloba sp. nov.

Epiphyllous, forming black patches 2-4 mm. in diameter or
often confluent; mycelium rather scanty, of dark fuscous
threads, about 4 # in diameter, hyphopodia scattered, sessile,
irregular, but usually three-lobed, about 7-8 4; perithecia
abundant, shield-shape, consisting of radiating threads, some
of which exceed the margin, forming an irregular Lemdbosza-
like subiculum, 30-50 # wide, rupturing stellately, 90-120
in diameter; asci broadly ovate to suborbicular, about 25—
30 yt, ascospores hyaline to full maturity, then dark brown,
about equally uniseptate, constricted, elliptical, ends obtuse,
about 20-25 x 8-9 p.

On living leaves of Croton discolor. Limestone hills,
along the coast west of Ponce, Porto Rico, Heller, no. 6216.

This differs from Asterzna crotonicola Pat. in the three-
lobed hyphopodia and smaller spores. The specimens also
show abundant dark brown, opaque, obovate conidia, about

* See page 303.

(311)

18 x 12 y, borne at the ends of delicate hyaline hyphae, about
12x 3y. What connection, if any, these have with the
Asterina could not be determined.

Micropeltis longispora sp. nov.

Epiphyllous; perithecia scattered, easily separating, dark
brown, slightly roughened, 300-400», hemispheric-appla-
nate, umbilicate, the ostiolum slightly sunken, of prosen-
chymatous tissue composed of fine interwoven threads, which
extend beyond the fertile portion, forming a flat, sterile sub-
iculum 100-200 # wide; asci elliptical, aparaphysate, 70-
80 x 25-304; spores cylindrical, often curved, hyaline,
multiseptate, granular, ends obtuse, 50-70 x 8 yu.

On living leaves of Coffea Arabica, Porto Rico, Heller,
no. 6349.

The leaves are also overrun by the sterile mycelium of
some Aprosporium.

This differs from Micropelt’s Tonduztd Speg. in the
larger, much more frequently septate spores which have the
cells all equal, not one or two of them enlarged as in that
species.

DIATRYPACEAE.

Diatrypella Lantanae sp. nov.

Stromata scattered, prominent, bordered by the epidermis,
black without and within, stromatic material scanty, usually
elliptical, about I x o. mm.; perithecia four or five to
ten or twelve in each stroma, black, globose, 400-500
ostiolum short, smooth, umbilicate; asci broadly ns
crowded with spores, short-stipitate, 70-80 x 10-12 /£; asco-
spores very numerous in each ascus, allantoid, yellow, about
7X54

On dead stems of Lantana camara, Hog Island, Florida,
April 18, 1900, S. M. Tracy, no. 6773.

XYLARIACEAE.
Kretzschmaria rugosa sp. nov.

Stromata reaching I cm., irregularly globose or subde-
pressed, short-stipitate or subsessile, surface dull black,
rough, substance spongy-fibrous, white, stipe 2-8 x 1-2 mm. ;

( 312 )

perithecia large, 1 mm. in diameter, black, globose, buried
but prominent, monostichous, scattered, not cro owded, ostio-
lum minute, punctiform, inconspicuous; asci cylindrical,
150-200 x 8-10 #, evanescent, disappearing before full ma-
turity ; paraphyses delicate, thread-like, 1 » thick ; ascospores
monostichous, inequilateral, often curved, at first hyaline
with one or two large vacuoles, becoming brown and opaque,
25-28 x 8-10 p.

On a dead log in the forest, Molyneaux Estate, Island of
St. Kitts, September, 1901, Britton & Cowell, no. 337.

DEMATIACEAE.
Cercospora conspicua sp. nov.

Amphigenous, densely covering areas 3-6 mm. in diameter,

with a conspicuous olive-gray tomentum or by confluence
involving large portions of the leaf; conidiospores densely
aggregated, olivaceous, somewhat torulose and irregular,
occasionally septate, 30-40 x 3-4 4; conidia slender, clavate,
subhyaline, continuous or at length faintly septate, 40-60 x
2-3 fl.
On living leaves of Cleome pentaphylla, Porto Rico, Hel-
ler, no. 6152.

(313 )

The Comparative Embryology of the Cucurbitaceae.

By Jos—EPpH EDWARD KIREWOOD.

CONTENTS.

PartI. Introducti 313
Part Tl... DeSCri ptivesiicnisiasdiicsessuvencvensatereresiuetaer gactueacvsasaciver Neliuaes 324
ey of the gynoecium 325

br. 336

Part III. Discusion aud conclusions 370
Gynoecium 370
Ewbryo-sac 382
Bibliography 392
Description of plates 398

PART I. INTRODUCTION

This work was begun at Princeton in the year 1898 while
the writer was special fellow in biology in Princeton Uni-
versity. Svcyos angulata L., which was found growing in
that vicinity, seemed to be a favorable object for study and
some of the inflorescences were accordingly gathered and a
brief examination made of the development of the gynoecium
and the embryo-sac.

Though the results of this study were somewhat meager,
it was nevertheless thought advisable to continue the work
and extend the investigation to other members of the Cucurbi-
taceae. This was undertaken at the suggestion of Professor
F. E. Lloyd, and carried on during the years 1899 and 1g00
and the summer of 1902 at the New York Botanical Garden.

The characters of certain members of this large and inter-
esting family suggested an attractive problem in the compara-
tive organogeny a: the flowers. In this work special attention
has been given to the organogeny of the gynoecium. Some
evidence has been collected as to the nature of the inferior
ovary in this family and a discussion of the literature on this
point will be presented later (Part II).

Besides the morphology of the flower there are interesting
facts in connection with the development of the embryo-sac
and associated structures which deserve attention. But the

(314)

morphological problems involved in this study are of less
importance, in the writer’s estimation, than are those of a
physiological character. The structure of the embryo, the
growth and character of the endosperm, the distribution of
nutritive materials in the ovule and the placenta, all are mat-
ters of importance; an understanding of the physiological
conditions obtaining in the ovule is no small aid to the inter-
pretation of various structures and phenomena, and this con-
ception is becoming more and more the dominant idea in
modern investigations. ‘‘An account of organic evolution,
in its more special aspects, must be essentially an account of
the interactions of structures and functions,” are the words of
Herbert Spencer, quoted and emphasized by Goebel in his
Organography. The fruitfulness of this thought is brought
more strikingly to our attention when we consider the trend
of later researches and the character of their results.

Treub® in his memorable work, (Votes sur 1’ embryogénie
de quelques Orchidées, emphasized the thought that the man-
ner In which the embryos absorb the plastic substances cer-
tainly deserves to attract attention, and further, that the
problem should be elucidated by embryological researches.
While, as has already been said, this view has dominated
much of the embryological investigation of more recent
years, the importance of the problem was recognized before
the publication of the work just cited, as Treub himself
points out. Hofmeister “ (1849) saw and described antipodal
cells and attributed to them the function of elaborating food
for the young embryo, although in a later work” (1867) he
says that the antipodals are meaningless in the development
of the embryo and that after fertilization they develop no fur-
ther but are themselves soon dissolved. ‘Twenty-five years
later, however, Westermaier® takes up the subject of the an-
tipodals and in conclusion says: ‘‘In the development of
the so-called antipodal cells in the embryo-sac of angio-
sperms, contrary to former views, one has to deal with an
anatomical-physiological apparatus and not with a useless
rudimentary structure which would be incomprehensible ex-

( 335)

cept from the standpoint of comparative morphology.” The
grounds upon which a physiological meaning is given to
the cases in question are particularly:

(x) In the specific position of these cells in the embryo-sac
and in the quality of the contents of the cells themselves.

(2) In their anatomical relations and the character (cutic-
ularized) of certain membranes in the ovule.

(3) The manner of starch distribution in the inner part of
the nucellus.

In 1896 he refers ® to the work on Vigella (1890) in which
he ascribed to the polar nuclei or later the endosperm nucleus
the function of conserving the antipodals in spite of the
lengthening of the embryo-sac and of fixing the said appa-
ratus in closer proximity to the micropyle in the interest of
the first embryonic development. He concludes by saying:
‘‘ The antipodals are a nourishing apparatus for the embryo
in the foetal developmental period.”

e find this view strengthened by the results of the work
of Campbell” on Sfargancum and Chamberlain” on Aséer,
in which cases the antipodals seem to have an important
nutritive function. Merrell, however, regards the antip-
odals of Sv/phium as performing the function of conduction
of nutritive substances, and Mlle. Goldflus* interprets the
antipodals in several genera of the Compositae as haustoria,
from the fact that they elongate and appear to be associated
with certain conducting tissue at the base of the ovule. Evi-
dence on this point has also been found in Cal/Peltzs and
Galium.™ 'To this view, moreover, we were directed by the
form and structure of these cells in another family of plants
(Liliaceae) investigated by Ikeda,* who finds similar anatom-
ical features. The cells themselves show the phenomenon
of chromatin aggregation, indicating metabolic activity, and
these stand in relation to elongated cells of the nucellus
which extend to the chalaza, forming a ‘‘ conducting pas-
sage.” At the same time certain features in the distribution
of starch and soluble carbohydrates, dextrin, etc., indicate
that the center of activity for the elaboration of food for the
embryo is the antipodals.

(316)

At this point attention may be called in passing to the more
recent investigations which have shown certain peculiari-
ties in the part which the endosperm plays in the nutrition
of the embryo. Balicka-Iwanowska‘ in studying the em-

micropylar and chalazal haustoria of endospermic origin.
In a recent contribution, Johnson* has pointed out the diges-
tive function of the endosperm in the perisperm-bearing
seeds of certain Piperaceae.

Attention has repeatedly been called to the function of the
suspensor as a means of conducting nutritive substances. In
1858 Hofmeister* stated that an unusually long and well
developed suspensor is accompanied by weakly developed or
almost entirely suppressed endosperm in 7ropacolum, Trapa,
the Geraniaceae and the Caryophyllaceae. Treub®” con-
cluded that the suspensor performed a physiological function
in the transmission of nutritive substances, and that the want
of a suspensor was correlated with the character of the outer
cell-walls of the embryo. He says in substance that the
embryos are nourished by means of strongly developed sus-
pensors; while the outer cell-walls of the embryos are
strongly cuticularized, the suspensors of these on the con-
trary consist of pure cellulose (Herminium Monorchis).
Embryos with rudimentary suspensors or none at all, had a
thin and permeable cuticle. In the Leguminosae, Guignard *
found cases in which embryos with rudimentary suspensors
or none at all were at a very early stage completely sur-
rounded by endosperm. The development of the complex
coenocytic suspensor of Orodus is accompanied by the scanty
formation of endosperm, and the author suggests that it may
find its chief function in the nutrition of the embryo.

The work of Koorders® furnishes us with a unique case in
which the suspensor acts as a means of transmission of nutri-
tive materials which it obtains through certain of the endo-
sperm cells that attach themselves to the suspensor and elon-
gate into tubular bodies, acting as haustoria. In this case the
embryo is cuticularized over its outer surface until the coty-

(317)

lendons are differentiated, whose peripheral cells possess thin
and permeable walls.

n the Galieae Lloyd® reports cases analogous to that found
by Koorders* in Zectonda. In Vaéllantia and Galium some
of the cells of the suspensor elongate laterally to form haus-
toria which penetrate the surrounding endosperm to a con-
siderable depth, seemingly, as the author suggests, increasing
the surface for absorption, and thus providing for a rapid
growth of the young embryo.

In some of the later researches the behavior of the pollen-
tube has been carefully considered. Longo™ finds that in
Cucurbita Pepo it follows a definite conducting tissue from
the stigma to the embryo-sac. In the apical region of the
nucellus the tube expands and sends branches into the sur-
rounding tissues, the branching being correlated with the dis-
tribution of starch in those parts. It is the thought of Longo
that the growth of the pollen-tube along the conducting tissue
is an expression of chemotropism, in which he is in accord
with the views of Molisch. In different species of the same
genus Longo shows that the pollen-tube may pass through
the conducting tissues or on their surfaces in ovarian spaces,
the stimulus being in the nature of asecretion. Lloyd found
in Diodia and Aichardsonia that the pollen-tube was endo-
tropic and ectotropic in different parts of the same ovary. He
concludes that the behavior of the pollen-tube, whether ecto-
tropic or endotropic, is a purely physiological character, and
of no phylogenetic significance as interpreted by Treub and
Nawaschin.*

The growth of the pollen-tube toward the ovule and
its ultimate arrival at the embryo-sac indicate either some
mechanical relations (Miyoshi) or the differential distribution
of the stimulant by which it may be directed chemotropically.
That the source of this stimulant is either the oésphere or
the synergids there is some reason to believe, and this view
has already been advanced by Lloyd.®

*See Lloyd: The pollen-tube in the Cucurbitaceae and Rubiaceae,
Torreya, 4: 86-91. June, 1904.

(318)

Whether we are to regard the synergids as a center for the
distribution of a stimulant or as a means of transmission of
the generative nuclei of the pollen-tube is difficult to deter-
mine. Indeed they may perform both of these functions.
That the physiological properties of the different embryo-sac
cells are variable there is abundant evidence. Dodel” de-
scribes the fertilization of synergids in /rzs Szbirica. Embryos
are occasionally derived from antipodals (Tretjakow™), and
the fertilization of the polar nuclei is now known to occur in
many plants.

Investigations relative to the embryo-sac and associated
structures in the Sympetalae have been particularly abundant
in recent years. We have the works of Chamberlain,” Mer-
rell,* Goldflus® and Juel* on the Compositae; of Balicka-
Iwanowska‘ on the Scrophulariaceae, Plantaginaceae, Cam-
panulaceae and Dipsaceae; of Guignard® on the Solanaceae ;
of Lloyd® on the Rubiaceae; of Billings’ on the Caprifolia-
ceae, Globulariaceae, Goodeniaceae, Hydrophyllaceae and
Primulaceae; and numerous others. Very little, however,
has been done upon the Cucurbitaceae.

The first work of any importance which touches the embry-
ology of the Cucurbitaceae was that of Brongniart® in 1826.
In this he has figured better than he has described the embryo-
sac of Pepo macrocarpus and Momordica Elaterium. Inthe
former the anatomy of the ovule corresponds to the general
type and is essentially correct. While most of this work has
to do with the process of fertilization and will be referred to
later, it is interesting to note that in Pepfo the peculiar form
of the endosperm in its coecum-like prolongation towards the
chalaza is figured with approximate accuracy, and the action
of endosperm upon the nucellus is also shown in Momordica.

Mirbel® in 1829 describes the structure of the ovule and
embryo-sac in Cucum7s Anguria and C. leucantha. He
points out the fact that the young ovules are at first mere
protuberances, and clearly shows that the relations of the
micropyle and chalaza are maintained during the turning of
an anatropous ovule and that the development of the raphe

(319)

brings it about that the hilum is removed from the chalaza
and its position near the micropyle is attained. The chalaza
is recognized as a center for the distribution of nutritive sub-
stances to the nucellus andthe integuments. In C. leucantha
he figures the endosperm in an advanced stage as occupying
about half of a cavity in the nucellus and in form an ovoid
mass with a tube-like prolongation at its lower end. The
embryo is represented at this stage in about its proper size
and appearance as a narrowly pyriform mass and of about
one sixth the length of the endosperm.

In 1842 Amici* studied the process of fertilization and
development in Cucurdzta Pepo, but his work was faulty, as
Schleiden later points out. Amici failed to recognize an
embryo-sac in the unfertilized ovule, or prior to the opening
of the flower. He thought he saw and accordingly described
a canal extending through the apex of the nucellus, through
which the pollen-tube passed in the process of fertilization.
In the growth and development of the endosperm essentially
the same features are represented as were shown by Mirbel
in the case of Cucumzs leucantha, and in this respect he is cor-
rect. In his figures his representations of the form and struc-
ture of the ovule are in the main correct, but he failed to
recognize the embryo and to interpret correctly the structures
surrounding it. His observations, however, upon the rate of
embryo-sac development after fertilization are worth noting
as being the first record of such growth. He shows that the
enlargement of the embryo-sac was apparent during the first
day after fertilization. When the fruit is one and one half
inches thick the coecum-like prolongation of the embryo-sac
has elongated to about one fourth the length of the nucellus.
In a fruit four inches in diameter, he shows, this tube has
practically reached to the chalaza.

Schleiden”™ in 1844 expresses surprise that no one in the
company of botanists to whose attention Amici’s paper came
was able to detect the errors which it contained, and declared
that Amici had no knowledge of the ovule in general nor of

* See Facchini.??

( 320 )

the Cucurbitaceae in particular. He declares that Amici had
taken the inner integument for the nucellus and the nucellus
for the embryo-sac. Schleiden contends that the embryo-sac
is present before the opening of the flower, that there is no
canal in the apex of the nucellus, and states that he, him-
self, has traced the pollen-tube in its course in Pepo, Melo,
Cucumis, Lagenaria and Momordica, and especially in
Momordica has seen the male generative nuclei emerge from
the pollen-tube.

In the following year Facchini™ came to the defense of
Amici, stating the nine propositions which that author pub-
lished, along with his plates. The effort, however, to vindi-
cate Amici was not very successful.

In the same year (1845) Schleiden” returned to the attack
and gave us the first account of the embryo-sac before ferti-
lization in any of the Cucurbitaceae. In Cucurbzta Pepo he
figures an ovule with its parts correctly differentiated and
states that the small embryo-sac is present before the opening
of the flower, and that it has only slightly enlarged at the
time of the entrance of the pollen-tube. He says further:
‘It is easy to observe the pollen-tube in its course from the
stigma through the conducting tissue. At the time when the
flower wilts and falls off, the tubes have reached the ovules, in
some cases at least. The ovary at this time is about 21 mm.
long and 18 mm. in diameter. When the ovary has become
35 mm. long and 22 mm. in diameter the ovule is 4 mm.
long, 2 mm. broad and 1 mm. thick. When the pollen-tube
has reached the apex of the nucellus the latter has partly
broken down: the pollen-tube quickly runs through its
length, bulges out in it and fills it with a starchy substance
so that it is quite dense. The pollen-tube and the embryo-
sac seem to be fused together.” The tip of the nucellus, he
further states, becomes disorganized as the pollen-tube ex-
pands in it, and immediately afterwards the extension of the
embryo-sac toward the chalaza begins. When the ovary has
reached the length of fifty millimeters the odspore becomes
visibly cellular in structure.

( 321)

Hofmeister* in 1849 describes certain features of Cucur-
bita, Stcyos, and Ecballium. He points out the fact that in
these cases the embryo-sac before fertilization is very small
compared with the size of the nucellus, that in each case it
lies directly under the apex of the nucellus, which has a cen-
tral row of cells with transparent contents. This condition
probably led Amici to the view that the nucellus was tra-
versed by a canal in its apical region. The main points
which were contributed from Hofmeister’s researches may be
summed up as follows: Shortly before the opening of the
flower two nuclei appear at each end of the embryo-sac.
Germinal nuclei arise from the micropylar cells with some
exceptions (probably polar nuclei). The antipodals form no
walls about themselves and their life is usually short. The
odsphere is at first conical but later becomes elongated. The
pollen-tube finds the micropyle while the flower is still fresh,
penetrates the apex of the nucellus, and while surrounded
with this tissue shows (upon treatment with potash) a wall
transversely striated. The pollen-tube les against the
embryo-sac and does not effect an entrance for about forty-
eight hours, more or less. During this time the ovule retains
its dimensions. Fertilization takes place suddenly, the em-
bryo-sac increases from four to five times in length and twice
in breadth. The odspore divides once transversely and the
distal cell becomes the proembryo. The proembryo divides
longitudinally forming two cells (Hcballium). A layer of
free nuclei lines the embryo-sac and these form walls about
themselves; a second layer is then formed, followed by a
third, etc., until the embryo-sac is filled. It thickly surrounds
the conical embryo, which must in turn replace it in its
progress of development to the ripe seed. When the
embryo is a conical mass of cells the endosperm occupies
about one sixth of the space of the nucellus. Later stages
show important features. Endosperm rapidly replaces the
tissue of perisperm, especially about midway between micro-
pyle and chalaza. The young embryo, from which the
suspensor has already disappeared, soon shows radicle and

( 322)

cotyledons. The cotyledons grow very rapidly and replace
the endosperm as rapidly as the latter did the perisperm. In
Ecballium the rapidly developing endosperm performs the
work of digestion. In Cucurécta he states that the endosperm
fills the embryo-sac later than in Ecéballium. In Szcyos the
odsphere appears elongated, and there are numerous anti-
podal cells. Hofmeister thought that the ovules in all the
Cucurbitaceae develop in about the same way as in £cdal-
lium. THis results are not entirely in accord with those of
Schleiden, especially in the matter of the phenomena accom-
panying fertilization. But on the whole the work of Hof-
meister is a distinct advance over anything that had so far
been done. From the study of the material at the present
time, however, it would be impossible to confirm in all points
the account which he gave to science in the classic work just
cited. Considering the conditions under which Hofmeister
worked, we are the more surprised that the work was as
accurately done as it was. There were many points difficult
of demonstration which have been clearly set forth in his
work, which we with all our knowledge of technique have
not been able to change materially. Our knowledge of the
processes of spore development, fecundation, and embryology
in the Cucurbitaceae remain to-day substantially as Hofmeister
left them over fifty years ago. His work on this family was
not in all points correct, as will appear when we come to the
discussion of some of the particular types of which he treats.

While attention has been given to the structure of the ovule
and the phenomena of embryonic growth, practically nothing
has been contributed in regard to the earlier stages of develop-
ment, and what has been described of the later phases has
been of a very brief character with reference to a few particu-
lar forms. In some forms the development of the microspores
has received attention, but nothing has been done on the
character of the nuclear divisions of the spore-mother-cells.
Some observations have been made upon the development of
the ovule and upon the placentation, and some upon the
general organogeny of pistillate and staminate flowers, more

(323 )

particularly the former. It still appears to be an open ques-
tion as to the morphological nature of the androecium and
little or nothing has been done to compare the earlier stages
of development in widely differing representatives of this
family. It shall be the aim of this paper to follow, as closely
as the writer has been able to observe, the process of develop-
ment of the essential organs in the pistillate flowers, to
describe the anatomy of those organs especially with refer-
ence to the work of fecundation and seminal development,
and the behavior of the pollen-tube. It is hoped that light
may be thrown upon the morphology of the floral organs and
upon the problems of nutrition.

he methods used were those most commonly employed in
embryological researches. The material was fixed by two
methods, viz., the use of Flemming’s stronger solution, and
of an acetic-acid-alcohol mixture in which the ingredients
were in the following proportions: glacial acetic acid 1 part,
70 per cent. alcohol 2 parts. The latter proved to be more
satisfactory in some cases, where the presence of oil in the
embryo-sac and vicinity rendered the use of osmic acid mix-
ture inconvenient. In the use of both media, however, good
fixations generally resulted.

In this connection the writer desires to express his appre-
ciation of the kindness of those who have in various ways
assisted in this work: to Professor F. E. Lloyd, at whose
instance this problem was undertaken and whose helpful
suggestions have from time to time been very acceptable; to
Professor N. L. Britton and Dr. D. T. MacDougal, through
whose courtesy the author was given the privileges of the
laboratories and plantations of the New York Botanical,
Garden during the summer of 1902; also to Hon. William
Fawcett, Director of the Hope Gardens at Kingston, Jamaica,
who so kindly furnished the material of Fevzllea, to Dr.
David Griffiths for the material of Apodanthera, and to
Messrs. Peter Henderson & Co. for the use of plants on their
trial grounds on Long Island.

( 324)

PART II. DESCRIPTIVE

The Cucurbitaceae constitute a family of plants whose sys-
tematic position and relationship have been much disputed.
Naudin’ and also Bentham and Hooker® have considered
them more nearly allied to the Passifloraceae. Baillon* has
regarded them as related to the Loasaceae and Begoniaceae.
They are usually regarded, however, in accordance with
Braun’s view, as near relatives of the Campanulaceae, from
which they are separated chiefly by the character of the an-
droecium and the lack of latex vessels.

Eighty-five genera, of which by far the larger number be-
long to the Eastern Hemisphere, constitute this family. They
are mostly natives of the tropical or subtropical latitudes, a
few only being natives of the temperate zones. For this
reason the obtaining of material for this study has been beset
with difficulties. Material suitably prepared was difficult to
obtain from the native habitats of some of the desirable forms,
and those cultivated at New York City and Syracuse, N. Y.
were in many cases unproductive. The eighty-five genera
fall naturally into five tribes recognized by Engler and
Prantl. Of the eight tribes into which the family was di-
vided by Cogniaux”™ four have been reduced very properly,
it would seem, to subordinate rank. The tribes as they shall
be considered here are the Fevilleae, Melothrieae, Cucurbi-
teae, Sicyoideae and Cyclanthereae.

The forms which have been studied in connection with this
work comprise seventeen species selected partly because they
were the best available, but at the same time an effort was
made to obtain forms which would be as typical as possible
of different tribes and representative of the mest widely dif-
fering forms. They are divided among the different tribes
as follows: in the Fevilleae, Fevzllea cordifolia L.; in the
Melothrieae, AMelothria pendula L., Apodanthera undulata
Asa Gray; in the Cucurbiteae, Momordica Charantia L.,
Luffa acutangula(L.) Roxb., Crtrullus Crtrullus (L.) Karst.
(Citrullus vulgaris Schrad.), Cucumis myriocarpus Naud.,

( 325)

Bryonopsis lactntosa erythrocarpa Naud., Benincasa hispida
(Thunb.) Cogn., Lagenaria Lagenaria (L.) Lyons (Lagena-
ria vulgaris Sér.), Trichosanthes Anguina L., Cucurbita
Pepo L.; in the Sicyoideae, Coccinta cordifolza (I..) Cogn.,
Micrampelis lobata (Michx.) Greene, Srcyos angulata L.;
in the Cyclanthereae, Cyclanthera explodens Naud.

ORGANOGENY OF THE GYNOECIUM

The form, size and structure of the ovary varies much in
the different genera and species. The ovary, in all cases
inferior, may contain one seed, as in Szcyos, or many, as in
Cucurbita, distributed in various ways presently to be de-
scribed.

As early as 1682 Nehemiah Grew”™ in his Anatomy of
Plants described the structure of the ovary and the manner
of placentation in Cucum7s satévus. He says, ‘* The middle
parenchyma is divided into three columns which stand triang-
ularly, having each of them a triangular figure.” ‘* These
columns are, as it were, beds on which the seeds grow.”
He found the ovary divided into six triangles and each tri-
angle to contain three ‘‘ ovals.”

Gaertner * more than one hundred years later described
and figured the more obvious structural features of the seeds
and ovaries of Szceyos, Bryonta, Momordica, Cucurbita, Cu-
cumis and Lagenarza. Wis figures, though not very clear
in all points, show very well the divisions of ovary and the
parietal attachment of the seeds in Cucumzs and Cucurbita,

In 1815 Mirbel,® in describing the form of fruit known as
a pepo refers to the structure of the ovary of the Cucurbi-
taceae. His reference is particularly to Cucurbzta and
Cucumes, and he states that the ovary is divided into many
locules by radiating placentae, the lobes of which are
bordered by nerves which bear the ovules, the latter being
borne in two ranks on each lobe. In some cases, he points
out, locules are divided each by a pulpy wall.

Brongniart * (1826) described the anatomy of the ovary of
Cucurbita Pepo with special reference, however, to the con-

( 326)

ducting tissue. He regarded the ovules as being borne on
the edges of the carpels, and in general as representing the
teeth of the leaves.

Coming down to the more recent work of Eichler” (1875)
we find a discussion of the relations of the parts of the
flowers of both kinds. The ovary of Cucurbcta is divided
into three parts, or four or five parts, representing as many
carpels. The edges of these carpels are turned inward, meet
at the center of the ovary and are flexed back toward the
outside again lying one beside another, and these reflexed
margins form the placentae. The stigma which surmounts
the ovary has lobes equal in number to the carpels and stand-
ing opposite to them. He represents the placental folds as
being separated by a false commissure, evidently formed by
the reflexed laminae of the carpellary leaves.

Ecballium agreste and Bryonia dioecia show a lesser
development of the carpellary margins so that the commi-
sural partitions are not so complete. The pistillate flowers
of S%cyos are often on the tetramerous plan, probably by
reduction from the pentamerous form (as in certain of the
Plantaginaceae), by abortion of the calyx-lobe next the axis
and the fusion of the two nearest corolla-lobes. From the
fact that the stigma is divided into from three to five lobes,
he regards the ovary as composed of the same number of
carpels, but is uncertain whether to regard the lobes as repre-
senting the middle of the carpels or their borders.

Miiller™ (1889) refers largely to Eichler’s work in discuss-
ing the floral structures. e points out the principal features
in the structure of the ovary, and shows that the three prin-
cipal partitions in the ovary of most of the Cucurbitaceae
are the infolded margins of the carpels which grow back
toward the wall of the ovary again after reaching the center,
thus forming the placenta. This is shown in pistillodia,
which show different stages in this process of development.
He considers the original ovary to have had five locules, but
the prevailing type has three. Each carpel is surmounted
by a two-lobed stigma, but these lobes fuse often with the

( 327)

adjacent lobes of other carpels and thus the true stigmatic
lobes stand opposite the partitions and not opposite the
carpels.

The observations upon the development of the gynoecium
of the Cucurbitaceae, as about to be described, have been
carefully made by means of microtome sections of the grow-
ing tips of the flowering shoot. The serial sections prepared
have afforded a means of comparison of the different stages
of growth quite satisfactory.

Fevilleae

The apex of the stem of Fevil/ea presents a dome-like
form and in longitudinal section shows its epidermal and
subepidermal cells in regular series lying in ‘‘ confocal
parabola” as Strasburger” describes for Polygonum divari-
catum. The regularity in the arrangement of the cells is
maintained to three or four layers below the epidermis.
Slightly below the apex of the stem in the axil of a leaf-
rudiment may be found the primordia of the young flowers.
A blunt outgrowth may here be seen, which in the progress
of its growth soon loses all trace of the confocal arrange-
ment of its cells, and by numerous divisions, longitudinal
with reference to the axis of the flower, becomes flattened at
the apex and broadens out like the base of a cone. Around
the border of this body, in a slightly later stage, five slight
elevations may be detected which become quite distinct be-
fore any other organs are differentiated. Figure 5 (PI. I)
shows the young floral rudiment, with two of the five young
calyx-lobes, bent sharply over the flattened end.

Goebel” describes the development of the gynoecium in
Eprphyllum truncatum which, he declares, is in the funda-
mental points the same process of development as that which
is to be observed in all inferior ovaries. In Apzphyllum the
calyx and corolla arise in spiral order but before they are all
laid down the flattened end of the axis shows a crater-like
deepening, from the borders of which the carpels spring and
grow up to form the style. The placentae are developed as

( 328 )

swellings where the edges of the carpels meet. In Fevillea
the case is practically the same. After the differentiation of
the five outer lobes, there arise on the border of the disc-like
area, which they surround, five other lobes alternate with
the first and subsequently five other elevations may be no-
ticed opposite the calyx-lobes. These represent the stami-
nodia and for a time they resemble the young corolla-lobes.
Soon after these lobes become distinctly visible, the deepen-
ing of the central area takes place and the carpels appear as
slight elevations on the sides of the concavity (jig. 6). The
number of carpels constituting the gynoecium of Fevillea is
three; the number of the calyx and corolla-lobes is five:
hence a carpel may sometimes be opposite a lobe of the co-
rolla sometimes on a radius between two. Figure 6 shows
the origin of one of the carpels as seen in a longitudinal sec-
tion of a flower in the stage of development just referred to.
The carpel in this case appears to originate in a slight eleva-
tion of cells between the corolla-lobe and the bottom of the
depression. As growth proceeds the cavity becomes deeper,
the carpels and the corolla-lobes stand free as eight papilla-
like bodies on its border. In the open pistillate flower of
Fevitiea the summit of the ovary is about 5 mm. in diameter
and forms the floor of the flower from which the short styles
emerge separately and bend outward. The placentae are
first noticeable as small vertically running ridges between
the incipient carpels, that is the point at which we may con-
ceive the edges of the carpels as uniting. These ridges
grow in toward the center of the cavity and meet first in the
upper part of the ovary (jg. 7) and thus close the cavity.
The placental ridges meet later in the lower part but between
them there are maintained three spaces in which the ovules
are freely suspended until some time after fertilization, when
the growth of the seeds and the expansion of the tissue of
the pericarp invests them with the pulpy tissue. When the
ovules first appear on the placenta they stand out at right
angles to the axis but later they become pendent and flexed
back along the sides of the dissepiments. Ordinarily two or

( 329)

three ovules are borne on each lobe of the placenta, making
about twelve or fifteen in each ovary.

Melothrieae

The pistillate flower of Melothrza arises as a lateral out-
growth similar to that of Fevzélea. It is at first rounded at
the apex, but soon becomes flattened and concave. About as
soon as the depression becomes distinctly discernable, five
lobes appear upon its border, and these increase rapidly in
size and soon overtop the concavity. By this time there have
arisen, alternately with these lobes, five others on the inside
of the cup and just below the insertion of the outer circle.
(fg. 1, C). This figure also shows the beginning of the stami-
nodia which here appear as slight elevations below the second
circle of protuberances. The placentae appear in figure z, D.
Up to this time, and much later, in fact, there is little or no
growth of the central tissue of the axis. After the first circle
of lobes appears there is an increase in the growth of the
outer tissue, which becomes often clearly marked off from
the more central tissue by reason of its larger cells. The
growth of this outer layer carries up with it the younger
lobes so that they appear later to be an outgrowth of its inner
surface. The most rapid zone of growth is just below the
second circle of lobes or the corolla-lobes, so that the calyx
and corolla soon become lifted above the young placental
lobes. Later another zone of elongation is to be seen below
the first placental lobes, so that the latter become consider-
ably removed from the bottom of the cup, and finally grow
up into the style and stigma. The first series of lobes formed
gives rise to the calyx.

After elongation in the second zone has proceeded for
some time the longitudinal ridges of the placentae appear,
three in number reaching to the bottom of the cup. These
grow in toward the center, become later angular by reason
of mutual pressure and each bears two rows of ovules, which
finally assume an anatropous position with the micropyle di-
rectly toward the wall of the ovary.

(330)

Cucurbiteae

In the development of the pistillate flowers Bryonofsis dis-
plays in its earliest stages the same features as those which
characterize fevdllea. A lateral outgrowth becomes flat-
tened at the end and soon the flat surface becomes concave.
Almost as soon as the concavity is perceptible the origin of
the parts of the floral envelope are manifest. Five lobes
arise in an outer circle, and these lobes are alternate with five
others in an inner circle. At this time inside of the inner
circle of organs there is but a very slight concavity and no
appearance of carpels or staminodia.

In the formation of the placenta Bryonopszs resembles
frevillea. Three ridges arise in the concavity and traverse
its sides vertically at equidistant points. These ridges soon
meet at the center and ultimately fill all the cavity except
three narrow spaces running out from the center laterally.
The placental folds simply come into contact but do not fuse.
As growth proceeds in the placenta and in the outer tissue of
the ovary itis retarded in those parts which might be con-
sidered the bases of the longitudinally running ridges. The
three radiating narrow spaces between the placentae now
become expanded at the outer border so that the ovary in
transverse section appears to be divided internally into three
parts by radiating fissures with a T-shape extremity. This
is the beginning of the formation of the free ovule-bearing
edge of the placenta. These ovule-bearing edges lie in the
angles of the T. This modification of the internal structure
is confined to the central part of the ovary and does not ex-
tend upward through the style. <A triangular passage-way
is, however, maintained through the style to the stigma, thus
providing an open stylar canal.

he angular borders of the placenta soon show a con-
densation of the protoplasm of their constituent cells, fol-
lowed by the appearance of the ovules as slight swellings
along the borders. nly one row of ovules is developed on
each lobe of the placenta, so that in any transverse section of
the ovary it would not be possible to find more than six ovules.

(331)

Only when the ovules are quite young is one likely to find as
many as six, owing to the fact that the subsequent growth
and elongation of the ovary disturbs somewhat the original
uniform order, and the requirements of space render necessary
amore economical arrangement, which is attained by the over-
lapping of the seeds of contiguous placentae, which takes place
to someextent. The position which the ovule ultimately as-
sumes is one in which its axis is coincident with a radius and its
micropyle is directed outward. In the earliest stages of the
ovule its axis lies at right angles to the radius which passes
through its center. In the process of growth the apex of the
ovule is soon directed toward the center of the ovary and
finally toward the periphery so that the apex describes during
its growth an arc of 270°. Unlike the ovules of Fevzllea,
those of Bryonopsis remain essentially perpendicular to the
axis of the ovary, a condition to be found in most of the
Cucurbiteae.

The process of development runs about the same in other
members ofthis tribe. The cup-like depression appears in the
young flower on the inner surfaces of which three inwardly pro-
jecting ridges meet in the line of the floral axis and produce
the placental folds on the right and left sides of each ridge.
While one finds in Bryonopsis, Trichosanthes and Momor-
dica a single line of ovules in each placental border, the case
is different in Cefrullus and Cucurbita. In these genera
what was originally a single placental border, has become
doubled or trebled so that there are two or three longitudinally
running ridges in each plant instead of one. Consequently
a transverse section of the ovary shows a series of ovules of
different sizes borne on each reflexed margin of a carpel.
The ovules are smallest near the margins of the carpels, and
largest always on the portion of the placenta nearest its
origin. Between these two extremes a gradual progression
in size is maintained, the internal development and differ-
entiation of the ovule keeping pace with its outward develop-
ment. The difference in size is lessened, however, by the
time the flower opens, so that the opportunities for fertilization

(332 )

are about equal so far as the degree of development is con-
cerned. Cucumzs does not show the same degree of differ-
ence in the development of the placenta and ovules which
is characteristic of Cucurdzta and Crtrullus. A transverse
section of the developing ovary shows fewer ovules and these
more equally developed, and more uniformly placed with
reference to the radii of the section.

In Luffa the pistillate flowers are early differentiated from
other lateral outgrowths by the usual features. Sepals,
petals, staminodia and carpels may all be recognized in the
longitudinal section of a young flower. Such a section
through an ovary about one mm. in length shows the incipi-
ent style and the downward prolongation of the placental
lobes below the region of their origin. This prolongation
may be one and a half times the length of the stylar canal
at this stage. When the ovary has attained the length of
three mm., slight elevations along the placental borders mark
the origin of the ovules, which later appear in two ranks on
each border. The stylar canal does not elongate in a propor-
tional rate with the other structures, for in an ovary of this
size it is barely one fourth of the length of the lobes of the
placenta. The ovules gradually turn the micropyle toward the
periphery of the ovary, but by the time the megaspore has
undergone division the funicle of each ovule has become
muchelongated. The ovules show an unequal rate of develop-
ment, those on the proximal portions of the placenta being
farther advanced than are those on its extreme borders.

Benincasa and Lagenaria exhibit features in the develop-
ment of pistillate flowers similar to those of Luffa and need
not here be described in detail. In these, however, the pla-
centa bears several rows of ovules instead of two as in Luffa.
The ovules are much like those of Cucumis, borne on an
elongated funicle. In other respects, however, they are
much like those of most other members of this family, pos-
sessing a broadly conical nucellus, with outer integument
strongly developed and the inner one hardly visible except
in younger stages.

(333)
Sicyoideae

In the Sicyoideae, the distinguishing characters of which
are to be found mostly in the androecium, one is impressed
by the variations in the forms of the pistillate flowers. Coc-
cinta presents a case in which the structure of the ovary is
not essentially different from that of some of the Cucurbiteae.
Not only are the developmental features similar, but one
finds in a transverse section of a young ovary that it is dis-
tinctly tricarpellary, and furthermore, that on each placental
border, not one only, but two rows of ovules are present.
This condition is quite different from that which is to be
found in other members of this tribe, viz., Szeyes and A@z-
crampelis.

The pistillate fowers of S7cyos are borne in dense clusters,
several flowers being sessile at the end of a common peduncle.
Sections of the growing tip of a flowering shoot pass through
several of these clusters at various stages of development.
As the flowers project in all directions from the end of
the peduncle, it follows that they appear in the preparation
sectioned in many different directions. The pistillate inflo-
rescence first appears near the growing point of the shoot in
the form of a blunt outgrowth in the axil of a leaf-rudiment.
This outgrowth soon develops on its surface numerous pa-
pilla-like elevations which continue to increase in height.
These are at first rounded at the end, but later the end be-
comes flattened perpendicularly to the axis. This flat sur-
face becomes later depressed at the center by reason of the
more rapid growth in the peripheral region, and the depres-
sion gradually deepens into a cup. About the time the de-
pression has reached a depth a little greater than the trans-
verse diameter of the ovary, the corolla-lobes appear near
the top in a circle running parallel with the upper border and
on the inside. This is followed a little later by the appear-
ance of three elevations a little lower down and also in the
inside. As growth proceeds the border or rim of the cup
becomes divided to form the calyx and the next circle of
organs forms the corolla. The three outgrowths which arise

( 334)

from near the bottom of the cup give rise to the gynoecium.
They grow in toward the center until they meet and then be-
come prolonged upward to form the style and stigma. From
one of these outgrowths a small elevation may be early dis-
tinguished, which marks the rudiment of the ovule. This
elevation bends down toward the base of the ovary and soon
fills the cavity of the ovary before there is any differentiation
of integuments. By the time the cavity of the ovary is filled
the young ovule is a downward projecting lobe and about
the time that the integuments are first distinguishable it
begins the turning which finally brings it to the anatropous
position. The turning takes place toward the side on which
the ovule had its origin, the apex of the nucellus being
turned underneath and finally brought up toward the pla-
centa, so that its final position is anatropous, with the micro-
pyle directed toward the style. The single ovule entirely
fills the ovarian cavity, but it is at all points separate from
the wall except at the placenta.

The development of AZicrampel:s presents some very inter-
esting differences from the foregoing types. The pistillate
flowers are borne singly and each normal ovary contains
four seeds. In the mature fruit the micropyles of the ovules
are directed toward the base of the ovary, the opposite, in
this respect, of Szcyos. The earlier stages in the develop-
ment of the ovary resemble those of Szcyos, in the manner of
the formation of the cup and the development of the two
apparent rings inside the cup. The upper ring grows upward
forming style and stigma, as in S7cyos. The lower ring be-
comes modified in a very different way. The ovary here is
evidently composed of two carpels and the inflexed borders
of these carpels as usual become the placentae. What
appears to be a ring is not actually such but opposite eleva-
tions which mark the edges of the carpels and which are more
or less convergent horizontally. These elevations appoach
from opposite sides and flatten against each other at the center,
so that two lobes are formed each provided with two wings.
On the lower portion of each wing an ovule arises in the

( 335 )

usual manner. The apex of the nucellus is at first directed
downward but gradually turns toward the axis of the ovary.
The turning continues so that the micropyle is at one time
directed toward the axis, later upward, and finally downward
again by continuous turning in the same direction. As in
Szcyos the cavity of the ovary is very early filled by the grow-
ing tissue and the ovules, but here also the stylar canal is
maintained. While the turning of the ovule is taking place
a torsion of the funicle is also going on so that the raphe in-
stead of lying on that side of the ovule which is toward the
median line of the carpel, is on the side toward the line of
union of the carpels. The placentation, which is at first ap-
parently basal and later central, is in reality parietal and es-
sentially similar to that of the other types already considered.

Cyclanthereae

Near the growing point of the shoot, in Cyclanthera, there
arise lateral protuberances (leaf-rudiments), and in the axils
of these outgrowths other lobes appear which are the prim-
ordia of the inflorescences. ‘The division of the axillary lobe
into lesser lobes is soon apparent. One of these becomes a
pistillate, the others all staminate flowers. The difference
between the two can early be recognized. Both at first are
flattened across the apex, but soon the staminate flowers are
marked by a convexity within the circle of corolla lobes, while
the pistillate flowers become more concave. In the pistillate
flower this concavity deepens and the placenta appears as a
broad ridge inside running parallel with the axis of the
flower. This placental ridge soon fills the cavity and bears
from ten to fifteen ovules in two lateral rows. The stylar
canal, easily discernible in the earlier stages, is practically
obliterated at the time of the fertilization. At this time the
ovules stand almost perpendicular to the axis of the ovary
with the micropyle directed outward near the line of union
of the carpel-borders.

( 336)

EMBRYO-SAC
Fevillea

The first indication of the appearance of the ovules upon
the placental folds may be noted at the time when the young
pistillate flower is slightly less than 1 mm. in length. Slight
elevations along the reflexed margins of the carpels indicate
the positions of the individual ovules. At this time the
whole placental region shows distinctly the characteristics of
meristematic tissue. As Warming® has shown, the growth
of the ovular ‘* Anlage” proceeds by the division of subepi-
dermal cells, and he has pointed out that in some these divi-
sions occur chiefly in those cells situated immediately below
the epidermis, and in others in the third layer of cells, or the
second below the epidermis. Among the Sympetalae the
former type is represented by Sexeczo, the latter by Symphy-
tum, Verbascum, Lamium and others. A section through
the ovary of a very young flower of Fevzllea, before there is
any indication of the formation of ovules, shows that the
multiplication of cells is chiefly in the region several layers
of cells deep under the epidermis. There are no very regu-
lar subepidermal layers of cells at this period, divisions occur-
ring in different planes. The divisions, however, predomi-
nate in the plane tangential with reference to the ovary wall,
so that the central region of the placenta shows radiating
rows of cells which flex to right and left toward the borders
from which the ovules arise. When, however, the formation
of ovules begins to be evident, a layer of subepidermal cells
of considerable regularity is noticeable, and divisions occur
abundantly in this layer as well as in the epidermis in a radial
direction. Sometimes the second and third layers assume a
degree of regularity, all of which is merely an expression of
the direction of growth at this time. The subepidermal layer
remains distinct for some time while divisions of its cells are
taking place in radial planes. Even after tangential walls are
formed in these cells, the limits of the original subepidermal
layer are still apparent in the older and thicker walls which

( 337)

toward the outside separate it from the epidermis and toward
the inside from the more deeply lying tissue. The first tan-
gential walls may be formed in this layer at the apex of the
nucellus.

The first suggestion of the origin of an integument is to be
seen in the enlargement radially of the cells of the epidermis
at two points, as appears in section not far removed from the
apex of the nucellus. This collar-like growth is next aug-
mented by a tangential division of the epidermal cells at its
summit and later by the divisions of those beneath. The
inner integument is clearly to be recognized before the outer
one and rises above the nucellus as a thin collar two layers
of cells in thickness and divided entirely from the epidermis.
By the time that the inner integument has formed a distinct
ridge around the young ovule, the expansion of the mass of
tissue at its base denotes the beginning of the outer integu-
ment. The growth of this integument soon exceeds that of
the inner and before there has been much differentiation of
structures within the nucellus it has far overtopped the inner
integument and the nucellus. The ovule, in regard to the
relative size of its different vegetative parts, is unlike that of
other sympetalous flowers (Boraginaceae, Labiatae, Scro-
phulariaceae, Valerianaceae, Compositae), in which there
is a reduction of the nucellus and inner integument. In its
earlier stages especially it bears far more resemblance to
those of some of the Choripetalae (Rosaceae, Geraniaceae)
than to those of other groups to which the Cucurbitaceae are
regarded as more closely related. Figure 73 shows the rela-
tive development of the different parts of the ovule. The in-
teguments present the rather unusual appearance of bein
much elongated and standing free for a considerable distance
above the nucellus. The micropyle is a wide canal up to the
time of fertilization and up to this time the inner integument
is always distinct from the outer. Soon after this period,
however, when there is the most rapid development of struc-
tures within the nucellus, it becomes almost obliterated at
the sides of the nucellus, though plainly visible toward the

(338)

chalaza and at the micropyle. In the latter place it has
practically filled the micropyle by a proliferation of cells on
its inner surface. At about the time of fertilization the outer
epidermis of the outer integument begins the tangential divi-
sions which, as Harz*® has described for other Cucurbitaceae,
give rise to the characteristic histological features which are
well known in the ripe seeds of this family. Subsequently
to this period, growth in the ovule is principally in the outer
integument, the nucellus enlarging mainly by the expansion
of cells already formed.

When the first periblem layer in the very young ovule has
assumed some degree of regularity, a cell situated imme-
diately below the epidermis at the apex of the young nucellus
increases in size and becomes clearly differentiated from its
neighbors (fig. 9). The first division of this cell is tangen-
tial and a single tapetal cell is cut off. The inner daughter-
cell, the megaspore-mother-cell, remains undivided and enters
upon a period of growth. The tapetal cell in the meantime
divides by walls both perpendicular and tangential to the epi-
dermis, so that the spore-mother-cell soon becomes covered
by a row of cells to the number of ten or twelve. At this
time divisions are going on in the cells to the right and left of
this row so that several rows of cells are formed and the ap-
pearance is such as is shown in figure 2.

Both first and second divisions of the spore-mother-cell
were observed. Four spores are formed, but only the lower-
most one is functional. The four megaspores were some-
times observed soon after the division when they were all in
good condition and again when the three uppermost ones
were beginning to disintegrate (fg. 76). In figure 76 the
two upper cells appear a little more advanced in the process
of disintegration than does the third cell. Usually light
walls are formed between the potential megaspores, but
sometimes none are formed in the first division. It might be
inquired as to whether this condition does not represent the
second division of the megaspore rather than the second di-
vision of the megaspore-mother-cell. It may be answered

( 339)

that such can hardly be the case, inasmuch as no potential
megaspores were observed nor any cells that could be taken
as such, upon this assumption. The division into four mega-
spores occurs with so great a regularity in this type that there
is hardly a chance for such an error.

The functional megaspore enters upon a period of enlarge-
ment and divides to form the embryo-sac in the usual man-
ner. The definitive embryo-sac is smaller than that found
in some of the other genera. As the fixation of the material
in the definitive embryo-sac stage was not very good, no de-
scription of its minute structure will be attempted. It pre-
sents about the same general features as are found in the
embryo-sacs of the other genera studied. The endosperm
nuclei fuse before fertilization. The antipodal cells are
noticeable only for a short time. The egg-apparatus con-
sists of two synergids, pyriform, vacuolated, with striated
hyaline upper portions and a centrally situated nucleus.
The odsphere as in other cases presents a much vacuolated
appearance in its upper portion and a small nucleus em-
bedded in the thicker protoplasm of its lower portion.

Preparations showing the process of fertilization were not
secured. Some preparations showing young embryos were
obtained, however, and the embryos appear to differ a good
deal from those of the other genera. A small mass of cells
is to be seen lying close against the tissue of the nucellus in
the embryo-sac. The divisions have produced an embryo of
about ten to twelve cells, of which a part are shown in figure
20. The first cleavage-planes could not with certainty be
determined in this case, but they are apparently transverse.

In the case represented by figure 2¢ the cell-formation of
the embryo is quite regular, but in most cases the embrya
consists of a rounded mass in which no definite system of
cleavages is apparent (jigs. 20 and 22). In figure 20 the
line aé appears to represent the oldest cleavage-plane, as it is.
the thickest of the walls there apparent. But in this case no.
suspensor appears; which is the condition in the majority of
the Cucurbitaceae. Later embryonic stages were not ob-

( 340 )

served. The endosperm is only a very thin peripheral mass,
at the time in the development of the embryo indicated by
figure 27. Its nuclei are very small and are not clearly dis-
tinct, but are thickly scattered through a densely granular
protoplasm. The cavity occupied by the embryo-sac rapidly
expands after fertilization and the endosperm remains closely
applied to its periphery. At the micropylar end the cavity
is oval, narrowing quickly to a narrow tube which stretches
toward the chalaza, the tissue of the nucellus disintegrating
before it.
Melothria

The ovule originates in Melothrza as a rounded elevation
on the right or left flank of the placenta. By growth of the
hypodermal cells at the apex of this elevation, its cells are
brought into a serial arrangement in rows running back
toward the base of the rudimentary nucellus. The spore-
mother-cell apparently originates in this form as in Fevdllea.
The earliest stage observed is represented by figure 25, which
shows the relative size of the spore-mother-cell and its rela-
tion to other parts of the young ovule. While the subse-
quent stages of devel t were not fully represented in the
preparations ohiatned, a: was observed to give a more
or less adequate idea of the course of development.

About the time when the spore-mother-cell appears, the
ovule begins to turn toward the placenta and the inner integ-
uments begin to show. At this time the apex of the nucellus
is directed toward the center of the ovary, thus having its
long axis coincident with a radius. When the embryo-sac
has reached the four-celled stage as shown in figure 26, it
has turned to a position at right angles to a radius. Numer-
ous preparations showing four cells in the embryo-sac were
obtained, but in none of these was there any evidence of
degenerated potential megaspores. If such structures were
present they must have disappeared early. By the time the
embryo-sac has become ready for fertilization the micropyle
is directed outward. The embryo-sac in all stages in Aelo-
thria is very minute and does not lend itself to the study of

(341)

more than its grosser morphological features. It consists
(jig. 27) of an egg-cell, two synergids and two polar nuclei,
at a time when the pollen-tube can be detected in the tissue
just outside the micropyle. The synergids are long, narrow
and vacuolated in their lower portions. The egg-cell is rela-
tively large, but consists of only a thin protoplasmic sac with
the nucleus at the lower end. The polar nuclei are largest
and surrounded by a dense mass of protoplasm. No antip-
odals could be found.

Several stages in the development of the embryos were
observed. The earliest walls found are transverse, but these
are soon succeeded by longitudinal divisions (figs. 28-32),
first in the distal cell of the series, and later in the short or
rudimentary suspensor. The cells of the suspensor are never
many, and the few that are formed are soon disorganized
(figs. 30, 31). The first cleavage of the proembryos are
quite regular (fg. 37), but the subsequent divisions are in no
definite order, and a globular mass of cells is soon formed
(fig. 32) in which no differentiation is apparent except that
the epidermis is clearly defined and remains so. A beak-like
prolongation in the proximal portion indicates the slight sus-
pensor, which is not always connected with the wall of the
embryo-sac cavity ; the embryos usually appearing to be free
in the micropylar end of the cavity. ‘The spherical form of
the embryos is maintained until they reach a size visible
through an ordinary hand-lens. An elongation of the mass
then begins and the cotyledons soon appear as two lobes at
the distal extremity (7g. 33). In the next later stage ob-
served the cotyledons had assumed the proportions indicated
by figure 3g. Still no differentiation of periblem and ple-
rome could be detected, but the initial stages in the formation
of the root-cap were visible.

The endosperm begins to form early after fertilization.
The complete fusion of the polar nuclei was not observed,
but if it occurs it must be at about the time of fertilization.
By the time the first cleavage of the embryo has been com-
pleted, the endosperm has formed a thin sac which rapidly

(342)

displaces the surrounding tissue of the nucellus. As the
cavity in the nucellus expands the endosperm keeps pace with
it, forming always a thin layer closely applied to the sterile
tissue. The displacement of the tissue of the nucellus, how-
ever, is mainly in the direction of the chalaza, and even when
the embryo is comparatively small (fg. 32) the nucellus is
penetrated by a thin string of endosperm which reaches
almost to its base. When the embryo is older ( figs. 33, 34)
this string of endosperm becomes more evident, but the lateral
tissue of the nucellus, that is the tissue along its sides, is only
slowly dissolved. The nucellus and in fact all parts of the
ovule enlarge rapidly, so that at the stage of embryonic de-
velopment represented by figure 32, which is comparatively
early, the ovules have already enlarged to many times their
size at the time of fertilization, and the outer integument has
already undergone considerable modification in the way of
thickened cell-walls.

Apodanthera

The material available for the study of this form was
somewhat fragmentary, consisting mainly of fruits and seeds
in rather advanced conditions. The early stages showing the
development of the gynoecium and the origin of the sporog-
enous tissue were entirely lacking. Figures 35-43 repre-
sent fairly well the conditions observed in this material, which
include mature embryo-sacs and embryos in various stages of
development.

The development of the ovary in Afodanthera appears to
conform to the usual type so far as could be determined from
the material at hand. Each placental flank bears a row of
ovules which at the time of fertilization lie with their micro-
pyles directed outward. t this time the placentae have
entirely fused where they come into contact at the center.
The ovules at this stage are nearly circular in longitudinal
section, the outer integument being thick (about one sixth
the diameter of the ovule), while the inner integument is but
a thin layer, two or three cells in thickness.

(343)

The embryo-sac at the time of fertilization occupies but a
small oval space near the micropyle. At this stage it con-
sists of the usual structures though with certain individual
characteristics worth noting (jig. 35). The most conspicuous
element of the embryo-sac is its endosperm nucleus. This
is relatively large; it is marked also by its chromatin content
and large nucleolus. The cytoplasm surrounding the nucleus
is quite dense and radiates from the center in strands sepa-
rated by numerous vacuoles. The egg-apparatus in its gen-
eral form and structure conforms to the types already de-
scribed. The nuclei and the vacuoles of the synergids are
quite small as compared with those observed in some of the
other forms. In this case antipodals were observed, though
only as vestiges (jig. 35)

Immediately after fertilization certain marked changes may
be seen in the character of the embryo-sac. It expands,
much as in other cases, into a sac-like structure, but soon
becomes filled with numerous refractive starch-grains, among
which occasional free nuclei are easily seen (fg. 36). The
nuclei and the starch-grains are both more abundant in the
upper portion of the embryo-sac. The nuclei have lost some
of the features which characterized the original endosperm
nucleus, being here almost devoid of any chromatic sub-
stances, aside from the large nucleolus. The starch which
forms so conspicuous a part of the endosperm is, however,
of only transient duration. The endosperm expands rapidly
toward the chalaza and laterally and soon becomes a thin
layer of vacuolated protoplasm, in which the nuclei are still
free. The starch at this stage (fig. 39) has entirely disap-
peared. The lower extremity of the endosperm soon as-
sumes the appearance of a haustorium. In this condition it
appears as a finger-shaped, vacuolated mass, containing
several nuclei (g. 39), before which the tissue of the nucellus
breaks down. This appendage, however, disappears in the
course of development (jg. gz), but in the case just cited the
nucellus presents no further obstactle to the development of
either endosperm or embyro. At this stage the endosperm

(344)

has become entirely cellular, a mass of loose tissue whose
outer surface is composed of a layer of cubical or tabular
cells.

The embryo does not materially differ from those of sev-
eral other forms examined. An earlier stage than that rep-
resented by figure 77 was not observed. Here can be seen a
short suspensor with some longitudinal divisions and the epi-
dermis marked off to some degree. The subsequent growth
of the embryonic mass results in the assumption of a pyriform
shape, which gradually gives way to a more rounded form.
The cotyledons appear at a slightly later stage, when the
distal portion of the mass becomes somewhat flattened. The
differentiation of structures at the apex of the radicle does
not appear, however, until some time later, as shown in fig-
ure 42, in which the root-cap and dermatogen may be distin-
guished. At the stage represented in figure 39 the form of
the ovule is materially changed. It elongates rapidly during
this period and when the early embryonic differentiation ap-
pears (jg. 43) has practically assumed the proportions of a
ripe seed.

Bryonopsis

In the case of Bryonopsrs there arises a single row of
ovules upon each flank of the placenta. Beneath the apex
of the incipient nucellus the spore-mother-cell may be found
at an early stage. Although an entirely complete series of
the early stages was not obtained, the conditions that were
observed indicate that the spore-mother-cell arises in the
usual way. In the earliest stage observed but two tapetal
cells were found separating the mother-cell from the overly-
ing epidermis. Figure 4g shows a condition slightly later.
About this time the inner integument may be detected arising
from the epidermis in a ring below the apex of the nucellus.

By the periclinal divisions of the tapetal cells and those
adjoining, the spore-mother-cell soon becomes centrally situ-
ated in the nucellus (jg. 45). It also becomes considerably
elongated and soon divides into four megaspores of which
the lowermost is the functional one (fg. 46). The three

(345 )

upper cells disorganize and may be seen in later stages as a
dark mass overlying the young embryo-sac (jig. 47). The
development of the parts of the ovule keeps pace with that
of the internal structures and when the condition represented
by figure 46 is reached, the inner and outer integuments have
overtopped the nucellus, the former thin and composed mostly
of two layers of cells, the latter thick and showing some dif-
ferentiation of vascular tissue.

An embryo-sac of two cells is shown in figure ¢7 and

the subsequent stages, and as growth of the cell proceeds,
vacuolization follows to a large extent. After the first
division the two resulting nuclei are separated to opposite
ends of the embryo-sac by the large vacuole (jg. 47), and
the nuclei resulting from subsequent divisions are similarly
disposed (jig. 78). Inthe preparation represented by figure
48 the earlier steps in differentiation were visible. The syn-
ergids, odsphere and upper polar nucleus were easily dis-
cernible. In the antipodal region not so much difference
was visible but the polar nucleus appears the most conspicu-
ous of them all. The definitive embryo-sac has some charac-
ters in common with those previously described. The syn-
ergids are slender, pointed at the upper ends and vacuolated
in the broader, lower portion. As in other cases the upper
portion bears a hyaline striated aspect. The odsphere is
somewhat more conspicuous than in many other cases and
the polar nuclei less so. The antipodals remain quite evi-
dent up to this time. Figure g9 represents a condition in
which the polar nuclei are in contact but not united. The
complete fusion of these was not observed. At the stage rep-
resented by figure 79, which is prior to fertilization, the
embryo-sac is packed with starch which persists until some
time after fertilization (fig. 5

The ovule at the time if Tie is eblong in form,
its length being approximately three times its broadest diam-
eter. Not until fertilization has been accomplished is the

(346)

growth very rapid. Then, however, it expands rapidly, its
growth in length being considerably greater than that in
breadth. The embryo-sac, at the time indicated by figure gg,
occupies the center of the upper half of the nucellus, the
cells immediately surrounding it appearing somewhat crowded
or compressed. After fertilization, however, this tissue at
once gives way before the expanding endosperm. The tissue
surrounding the embryo-sac now colors a little more deeply
when the preparation is stained. While growth in length
is proceeding rapidly the nucellus becomes cleft from apex
to chalaza, though apparently due to the tension of growth
in its peripheral region and not to any influence of the
endosperm.

The endosperm, after fertilization of the odsphere, soon be-
comes distributed peripherally (fg. 50), and forms an ex-
ceedingly thin layer for some time. The starch may still be
found in simple and compound grains distributed irregularly
in this layer of protoplasm. During this period the nuclei
increase considerably in size, as can be seen by a comparison
of figures 4g and 50, which were drawn to the same scale.
At this time the endosperm is non-cellular, but the nuclei
soon become separated by walls throughout, and in its upper
portion it appears as shown in figure 57, at which stage all
traces of starch have disappeared. The cells of the endo-
sperm are most compact in its outer portion, those more cen-
trally situated possessing only a thin layer of cytoplasm
which lines the cell-wall.

Only two conditions of the embryo were observed in Bry-
onopsis. After fertilization the odsphere enlarges to a consid-
erable degree before dividing (fg. 50). The earlier cleavages
were not discovered in any of the preparations, but a later con-
dition (fig. 57) was found which shows the embryo to be at
one stage almost spherical in form with no visible suspensor.
No differentiation of structure is apparent at this stage except
the epidermis. From this condition it may be inferred that
the differentiation of form and structure proceeds in this form
about as in some of the other types described. In view of

(347)

the ephemeral character of the suspensor in the other forms
it is quite possible that such a structure may be formed here,
but later lost. Cell-division at this stage proceeds at random
and only at opposite ends is there any apparent regularity in
the sequence of the cell-divisions. Cells at the proximal end
appear at this stage to initiate the process by which the root-
cap is differentiated, and at the distal end to form in that
order which, in later embryos, shows them arranged in layers
parallel with the epidermis.

Trichosanthes

Trichosanthes presents certain features which quite strongly
suggest those found in Bryonops7s. In the origin of the
ovule upon the placenta the conditions are quite similar, each
flank of the placenta bearing a single series of ovules. The
first indication of the formation of sporogenous tissue may be
seen when the ovule is still merely a small elevation on the
placenta. At this time the archesporium, consisting of a
single cell, appears immediately below the epidermis at the
apex of the young nucellus (fg. 52). It may readily be rec-
ognized by the usual characters which mark sporogenous
tissue. At this stage no differentiation of the ovule is appar-
ent, but its rapid growth results in the distribution of its cells
in confocal series as seen often in longitudinal section of the
organ.

The hypodermal archesporial cell divides to form the tape-
tum and the spore-mother-cell. The former continues to
divide by periclinal walls, thus forming an axial row of from
ten to twelve cells. The sporogenous cell enlarges in the
mean time, acquiring a nucleus which occupies most of the
space within the walls of the cell (7g. 53). The process of
spore-formation appears to be quite regular in 7rzchosanthes,
that is the functional megaspore is one-fourth the spore-
mother-cell. The first division results in the formation of two
cells, of which the outer one, however, does not again divide.
It immediately disorganizes, while the other cell, the lower of
the two, proceeds to divide again transversely. The spindle

(348 )

of the division may be clearly seen, while the adjoining cell
is in the process of deterioration (fig. 54). The outer cell re-
sulting from the second division also disorganizes, so that the
functional cell is the lowest of the series (fig. 55). In this
case the remains of the discarded cell from the first division
are still visible.

It is quite probable that the development of the embryo-sac
from the spore thus formed proceeds in the usual manner,
though some of the steps were not observed. The definitive
embryo-sac is represented by figure 56. In this case the egg-
apparatus presents the usual features. The synergids are
rather more conspicuous than in the preceding form (fig. 49),
and the odsphere less so. The antipodals are large and stain
deeply, though the latter fact is apparently due to their par-
tially disorganized condition. The endosperm nucleus is
formed by the union of the two polar nuclei, though the two
larger nucleoli thus contributed remain distinct, so far as it was
possible to observe. The embryo-sac at this stage does not
present the much-vacuolated appearance which was character-
istic of some of the foregoing forms (Apodanthera), but in-
stead is very compact and like that of Bryonopszs is filled
with starch. This starch is conspicuous in the embryo-sac
until after fertilization and then soon disappears (jig. 57).
At this time the embryo-sac begins to expand and the sur-
rounding tissue is affected for some distance, as indicated by
its staining properties. As appears in some of the cases
already described, the endosperm becomes modified in charac-
ter as the embryo begins to form. It not only loses its starch
but becomes distributed as a very thin sac closely approxi-
mated to the rapidly receding tissue of the nucellus. The
nuclei are at first free in the endosperm and irregularly dis-
tributed through it. They are not nearly so conspicuous in
size and chromatic content as was the original nucleus. In
a still later condition of the endosperm the nuclei enlarge
somewhat ( 2g". 60), but it is to be noted that with the progress
of development the nucleoli constantly diminish in size. The
endosperm has become entirely cellular before the embryo

(349)

has reached any considerable degree of development (fg. 59).
A few cells from the upper end of this mass are shown in
detail (fig. 60). In these the scant cytoplasm is a very promi-
nent feature.

The embryo proceeds from a fertilized oédsphere, presum-
ably. The process of fertilization was not observed, but
conditions in the embryo-sac appear to point to the odsphere as
the functional cell. What seem to be disorganized syner-
gids are plainly visible in the embryo-sac after the embryo
has begun to form. At any rate the embryo begins its growth
by a series of transverse divisions (jigs. 57, 58). Of the cells
thus formed the proximal ones act as a suspensor of very
transient duration. The distal cells enlarge to form a pyri-
form mass in which, atthe stage indicated by figure 67, there
is no differentiation in any structure, unless it be a layer of
very irregular epidermal cells. The next stage observed in
the formation of the embryo is represented by figure 62, which
shows the cotyledons partly developed and the root-cap differ-
entiated. In an embryo of this age there is no tissue differ-
entiation beyond that of root-cap and epidermis. In the
radicle, however, the cells have become arranged in regular
series converging in the apical meristem.

The development of the parts of the ovule presents no
features of importance differing from those already described
for some of the foregoing forms. As in other cases, also,
the nucellus expands rapidly after fertilization and gives way
before the growing epidermis. The seed attains the propor-
tions of maturity before the embryo has proceeded beyond
the condition represented by figure 62.

Momordica
Asin the case of Bryonopsis and Trichosanthes, the ovules
of Momordica arise as small elevations on the right and left
flanks of the placental ridges. The origin of the arche-
sporium was not observed, but the spore-mother-cell was
found in an advanced condition (fg. 63). In this case it
occupies a central position in the rapidly growing nucellus

( 350)

and is separated from the epidermis by three tabular tapetal
cells. The nucellus at this time grows rapidly and the in-
teguments cover only the lower half of it. These arise in
the usual manner and by the time the embryo-sac is ready
for fertilization they have closed over the top of the nucellus.
Until some time after fertilization the outer integuments are
relatively thinner than those of the other cases described,
except Fevillca. The inner integument is always thin.

The division of the spore-mother-cell to form the usual
potential megaspores was not observed, though there is evi-
dence that it occurs. In stages somewhat later, certain dis-
integrating masses were observed above the young embryo-
sac, which were taken to be non-functional spores (fg. 65).
An embryo-sac of two cells was observed, but none between
this condition and fertilization. When the odsphere is mature
the embryo-sac differs in some respects from the preceding
forms. Figures 66 and 66a@ represent parts of the same
embryo-sacs. The synergids are much less vacuolated and
are decidedly hyaline and striated in their upper portions.
The odsphere is likewise more compact and the whole egg-
apparatus is larger than in most other cases examined. No
antipodals could with certainty be determined. If formed at
all they must disappear quickly.

The endosperm nucleus is formed by the fusion of two
polar nuclei. The nucleus thus formed is conspicuous for
its size and chromatic content. Each polar nucleus has a
very large nucleolus and these evidently become merged, as
only one could be found in the endosperm nucleus. After
fertilization the endosperm rapidly increases and the cells of
the nucellus are gradually displaced. No starch was observed
in the endosperm of Momordica at any time. As the endo-
sperm grows, most of its substances become peripherally dis-
tributed with numerous small nuclei scattered through it.
This condition is maintained for some time, while the expand-
ing surface of the endosperm is gradually replacing the sur-
rounding tissue. Sometimes a thin line of cytoplasm may be
seen penetrating the tissue toward the chalaza (jig. 68).

(351 )

About this time the ovule enters upon a very rapid period of
growth, and the nucellus, no longer compact, is cleft by the
endosperm, which extends toward the chalaza. The endo-
sperm gradually assumes a cellular character, beginning in
the region of the embryo. Only in the micropylar region is
there any approach to compactness, most of the mass consist-
ing of large thin-walled cells with small protoplasmic content.

The first cleavages of the embryo are transverse and a row
of cells is thus formed (fg. 67). The subsequent divisions,
however are for some time irregular and result in the forma-
tion of a globular mass of cells (jigs. 68-70), in which no dif-
ferentiation beyond that of the epidermis is visible. A later
stage was observed in figure 77 in which the cotyledons were
being formed. In this case the differentiation into root-cap,
periblem and plerome was well under way. At this stage
the dimensions of the mature seed are approximately reached.

Luffa

When the undulations, which mark the origin of the ovules,
become evident upon the surface of the placenta (see text-
figure 5, H’) the groups of cells lying beneath the apex of each
incipient ovule present a highly meristematic character.
One of these cells soon appears larger than its neighbors and
possessed of a very conspicuous nucleus. Sometimes there
may be two such in an axial row, the outer one adjacent to
the epidermis. The first indication of an archesporium is
not always clear. Sometimes the spore-mother-cell itself
appears in the hypodermal mass (fg. 72). In such a case it
is quite conspicuous but no very definite tapetum is apparent.
Subsequent divisions of the overlying cells, however, are
mostly in periclinal planes (7g. 73). Thus a tier of several
cells is formed above the sporogenous cell. The latter
increases in size (fg. 74) until it becomes about two-fifths
the length of the nucellus.

The development of the ovule is rapid from the time when
the first indication of the archesporium is apparent. When
the spore-mother-cell is well differentiated (7g. 72) the ovule

(352)

has developed a long funicle and the formation of integu-
ments and nucellus is well under way (see text-figure 5, 7).
The growth of the integuments now exceeds that of the nu-
cellus and they soon enclose it. During this process the
divisions of the spore-mother-cell take place.

The manner of division of the spore-mother-cell recalls that
of Zrichosanthes. Of the cells resulting from the first divi-
sion the outer one degenerates, while the inner one proceeds
to divide again (fg. 75). The figure just cited shows the
conclusion of the second division and the deterioration of the
upper of the two cells thus formed. The functional mega-
spore immediately begins to enlarge preparatory to its first
division, which is represented completed in figure 76. The
succeeding divisions are quite regular and the embryo-sac is
formed in the usual manner by three successive divisions of
the megaspore (figs. 76-78). In this form the migration of the
polar nuclei begins before any differentiation of other struc-
tures is evident within the embryo-sac (fg. 78). At this time
the embryo-sac is centrally situated in the nucellus, over which
the integuments are slightly elevated. Conditions of the
embryo-sac like those shown in figures 76, 77, and 79 may
be found almost in the same section. In such cases, which
are usual, the degree of the differentiation of the parts of the
ovule is about the same in each, though they vary in size,
the more advanced embryo-sac occupying the larger ovule.
The difference in the degree of development of the em-
bryo-sac and in the size of the ovule is probably associ-
ated with some condition of nutrition, inasmuch as such
differences are directly correlated with the position on the pla-
centa. When the egg apparatus has become fully differenti-
ated the embryo-sac occupies the center of the upper half of
the nucellus, surrounded on all sides by several layers of
sterile cells. The pyriform nucellus is surmounted by a
slender beak which passes up through the micropyle. At
this time the inner integument consists of two layers of cells,
the outer one almost as thick as the nucellus.

(353)

In the embryo-sac at the time of fertilization we find avery
conspicuous egg-apparatus, which extends over nearly two-
thirds the length of the embryo-sac. The odsphere is similar to
other cases described, inasmuch as the nucleus occupies its
lower portion and a large vacuole fully three-fourths of its
volume. The synergids are peculiar in the extent of their
vacuolization (fig. 79), the nucleus and cytoplasm in each oc-
cupying but a small space in the upperend. Here we may note
also an absence of the hyaline and striated condition in that
degree which characterizes some of the forms already cited.

The antipodals are of quite ephemeral character. They
were not observed to persist after fertilization, and usually
begin to disorganize prior to that event (jig. 7

The formation of the endosperm apparently has its origin
in the usual process, by the fusion of two polar nuclei. While
the completed fusion of the polar nuclei was not observed in
any case, they were observed in contact. In this condition
they were surrounded by a mass of cytoplasm filled with
starch-grains. After fertilization the endosperm expands
rapidly and displaces the adjoining tissue of the nucellus.
Before the first cleavage of the embryo has taken place the
endosperm has assumed the usual sac-like form, the nuclei
scattered through a densely granular cytoplasm. Starch-
erains are still abundant (fg. 80) and are more frequently of
a compound character. The cell-walls of the nucellus in
contact with the lower end of the endosperm show evidences
of disintegration. The endosperm soon loses its starch and
becomes finely vacuolated (fg. 87).

But two stages of embryonic development were observed.
The odspore (fg. 80) presents a rather unusual appearance,
being large with conspicuous vacuoles. The first cleavage
is transverse (fig. 8z). Of these two the basal retains the
characteristics of the odspore, the other is more densely:
granular.

Cucumis

The earliest stage observed in the formation of the embryo-

sac of Cucumis was that represented by figure 82. Numer-

(354)

ous preparations of ovules at about this stage of development
were obtained and it seems evident that the spore-mother-cell
arises in the usual manner. The tapetum which is formed
consists in the earlier condition of a few tabular cells which
suffer division by periclinal walls, thus forming an axial row
of cells. By the time that the divisions of the mother-cell
occur the nucellus has assumed an oval form and the sporo-
genous cell is covered by the several parietal layers of the
nucellus. The ovule at this time is borne at the end of a
long funicle and has almost completed its turning to the ana-
tropous position. The integuments have exceeded the nucel-
lus in height. The parts of the ovule are of relative propor-
tions similar to those of Luff@ and some others.

The divisions of the spore-mother-cell now ensue. The
first division results in the formation of two equivalent cells
which proceed to the second division simultaneously (fig. 83).
From this point the development of the embryo-sac proceeds
by the usual course. The usual structures are apparent as
the time of fertilization approaches (fg. 8g). The synergids
are long and narrow, their tips hyaline and striated and their
vacuoles small. As in former cases the nuclei lie immedi-
ately above the vacuoles and the structure above the nuclei
to the hyaline portion is apparently reticulate. The odsphere
resembles a synergid in size and form but differs in the char-
acter and position of its vacuole and nucleus (fg. 84). The
antipodals are three in number and distinctly visible at this
stage, and show less evidence of disintegration than in some
of the forms previously cited. Here they appear perfectly
normal though not large. No evidence could be found,
however, of their existence beyond the time of fertilization.

At this time the nucellus is flask-shaped, the bulb-like por-
tion surmounted by a long slender beak. The embryo-sac
and its associated structures are quite small in this species of
Cucumis; the embryo-sac in particular requiring large mag-
nification to bring out the details of its structure.

The polar nuclei migrate to a position just below the egg-
apparatus, where they come into contact and probably unite.

(355)

The mass of cytoplasm which surrounds them is densely
granular and no evidence of starch was observed in the em-
bryo-sac at any time. Oil is abundant in the surrounding
cells of the nucellus and to some extent also in the embryo-
sac. he endosperm elongates in the direction of the
chalaza as soon as fertilization has taken place, and for a
time remains quite compact in the region of the embryo.
The lower part, however, is a very delicate film which ter-
minates in a sort of cup-like collection of cells like that
shown in the case of Apodanthera (fig. 39). There is a
rapid breaking down of all tissue in immediate contact with
the embryo-sac even before there is any considerable enlarge-
ment of the nucellus. The sac-like character of the endo-
sperm is soon assumed (fg. 88) and its cytoplasm becomes
more and more vacuolated. ‘The formation of cell-walls be-
gins quite early and is complete before the embryo has at-
tained any considerable degree of differentiation (jig. gr).
In this condition it is compact upon the surface but composed
of large cells within. The details of its structure are shown
in figure 93. Here it will be seen that the cells of the outer
layer consist of a dense compact cytoplasm, while in the
larger inner cells the protoplasmic content is distributed in a
thin layer over the inner surface of the cell-wall. The sig-
nificance of these facts will be discussed later. It will also
be observed (fg. gz) that the end of the mass of endosperm
in contact with the embryo is not of the same character as
the rest of the superficial layer, but is composed of the large
cells just described.

The first cleavages of the odspore are transverse. Several
of these divisions in succession result in the formation of a
rudimentary suspensor (figs. 8&5, 86). After the first two or
three cleavages the subsequent divisions are anticlinal (jg.
87) and in somewhat irregular planes. The result is the
formation of a pyriform mass (fg. 90), which increases in
size until it is composed of several hundred cells, when the
initial differentiation of root-cap and apical meristem is ap-
parent. The formation of the root-cap is begun by a series

(356)

of periclinal divisions at the micropylar end of the pyriform
mass (fig. 92).
Lagenarta

Text-figure 5, A represents the form of the placenta at the
time when the first indication of an archesporium is apparent.
Periclinal divisions beneath the epidermis at the apex of each
lobe (fg. 94) result in the separation of the primary tapetal
and sporogenous cells. These periclinal divisions occur in
several hypodermal cells and thus several series are found
radiating from the spore-mother-cell (jg. 95). The division
of the tapetal cells and those in the parietal series follows until
columns of ten to twelve cells are formed and the sporogenous
cell becomes deeply situated in the tissue of the nucellus.
In the meantime the integuments have about reached the top
of the nucellus. Before the germination of the megaspore
takes place they converge above the nucellus and the ovule
assumes the form which it maintains until after fertilization.

Division of the spore-mother-cell occurs in the usual man-
ner. The first division results in the formation of two equiv-
alent cells, and each of these again divides (figs. 96, 97). In
this case, as in some of the foregoing, it is the lowermost of
the four cells thus formed which becomes functional. It en-
larges rapidly after these divisions and soon enters upon the
series of divisions which provide the eight nuclei of the
embryo-sac. The division of the four nuclei to form eight
occurs simultaneously, as shown by figure 98. Here the
cytoplasm forms a peripheral layer and leaves the center open.

Differentiation of the eight nuclei is soon apparent (jig. 99),
and the synergids begin to appear with their usual structure.
The antipodals are quite distinct and remain so up to the time
of fertilization (fig. z00). In the latter stage, however, they
are visibly shrunken and soon afterwards disappear. The
egg-apparatus differs in no essential from those already
described.

An abundance of starch is now found in the neighborhood
of the polar nuclei, which by this time have come into con-
tact. In the preceding stage (fg. 99) no starch was apparent,

(357)

hence it is evident that its formation must take place quickly
as the time of fertilization approaches. The process of fer-
tilization brings about the usual changes in the appearance
of the endosperm (/g. zor) which loses its starch and forms
a hollow sac. In this case as in others the nucellus breaks
down rapidly in the vicinity of the embryo-sac and especially
in the direction of the chalaza. The coenocytic character of
the endosperm is not maintained in Lagenarza so late as in
the other forms. The nuclei soon become separated by cell-
walls (figs. 103, rog), and the endosperm becomes a solid
mass. Where the surrounding cells of the nucellus are in
immediate contact with the endosperm they break down, and
even in the direction of the chalaza where they are not in
contact with it. But a certain zone of tissue for some dis-
tance from the endosperm takes a darker stain and shows a
denser cytoplasmic substance. The growth of the mass of
endosperm is principally in length from this time on. The
relation which it bears to the nucellus can be seen in figure ros,
which represents the upper one-fourth of that organ. The
cleft extends to the base of the nucellus. The condition of
the endosperm at this time is represented by figure ro6. The
cellular structure on the outside is more compact and increases
in thickness as growth advances, though the central portion
of the mass remains more open in structure. The hardening
of the endosperm begins in the upper portion and extends
over the upper half of its surface at the stage indicated by
figure zos. The first divisions in the embryo are transverse
(figs. ror, 102). In some cases the early cleavages are some-
what irregular (fig. ro2) and the tendency is early towards
an oval or pear-shape (jg. 103), with no regularity of cleav-
age-planes. As growth proceeds the embryo assumes a more
oblong shape (fg. 206), and it is only at a much later stage
that the beginnings of internal differentiation can be seen
(fg. r07). Then the periclinal divisions in the proximal end
indicate the initial stages in the formation of the root-cap.
At this stage (fg. ru7) the endosperm reaches about one-third
the distance to the chalaza and the upper part of the nucellus

(358)

is entirely disorganized. The lower part appears quite nor-
mal except for the breaking down of its cells along the
median line. The ovule has now reached the dimensions of
the ripe seed and the differentiation of its outer integument
is well under way.

Benincasa

The formation of the archesporium proceeds in the usual
way in Benincasa. ‘The ovules appear to be rounded eleva-
tions upon the placental folds and when these lobes have be-
come quite prominent the archesporium appears among the
hypodermal cells at the apex of each lobe (jig. 108). The
tapetal cells undergo few divisions before the sporogenous
cell has become quite conspicuous (fg. z09). Divisions of
the tapetal cells now follow until the spore-mother-cell be-
comes deeply seated in the nucellus. The integuments make
their first appearance about the time the sporogenous cell is
formed and bear about the same relation to the other structures
as in the previous cases. By the time the first division of the
megaspore nucleus has been completed the conical nucellus
is covered by the integuments. At this time the incipient
embryo-sac may be found at the base of an axial row of from
fifteen to twenty cells.

The division of the spore-mother-cell was not observed.
There is some evidence that such a division occurs in the
appearance of what may be taken for the remains of non-
functional spores. A black mass of what appears to be
disorganized cells is plainly seen at the outer end of the
young embryo-sac, but it soon disappears. It would seem
also that it is again the lowermost of the series which becomes
functional.

n the same section of an ovary, if not upon the same
placenta, there may be found embryo-sacs in various stages
of development. Embryo-sacs of two, four and eight cells
may be found. The appearance of some of these may be
seen in figures 77o and zrz. In many cases the most con-
spicuous element of the nucleus is its nucleolus which seems
to embody all the chromatic substance present. Only in the

(359)

case of the mother-cell are nuclear structures at all distinct
(fg. 109). Figures rog, rro and srzz are all drawn to the

The embryo-sac as the time of fertilization approaches
assumes a familiar aspect (fig. 172). Some of the more im-
portant features of the embryo-sac of en¢ncasa are the
prominence of the egg-apparatus and the antipodals and the
absence of starch, at least up to the stage of development in-
dicated by figure 772. The cytoplasm surrounding the polar
nuclei appears to be rather scant and filled with numerous
vacuoles. The complete fusion of the polar nuclei was not
observed.

The antipodals, though quite prominent, are here also of
only transient duration. They were not found in any prepara-
tions of material beyond the fertilization stage, and seem in
this case to have no special function. As indicated in figure
112 they seem to be on the eve of disintegration.

The endosperm is quite similar to some that we have
already found in previous cases (jig. zz4). In this case also
it is distributed in a sac-like form, which in the upper portions
is of the usual thickness (fg. r7¢) but in the lower part is a
very thin film. Jn this condition, before the first division of
the fertilized egg, it has made considerable inroads upon the
tissue of the nucellus. About ten nuclei have been formed
and these are scattered about irregularly. The division of
these nuclei, as usual, takes place simultaneously (fig. 773).
The endosperm of Benzucasa, like that of Lagenaria, soon
forms a solid mass of cellular tissue (jig. 776). In this case
also the peripheral portion becomes denser, and in the upper
portion this takes place earlier than in the lower. The same
figure shows the appearance of the cells of the nucellus when
in contact with the endosperm. The first extension of the
endosperm is toward the chalaza and while the growth is
rapid in this manner it remains non-cellular. Upon forma-
tion of cell-walls, growth is retarded.

The oéspore remains for a short time undivided (fgs. rz},
rrg). A globular or pyriform mass of cells is soon formed

( 360 )

(fg. 175). Preparations showing early cleavages were not
obtained, but figure rz5 appears to indicate that they may
have been transverse. In this case at least the subsequent
divisions are in various directions. The same embryo in its
relation to the endosperm may be seen in figure 776.

Citrullus

Several longitudinal series of elevations occur on the pla-
centae and these at an early stage appear merely as undula-
tions on the folds as seen in transverse section. When these
elevations have reached a height equal to their diameter at
the base or slightly more, the first suggestion of an arche-
sporium is apparent. Up to this time all the cells of the pro-
tuberance are of about the same character, staining deeply.
The archesporium is of very indefinite character. No en-
larged cell adjacent to the epidermis (such as occurred in
frevillea) was observed. ‘The sporogenous cell (fg. 177) ap-
pears in an axial row and is recognizable at first only by its
size and the open character of its nucleus. When first dis-
tinguishable it is covered by two tabular tapetal cells, some-
times very thin and again of an appearance quite similar to
the sporogenous cell itself. There is always one axial row ap-
parent, sometimes one or more parietal rows identical in ap-
pearance with the axial one. While in its earliest stages the
sporogenous cell may not be easily distinguished from its
neighbors, the same does not hold true in its later stages.
After a short period has elapsed the spore-mother-cell becomes
quite distinct both in size and structural features and there is
never more than one cell apparent in that condition in the
same ovule.

In the same ovary the early phases of the archesporium may
be found about alike in all the ovules, but the rate of subse-
quent development is dependent to some extent upon the posi-
tion upon the placenta (see text-figure 5, A7), those arising on
each placenta nearest its median line having the advantage.

The differentiation of the parts of the ovule does not begin
until after the sporogenous cell appears. By the time that

( 361 )

the divisions of the spore-mother-cell have been completed the
integuments have almost enveloped the nucellus. The pro-
portions of the parts of the ovule are indicated by text-figure

, i.
After having undergone a period of rest the mother-cell
divides to form four potential megaspores. During this
period of growth the development of sterile tissue has left
the sporogenous cell deep in the nucellus. After the first
division of the spore-mother-cell the two daughter-cells again
divide, but not simultaneously. The lower one divides first
and the division is completed before the division of the
upper one (fg. 778). The lowermost spore of the four thus
formed gives rise to the embryo-sac; the rest disappear.

The development of the embryo-sac takes place by the
usual process (jigs. r1g-r2r). The embryo-sac of eight
cells expands in its upper part and the differentiation of the
egg-apparatus is begun by the formation of walls about the
nuclei and the increase of cytoplasmic substance. This pro-
cess goes on more slowly at the antipodal end of the sac.
The polar nuclei soon come into contact about midway and
remain thus for some time (figs.72z-z22 a). In this case the
embryo-sac at the time of fertilization presents about the
same appearance as other forms which we have noticed.
The egg-apparatus and the antipodals are essentially similar
to some of those already studied, though the cytoplasm sur-
rounding the polar nuclei is thin and devoid of starch. The
polar nuclei increase in size gradually and probably fuse,
though a single endosperm nucleus was not observed at any
time.

After fertilization the endosperm nuclei multiply to the
number of ten or twelve before the odspore divides. The
cytoplasm becomes distributed in the form of a hollow sac
(fig. 123) at first, but later assumes a cellular character and
becomes solid. As the endosperm begins to expand, the
nucellus where in contact with it disintegrates, and the effect
of the decomposing influence is apparent for some distance
around the embryo-sac, by the modified character of the cell-

( 362 )

walls. These stain more readily by haematoxylon and other
reagents to which ordinarily they do not respond.

The endosperm becomes cellular at a very early stage, the
formation of walls taking place first in its upper portion.
Until an advanced stage is reached in the development of
the embryo the lower end of the endosperm remains coeno-
cytic, and is terminated by a long coecum which fits into a
pocket of cells in the middie of the nucellus (fg. 726). The
proportion of parts is shown better in an outline figure (r2¢).
The cells which constitute this ‘‘ pocket” are much smaller
than the others of the nucellus at this stage and by their
protoplasmic contents (nucleus, cytoplasm, etc.) seems to be
in about the same metabolic condition as those in other parts
of the nucellus. These cells appear identical with those
which surround the antipodal end of the embryo-sac at the
time of fertilization. All the cells of the nucellus are then
small and the subsequent enlargement of the others makes
these appear smaller by contrast. Why these cells which
surround the antipodals should not keep pace in growth with
others is not quite clear, nor is it plain why they should not
share the fate of others that are broken down by contact with
the endosperm. They remain surrounding the extremity of
the endosperm until long after the tissue of the nucellus has
separated along the median line to the chalaza. The upper
and the lower ends of the same mass of endosperm are shown
in figures 725 and 726 respectively. The character of the
cellular endosperm is entirely similar to that with which we
have already become familiar in the preceding forms. The
endosperm finally becomes entirely cellular, but while the
outer layer consists always of a layer of small cells with
dense cytoplasm, the cells of the central part expand to a
size many times that indicated in figure 725, and show the
merest trace of cytoplasmic contents. In this condition there
is little evidence of its being at all active in the nutrition of
the embryo.

The development of the embryo proceeds apparently in
about the same way which we have seen in the other forms.

( 363 )

Starting with a single cell which elongates (fig. 123), a
spherical mass is soon formed which later becomes broadly
pyriform (fg. 125) with no internal differentiation apparent.
If a suspensor is formed at all it is of only transient character.
In none of those embryos which had reached a multicellular
state was there any evidence of a suspensor.

Cucurbita

The development of the ovules upon the placenta has
already been referred to and the different phases of the pro-
cess are indicated by text-figures 6, A to 6, D inclusive. As
in the case of Cztrullus, the origin of the archesporium is
obscure. The cells at the apex of the incipient nucellus are
all of similar appearance, being of a highly meristematic
character, until one larger than the others appears in an
axial row separated from the epidermis by two or more cells,
presumably the tapetum (fg. 727). This cell increases in
size while the cells surrounding it segment irregularly. The
sporogenous cell assumes a large size in this form and like
the others becomes centrally situated in the nucellus ( fg. 728).

The divisions of the spore-mother-cell appear to be regu-
lar. The first division results in the formation of two equiva-
lent cells (fig. 729), which again divide to form four potential
megaspores. Of these the lowermost produces the embryo-
sac ( fig. 129 a), the others soon showing signs of disorganiza-
tion. At this stage of development the nucellus consists of a
bulbous lower portion surmounted by a narrow prolongation
of its tissue which extends upward through the micropyle.
By this time the differentiation of the outer portion has
reached that stage in which the integuments have enveloped
the nucellus and contracted above to form the micropyle.

The divisions of the spore nucleus which now follow pro-
duce the embryo-sac in the usual manner. The course of
development presents no features worthy of particular men-
tion. After the eight-cell stage is reached the process of
differentiation goes on as indicatedin Cztru//us. Figure 137
represents a partially formed embryo-sac in which the syner-

( 364 )

gids and odsphere can be clearly distinguished. Here the
polar nuclei are smaller than they appear later and the anti-
podals are in their prime. The antipodals will be seen to
mature much earlier than the other cells of the embryo-sac and
have erp eee as before the others have come to
maturity (fg. 7

The teed sac i Cucurbita Pepo presents a very striking
appearance. The endosperm nucleus is possessed of an es-
pecially prominent nucleolus and is surrounded by a cyto-
plasm gorged with starch. The synergids being about two-
thirds the length of the embryo-sac are somewhat compressed
by the cytoplasm which surrounds their lower portion, which
in each case consists of a very thin film enclosing a large
vacuole. The nucleus in each case lies just above the vacuole
and the upper two-fifths of the cell is hyaline and marked by
exceedingly fine striations. In the embryo-sac of another
garden variety of Cucurézta, the common crook-neck squash
( fg. 137), the conditions are not the same, though in some
points the comparison is hardly fair inasmuch as they are not
quite in the same stage of development. The egg-apparatus
presents much the same appearance as in the other form o
Cucurbita, but antipodals are entirely absent. One feature
is the entire absence of endosperm, though this may be due
to the earlier state of development. The enormous size of
the nucleoli in the polar nuclei is here one of the most salient
features.

Endosperm develops in Cucurdzta Pepo much as in other
forms, in this family. Figures 734, 135 and 136 represent
its appearance in various stages. The starch disappears
early and the mass of cytoplasm becomes distributed periph-
erally, and twenty-five or thirty nuclei may be formed be-
fore the odspore has completed its first segmentation. The
cytoplasm is more dense in the upper than in the lower por-
tion and here also the nuclei are more numerous. The tissue
of the nucellus falls before the growing endosperm. The
endosperm soon becomes cellular in structure, the formation
of walls beginning in the micropylar region (fig. 136).

(365 )

The development of the embryo in Cucurdrta has not been
followed out. Only a few early stages were observed. The
development of the embryo appears, however, to proceed
slowly, and considerable endosperm may be formed before
the first division of the odspore takes place. The condition
represented by figure 138 was found in another garden
variety, the Chile squash. In this it is apparent that the first
walls to be formed are transverse, but the succeeding ones
may be anticlines and probably give rise to a mass of cells
similar to those found in the other forms.

Sicyos

About the time that the young ovule begins the turning
which finally brings it to the anatropous position the young
spore-mother-cell appears below the epidermis at the apex
of the nucellus. The same difficulties which hinder the
identification of the early archesporium in Cucurdcta and
some other forms are present here. But the presence of two
or three tabular cells between the sporogenous cell and the
epidermis seems to indicate that the structures in question
originate in the usual manner. The tapetal cells undergo
repeated divisions tangentially, and by the time the spore-
mother-cell is ready for division it has become covered by a
long axial row of cells. In fact, the divisions have followed
so slowly on the side toward the chalaza, that the sporogen-
ous cell at this stage is much nearer to the chalaza than to the
apex of the nucellus. The relative development of the integu-
ments at this period is similar to that observed in other forms.

The spore-mother-cell apparently undergoes the usual
divisions in the formation of the megaspore. While these
divisions were not observed, nor were the four potential mega-
spores, the presence of a disintegrating mass of material in the
vicinity of the megaspore (fg. 147) would be in favor of such
an assumption. Furthermore it would appear that the func-
tional megaspore is the lowest one, as in the previous cases.

The two-celled embryo-sac was not observed. But figures
142 and 143 show the four-celled and eight-celled stages

(366 )

respectively. In the latter the prospective function of the
different cells can be determined by their position and appear-
ances, although it is far from the mature condition, as may be
seen by a comparison of figures 143 and 144.

In the mature embryo-sac the synergids and odsphere are
less vacuolated than in many of the other forms cited and the
polar nuclei are not nearly so prominent. No starch was
observed in the embryo-sac at any time, though oil was often
visible (fg. 244). In this embryo-sac, which represents the
conditions prevailing near the time of fertilization, antipodals
are plainly evident, though apparently not functional. They
were not found in any preparations of more advanced mate-
rial, and somust be, like the others, of ephemeral character.

The formation of the endosperm proceeds as usual. A
mass of sac-like form soon appears and elongates rapidly
toward the chalaza (fg. r45). In this numerous free nuclei
are visible at an early stage and they multiply as the mass
expands. The character of the cytoplasm is at first open and
vacuolated, but later it appears densely granular and homoge-
neous (fg. 146). At this point a large regular central vacuole
is formed and the lower portion becomes drawn out into a thin
strand which penetrates deeply toward the chalaza. Wails
are formed in the upper portion, and half of the endosperm
may sometimes appear cellular and half non-cellular (fg.
147).

The embryo develops slowly and various stages in its
formation were observed. The earliest condition seen pre-
sented the appearance shown in figure 7g5. Here the first
division seems to have been diagonal and the second inter-
cepting this plane and dividing the distal one of the two cells
formed by the first division. The subsequent divisions give
rise to a pyriform mass (fg.1746), and later to the usual
structures described for other forms.

Micrampelis

In this form the initial stages in the formation of the arche-
sporium were not observed. By the time, however, that the

( 367 )

integuments have become elevated to the top of the nucellus
the spore-mother-cell has become quite conspicuous at its cen-
ter, and is surmounted by an axial row of cells. Here the
form and relations of parts of the ovule are similar to those
previously considered (jig. 7

It is evident that the spore- ee cell divides as usual to
form potential spores, though the process was not observed in
its completeness. The first division takes place and the cell
is divided equally (jig. z49). In the two-, four- and eight-
celled stages we find a perfectly typical development. In
each case the center of the embryo-sac is occupied by alarge
vacuole (figs. 150-153) which becomes more or less modified
as development proceeds.

In the mature embryo-sac of Afzcrampelzs the various organs
are quite prominently displayed. The egg-apparatus consists
of a conspicuous odsphere and two very bulky synergids, in
which there is rather less vacuolization than is evident in most
of the forms. The antipodals are more conspicuous here
than in any of the preceding species (fg. 155). The cyto-
plasm which surrounds the endosperm nuclei presents a finely

appearance, but at no time was any starch ob-

aes init. The polar nuclei were not observed to fuse, but
they were found in contact at the time just preceding the
fertilization. As the embryo begins to form, the endosperm
rapidly expands and the cytoplasm assumes a much more
dense and compact character in its upper portion, and numer-
ous nuclei are scattered through it (fg. 756). As develop-
ment proceeds, however, its structure becomes more open and
it has begun to encroach upon the nucellar tissue (7g. 757).
Up to this time no walls have been formed between the nuclei,
but this condition does not last long. The endosperm early
becomes a solid cellular mass (jg. 758), in form wedge-shaped
and often easily dissected out of the ovule. In this condition
the mass makes rapid inroads upon the nucellus, the cells of
which show the effect of some disintegrating agent wherever
in contact with the endosperm. ‘This disintegration appears
in the swelling of the cell-walls and the breaking up of the

( 368 )

protoplasm of the cells. The process of cell-formation is
initiated in the region near the embryo and the more distant
parts are the last to become transformed. The compact
character of the upper and peripheral portions of the endo-
sperm is apparent only in the earlier stages; that which is
found later being of a much more open nature (fg. 759).
The expansion of the ovular tissue proceeds rapidly and
by the time the endosperm has reached the cellular state (fg.
158) the ovule has almost arrived at mature proportions.

The first divisions of the odspore are transverse (ig. 156)
and the suspensor consists usually of two cells, the third a
terminal cell constituting the proembryo. The cleavages
which follow in the proembryo are more or less irregular
(fg. 1572). The subsequent divisions give rise to a pyriform
mass of cells crowded into the apex of the nucellus. The
external differentiation of the embryo proceeds as in the other
cases cited, and the origin of the cotyledons is evident before
any interval differentiation is apparent (fig. 159).

Coccinta

Owing to the difficulty experienced in growing this form
the material obtained was but fragmentary. Hence only a
glance can be taken at the condition observed in some of the
earlier stages.

In this form, which is included in this tribe chiefly on ac-
count of the characters of the androecium, the ovules appear
upon the placenta as in the case of some of the Cucurbiteae
(see text-figure 6, Eto #). In Coccznia, as in some of the
previous cases, the character of the tissue in the apex of the
young nucellus makes it difficult to identify the archesporium.
Only when the development of the megaspore-mother-cell is
well advanced, does it appear probable that the origin of the
tapetum and the primary sporogenous cell takes place after
the usual manner (fg. 739). Inthe cases observed the spor-
ogenous cell appeared situated below an axial row of sterile
cells. In this as in previous cases the growth of the ovular
organs, integuments, etc., keeps pace with the internal differ-

( 369 )

entiation, and there is no variation from the typical form
worthy of mention.
Cyclanthera

In the very young ovules the cells are arranged in confocal
series and the archesporial cell is not easily distinguished
from the others in size or other features (fg. 760). Subse-
quently the spore-mother-cell appears quite distinct and the
tapetal cells to the number of two or more, separate it from
the epidermis (7g. 76r). At this time the initial stage in
the formation of the inner integument is visible in the usual
form of a slightly elevated ring due in some places to a radial
elongation of epidermal cells and in others to periclinal
divisions of the hypodermal elements (fg. 767). In the sub-
sequent growth of the ovule the sporogenous cell becomes
deeply placed in the nucellus. The repeated divisions of the
original tapetal cells and the parietal series are evident. The
long axial series of cells thus formed is shown in figure 762.

The spore-mother-cell undergoes the usual divisions and
the fertile cell resulting is here also the lowermost of the series
(fg. 163). The remains of the non-functional megaspores
are evident for some time around the distal end of the embryo-
sac.

In the development of the embryo-sac from this point on
only one early stage was observed. This was the two-cell
stage resulting from the division of the megaspore. There
is no indication of any irregularity in the process of develop-
ment. In figure z6¢ a nearly mature embryo-sac is shown
and this differs in no conspicuous way from those previously
cited. The egg-apparatus presents the usual appearance
with striated and vacuolated synergids. The antipodals are
evanescent and apparently devoid of any important function.

The cytoplasm surrounding the polar nuclei presents a
rather peculiar appearance (jig. 764). The coarser elements
of this cytoplasm are distributed in a radiating order around
the polar nuclei, which here are seen to be in contact. Bodies
with the aspect of vacuoles, whose limiting membrane stains
deeply and appears to be relatively thick, are quite conspicu-

(370 )

ous. That these may be in some sense an accidental feature,
due to some process in the preparation of the material, is pos-
sible, though this was the only place where they were found,
and the same methods were used in the preparation of the
material of Cyclanthera that were used in other cases. No
starch was observed in this or later stages.

After fertilization the endosperm nuclei increase in size and
multiply rapidly (jg. 765), and the mass as a whole expands
in the hollow form.

PART III. DISCUSSION AND CONCLUSIONS

The facts set forth in regard to the organogeny may be
summarized briefly as follows: The pistillate flower begins
as a lateral outgrowth, the apex of which becomes depressed
and then concave. ‘The sepals arise first around the margin
of the torus and the petals follow on an inner circle, the mem-
bers alternating with the outer series. Within the circle of
petal-rudiments the carpels arise and become extended upward
to form the style. The placenta arises as a longitudinal ridge
upon which the ovules are borne laterally, except in the case
of S%cyos, in which the ovule is pendent from the top of the
ovary.

Of those forms whose development has been studied and
described above, it appears that Fevzllea is the most primi-
tive. It is easy to see how all the others may have been de-
rived from sucha form. Although, as Miller™ suggests, the
ovary of the Cucurbitaceae may have consisted originally of
five carpels, the simplicity of floral construction in Fevzllea,
in both staminate and pistillate flowers, points to the possible
course of evolution of the ovary of this family. With-
out entering at present upon a discussion of the difficult
problem of the morphology of the androecium, some facts
have been observed in the ontogeny of the ovary which may
be discussed in this connection.

In the three tribes, Fevilleae, Melothrieae and Cucurbiteae,
the prevailing type of ovary is the tricarpellary form, and

(371)

various degrees of specialization may be observed culmi-
nating in the fruit of Cucurbita Pepo. In the members of
these tribes we may note varying degrees of development of

opment of ovary ; /, section of ovary a little later than KX. Z to O, Homor-

dica, L, apex of shoot showing two young pistillate flowers, +; 7, N,y

aera flowers; O, section of ovary. /, apex of shoot and young pistil
late flowers of Trichosanthes.

the spongy tissue which fills the locules of the ovary and
invests the seeds completely in certain genera (Cucurbita,
Citrullus). While the early stages in the ontogeny of the
ovary are very similar so far as observed throughout this

(372)

family, those changes which mark the appearance of specific
and generic characters are soon apparent. The same charac-
ter may appear later in the ontogeny of the organs in one

Lz .
K, hagcnine. J, apex with two lateral floral rudiments ; A, section ot
young ovary. L, MM, Cucumis ; be apex with young dower MM, longitu-
dinal section of young ovary. to S, Citrullus; N, apex; O, P, R, S,
longitudinal sections of young Pas showing origin of organs

genus than in another, as for example in the filling of the
locules of the ovary by placental tissue. This occurs at an
early stage in most of the Cucurbitaceae, even before the
formation of the spore-mother-cell. In Fevz/lea the ovules

(373)

are free in the locules until some time after fertilization, and
there is no expression of a tendency toward the development
of spongy tissue until] much later. The ovary of Fevzllea is
in its earlier stages imperfectly divided into three locules and

A

Fic. 3. ag ene of the gynoecium.
apical region of s ; BOD, fl
£, trausverse Re “of young ovary. /to/,
ment of Coccinta. K to O, Mic pia &, apex of shoot; Z to O, longi-
tudinal sections through young ovary

communication of the interior of the ovary with the exterior
is maintained by the imperfect fusion of the ingrowing folds
to a much greater degree than is to be found in any such
form as Melothria, Cucumus, Cucurbita, Stcyos or Cyclan-

(374)

thera. This weak development of the septa in the ovary of
fevillea is still more significant when we consider the condi-
tion found in some related genera (Alsomztra, Zanonia) in
which the ovary, composed of three carpels, is unilocular
and open to the exterior at the apex. The development of
placental tissue which finally fills the locules in Fevillea
occurs quite late and never to that degree found in members
of the Melothrieae and Cucurbiteae.

Among the Sicyoideae, Coccénza represents the condition
closely approximating that found in the preceding cases so far
as the structure of the ovary is concerned (see text-figure 3).
The carpels unite to form the partitions, and the placentae in
the same manner as in the Cucurbiteae. In the case of JZ-
crampelts, however, only two carpels are apparent, each of
which produces, in our species, but two ovules. The margins
of the carpels form two longitudinal elevations which meet at
the center and become flattened against one another as in the
preceding cases, but instead of a row of ovules upon each
flank there appears but one, making four in the entire ovary.
While no evidence of more than two carpels has been found
in any of the young ovaries of Micrampelis examined, nor
of more than one ovule on the placental fold in any case, yet
it seems probable that the ovary of this form is derived by
the reduction of three carpels to two. We find in fact that
this form as well as others is subject to some variation, and
ovaries are frequently found in the mature state evidently
composed of three carpels, inasmuch as they contain three
locules and six seeds. But the prevailing number of locules
is two. We are reminded of the peculiar apron-like char-
acter of the placenta of Micrampelis in the development of
that organ in Luffa and others of the Cucurbiteae, in which
there is a downward prolongation of the placenta toward the
base of the ovary for a considerable distance beyond its in-
sertion. If in the case of Lufa but a single ovule were to
arise on each flank of this downward prolongation, we should
have a condition quite similar to that noticeable in the early
stages of Micrampelzs. Inasmuch as we find at no stage in

(375)

the development of the ovary of Micrampelis evidence of
aborted carpels or ovules, it may be questioned whether in
this form we have an ovary derived by reduction from one

Fic. 4. Development of the gynoecium. 4 to D, Micrampelis,; Al, B,
C, sections through different regions, a, 4, c, of the ovary, D. £ to O,
Z

clusters of rudimentary pistillate flow-

through ovary of about the size indicated by U.

having three or a greater number of carpels and a greater
number of ovules, but from the fact that the prevailing num-
ber of carpels in most of the members of this family is three

(376)

it seems more reasonable to regard the ovary consisting of two
carpels as derived by reduction than as representing a more
primitive type. Inthe development of Svcyos there is distinct
evidence of such reduction (see text-figure z). The earlier
stages of the development of the gynoecium are marked by the
appearance of three equidistant elevations on the torus, which
by their position and behavior, must be regarded as incipient
carpels. We have here a reduction in the number of func-
tional carpels as shown by the formation of a single placenta,
a case therefore quite similar to what might appear should
one of the three placental lobes of a form like Bryonopsis or
Coccinza bear a single ovule and the other placental lobes
become reduced or obliterated. While the ovules of Bryo-
nopsis and Coccinza are horizontal, it is quite probable that if
they were reduced to one as in the case of Svzeyos its position
would be changed to the vertical.

Cyclanthera ina comparison with Stcyos would represent a
condition intermediate between that of Sycyos and a radially
symmetrical form such as Bryonopsis or Fevillea. If in the
ovary of Cyclanthera explodens the two rows of ovules should
be replaced by a single ovule in vertical position, the condi-
tion would be entirely similar to that of Szcyos. In the incipi-
ency of the gynoecium three lobes may be recognized, though
not so distinctly as in Szcyoes, and these soon become obliterated
in the stigma. It seems quite evident that the ovary of
Cyclanthera explodens has also been derived from a tricarpel-
lary form. By the abortion of two of the three placental
ridges in a form like Bryonops7s a condition would result in
all essential respects similar to that existing in the ovary of
Cyclanthera explodens.

The growth of the placenta and the origin of the ovules
are matters of interest and are worthy of attention. Evi-
dently the simplest form of placentation is that in which
numerous seeds arise on parietal placentae in a unilocular
ovary (Alsomztra). From this condition it is easy to trace the
gradual ingrowth of the edges of the carpels and the develop-
ment of the various features of placentation, already described

(377)

to some extent. Text-figures 5 and 6 are designed to rep-
resent some of these features.

The condition met with in Mevz7lea shows a step in advance
of the parietal placentation in that the carpels have pushed in
toward the center of the cavity and have there become flat-

Se

LI

Fic. 5. Placentation. A, B, Fevillea. C, Melothria. D, Bryonopsts.
E, Momordica. &, Trichosanthes, Gtol, Luffa. K,L, Lagenaria. M,
Citrullus, J, Cucumis.

tened by mutual contact. As may be seen, the ovules, borne
on rather long funicles, are in the earlier stage horizontal and
in this respect the condition evident here is in no essential
different from that found in Melothria, Bryonopsis, Afomor-
dica, or Trichosanthes. In these latter forms the ovules are
more numerous on each flank of the placenta. It will be

(378 )

noted that in Zufa and other members of the Cucurbiteae,
and in Coccinia and MMelothria, the early condition of the
placentae is uniform, but a differentiation soon appears which
distinguishes one from another. Certain outgrowths from the

Fic. 6. Placentation. 4 to D, Cucurbita Pepo, showing origin of ovules
and their comparative development on the same placenta, D. F, Coc-
cinta. G, H, Micrampelis. I, J, Sityos. K, Cyclanthera.

placental flanks mark the point at which the ovules arise.
This is shown clearly in the case of ZLzujffa, and also in
Lagenariaand Cucurbita. In Luffa and Cucumis two ovules
arise on each flank, but in Lagenaria, Crtrullus, and Cucur-
éc¢a the number varies from two to several.

(379 )

As to the nature of the inferior ovary in the Cucurbitaceae,
Naudin® (1855) expressed the view that it was always wholly
or in part invaginated in the tissue of the peduncle, and that
the calyx is generally free from adherence to it. In support
of this position he cites cases where the calyx-lobes return to
foliar conditions with distinct laminae and petioles.

This view of the nature of the inferior ovary was not new
with Naudin. Schleiden” (1846) after investigations on /eosa,
Leucojum, Godetia, Epipactis and some other plants, con-
cluded that the ovaries were formed entirely of the floral
axis; furthermore that the carpels were only the upper part
of the ovary and that their tips run up to form the style and
stigma. According to his view the conception of the inferior
ovary as a fusion of the carpels with calyx and corolla was an
assumption unnecessary if not untenable. He points out that
in the development of the flower in Canna extgua and other
plants the invagination at the apex of the axis, which is the
beginning of the formation of the ovary, takes place before
there is any trace of the appearance of the perianth, and
further that in many cases the calyx and corolla are entirely
separate and stand free from the ovary. And so the ovary,
pistil and stigma represent modifications of no particular
organs but are sometimes of axial, sometimes of foliar
character.

Goebel,” however, in 1886, studied the development of
Pyrus Malus and shows that the carpellary leaves are laid
down in the young flower, but that the subsequent intercalary
growth of the zone on which they are inserted produces an
ovary ‘‘ lined inside by the insertions of the carpels.” This
zone in a perigynous flower is but slightly widened. The
ovary of Pyrus Schleiden did not regard as truly inferior but
as representing a fusion of carpels and floral axis. Goebel,
however, regards it as the product of the growth of the bases
of the carpels and the zone upon which they are inserted.
All investigations upon the development of inferior ovaries,
he concludes, must reckon with the question as to how much
of the area of the base of the flower is occupied by the incipi-

( 380 )

ent carpels. In the younger stages, which show the first
laying down of the carpels, particularly in the Umbelliferae
and the Compositae, the carpels cover the whole of the inside
of the depression, and sometimes the gynoecium takes up the
whole of the vegetative point. In his words then it may be
summed up: ‘‘ die Placentation im iiberstandigen und unter-
standigen Fruchtknoten eine ganz obereinstimmende, eine
Thatsache, die auf eine tibereinstimmende Betheiligung der
Fruchtblatter in beiden Fallen hinweist.”

B. Schaefer” (1890) traced the development of the ovary
in numerous plants, among which were the Campanulaceae.
The particular representative taken from that family was
Phyteuma nigrum, in which he finds that the carpellary
«« Anlagen” are laid down while the terminal concavity is yet
quite shallow and appear as two opposite elevations on a
slightly elevated ring extending to the base of the cavity.
Transverse divisions of the first two or three periblem layers
of cells at the sides of the base of the concavity elevate the
overlying tissues and so deepen the depression. He says
that the tissue which forms the covering of the ovarian cavity
appears as an outgrowth of the parietal placental folds. In
conclusion he says that the placentation in inferior ovaries,
which he investigated in the Compositae, Onagraceae and
Campanulaceae, is wholly in accord with that found in superior
ovaries. He carefully points out the course of develop-
ment in the different forms and maintains that the carpels
form a lining of the ovarian cavity, their backs being fused
with axial tissue. After quoting from Goebel’s work, above
cited, he says: ‘* So befand sich die Entwickelungsgeschichte
in schroffem Gegensatz zur Morphologie, welche auf Grund
theils von vergleichenden untersuchungen, theils von Miss-
bildungen zu der Annahme gekommen war, dass die Frucht-
blatter sich auch an der Bildung des Unterstandigen Frucht-
knotens betheiligen, indem sie, mit ihren Riickentheilen an die
Axe gebunden, die Innenseite der Héhlung auskleiden.”

The facts observed in connection with the development of
the ovary in the Cucurbitaceae, apparently support the conten-

(381)

tion of Schleiden that the placentation is mainly of an axial
character and that the carpels contribute principally the upper
portion of the ovary and the style. Here also we are in accord
with the conclusions of Lestiboudois,” who studied the process
of development in Caucum7s and Bryonta. He states that the
carpels appear as projections which elongate and finally close
the cavity before the formation of the ovules.

Furthermore, that the carpellary ‘*mamelons” are the
same in appearance as those which represent the sepals, pet-
als and stamens (staminodia). This appears most distinctly
in the case of Fevillea (pl. 58, fg. 6), but in all the other
cases it is to some extent apparent and in some more than in
others. After the first appearance of the carpels as minute
lobes on the peripheral surface of the torus, there is in every
case an accelerated growth of the periblem layers situated
just below the insertion of the carpels, that is, toward the
center of the torus. The growth of the ovary takes place
then mainly below the insertions of the carpels, the cells
around the bottom of the cavity retaining for some time a
distinctly meristematic character. The bottom of the original
concavity which is indicated by the termination of the stylar
canal is in some cases (Zwffa) far removed from the lower
end of the placenta in its later stages, the growth having oc-
curred mainly in the lower portion of the ovary. There is
no evidence of the fusion of the backs of carpels, either with
axial tissue or with portions of the perianth, and such an as-
sumption here seems unnecessary.

Text-figures z—7 inclusive show the course of ontogenetic
development in the gynoecium as already described at length
in the treatment of the organogeny. The zone of growth
just below the insertion of the carpels is, in every case,
clearly apparent. In certain cases, as in Fevz/lea, the pla-
centa is evidently foliar in origin (text-figure 5, A), and
possibly in S%cyos (text-figure 6, 7), but in all the others
examined it arises not from carpellary tissue but by a thicken-
ing, in certain definite regions, of the ovary wall.

The influence of the carpels is sometimes manifest in an

(382 )

earlier development of the ovules in their region than on
parts of the placenta more remote, as might be expected
where the function of seed-bearing has been transferred
gradually from sporophylls to axial tissue, though this con-
dition may be due to better nutrition. Too much emphasis
can hardly be laid upon the peculiar character of the pla-
centa in this family. We have noted the different forms
which the placenta assumes and the varied structure of the
ovary, and all the facts observed point to the placenta as a
center of variation. It is here that we find evidence of the
gradual assumption of the function of reproduction by tissues
of an axial nature and a corresponding decrease in the extent
to which foliar tissue is concerned in this work. This indi-
cates a certain degree of plasticity in the axial tissue, which
is further expressed in the multiplying of ovular series on the
placental folds, to which attention has been called in the com-
parison of forms like Melothria, Cucumis and Cucurbcta.
It is apparent here that we have a condition of morphological
independence in which new powers of variation are acquired,
which have been utilized in the various modifications of pla-
centa and ovary already pointed out. While it is true that
the number of placental folds generally corresponds to the
number of carpellary rudiments, this is not always so (Szcyos) ;
and in those cases in which the number of placental ridges
is usually three, four or five may sometimes be found (Cucur-
bita Pepo); and where two is the rule three may occur, etc.
In other words a condition of variability exists which is more
or less restricted by hereditary tendencies (Ganong”).

The more important features of the ovule and embryo-sac
of the various species examined have been described. A
comparison of these facts shows a considerable degree of uni-
formity in the development of these structures between the
most widely varying members of the family. The ovule in
all cases is anatropous and the relative importance, in point
of size, of the nucellus and the integuments is quite constant
in all the species investigated. The ovules of the Cucur-
bitaceae differ from those of most other Sympetalae in some

(383 )

respects, as already pointed out in the discussion of Fevzllea.
The nucellus in this family is much more prominent than in
other members of the sympetalous group, and differs from
these further in the fact that two integuments are always
present though the inner one seldom attains a thickness of
more than two cell-layers. The outer integument is always
conspicuous and the walls of certain layers of its cells be-
come peculiarly thickened and sculptured. It will be noted
that in Fezvlea we have the least departure from the typical
sympetalous condition in the relative size of outer integument
and nucellus, although here the inner integument finds its
greatest degree of development, which may partly be due to
its formation in an open ovary, where it is free from the pres-
sure of the surrounding tissue. If the facts in the develop-
ment of the gynoecium will justify our conclusion that /e-
villea is a more or less primitive form in this family, it would
appear that the peculiar characters of the ovule in the Cucur-
bitaceae are not primitive but specialized.

In the formation of the archesporium, evidence points to a
single archesporial cell as the forerunner of the sporogenous
tissue. While in some cases the definite hypodermal arche-
sporial cell was difficult to identify, the character of the
hypodermal mass concerned did not seem to justify the dis-
tinction of a multicellular archesporium. It appears, there-
fore, that the members of the Cucurbitaceae conform to the
usual type in this respect, though in some cases expressing
apparently no very distant departure from the presumably
primitive condition of an archesporial complex.

In one point in the subsequent development the species
herein described present features much at variance with the
corresponding stages in other Sympetalae. Here we find no
tendency toward a reduction of the tapetal or parietal (Coulter
and Chamberlain”) cells. These are always multiplied to
the number of ten or twelve before the embryo-sac is formed.
If the suppression of the tapetum is to be regarded as a spe-
cialized condition, for which there seems some reason, we
find here another primitive character, though we should not

( 384 )

lose sight of the fact that such conditions exist in many of
the lower angiosperms.

In the division of the primary sporogenous cell four mega-
spores are usually formed, and the condition in this family is
therefore in harmony with the almost universal habit in the
Sympetalae. In all the cases where it was observed the
tetrad was a straight row of cells of which it was always the
one at the chalazal end of the series which became functional,
the only apparent reason for the selection of this cell being
its more advantageous situation with reference to the source
of nutritive materials which come through the chalaza, an
idea which Koernicke has also expressed.” In all cases
the spore enlarges considerably and then proceeds to the
regular series of divisions, which usually gives rise to but
eight nuclei from which the egg-apparatus and other struc-
tures are differentiated. Very few mitoses were observed in
all the preparations examined and no generalizations can
be made concerning conditions upon which such facts are
supposed to throw light. Where the divisions were observed
they were simultaneous within the same sac, and there was
no evidence of the most evanescent kind of a cell-plate. In
the formation of the egg-apparatus and the development of
its particular features we recognize those characters so com-
mon among the dicotyledons and the Sympetalae in particu-
lar. In fact in all essential features the embryo-sac is similar
to many others, from various sources and cycles of affinity.
The polar nuclei in many cases have been observed to unite
before any evidence of fertilization was apparent. While
neither of the polar nuclei was observed to lie in contact with
the egg-cell their position was uniformly close to it. The
lower of the polar nuclei always migrates to the vicinity of
the egg-apparatus, where it unites with the upper one;
but no migration of the fusion nucleus occurs as observed by
Ikeda* in Zrccyrtes hirta.

Among the Sympetalae there is a tendency toward the re-
tention of the antipodals, and even in some cases toward the
formation of tissue by their proliferation. But such is not

( 385 )

the case here, where it has been shown that the antipodals
are never of more than transient duration. There is abso-
lutely no evidence that these cells in the Cucurbitaceae are
at all concerned in any of the formative or nutritive work
carried on in the embryo-sac. In the development of some
of the forms here considered the failure of the antipodals to
develop is accompanied by a cessation of growth in that
region not only in the embryo-sac but also in the cells of the
nucellus which immediately surround them; so that in much
later stages when the cells of the nucellus have expanded to
many times their former size, the mass of cells referred to
forms a sort of pocket into which is inserted the end of the
vermiform prolongation of the endosperm (Cztrillus, Apodan-
thera). Not only is this true, but a slight thickening of the
walls of these cells takes place and an appearance, as if
cutinized, is one of the more conspicuous features. Other
cases of the retardation of the antipodal region have already
been observed in 7ypha, Sagittaria, Oenothera and other
genera.

The process of fertilization and the origin of the embryo
is still an open question in the Cucurbitaceae, except for the
case of mesogamy cited by Longo inCucurdtta Pepo.* In
the many preparations that were made and studied not one
showed this phase with sufficient clearness to justify any con-
clusions. There is evidence, however, that the processes of
fertilization and embryo-sac development are normal.+ In
the case of every species studied, except Coccznza, the pres-
ence of the pollen-tube was detected in the micropyle and in
many cases it had even penetrated through the tissue of
nucellus into the embryo-sac. Inthe case of Cucurbtta Pepo
the end of the pollen-tube was found in the micropyle before
it had reached the embryo-sac. In its extreme end appeared
the large vegetative nucleus and just posterior to this two
smaller ones, presumably the generative nuclei (jig. 733).

* Rend. R. Accad. Lincei, 10: 168-172. 190I

+ Massart’s contribution to this subject was not accessible and reference
to it has of necessity been omitted.

( 386 )

But the actual conjugation of the odspore with the male gen-
erative nucleus was not observed, nor could it be said that
one of the synergids was not fertilized, though this seems
improbable.

The pollen-tube in this family presents some interesting
peculiarities. In most of the cases studied it proceeds straight
through the micropyle to the embryo-sac. Butin Cyclanthera
and Cucumts the pollen-tube becomes dilated in the neck of
the nucellus which extends through the micropyle and the
surrounding cells are broken down to make way for it.
This dilation is carried to an extreme in Cucurbita Pepo,
which has recently been described by Longo.* In this case
the tube branches and ramifies in different directions through
the tissue of the integuments. The writer had hoped to treat
more fully the subject of fertilization and the behavior of the
pollen-tube in this paper, but the failure thus far to secure
the best of material for such a study has rendered it expedi-
ent to leave this subject for a later contribution.

In the Cucurbitaceae great interest attaches to the behavior
of the endosperm. he forms which this tissue assumes
have already been described. As a rule the divisions of the
endosperm nucleus occur before the first cleavage of the
odspore. Fusion of the polar nuclei must take place about
the time of fertilization; in the cases where it was definitely
observed it took place slightly before the appearance of the
pollen-tube, and where the complete fusion was not apparent,
numerous endosperm nuclei were to be seen while the embryo-
sac was still undivided.

The appearance of starch in the embryo-sac at the time of
fertilization is significant. It is not of general occurrence,
but was found only in Apodanthera, Bryonopsis, Luffa, Tri-
chosanthes and Cucurbita. Inasmuch, however, as starch is
frequently of very transient duration it might have been over-
looked in others. It is quickly formed as the embryo-sac
approaches maturity and reaches its maximum before the
appearance of the pollen-tube. No starch-grains were found
in any case after the first division of the odspore. In the case

( 387 )

of Luffa, Trichosanthes and Bryonopsis it will be observed
that the starch appears before the fusion of the polar nuclei,
though in the case of Apodanthera the fusion takes place
before the formation of the starch. In Cucurdzta the fusion-
nucleus is seen in the midst of the starchy cytoplasm.

The source of this starch is a matter of much interest.
Schleiden” states that the starch is brought to the ovule of
Cucurbita by the pollen-tube, but here we find starch in the
embryo-sac before the pollen-tube appears. D’Hubert' de-
scribes a condition in Péy/locactus in which starch is formed
first in the antipodals and later disappears from these and
accumulates in the free cytoplasm of theembryo-sac. Lloyd®
reports an abundance of starch in Galiwm surrounding the
polar nuclei and also in the antipodal cells. He finds it also
in Dvodia and Houstonza to some extent, though in the former
it appears first in the antipodals and later in the endosperm.
In either case it appears to be wanting until after fertilization.

It will be noted that in Cucurézéa and the other cases cited
the polar nuclei or the fusion-nucleus by their size and chro-
matic features exhibit a high degree of metabolic activity.
The antipodals in some cases are prominent ( 7r7chosanthes)
and in others (Cucurbita, Apodanthera, Luffa and Bryonop-
s?s) either partially disorganized or merely vestigial. Hence
it is evident that the antipodals are not physiologically active
at this stage. In those cases in which the fixation was ac-
complished by osmic acid mixtures, the presence of much oil
was apparent in the tissue of the nucellus immediately sur-
rounding the embryo-sac (Cucumus, fig. 84). The quantity
of oil is greatest nearest the embryo-sac. The evidence at
hand indicates that the oil is absorbed from these cells by the
embryo-sac and becomes transformed into starch in the cyto-
plasm surrounding the polar nuclei.

The physiological equivalence of fats and carbohydrates
is a fact well known. Pfeffer” points out that, during the
germination of the oily seed of the cucumber, glucose is
formed abundantly, and oil is formed from glucose in the
ripening seed of /ticznus, but from starch in the endosperm

(388 )

of Paconia. In the germination of the cocoanut starch is
formed abundantly (Kirkwood and Gies“) from the reserve fats
of the endosperm and this process is intra-cellular within the
cotyledon. The absorption of fats then takes place, probably
in an emulsified condition, through the cell-walls, and starch
is formed from the products of their decomposition. Itis not
easy to determine, in a structure so small as an embryo-sac,
the presence of an emulsifying or adipolytic ferment by an
experimental process, but it seems probable that such may
occur. However, in the case of the cocoanut no such agent
has been detected.

It is evident that starch serves an important nutritive func-
tion in the subsequent growth of the endosperm. Its very
transient character, and the immediate expansion of the endo-
sperm as a whole, indicate that it is consumed in the process.
It can hardly be regarded as a nutritive medium for the
embryo directly, inasmuch as the odspore exhibits very little
growth until after the elongation of the endosperm, the multi-
plication of its nuclei and the disappearance of the starch.
The development of the embryo begins only after the endo-
sperm has displaced part of the tissue of the nucellus.

The general features of the growth and development of
the endosperm in the Cucurbitaceae have been known for
some time. Mirbel® (1815) observed that the perisperm in
seeds of Cucurbita was very thin, that the cotyledons were
large and broad. Again, in 1829,” he discusses the morphol-
ogy of Cucumis Anguria and C. leucantha, and figures an
ovule and the structures it contains after fertilization. In this
particular case the endosperm occupies a large space in the
nucellus and in form was ovoid with a tube-like prolongation
at its lower end. The embryo at this stage he represented as
narrow, pyriform, and about one-sixth the length of the endo-
sperm.

Schleiden,” in the second edition of his Grundziige der
wissenschaftliche Botanzk, describes an ovuletof Cucurbita
Pepo after fertilization and represents the embryo-sac as ex-
tending from micropyle to chalaza. In another work” (1845)

( 389 )

he states that the embryo-sac shows a chalaza-ward exten-
sion at about the time when the pollen-tube begins its disten-
sion in the micropyle. He further states that when the ovary
has reached a length of about fifty millimeters the endosperm
has begun to show a cellular structure. Garreau” (1849)
studied Momordica Elaterium and Cucumis sativus and shows
that in the former case the endosperm had replaced about
half the tissue of the nucellus while the embryo was still
only a spherical, undifferentiated mass of cells. Although
he misunderstood some of the structures which he saw, he
correctly represented the elongated mass of endosperm of
Cucumis narrowed at its lower end. In this case the endo-
sperm has begun to show a cellular structure in its upper por-
tion while the embryo was still a pyriform mass of cells. Hof-
meister ** (1849) went further in his study of the endosperm
of Ecballium (Momordica) Elatertum. He observed that the
endosperm rapidly displaced the nucellus and that the em-
bryo in turn displaced the endosperm. He further repre-
sented the vacuolated granular character of the endosperm
cells and expresses the opinion that the process of develop-
ment in the ovule of Acballzum was repeated in those of
other members of the Cucurbitaceae.

The facts obtained in this study relative to the behavior of
the endosperm have been recorded in each special case, and
a comparison of the results will show that there is some
degree of uniformity in the growth and development of the
endosperm in the different species. It first expands into a
sac-like body in the periphery of which are numerous free
nuclei formed before the first division of the fertilized egg.
The coenocytic condition is retained for some time and is
gradually replaced by a cellular structure, first in the micro-
pylar region. The expansion of the endosperm is rapid and
always first in the direction of the chalaza. The most rapid
expansion takes place usually in the coenocytic condition.
The tissue of the nucellus is rapidly disorganized wherever
the endosperm comes into contact with it. There seems to
be no doubt that the nucellus is digested by ferments secreted

( 390 )

by the endosperm and that the embryo in its early stages is
nourished by the products of this digestion, though not di-
rectly. Although anatomical evidence only is at hand on
this question, the facts observed were all in harmony with the
above conclusion. The endosperm grows at first at the ex-
pense of the embryo by utilizing the materials which it ob-
tains for its own development, but when the embryo at a later
time begins its growth it does not digest the endosperm, but
apparently absorbs the material supplied by it. That the
endosperm is only temporarily functional in this way is indi-
cated by its appearance in those stages of embryonic develop-
ment which follow the differentiation of cotyledons. At
about this time the ovule has almost assumed the proportions
of a ripe seed and the nucellus is able to offer no resistance
to the growth of the embryo or to the flow of those nutritive
substances which enter through the chalaza. The endosperm
very early replaces most of the nucellar tissue and before the
embryo is far along inits growth there is little of it left. The
endosperm loses most of those plasmatic characters which
indicate an active metabolism, and becomes of very thin and
watery consistency.

That endosperm sometimes acts as a digestive medium in
absorbing the tissue of the nucellus has been shown by John-
son,” in the case of certain species of the Piperaceae.
Haustorial extensions of the endosperm are more or less
common in many families among the Sympetalae. Balicka-
Iwanowska‘ found in the Campanulaceae haustoria devel-
oped from the endosperm which penetrated the integuments
of the ovule. From these and other observations the gener-
alization was made that such haustoria were formed only in
ovules with thick integuments. Other investigations in the
Campanulaceae have been conducted by Hegelmaier.* He
found that the endosperm of Specular¢a extends toward the
chalaza in a string-like mass which may sometimes become
divided by walls transversely and sometimes longitudinally.
Other investigations on the Lobeliaceae and the Stylidiaceae
reveal haustorial appendages of the embryo-sac which serve

(391 )

a nutritive function. But such structures are not confined to
the Sympetalae, for Miss Benson’ has found in several mem-
bers of the Amentiferae a vermiform extension of the embryo-
sac which reaches toward the chalaza

The form assumed by the embryo is remarkably uniform
from the first. Usually two or three transverse divisions of
the odspore result in the formation of a proembryo and a
rudimentary suspensor which lasts but a short time. Subse-
quent divisions proceed with no perceptible regularity until a
globular or pyriform mass is formed. After this stage the
embryo becomes broadened distally and the cotyledons ap-
pear. At the same time there is an internal marking off of
root-cap and dermatogen. Subsequent growth develops the
cotyledons and the growing point of the stem is organized
very late.

In many of the sympetalous families the forms of the em-
bryo are quite different from those in the Cucurbitaceae. In
the Campanulaceae Tulasne® found that the odspore of Cam-
panula elongates to ten or twelve times its diameter, and then
forms near its outer end two or three transverse walls, the
terminal cell being the proembryo. In the Rubiaceae and in
the Globulariaceae an extensive suspensor is developed. But
the different degrees of development which the suspensor
may reach is so varied throughout the angiosperms that this
feature is of little value as a means of determining relation-
ships.

As to the systematic position of the Cucurbitaceae, the facts
at hand will hardly justify any sweeping conclusions. Too
little is yet known of the exact course of intra-seminal devel-
opment in this and in other families supposed to be closely
related. Of the eighty or more genera of this family but a
few have been carefully studied, and while these are quite
representative and the results uniform, still it would no doubt
be advantageous to know the conditions existing in some
other members of the Fevilleae, e. g., Alsomitra and Zanonza.
This is desirable from the fact that Mevzllea itself presents
conditions less at variance with those found in others of the

(392 )

Sympetalae, not only in the form and structure of its ovule
but also in a certain character of its embryo-sac, viz., the in-
crease in the number of antipodals. But in most points the
differences between the Cucurbitaceae and other sympetalous
families are more striking than the similarities, and include
the form and structure of the ovule, the presence of a distinct
tapetum and the ephemeral character of the antipodals.

BIBLIOGRAPHY
1. Amici, G. B. Osservazioni microscopiche sopra varie piante.
Atti Soc. Ital. Sci. 19: —. Modena, 1823. Also Ann. Sci.
Nat. 2: 41-70, 211-248. 1824.

2, ———-. Note sur le mode d’action du pollen sur le stigmate.
(Extract from a letter to Mirbel.) Ann. Sci. Nat. 21:
329-332. 1830.

Baillon, H. Cucurbitacées. Histoire des plantes, 8: 375-.
1886.

&

Balicka-Iwanowska, G. Contribution 4 V’étude du sac em-
bryonnaire chez quelques Gamopetales. Flora, 86: 47-71.
pl. 3-10. 1899.

Benson, M.F. Contributions to the embryology of the Amen-
tiferae. Trans. Linn. Soc. II. 3: 409-424. pl. 67-72.
1894.

Bentham, G. & Hooker, J. D. Cucurbitaceae. Genera planta-
rum, 1: 816-841. 1867.

Billings, F. H. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Samenentwicke-

ung. Flora, 88: 253-318. f. z-ro0. Igol.

as

wn

a

oo

ie

Brongniart, A. Mémoire sur la génération et développement
de lembryon dans les végétaux phanérogames. nn. Sci.
Nat. 12: 14-53, 145-172, 225-296. pl. 9g-gg. 1524.

Caldwell, O. W. On the life history of Lemna minor. Bot.
Gaz. 27: 37-65. f. 1-59. 1899.

Campbell, D. H. Studies on the Araceae. Ann. Bot. 14:
1-25. pl. 1-7. 1900.

It. ————. Studies on the flower and embryo of Sfarganium.

Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. III. 1: 293-328. p2. g6-g8. 1899.

oO

9

4
ie)

m
Ko

iS)
re)

iS]
nN

bb
~

(393)

Notes on the structure of the embryo-sac in Spar-
ganium and Lysichiton. Bot. Gaz. 27: 153-166. pl. zr.
1899.

———. A peculiar embryo-sac in Peperomia pellucida.
Ann. Bot. 13: 626. 1899.

Recent investigations upon the embryo-sac of Angio-

sperms. Am. Nat. 36: 777-786. 1902.

. Cannon, W. A. <A morphological study of the flower and em-

bryo of the wild oat, Avena fatua L. Proc. Cal. Acad.
Sci. III. 1: 329-355. pl. 49-53. 1900.

. Chamberlain, C.J. The embryo-sac of Aster Novae-Angliae.

ot. Gaz. 20: 205-212. pl. 75, 26. 1895.

Cogniaux, A. Cucurbitacées. In De Candolle, Monographiae
Phanerogamarum, 3: 325-951. 1881.

Coulter, J. M. & Chamberlain, C. J. Morphology of angio-
sperms. New York. 1903.

D’Hubert, E. Recherches sur le sac embryonnaire des alas
grasses. Ann. Nat. Sci. Bot. VIII. 2: 37-128. pd. 7-37
f. t-66. 1895.

. Dodel, A. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Befruchtungserschei-

nungen bei /rzs Siézrica. Festschrift (Nageli und Kélli-
ker), Wurzburg. 1891.

. Eichler, A. W. Cucurbitaceae. Bliithendiagramme, 1: 302-
8

321. 1875.

. Facchini, F. [Amici’s results on a study of Cucurdzta Pepo.|

Flora, 27: 359-360. 1844.
Ueber die Amici’sche Ansicht von der Befruchten der
Pflanzen, ein Beitrag. Flora, 28: 193-198. 1845.

. Gaertner, C. F. Notice sur des expériences concernant la

fécondation de quelques végétaux. Ann. Sci. Nat. 10: 113-
144. pl. 72-17. 1827.

. Gaertner, J. De fructibus et seminibus plantarum, 2: 45-50;

3: pl. 88 1791.

. Ganong, W. F. The cardinal principles of morphology. Bot.

Gaz. 31: 426-434. Igor.

. Garreau, L. Nature de la cuticle, ses relations avec l’ovule.

Ann. Sci. Nat. [II. 13: 304-315. f/. 9, ro. 1849.

iS)
ve)

aN
©

42.
43:

(394 )

. Goebel, K. Outlines of classification and special morphology,

392. Oxford edition, 1887.

. Vergleichende Entwickelungsgeschichte der Pflanzen-
organe. In Schenk’s Handbuch der Botanik, 3': 99-430.
I

—. Zur Entwickelungsgeschichte des unterstandigen
Fruchtknotens. Bot. Zeit. 44: 729-738. fl. 5. 1886

. Goldflus, M. Sur la structure et les fonctions de l’assise épi-

théliale et des antipodes chez les Composées. Jour. de Bot.
12: 374-384. 1898; 13: 9-17, 47-59, 87-96. pl. 1-6. 1899.

. Grew, N. Anatomy of plants, 181. 7. 66. 1682.
. Guignard, L. L’appareil sexual et la double fécondation dans

les Tulipes. Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. VIII. 11: 365-384. pd.
Q-II. 1900.

Recherches sur la developpement de la graine. Jour.
de Bot. 7: 1-14, 21-34, 57-66, 97-106, ie 153, 205-214,
241-250, 282-296, 303-311. f. 7-758. 1893.

Recherches d’embryogénie végétale comparée. I.
Legumineuses. Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. VI. 12: 5-166. fd.
z8. 1881.

La double fécondation chez les Solanacées. Jour. de
Bot. 16: 145-167.

. Harz, C. 0. Landwirthschaftliche Samenkunde, 767-824.

Berlin, 1855.

Hegelmaier, F. Zur Entwickelungsgeschichte endosperma-
tischer Gewebekérper. Bot. Zeit. 44: 529-539, 545-555,
561-578, 585-595. pl. 4. 6.

Untersuchungen iiber’die*-Morphologie des dicotyle-

donen Endosperms. Nova Act. Akad. Naturforscher, 49:

1-104. £1. 5. 1885.

. Hofmeister, W. Neue Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Embryobil-

dung der Phanerogamen. Leipzig. 1859-61.

—. Die Entstehung des Embryo der Phanerogamen.
Leipzig. 1849.
Lehre von der Pflanzen-zelle. 1867.

Neuere Beobachtungen tiber Embryobildung der
Phanerogamen. Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 1: 82-188. pé. 7-70.
1858,

Wn
o)

wn
_

wn
vv

Sal
ies)

wm
om

(395)

. Ikeda, T. Studies in the physiological functions of antipodals

and related phenomena of fertilization in the Liliaceae.
Bull. Coll. Agric. Imp. Univ. Tokyo, 5: 41-72. pl. 3-6.
1902.

. Johnson, D. S. On the endosperm and embryo of Peperomia

pellucida. Bot. Gaz. 30: 1-10. pl. 7. 1900.

On the development of Saururus cernuus L. Bull.
Torrey Club, 27: 365-372. 2. 237. 1900.

——. On the development of certain Piperaceae. Bot.
Gaz. 34: 321-340. pl. 9-10. 1902.

. Juel, H. 0. Vergleichende Untersuchungen iiber typische und

parthenogenetische Fortpflanzung bei der Gattung Axten-
naria. Kongl. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl. 3: 1-59. pd.
Z-6. 1900.

. Kirkwood, J. E. & Gies, W. J. Chemical studies on the cocoa-

nut, with some notes on the changes during germination.
Bull. Torrey Club, 29: 321-359. ff. 79. 1902.

. Koernicke, M. Studien an Embryosack-Mutterzellen. Sitzungs-

ber. der Niederrhein. Gesellsch. Natur- und Heilkunde zu
Bonn. 1901.

. Koorders, S. H. Die Keimotwickeling van Zectonta grandis

(Djati). Natuurk. Tijdschr. voor Ned. Ind. III. 12: 139.
pi. 1-8. 1892.

. Lestiboudois, T. Carpographie anatomique. Ann. Sci. Nat.

Bot. IV. 2: 223-243. pl. 6-17. 1854.

. Lloyd, F. E. The comparative embryology of the Rubiaceae.

Mem. Torrey Club, 8: 1-112. pd. z-z5. Part I. 1899.
Part II. 1902.

Longo, B. Richerche sulle Cucurbitaceae e il significato del
percorso intercellulare (endotropico) del tubetto pollinico.

R. Accad. dei Lincei, 30: 523-547. BZ. 1-6. 1903.

. Mann, G. Criticism of the views with regard to the embryo-

sac of angiosperms. Trans. & Proc. Bot. Soc. Edinb. 19:
136-148. 1891.

The embryo-sac of Myosurus minimus L. A cell
study. Trans. & Proc. Bot. Soc. Edinb. 19: 351-428. pd.
3,4. 1892.

wn
~T

wn
[e.<)

On
wn

nN
nN

67. ——_——.

68.

SN.

wT
°

iQ.

(396 )

. Martin, G. W. Development of the flower and embryo-sac in

Aster and Solidago. Bot. Gaz. 17: 353-357, 406-411.
pl. 19, 20. 1892.

. Merrell, W. D. A contribution to the life history of Selphium.

Bot. Gaz. 29: 99-133. Dl. 9-70. 1900.

. Mirbel, C.F. B. Elémens de physiologie végétale. 2: 903-

904. pl. 52. 1815.

- Nouvelles recherches sur la structure et les dévelop-
pement de l’ovule végétale. Ann. Sci. Nat. 17: 302-318.
pl. 12-16. 1829.

——. Complément des observations sur le A/larchantia
polymorpha. Mém. Inst. France, 13: (39-74) p42. &-zo.
1835.

. Miyoshi, M. Ueber Reizbewegungen der Pollen-schlauche.

Flora, 78: 76-93. 1894.

. Molisch,H. Zur Physiologie des Pollens mit besonderer Riick-

sicht auf die chemotropischen Bewegungen der Pollen-
schlauche. Sitzungsber. K. Acad. Wis. Wien, 102: 423-
448. 1893.

. Miller, E. G. 0. & Pax, F. Cucurbitaceae. In Engler &

Prantl, Die natiirliche Pflanzenfamilien, 4°: 1-39. i.
4-8. 1894.

. Murbeck, S. Anomalien in Baue des Nucellus und des

Embryo-sacks bei parthenogenetischen Arten der Gattung
Alchemilla. Lunds Univ. Arsskrift, 38°: 1-10. g2. z. 1902.

. Naudin, C. Organographie végétale. Ann. Sci. Nat. IV. 4:
8

5-19. plz, 2. 1855.
Espéces et variétés du genre Cucurbita. Ann. Sci.
Nat. IV. 6: 5-73. 1856.
. Espéces et varieties nouvelles de Cucurbitaceae.
Ann. Sci. Nat. IV. 18: 159-208. 1862.
Nawaschin, S. Ueber die Befruchtungsvorginge bei einigen
Dicotyledoneen. Ber. Deut. Bot. Gesells. 18: 224-230.
pl.g

. Pfeffer, W. Physiology of plants. Oxford Edition. rgoo.
Ae

Roze, E. Le fruit de Acéallium Elatertum Rich. (Mom-
ordica Elaterium L.). Jour. de Bot. 8: 308-318. 1894.

“I
n

“I
=

“I
a

ive)
w

oO
OO

(397)

. Sageret, A. Considérations sur la production des hybrides, des

variantes et des variétés in général, et sur celles de la famille
des Cucurbitacées en particulier. Ann. Sci. Nat. 8: 294-
314. 1826.

. Schaefer, B. Beitrage zur Entwickelungsgeschichte des

Fruchtknotens und der Placenten. Flora, 73: 62-104. pl.
3-6. 1890

Schleiden, M. J. Bemerkung zur Bildungsgeschichte des veg-
etabilischen Embryo. Flora, 27: 787-789. 1844.

-——. Ueber Amici’s letztern Beitrag zur Lehre von der
Befruchtung der Pflanzen. Flora, 28: 593-600. pl. 6.
1845.

Grundziige der wissenschaftliche Botanik. Aufl. 2,
251. 1846.

Schnegg, H. Beitrige zur Kenntniss der Gattung Guxzera.
Flora, 90: 161-208. f. 7-28. 1902.

. Solms-Laubach, H. Graf zu. Ueber monocotyle Embryonen

mit scheitelbiirtigem Vegetationspunkt. Bot. Zeit. 36: 65-
44, 82-93. pl. g. 1878.

. Strasburger, E. Die Angiospermen und Gymnospermen.

Jena. 1879.

. Tieghem, P. van. Recherches sur la structure du _ pistil.

Ann. Sci. Nat. V. 9: 127-226. pf. g-zz. 1868.

. Tison, E. Recherches sur les caractéres de la placentation et

de l’insertion dans les Myrtacées. Paris. 1876.

. Treub, M. Notes sur l’embryogénie de quelques Orchidées.

Verhand. Akad. Wetensch. 19:—. 1879.

. Tulasne, L. R. Etudes d’embryogénie végétale. Ann. Sci.

Nat. III. 12: 21-137. pl. 7-7. 1849.

Tretjakow, S. Die Betheiligung der Antipoden in Fallen der
Polyembryonie bei <Adi?um odorum L. Ber. Deut. Bot.
Gesell. 13: 13-17. pl. 2. 1895.

. Ward, H. M. A contribution to our knowledge of the embryo-

sac of angiosperms. Proc. Linn. Soc. Lond. 17: 519-546.
pl. 77-25. 1880.

. Warming, E. Delovule. Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. VI. 5: 177-

266. pl. 7-13. 1878.

(398)

87. Webber, H. J. Xenia, or the immediate effect of pollen, in
maize. U. S. Dept. Agric., Div. Veg. Path. & Phys.,
Bull. No. 22. 1900.

88. Westermaier, M. Zur Embryologie der Phanerogamen insbe-
sondere iiber die sogenannten Antipoden. Nova Acta Akad.
Caes. Leop. Carol. 57: 1-39. fl. 7-37. 1892.

89. ———-. Zur Physiologie und Morphologie der Angiospermen-
Samenknospe. Beitr. Wiss. Bot. 1: 255-280. Al. 5, 6. 1896.

KY To THE LETTERING OF TEXT-FIGURES AND PLATES

¢, carpel. x, pistillate flower.

n, nucellus. zz, inner integument.

0, placenta oi, outer integument.
, petal. , hausto

5, sepal. pt, pollen-tube

st, staminodium. en, endosperm.

si, stigmatic lobe.

Explanation of Plates 58-69
Fevillea cordifolia (PLATES 58 AND 59).
I. Apex of shoot, showing origin of pistillate flowers. >< 60.
4.

X 184.
4. Later stage of same, showing origin of sepals. > 184.
5. Ditto, showing origin o Is.
6. Outline sketch of later stage, showing origin of carpels and staminodia.
X 60.
7. Transverse section through young ovary, showing origin of the pla-
centae. 144.
8. Placenta and ovule. 60.
9. uaa cell, 40.
to. Showing condition of nucellus. I
11. Primary sporogenous cell and (apetia. xX 440.
12. Spore-mother-cell deep in tissue - aria X 440.
13. Form of ovule, aa sectio
14. Megaspore-mother-cell. capi of es division. XX 920.
20.

16. Four megaspores; lowermost one functional. > 920.
17. Embryo-sac of four cells. 440,

18. Embryo-sac approaching maturity. > 440.

19, Definitive embryo-sac. X 480.

20. Embryo-sac and upper part of endosperm. > 440.

21. Portion of nucellus showing extent of endosperm. X 4o.
22. Embryo and endosperm. 40.

(399)

23. Embryo and endosperm. XX 184. Endosperm somewhat disinte-
grated,
24. Embryo. XX 440.

Melothria pendula (PLATES 59 AND 60).
25. Megaspore-mother-cell. - of inner integuments, 72. > 4qo.
26. Four-celled embryo-sac.
27. i elias near maturity. aie:
28. Embryo and endosperm. X 440.
29. Ditto, atigutly later. XX 440.
o. Embr

ryo. 4
31. Smabey: of 14 to 16 cells. X 440.
32-34. Embryos of various stages. Magnified 440, 324 and 184 times re-
spectively.
Apodanthera undulata (PLATE 60).
35. Definitive embryo-sac. > 440.
36. End hairelai showing eae: x 440.
37-38. Embryo: 440.
g. Apex of ee pollen-tube, embryo and endosperm. Haustorial
extension of endosperm 184.
40. Embryo of 39, enlarged. XX 440.
41. Anatomical relations of nucellus, embryo and endosperm. X 30
. Apical region of radicle of young embryo, showing some differentia-
tion of root-cap and dermatogen. 184.
43. Same embryo showing region, from which stem apex is formed-
184.

43a. Schematic representation of same embryo.

Bryonopsts laciniosa erythrocarpa (PLATE 61).
Apex of nucellus showing primary sporogenous cell. X 312.
- Siete. later. XX 312.
46. Megaspores, ceaees one longest. XX 312.
47. Two-celled embryo-sac. 440.
48. Embryo-sac i. eight cells before migration of polar nuclei. >< 440.
49. Embryo-sac near definitive stage. Starch-grains abundant.
o. Embryo-sac after fertilization. Odspore and endosperm with scattered
starch-grains. 440.
Embryo and contiguous endosperm. > 440.

Trichosanthes Anguina (PLATE 61).
52. Apex of nucellus showing archesporial cell. > 440.
53. Primary sporogenous cell and tapetal layers. >< 440.
54. Concluding stage in second division of the sporogenous cell. Divi-
sions apparently suppressed in the other c 440.

Megaspore. Non-functional ones represented by black mass. & 440.
56. Embryo-sac showing starch content. 4o.
57. Two-celled embryo and upper portion of eae: X 440.
58. Four-celled embryo. X 440

( 400 )

59. Outline sketch showing proportions of nucellus, embryo and endo-
sperm 40.
60. Boniba of endosperm from same. X 440.
61. Embryo from 59.
62. Embryo and endosperm. 40,

Momordica Charantia (PLATES 61 AND 62).

63. Young ovule showing megaspore-mother-cell. >< 184.

64. pipes lsat See

65. Embryo-sac of tw

66, 66a. Different Beiter through the same embryo-sac. XX 440.

67. Pollen-tube, embryo, and ea et X 440.

68. Embryo and endosperm.

69. Embryo, pollen-tube and eae XK 36.

70. Embryo, cellular endosperm. > 440.

71. Showing relative proportions of embryo, endosperm and ovular
tissue. X 36,

Luffa acutangula (PLATES 62 AND 63).

72, 73, 74. Megaspore-mother-cells at ary ages. X 440.
75. Megaspores, functional one a xX 440.

78. Hight-celled embryo-sac. XX 440.

79. Embryo-sac near maturity. > 440.

80. Odspore and endosperm containing scattered starch-grains. Disinte-
grating nucellar cells. 440.

81. First division of odspore completed.

Cucumis myriocarpus (PLATES 63 AND 64).
82. Primary sporogenous cell and tapetum. > 440.
83. Telophases of the second division of the megaspore-mother-cell. XX

440.

84. Embryo-sac near the definitive stage. >< 440.

85. Representing — of three cells. XX 440.

86. Similar to 85.

87. Young embryo and oeeear xX 440.

88. Embryo, endosperm and polled “abe: Showing effect of endosperm
on cells of nucellus. 184.

89. Embryo of same. X 440.

go. Embryo. & 440.

gt. Embryo, endosperm and nucellus. > 4o.

92. Apical region of radical end of embryo from 91. 440.

93. Portion of endosperm ; the large cells are at the center of the mass,
the small ones at the periphery. > 440.

Lagenaria Lagenaria (PLATE 64).

94. Apex of young ovule before differentiation of archesporium. X 440.
95. Sporogenous cell and tapetum. > II4.

(402 )

96. After first iaanes of megaspore-mother-cell. XX 440.

97. Four megaspores. XX 440.

98. Mitoses of the pee on sac nuclei preceding eight-cell stage. < 440.

99-100, Stages approaching definitive embryo-sac. Showing aggregation
of starch. X 440.

Ior. Illustrating first division of odspore and young endosperm. X 440.

1o2. Embryo of five or six cells. oO.

184.
. Diagrammatic sketch showing relative proportions of embryo, endo-
a and nucellus. (e)

106, Same embryo with upper part of endosperm. X 184.

to7. Older embryo, X 184.

Benincasa hispida (PLATE 65).
108. Apex of very young ovule before formation of archesporium. X 440.
X 440.

114. Ditto, slightly later. > 440.
115. Showing lines of cleavage in embryo. X 440.
116. Endosperm and disintegrating nucellus. > 440.

Citrullus Citrullus (PLATES 65 AND 66).
117. Apex of nucellus; primary sporogenous cell and tapetum. X 312.
118. Process of formation of megaspores. oO.
IIg-121. Two, four, and eight-cell stages in embryo-sac formation. X<
oO.
J21-122a. Different aspects of the embryo-sac near time of maturity.
oo omitted from 122a. Oo.

os Oéspore and growing Bee X 440.
124. Diagram of embryo, endosperm and nucellus; 1’, representing
“pocket” of cells around end of haustorium. Oo.

x 4

125. Embryo and upper part of endosperm indicated in 124. 440.

126. Showing terminal portion of haustorium and structure of ‘‘ pocket.”
312.

Cucurbita Pepo (PLATES 66 AND 67).
127. Primary sporogenous cell and tapetum (?). > 440.
128. Same at later stage (megaspore-mother-cell). > 440.
129. After first division of megaspore-mother-cell. 44o.
1z9a. The four nen x 440.
130. Four-celled embryo-sa X 440.

131. Embryo-sac of eight ie Early stages in differentiation of parts.

440,
432. Definitive embryo-sac containing starch. Antipodals vestigial.
x 440.

(402 )

133. Apex of pollen-tube as it appears in the micropyle. X 440.
134. Odspore and young endosperm. XX
135. Showing relative extent of eens in the same case as 134.
X 160.
136. Showing form and structure of the endosperm. XX 3
137. Embryo-sac (crook-neck squash) near maturity. a
138. Young embryo (Chile squash). 440.

Coccinia cordifolia (PLATE 67).
139. Megaspore-mother-cell and tapetum. > 440.
140. Four-celled embryo-sac. 40.
Sicyos angulata (PLATE 67).
141. Nucellus and inner integuments. Megaspore-mother-cell after first
division. X 184.
142. Embryo-sac of four cells. > 440,

147. Showing progress of endosperm formation, By, 312,

Micrampelis lobata (PLATES 68 AND 69).

148. Nucellus and spore-mother-cell. 184.

149. Telophase of first division of spore-mother-cell, < 440

150-151. Two-celled embryo-sacs of slightly different ages. x 440.

152. Embryo-sac of four oe 440.

153. Embryo-sac of eight ce 312

154. Showing process of pine or in the embryo-sac of eight cells.
X 440.

155. Embryo-sac near maturit

156. Young embryo and eudespertn Showing
and the pollen tube. X 312

157. Slightly later stage than 156. Embryo of about ten cells. 312.

158. Embryo and endosperm. Characteristic appearance of endosperm
in the early stages of embryonic development. > 120.

159. Later stage in the development of embryo and endosperm. X 36.

1

t of a synergid

Cyclanthera explodens (PLATE 68),
160. Apex of young nucellus about the time of the appearance of the
ee 440.
Spore-mother-cell and tapetum. > 440.

s Showing the megaspore and its position with reference to the apex
of the nucellus,

163. Embryo-sac of ae cells. S 440.

164. Embryo-sac nearly mature.

165. Young embryo-sac and nena X 440.

166. Showing form of ovule, the pollen: tube, the endosperm and the por-
tion of the nucellus disorganized. Oo.

Additions to the Palaeobotany of the Cretaceous Formation
n Long Island. No. II.*«

By ARTHUR HOLLICK.

CONTENTS PAGE.
I. Introduction 403
II, Fossil ne of the Northport Clays 404,
General character of the plant-bearing deposits 404
Previous — Ueesitercduaciias eseae cedure ate secae mea ttaate casas 4o4
Descriptions of specie: 405

III. pee es of fossil oe from the ice: of Hempstead Har-
r, Oyster Bay and Montauk Poin 409

I. INTRODUCTION

In two previous contributionsf an attempt was made to give an
account of all that was known or recorded in regard to the fossil
flora of the Cretaceous formation on Long Island. Since these
were published the investigation of the subject has been continued
from time to time, as circumstances permitted, and incidental refer-
ences may be found in subsequent papers on the geology of the
region.}

The present contribution may be regarded as a continuation of
this work, based upon investigations made during the years 1903 and
1904, largely in the vicinity of Northport and on Manhassett Neck.
The former locality, and points of interest in connection with it,
are described in detail under a separate heading. At the latter
locality the exposure of Cretaceous material consists of clays and
sands, very much disturbed by glacial action and more or less in-

x iets ait prosecuted with the aid of a grant from the Botanical
Society of Am

Tr. ens contd ibution to our ee of the Cretaceous forma-
tion on Long Island and eastward. Trans, N. Y. Acad. Sci. 12: 222~237. A/.
-7.
z 2. Additions to the palaeobotany of the Cretaceous formation on Long
Island. Bull. Torrey Club, 21: 49-65. p/. 77g¢-180. 1894.

{1. Some further notes on the geology of the north shore of Long
a Trans. N.Y. Acad. Sci. 13 : 122-129,and table of ary pies

2. Geological notes: Long Island and Nantucket. Tra N.Y. Acad.
Sci. 15: 3-10 95-

3. Geolosical notes: Long Island and Block Island. Trans. N. Y. Acad.
Sci, 16: 9-18. 1896

(403)

( 404 )

volved with the moraine. On the east side of the neck, or in other
words on the west side of Hempstead Harbor, these exposures may
be seen in road cuttings and on the shore, especially in the vicinity
of Mott’s Point. Ferruginous shale and concretions, in all respects
similar to the material found on the opposite shore of the harbor, at
Sea Cliff and Glen Cove, are abundantly represented, both in con-
nection with the Cretaceous exposure and as scattered morainal
material. It wasin these concretions and fragments of shale that the
fossil plant remains were found. So far as ] am aware there is no
previous record of fossil plants having been discovered at this local-
ity, although their occurrence was to be expected, as it is directly
on the line of strike between Glen Cove to the east and Elm Point
on Great Neck to the west, at both of which places there are out-
crops of Cretaceous clays, accompanied by ferruginous shales con-
taining leaf impressions and a knowledge of these conditions was
what led to the exploration of Manhassett Neck.

I am indebted to Mr. A. E. Anderson for the opportunity to
examine and describe specimens in his possession and to Mr.
C. Veatch, Mr. H. S. Shimer and Miss Florence Henry (now
Mrs. H. 8. Shimer), for assistance in the field.

Il. FOSSIL FLORA OF THE NORTHPORT CLAYS
GENERAL CHARACTER OF THE PLANT-BEARING DEPOSITS

The beds containing fossil plants in the vicinity of Northport are
located on Little Neck, which forms the western shore of North-
port Bay. They consist of stratified clays and sands, of Cretaceous
age, overlain by more recent sands and gravels and a limited amount
of glacial till. The strata are exposed on the eastern side of the
neck, where the clay and sand has been excavated for commercial
purposes. There is some indication of disturbance in the deposits
as a whole, as if they had been subjected to lateral pressure, but a
general S. E. dip is apparent in the portion exposed. Plant
remains are abundant in certain layers, but as a rule they are either
fragmentary or else they are contained in fine, sandy clay, from
which specimens in good condition are exceedingly difficult to
obtain.

PREVIOUS INVESTIGATIONS

In the Transactions of the New York Academy of Sciences,* Mr.

*Notes on the clays of New York State and their economic value.
Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 12: 40-47. 2.

( 405 )

Heinrich Ries briefly mentions these deposits and says, on page 45:
‘¢ The owner claims to have frequently dug up leaves”; and later,*
on page 166: ** The writer has found leaves (referable to Lucalyp-
tus) in the clays at Northport.” Subsequently the locality was
personally visited in company with Mr. Ries and a few specimens
were found, which were provisionally determined and listed, in a
paper by Mr. Ries in the School of Mines Quarterly.t These
determinations were hastily made and unfortunately the matrix was
such that it disintegrated and all but one or two of the specimens
were destroyed. The species determined were: Paléurus tntegri-
foltus Hollick, Palturus sp. ?, aes et Heer, Protaeotdes
daphnogenotdes Heer, Vie sp.?, HWelliamsonia sp.?, and
Celastrophyllum sp.? Those that were found to be sufficiently
well preserved have been recently subjected to more careful exami-
nation and are included, with those subsequently collected, in the
figured descriptions which follow.

DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES
Dammara Northportensis sp. nov.
(PLATE 70, FIGS. 1, 2.)

Scales rounded kite-shaped, about 8 mm. long by 7-9 mm. wide
at top; incurved above, narrowed to an obtuse base and provided

These little cone-scales are referred to the genus Dammara, in
common with other similar organisms (. doreadis Heer, FI. Foss.
Arct. 6: 54. pl. 97, f. 5; D. microlepis Heer, tb¢d. 55. pi. go,
J. 5; D. Cliffwoodensis Hollick, Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 16:
128. pl. rz, f. 5-8. 18947), although their true affinities are prob-
ably with other coniferous genera, represented in the flora by leafy
twigs and branches. Newberry was inclined to consider certain
similar remains as belonging to Juniperus macilenta Heer, or some
conifer closely closely resembling it (Fi. Amboy Clays, Monog. U.
S. Geol. Surv. 26: 47), but until the actual association of cones
and branches has been definitely determined it would seem wiser to
include all these scales under one generic name.

* Microscopic organisms in the clays of New York State. /67d. 13: 165-
169. pl. 3, 4. 1894.

On the occurrence of Cretaceous clays at Northport, L.I. S. of M.

Quart. 15: 353, 354. 1894.

( 406 )

Our specimens are smaller than any of those previously described
and they are apparently incurved rather than rounded or mucronate
above.

Formation and locality: Cretaceous clay; Northport, Long
Island, N. Y

BRACHYPHYLLUM MACROCARPUM Newb.
(PLATE 70, FIGS. 4, 5-)

Brachyphyllum macrocarpum Newb. (Fl. Amboy Clays)
Monog. U. S. Geol. Surv. 26: 51, footnote. 1895 [1896]. —
Knowlton (Cat. Cret. and Tert. Plants N. Am.) Bull. U. S. Geol.
Surv. 152: 51. 1898.

Thuites crassus Lesq. Cret. and Tert. Fi. 32. 1883 [1884].

Brachyphyllum crassum Lesq. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 10: 34.
1887. Not B&. crassum Tenison-Woods, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8.
Wales, 7: 660. 1883.

This species may be found, described and figured as B. crassum
by Lesquereux, in his Flora of the Dakota Group (Monog. U.S.
Geol. Surv. 17: 32. pf. 2, f. 5) from Kansas, and by Newberry,
in his Flora of the Amboy Clays (Monog. U.S. Geol. Surv. 26:
51. pl. 7, f. -7) from South Amboy, New Jersey. The specific
name crassunz was however subsequently found to be antedated,
having been applied by Tenison-Woods to a different plant, and
Newberry’s manuscript name macrocarfum was adopted by
Knowlton, as cited above.

I am also inclined to consider it as identical with Achznostrobus
sguamosus Vel. (Gymnosp. Boehm. Kreideform. 16. 2. 6, f. 3,
6-8) from Bohemia, but Newberry evidently considered them as
distinct and merely refers to their ‘‘ striking resemblance” (FI.
Amboy Clays, 53). The species has not heretofore been reported
from Long Island.

Formation and locality: Cretaceous clay; Northport, Long
Island, .

Caulinites inquirendus sp. nov.
(PLATE 70, FIG. 3.)

Remains consisting of small spherical seeds, spore-cases or cap-
sules, attached singly or in clusters the slender branches of an
irregularly forking or branching racem

The botanical affinities of this ans are uncertain, but there

( 407 )

can hardly be any question in regard to its relationship with Caz-
linttes fecundus Lesq. (Tert. Fl. 101. p2. 14, f. 2-3), which Knowl-
ton has transferred to the ferns (Oxoclea fecunda (Lesq.) Kn.
Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv. 152: 153). In fact, if Lesquereux’s spe-
cies had been described from the same geological horizon as ours I
could hardly have questioned their specific identity. It is also
almost certainly identical with the fragment described and figured
by me from Glen Cove, N. Y. (Bull. Torrey Club, 21: 63. pd.
180, f. II).

Similar remains have been described and figured by Heer as
the fertile fronds of ferns, and it may be that such reference is
correct. In this connection it is of interest to compare our figure
with those of Zhyrsopterts AMlaakiana Heer (Fl. Foss. Arct. 4
(Beitr. Jura-Fl.): plz, f. 2b; pl. 2, f. 5,56), T. gracilis Heer
(zbed, Zl. 1, f. 5), TZ. Alurrayana Heer (tb¢d. pl. 7, f. gb, ¢; pl.
2, f. 4, 46) and Dicksonia clavipes Heer (zbid. pl. 2, f. 7,76)
from the Jurassic flora of Siberia, and with Osmunda Oebergiana
Heer (Fl. Foss. Arct. 3 (Kreide-Fl.): ff. 26, f. g@) from the
Cretaceous of Greenland. The latter is particularly suggestive in
its appearance and it occurs at a geological horizon that is practi-
cally the equivalent of that represented on Long Island.

Formation and locality: Cretaceous clay; Northport, Long
Island, N. Y.

Cocculus minutus sp. nov.
(PLATE 70, FIG. 6.)

Leaf small, about 12 mm. long by 4.5 mm. wide in the middle,
elongated-elliptical (?), narrowly wedge-shaped below, entire, 3-
nerved from the base; lateral primaries relatively close to the mar-
gin, with exceedingly thin secondaries extending upward at acute
angles from the outer side and others connecting on the inner side
with the midrib at approximately right angles.

This leaf, although much smaller, resembles very closely C.
cinnaneomeus Vel. (Fl. Boehm. Kreideform. (Part IV) 4 [65]. 2.
& [32], f. 26-27) and may belong to the same species, as Velenov-
sky’s figures indicate that the leaves vary considerably in size.

Collected by Mr. Heinrich Ries and originally determined by me
as probably a new species of Padiurus (S. of M. Quarterly, 15:
354):

Formation and locality: Cretaceous clay; Northport, Long
Island, N. Y.

( 408 )

Laurus ancusta Heer
(PLATE 70, FIGS. 10, 11.)

Laurus angusta Heer, Fl. Foss. Arct. 6’: 76. pl. 20, f. 16, 7;
Bl. gy fr Te.

This species closely resembles Laurophyllum angustifolium
Newb. (Fl. Amboy Clays, Monog. U. S. Geol. Surv. 26: 86. £7.
17, f. 10, rr), but Heer’s figures, especially his f. 7, appear to
more nearly match ours.

Collected by Mr. Heinrich Ries.

Formation and locality: Cretaceous clay; Northport, Long
Island, "

CreLastTrRus arctica Heer
(PLATE 70, FIGS. 12, 13.)

Celastrus arctica Heer, Fl. Foss. Arct. 7: 40. £2. 62, f. 5d, e.

This species although quite common in the Amboy clays of New
Jersey has not heretofore been reported from Long Island.

Formation and locality: Cretaceous clay; Northport, Long
Island, ,

PALIURUS INTEGRIFOLIUS Hollick
(PLATE 70, FIG. 7.)

Paliurus ane Hollick, Bull. Torrey Club, at: 57. pd.
177, f: 5, 8,

This is eee a small specimen of the species, similar to /.
5 above quoted, from Lloyd’s Neck, Long Island.

Collected by Mr. Heinrich Ries.

Formation and locality: Cretaceous clay; Northport, Long
Island, N. Y

EvucALyPTus (?) ANGUSTIFOLIA Newb.
(PLATE 70, FIGS. 8, 9.)

Leucalyptus (2) angustifolius Newb. (Fl. Amboy Clays)
Monog. U. S. Geol. Surv. 26: 111. pl. 72, f. Z, 6, 7.

Our specimens agree with Newberry’s /. 6 andl f. 7, above quoted,
but not with his f. z, which apparently should not be included in
the same species. It was probably leaves of this species that Ries
mentions as ‘‘referable to Aucalyptus,” in Trans. N. Y. Acad.
Sci. 13: 166, previously quoted.

Formation and locality: Cretaceous clay; Northport, Long
Island, :

( 409 )

III. DESCRIPTIONS OF FOSSIL PLANTS FROM
THE VICINITY OF HEMPSTEAD HARBOR,
OYSTER BAY AND MONTAUK POINT

Marsilea Andersoni sp. nov.
(PLATE 171, FIGS. [-3.)

Organism pane the appearance of an orbicular, peltate leaf,
about 6.5 cm. n diameter, with entire margin and finely flabellate,
obscurely reueulsted (?) nervation.

For some time I was quite uncertain in regard to the probable
botanical affinities of these fragmentary specimens. The most
complete one, represented by Fic. 1, has the general appearance of
having been an entire, peltate leaf, similar to Melumbo or Bra-
senta, but the nervation is of a totally different type. This is
strongly suggestive of the fossil genera Sagenopterts or Alarsz-
Zidium, supposed to be related to A/arszlea, all of which, however,

ave compound leaves. Nevertheless, a comparison with flattened
herbarium specimens of the latter, in which the leaflets are closely
pressed together and more or less folded or overlapped, shows a
striking superficial resemblance to our fossils, as may be seen by
comparing them with PLATE 71, FIGS. 4, 5, 6, which represent leaves
of VWarsilea Holtingiana Schaff., a living species from Mexico.
In these figures the overlapping marginal outlines of the leaflets are
much more distinctly indicated than they actually appear in the
herbarium specimens, in which they are very obscure and are more
or less confused with the nervation.

Iam inclined to think that a fragment similar to our fossils, col-
lected on Chappaquidick Island and identified by me provisionally
as Thinnfeldia variabilis Vel. (Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 2: 403.
pl. 41, f. 12. 1902) may belong to the same species. In this frag-
ment, reproduced in PLATE 71, Fic. 7, the nervation is well defined
and may be seen to be almost exactly that of AZarsdlea, and it is an
interesting coincidence that Dr. Edwin Bayer has referred Zhznn-
feldia variabilis Vel. to the genus Sagenopteris and mentions the
occurrence, in association with it, of the fruit of A/arszlea (Fric
& Bayer, Studien im Gebiete der béhmischen Kreideformation.
Perucer Schichten, 86. 1900).

The specimens were collected by Mr. A. E. Anderson, after
whom the species is named.

Formation and locality: Cretaceous shale; Manhassett Neck,
Long Island, N. Y

( 410 )

PODOZAMITES ANGUSTIFOLIUS (Eichw.) Schimp.
(PLATE 71, Fic. 8.)

Podozamites angusttfolius Schimp. Paléont. Véget. 2: 160.

Zamites angustifolius Eichw. Lethaea Rossica, 2: 39. pl. 2, f 7.

A number of fragments, referred provisionally to the genus Podo-
zamites, have been found on Staten Island, Long Island, Block
Island and Martha’s Vineyard, but this is the only specimen in which
specific identification has been satisfactory. It is not rare in the Cre-
taceous of New Jersey and may be found described and figured by
Newberry in the Flora of the Amboy Clays (7. c. 44. pl. 23, f. 7-4).
’ Formation and locality: Cretaceous shale; Glen Cove, Long
Island, N. Y.

SEQUOIA sp.
(PLATE 72, FIG. 2.)

This specimen is too imperfect for any except generic determina-
tion, although it might be more or less satisfactorily compared with
some one or another of several species, according to the particular
figure selected, as for example, S. swédudata Heer (Fl. Foss. Arct.
3 (Kreide-Fl.): pf. 34, f. za; thid. 0: pl. 77, f. 1), S. Retchen-
éacht (Gein.) Heer (FI. Foss. Arct. 3 (Kreide-Fl.): p/. 72, f.
7a; pl. 20, f. 7a; pl. 22, f. Sf; pl. 36, f. 1-8), S. fastigiata
(Sternb.) Heer (Fl. Foss. Arct. 3 (Kreide-Fl.): A. 27, f. 5, 63
Pl. 38, Ff. 17), S. concinna Heer (FI. Foss. Arct. 7: pl. sz, f. 93
pl. 53, f. 16) or S. condita Lesq. (8th Ann. Rept. U. 5. Geol.
and Geog. Surv. Terr. p/. 4, f. 7).

Of the above species the only one definitely recorded from this
region is S. Retchenbachi, which has been found at Cliffwood and
Woodbridge, New Jersey, and on Staten Island, but no represen-
tative of the genus has heretofore been found on Long Island.

Formation and locality: Cretaceous shale; Glen Cove, Long
Island,

DAMMARA MICROLEPIS Heer.
(PLATE 71, FIGS. 9, 10.)

Dammara microlepis Heer, Fl. Foss. Arct. 6?: 55. pl. 40, f. 5.

Formation and locality: Cretaceous shale; Glen Cove, Long
Island, N.

FRENELOPSIS HOHENEGGERI (Ettingsh.) Schenk?

(PLATE 72, FIG. I.
firenelopsis Hohenegger? Schenk (Foss. Pfl. Wernsdorfer

(411)

Schichten Nordkarpathen), Palaeontog. 19': 13. pi. 4, f. 5-73
pl. 5, f. 1,2; pl. 6, f. 1-6; plo 7, fi

ee floheneggert Ettingsh. (Bette. Fl. Waeldenperiode).
Abh. K.K. Geol. Reichsanstalt, 1°: No. 2. 26. Al. 7, f. 6,7

It would perhaps be safer to merely designate this specimen as a
branch of some coniferous tree, but it certainly resembles this
species as figured by Heer, from Greenland (FI. Foss. Arct. 3
(Kreide-Fl.): 2. 78, f. 6) and by Newberry from New Jersey,
(Fl. Amboy Clays, @. c. pl. 22, f. 4, 5) so closely, that at least a pro-
visional reference seems to be justified. I am inclined to think,
however, that, so far as Newberry’s figures are concerned, these
represent nothing more than defoliated and partly decorticated
branches of Widdringtonites Reichii (Ettingsh.) Heer, as may
be seen by comparing these figures with those of the latter species
as depicted in the Flora of the Amboy Clays on 2/. 8, f. 7 and ¢g.

Formation and eee e ecco shale; Center Island,
Oyster Bay, Long Island,

POACITES sp.
(PLATE 73, FIG. L.)

Fragments of linear, parallel-veined leaves, similar to the one
here figured, occur frequently in the Cretaceous material of Long
Island and specimens may be found figured under the above generic
name in a previous paper (Bull. Torrey Club, 214: 63. f/. 280, f.
2, 12)

Formation and locality: Cretaceous shale; Glen Cove, Long
Island, N.

Quercus Morrisoniana Lesq.
(PLATE 73, FIG. 5.)
Quercus Alorrisoniana Lesq. Cret. and Tert. Fl. go. al. 77, f.

52s
This is the first record of the occurrence of this species on Long
Island, although it has been found in the Cretaceous of Cliffwood,

eee and locality: Cretaceous shale; Center Island,
Oyster Bay, Long Island, N.
Ficus sapindifolia sp. nov.
(PLATE 78, FIG. 5.)

Leaf about 11.5 cm. long, entire, unsymmetrical, curved, lan-
ceolate-falcate in outline, narrowed rather abruptly and unifor mly

(412)

from above the middle upward, curving gradually to the base on
the convex side and more or less abruptly r ounded on the other ;

nearly to the margin, where they curve upward and anastomose

This leaf has some of the characters of #. magnoliaefolia Lesq.
(Cret. & Tert. Fl. 47. p2. 77, f. 5,6) but it is more unsymmetrical
and suggests, in its outline, leaves of Safzxdus. It also has many
points of resemblance to &. Beckwithit Lesq. (Cret. & Tert. FI.
46. pl. 16, f. 5; pl. 17, f- 3, 4) but is broader and with a less
robust midrib. Collected by Mr. A. E. Anderson.

Formation and locality: Cretaceous shale; Manhassett Neck,
Long Island, N. Y

Nelumbo Kempii (Hollick)
(PLATE 74, FIGS. I, 2; 753 76; 77, FIG. I.)
Serenopsts Kempzi Hollick, Bull. Torrey Club, 20: 168. #2.
£49; tbid. 334. pl. 166. 1893.

e first specimens of this species were found about eleven years
ago. They were fragmentary and in their general appearance sug-
gested relationship with the palms, which was indicated in the
generic name adopted. Specimens recently collected however
have demonstrated that this original conclusion was erroneous and
that all should be included under the genus Weluméo. They vary
considerably in size, but all undoubtedly belong to the same species
and with the material now in our possession the following amended
description seems advisable:

Leaves Delate, varyi ng in diameter from 40 cm. or more to

especially towards the center of the leaf, forked towards the mar-
gin and connected by fine, more or less obscure cross nervation.
This species, relatively abundant on Long Island, has not been
found on Staten Island or in New Jersey and its identification as a
species of Weluméo was an interesting surprise. The only other
fossil representative of the genus from eastern North America is
the diminutive VV. prémaeva Berry (Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 3: 75.
2. 43, f. t 1903), from the Cretaceous of Cliffwood, N. J., re-
produced on PLaTE 77, FIG. 3. Heer however has described and
figured a species, under the name Nelumbitum arcticum (F 1. Foss.
Arct. 6: 92. pi. go, f. 6), from the lower Atane beds of Green-

(413 )

land, which, although very fragmentary, may be seen to have a
striking resemblance to ours. For purposes of comparison this
figure is reproduced on PLaTE 77, FIG. 2. These beds belong to
practically the same geologic horizon as our Long Island Cre-
taceous and a number of species are known to be common to both,
so that there is a strong probability that Heer’s Velumbium arctt-
cum may be identical with our WVelumbo Kempiz. In any event
we have in these remains the oldest known record of the genus.

Formation and locality: Cretaceous shale. PLaTE 74, FIG. 2,
from Manhassett Neck, Long Island, N. Y., collected by Mr. A.
E. Anderson; all others from Glen Cove, Long Island, N. Y.

MacGnouia TENUIFOLIA Lesq.?
(PLATE 73, FIG. 2.)

Magnolia tenuifolia Lesq. Am. Jour. Sci. 46: roo. 1868;
Cret. Fl. 92. pl. az, fi z.

On account of the fragmentary nature of this specimen its refer-
ence to the above species is made provisional only. If the midrib
were more robust itwould compare quite satisfactorily with A/agnolza
amplifolia Weer (Kreide-Fl. Moletein, 21. Af. 8, f. z, 2; pl. 9,
f- 1), as there is a slight indication of inequality between the two
sides of our leaf. It is apparently identical with the fragment re-
ferred to AL. tenutfolia by Berry, from the Cretaceous of Cliffwood,
N. J. (Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 3: 77. fl. 47, f. 20) and it also
has a strong resemblance to JZ. pseudo-acuminata Lesq. (Fl. Dak.
Gr. Monog. U. S. Geol. Surv. 17: 199. pl. 2g, f. 2), from
Kansas.

Formation and locality: Cretaceous shale; Sea Cliff, Long
Island, N. Y

Macwnoria Cape.iini Heer.
(PLATE 78, FIG. 3.)

Magnolia Capellint Heer, Phyl. Cret, Néb. 21. pl. 3, f. 5, 6.

This is one of the most clearly defined and abundantly represented
species in the Cretaceous of Long Island, and a fine specimen from
Glen Cove was one of the first found at that locality (Trans.
N. Y. Acad. Sci. 12: 234. pl. 6, f. 6. 1893), but it does not
seem to be common elsewhere in the region. A fragment from
Cliffwood, N. J., has been referred to this species by Berry
(Bull. Torrey Club, 31: 76. pl. 3, f. 3. 1904) and Lesquereux
identified the species in a collection from Sayreville, N. J. (Geol.

(414)

Surv. N. J., Rept. on Clay Deposits, 28-29. 1878), but as he
says : ‘‘these specimens are few and poor, and therefore the deter-
minations are not positively ascertained,” the proofs of its occur-
rence in New Jersey are not satisfactory.

Formation and locality: Cretaceous shale; Center Island, Oyster
Bay, Long Island, N. Y.

SASSAFRAS HASTATUM Newb. ?
(PLATE 79, FIG. 4.)

Sassafras see Newb. (Fl. Amboy Clays) Monog. U. S.
Geol. Surv. 26: 88. pl. 27, f. g-6; pl. 28, f. 1,2; pl. go, f. 4.

This specimen ae be referred to any one of several species of
Aralia or Sassafras from the Cretaceous of this region, but the
remains are too fragmentary for any but provisional determination.
Comparisons may be made with Araka palmata Newb. (FI.
Amboy Clays, 7. ¢. 117. fl. 39, f. 6, 7; pl. go, f. 3) and A.
Grénlandica Heer, as figured by Newberry (Fl. Amboy Clays, Z. ¢.
pl. 28, f. ¢), to both of which species Berry has referred fragmen-
tary specimens from the Cretaceous of Cliffwood, N. J. (Bull. N.
Y. Bot. Gard. 3: Al. 44; pl. 45, f- 4 1903).

I am inclined, however, to regard our specimen as referable to
the species described under the name Sassafras hastatum, as above
quoted; but, without the base of the leaf, any definite conclusion is
impossible.

Formation and locality: Cretaceous shale, Glen Cove, Long
Island, N. Y

Phaseolites Manhassettensis sp. nov.
(PLATE 78, FIGS. I, 2.)

Leaf about 7.5 cm. long, including a petiole of 6 mm., entire,
inequilateral, slightly falcate, one side abruptly rounded an
broadest at the base and curving to the apex, the other broadest at
about the middle and tapering unequally to the base and apex;
midrib slightly flexuous and curved towards the narrow or concave
side of the leaf; secondaries irregularly disposed, diverging from
the midrib at varying, acute pe subparallel, curved upwards
and camptodrome near the margin.

Our specimens are ee at the apex, where they are bent or
folded under, giving the appearance of emargination, as indicated
in the figures, but with this exception they have such a close resem-
blance to Phaseolites formus Lesq. (Fl. Dak. Gr., Monog. U. 5S.

(415 )

Geol. Surv. 17: 147. pl. 55, f- 5, 6, 72) as to indicate at least
generic relationship.

I am also inclined to think that the leaves originally referred by
me to Dalbergia Rinkiana Heer, from Brooklyn and Lloyd’s
Neck (Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 12: 236. Al. 6, f. ¢, 5. 1893)
may properly be included in our new species.

Collected by Mr. A. E. Anderson.

Formation and locality: Cretaceous shale; Manhassett Neck,
Long Island, N. Y.

Sapindus imperfectus sp. nov.
(PLATE 75, FIG. 4.)

Leaf about 9.5 cm. long by 3.5 cm. maximum width, entire,
lanceolate-falcate in outline, eee: broadest considerably

diverging from the midrib at angles of about 45°, those on the curved
side somewhat more acutely, especially the upper ones.

J am of the opmion that this species should also include the leaf
originally referred by me to Sapindus Aforrisont Lesq., from
Glen Cove (Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 12: 235. fl. 6, f. 3. 1893).

Collected by Mr. A. E. Anderson.

Formation and locality: Cretaceous shale; Manhiassett Neck,
Long Island, N. Y.

Z1ZYPHUS ELEGANS Hollick
(PLATE 73, FIG. 4.)
Zizyphus elegans Hollick, Bull. Torrey Club, 21: 58. p/. 777,
SF: 9; 10. 1894.
Formation and locality: Cretaceous shale; Glen Cove, Long
Island, N. Y.
ARALIA CORIACEA Vel.
(PLATE 73, FIG. 3.)
Aralia coriacea Vel. Fl. Bohm. Kreideform. 3: 11 [58]. pd. z
[76], f. 1-9, pl. 2 [27], f. 2
This leaf is well defined aid resembles so closely the shorter
forms of the species, as depicted in f. z above quoted, that there
would seem to be little doubt of the specific identity of the two
specimens.
Formation and locality: Cretaceous shale; Glen Cove, Long
Island, N.

(416 )

ANDROMEDA FLEXUOSA Newb.
(PLATE 79, FIG. 2.)

Andromeda flexuosa Newb. (Fl. Amboy Clays) Monog. U. S.
Geol. Surv. 26: 121. pl. 34, f. 1-5.

Formation and locality: Cretaceous shale; Glen Cove, Long
Island, N. Y

ANDROMEDA LATIFOLIA Newb.
(PLATE 79, FIG. 3.)

Andromeda latifolia Newb. (Fl. Amboy Clays) Monog. U. S.
Geol. Surv. 26: 120. £1. 337, f. 6-10; pl. 34, f. 6-11; pl. 36, f. ZO.

The variety of forms included under this species affords oppor-
tunity for a wide range of reference. Our specimen may be most
satisfactorily compared with Newberry’s p/. 37, f. 8, above quoted.

Formation and locality: Cretaceous shale; Oak Neck, Long
Island, N. Y.

PREMNOPHYLLUM TRIGONUM Vel.
(PLATE 79, FIG. I.)

Premnophyllum trigonum Vel. Fl. Bohm. Kreideform. 3:
4 [st]. pl 3 [48], f 2

Although there can be but little doubt that our specimen is refer-
able to this species the indicated relationship with the genus
Premna must be considered as entirely problematical, especially
in the light of our new material, which apparently represents two
leaflets of a compound, pinnate leaf. Velenovsky subsequently
changed the name to Cissophyllum exulum (Kvét. Cesk. Ceno-
manu, 24. Z/. 6, f. 4, 5), concluding that it was more likely related
to the genus C7zssus. Until, however, we are in a position to deter-
mine the true botanical affinities with reasonable certainty it would
hardly appear advisable to make any change in the original name.

Formation and locality: Cretaceous shale; Glen Cove, Long
Island, N. Y.

Tricalycites major sp. nov.
(PLATE 72, FIGS. 3-7.)

Organism normally consisting of three entire, oblong-spatulate
wings or ‘appendages, tri-palmately arranged and attached to a
common nucleus by their bases, finely and closely striated longi-
tudinally, middle one usually the largest, about 4 cm. long by 1.3
cm. broad.

These well-defined organisms are evidently generically identical

(417)

with those described by Newberry under the name 7yécalycites
papyraceus (Fl. Amboy Clays, 2. c. 132. pl. 46, f. 30-378), and
they merely differ in their larger size. In some specimens, as indi-
cated in FIGS. § and 6, the appendages appear as if confluent at
their bases, which is probably due to overlapping, and doubtless
these specimens, if perfect, would present the appearance of three-
lobed samarae.

It is with some hesitation that I have included Fic. 7 in this
species, for the reason that only two appendages are present,
which are shorter and more coarsely striated than in the other speci-
mens, but it may perhaps be merely an abnormal or defectively
preserved one. It is almost certain that the specimen from the
same locality previously described and figured by me as “ apparently
a winged seed or samara” (Bull. Torrey Club, 21: 62. AZ. 180, f.
ZI. 1894), should be regarded as one of the detached parts of this
species.

Formation and locality: Cretaceous shale; Glen Cove, Long
Island, N. Y

Calycites alatus sp. nov.
(PLATE 72, FIG. 8.)

Organism triangular in outline, consisting of a top-shaped nuc-
leus, to which are attached two entire, broadly spatulate, ecu
nally striated, wing-like appendages, each about 6 mm. long by 5
mm. maximum width.

This little organism may perhaps belong in the genus last
mentioned, and it was in fact originally referred by me to 7récaly-
cites papyraceus Newb. when first discovered (Trans. N. Y.
Acad. Sci. 1§: 6. 1895), but I am now inclined to think that this
reference was not warranted and that it should have a distinctive
name.

ee and locality: Cretaceous shale; Montauk Point, Long

Island, N.
Explanation of Plates 70-79

PLATE 70

Page.

Fics. 1 and 2. Dammara (?) Northportensis sp. nov. 405
FIG. 3. Cisaeat Be sp. nov. 406
FIGs. he and 5. p Newb 406
G. 6. Cocculus ere os nov 407
Fic. 7 Paliurus ¢ Hollick 408
Fics. 8 and 9. & ecalypeus (?) es Newb 408
Fics. lo and 11. Laurus angusta Heer. 408

Fics. 12 and 13. Celastrus arctica Heer 408

(418 )

PLATE 71
Fics. 1-3. Marsilea Andersoni sp. nov.

. Podozamites angustifolius aaa ) Schimp
Fics. gand 10. Dammara microlepis H

PLATE 72

Fic. 1. — Floheneggeri (Ettingsh.) Schenk, ?...... eee

Fic. 2.

egUora
FIGS. 3-7. Tricaiyeiios pekie SP. nov

Fic. 8. Calycites alatus sp. n

PLATE 73
Fic. 1. Poacites

Fic. 2. Magnolia tovifoia Lesq. ?
Fic. 3. Avalia coriacea

es 4. Zizyphus eieeans Hollick
G. 5. Que. FCUS Lesq
LATE 74

Fics. 1 and 2. Nelumbo Kempii (Hollick)

PLATE 75
Nelumbo Kempii (Hollick)

PLATE 76
Nelumbo Kempii (Hollick)

PLATE 77

Fic. 1. Nelumbo Kempti (Hollick)
Fic. 2. Nelumbium arcticun Heer.

Fic. 3. Nelumbo primaeva Berry

PLATE 78

Fics. 1 and 2. Phaseolites Manhassettensis Sp. NOv.

Fic. 5. Ficus sapindifolia sp. nov

PLATE 79

Fic, 1. Premnophyllum ie a Vel
Fic. 2. Andromeda flexuosa New

Fic. 3. Andromeda latifolia Newb
Fic. 4. Sassafras hastatum Newb. ?

Additions to the Flora of Subtropical Florida.
By Joun K. SMALL.

The additions to the flora of the North American mainland
enumerated in this paper were secured for the most part on three
trips of exploration to south Florida, one in the fall of 1903, the
other two in the spring of 1904. With the exception of a single
species from Elliott’s Key, and three species from the vicinity of
Fort Lauderdale, the plants below mentioned came from the ridge

Everglades

Everglades

of coral-sand rock which extends from Miami to Camp Longview
and Camp Jackson. The positions of the localities mentioned under
the several species may be seen on the accompanying map, where
the heavy lines indicate the main routes of exploration.

General reports on the expeditions to the portion of south Florida
under consideration have been published in the /Jourzal of the
New York Botanical Garden, nos. 26, 51, 55 and 56.*

*Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 3: 29-35. F 1902; 5: 49-53. Mr 1904; 5: 129-
136. Jl 1904; 5: 157-164. Au 1904.

(419)

( 420 )

The type-specimens of the species described in this paper, and a
complete set of the specimens secured on the several expeditions,
have been placed in the herbarium of the New York Botanical
Garden.

CyMODOCEA MANATORUM Aschers.

This rare aquatic plant, formerly known mainly from the West
Indies, was collected along the shore near Cape Florida below
Miami, by Dr. M. A. Howe, March 29, 1904 (no. 315).

Stenophyllus Carteri Britton, sp. nov.

Annual, bright green: leaves erect; blades setaceous, ciliate;

rous near the top: bracts of the involucre mo. 3, one of them

numer. us, in a termi compound bel, caainly ae few-
flowered; scales brown fae ciliate-scabrous along the margins:
achenes obovoid, about o. aria depressed at ‘the apex, min-

utely papillose, the he very sma

A characteristic species, related to ee coarctatus (Ell.)
Britton; differing in the ciliate leaf-blades, the ovoid spikelets and
the small achene. The type-specimens were collected in the pine-
lands between Cocoanut Grove and Cutler in November, 1903
(Small & Carter, no. 1263).

TILLANDSIA SUBLAKA Baker
Previously known from several islands of the West Indies, this
species was found in a large hammock east of Fort Lauderdale by
Mr. J. J. Carter and the writer, November 19-25, 1903 (no. 968).
The most closely related species occurring on the North Ameri-
can mainland is 7zlandsia Valenzuelana,

CaTorsis NuUTANS (Sw.) Griseb.

Although this species has already been accredited to the flora of
the continent, the Catopszs formerly known to occur here was C.
Berteroniana and not C. nutans. Catopsis nutans was first col-
lected in Florida by Mr. J. J. Carter and the writer in hammocks
along the homestead trail near Camp Longview, Dade Co., in No-
vember, 1903 (no. 972). In May, 1904, the species was found
on the eastern end of Long Key (mainland), by Mr. Wilson and
the writer, as well as in other hammocks in adjacent Dade Co.

(no. IgII).

(422 )

GuzMANIA MoNosTacHya (L.) Rusby

This plant, heretofore only known from tropical America, was
recently detected in hammocks in the homestead country south of
Miami. During an excursion towards Camp Longview, Noyem-
ber 9-12, 1903, Mr. J. J. Carter and the writer collected specimens
in hammocks along the homestead trail (no. 971). In March,
1904, Dr. Britton visited this region and secured fruiting specimens
similar to those collected the previous fall (no. 257). Last May
on excursions to Long Key (mainland) and Camp Longview, Mr.
Wilson and the writer found the species at many other stations, the
plants being in full bloom (no. 1997).

This bromeliad is by far the most showy member of the group
of air-plants that occurs in the United States. The effect of the
conspicuous inflorescence is augmented by the great profusion in
which the plants occur and by the not uncommon variegation of the
long leaves.

ALETRIS BRACTEATA Northrop

This species, recently described from specimens collected several
years ago in the Bahamas, grows quite abundantly on the prairies or
extensions of the everglades southwest of Cutler. It was first col-
lected in Florida by Mr. J. J. Carter and the writer on an excursion
towards Camp Longview, November 9-12, 1903 (no. 1080), and
was later found in great quantities in the same region and as far
southwest as Long Key (mainland), by Mr. Wilson and the writer
in May, 1904 (nos. 1718 and 1885).

Limodorum pinetorum sp. nov.

Perennial by thick corm-like rootstocks: leaves few, the outer one
or two reduced to sheathing scales, the inner erect; blades narrowly
linear, 0.5-1.5 dm. long: scape 1-2.5 dm. tall: perianth deep rose-
colored: median sepal oblong-lanceolate, 12-14 mm. long, acute;
lateral sepals oblong-ovate, 10.5-11.5 mm. long, acutish: petals
11-12 mm. long, the blade oblong or nearly so: lip 10-11 mm.
long, middle lobe cuneate, 6-8 mm. wide, crested in the middle,
pee gia at the apex and eeu: column-wings half-
orbic

Rel to Limodorum multifiorum, which has broadly ovate
lateral sepals, a proportionately much wider lip with the crest ex-
tending to the margins,and rhombic column-wings. The type-
specimens were collected in the pinelands along the homestead
trail, between Cutler and Camp Longview in May, 1904 (Small
dé: Wilson, no. 1676)

(422)

Quercus Rolfsii sp. nov.

A rigid shrub, or a small tree becoming 7 m. tall, with ascending
branches, the twigs light brown: leaf-blades cuneate in outline,
leathery, 2.5-6 cm. long, mostly 3-lobed at the apex, or sometimes
5-lobed, bright green, glabrous and finely reticulated above, pale
and thinly stellate-pubescent beneath, the lobes mostly blunt and
not bristle-tipped: acorns usually in pairs at the ends of short

about a5 cm. broad, The scales appressed, eae whitish pubes-

A very characteristic species, races on account of the deep
and peculiarly shaped cup of the acorn. In the arrangement of the
oaks adopted in my Flora of the Southeastern United States this
plant would come next to Quercus undulata, from which it differs
in the blunt lobes or teeth of the leaf-blades and the deep cup of
the acorn. The type-specimens were collected in the pinelands
near Ft, Lauderdale, Florida, by Prof. P. H. Rolfs, Mr. J. J. Car-
ter and the writer in November, 1903 (no. 1044).

aa succulenta sp. nov.

A shrub, mostly about . tall, with soft spreading branches,
the twigs gray-black: leaf- Pegs broadly linear to cuneate, fleshy-
leathery, 2-4.5 cm. long, entire or with 3—5 slightly spinescent lobe-
like teeth, smooth and glabrous above, tomentulose beneath: pistil-
late flowers i in elongated peduncled spikes: acorns peduncled; cup
saucer-shaped, 3-4 mm. high, 5-6 mm. broa upper scales
obtuse; nut oblong-conic, 1-1.3 cm. long, only the very base in-
cluded in the cup.

As in the case of Quercus Rolfsiz, this plant is a live-oak. It
is remarkable on account of its fleshy branches and leaves, and the
very small, shallow and thin cup of the acorn. In these particulars
it differs from all other members of the group to which it belongs.
The type-specimens were collected near Ft. Lauderdale, Florida, by
Mr. J. J. Carter and the writer, in November, 1903 (no. 1044).

Phytolacca rigida sp. nov.

erb 1-3 m. tall, or sometimes a tree becoming 6 or 7 m. tall,
the a and branches mostly pena purple: leaf-blades lanceo-

late or oblong-lanceolate, 7-34 cm. long, deep green, acuminate
the apex, narrowed into petiole a bases: panicles SGemeaenly
erect: pedicels 2-5 mm. long, stout and during anthesis slightly

surpassing the subtending bracts, ae en than the diameter of

( 423 )

the perianth: sepals ovate or oblong-ovate, 3 mm. long, apiculate,
or less erose-toothed at the apex: filaments about 2 m

long: berries spheroidal, 10-12 mm. broad, dark purple, the juice
crimson: seeds 3 mm. long

A species with the habit of Phytolacca decandra, from which it
differs in the relatively longer or narrower leaf-blades, the short
pedicels which are much shorter than the diameter of the berries,
and the permanently erect panicles. The type-specimens were
collected in hammocks at Miami, Florida, in May, 1904 (Small &
Welson, no. 1893). Other collections are as follows :

Ft. Myers, A/ztcheock, no. -

Braidentown, Zracy, no. 753

Miami, Small & Carter, no. 664: Britton, no. 467.

St. Augustine, Small & Walson, no. 2010.

DaLBercia AMERIMNUM Benth.

Heretofore a single species of Dalbergia has been known to
occur in Florida, namely D. &castophyllum (L.) Taub. While
collecting near the southern end of Elliott’s Key on April 1, 1904,
Dr. Britton discovered Daléergia Amerimnum Benth. (no. 375).

Aeschynomene pratensis sp. nov.
Annual or perhaps perennial, woody below: stem 1~2 m. tall,
widely and irregularly branched: leaves few and scattered, 4-5
cm. long; leaflets mainly 15~25, the blades narrowly oblong, 5-6

yellow; standard with a suborbicular blade 10 mm. in diameter,
and a short claw; wing-petals 8 mm. long, with a prominent
auricle at the base of the blade; keel- petals 1 more strongly curve

tl

auricle: eae mainly 3-6 cm. long, curved, stipe 10-15 mm. lon
joints typically 7 mm. long, more strongly curved above than

w; the sides strongly rugose at maturity: seeds 5 mm. long.
Related to Aeschynomene sensitiva Sw. of the West Indies, but
readily distinguished by the glabrous calyx, the petals, and the pods,
whose joints are of a very different shape from those of A. sexsdtiva
and have coarsely rugose sides. The type-specimens were col-
lected in the everglades near the Slough between Camp Jackson
and Long Key (mainland) in May, 1904 (Small € Welson, no.
1960). Similar specimens with immature fruit were collected in
the everglades near Paradise Key by Dr. Britton, in March, 1904

(no. 233).

( 424 )

ALVARADOA AMORPHOIDES Liebm.

This tropical American plant was found in Caldwell’s Hammock,
Dade Co., by Dr. Britton and Prof. Rolfs, March 26, 1904 (no.
260). During May of the same year Mr. Wilson and the writer
found it in neighboring hammocks (no. 1708) and on Long Key
(mainland) (no. 1872).

Linum Carteri sp. nov.

Annual, bright green: stem erect, 1-3 dm. tall, simple or some-

late, entire, minutely spine-tipped, sessile: bracts glandular-serru-
late: flowers short-pedicelled: sepals lanceolate or ovate-lanceolate,
acuminate, 4.5-5 mm. long, rather evenly glandular-serrulate, but
the inner rather more finely and regularly so than the outer: corolla
yellow; petals broadly cuneate, 10-12 mm. long, mostly emar-
ginate: filaments glabrous: styles united to near the tips, glabrous:
capsule ovoid, 4 mm. long, blunt, surpassed by the sepals.

A very showy species related to Linum rigidum Pursh, peculiar
in being the only representative of the group to which that species
belongs, known east of the Mississippi River. It may be separated
from Linum rigidum by the smaller sepals with finer and less
prominently glandular teeth and the relatively broader and shorter
capsule. The type-specimens were collected in the pinelands
between Cocoanut Grove and Cutler in November, 1903 (Small &
Carter, no. 758). In March, 1904, Dr. Britton found specimens
in the homestead country beyond Cutler (no. 170), while in May,
1904, Mr. Wilson and the writer discovered it in great abundance
between the last named locality and Camp Longview (no. 1721).

Linum Curtissii sp. nov.

ual, glabrous: stems erect, 2-6.5 dm. tall, corymbosely
hace above, or sometimes simple, ee striate in age: leaves
mainly alternate, ascending or erect: oblong-spatulate or

oblanceolate on the lower part of the oe . linear or nearly so
above, 0.5-1.5 mm. long, acute or acutish or somewhat acuminate,
entire: flowers short-pedicelled: sepals 2-2.8 mm. long, ovate,

mes narrowly so, somewhat acuminate, the outer with few

mm. broad: capsules spheroidal, about 2.5 mm. high, surpassed by
the sepals.

(425 )

A species with the habit of Linum medium (Planch.) Britton,
with which it agrees in many characters. It may readily be dis-
tinguished from L. medium by the ovate and toothed outer sepals;
these in Z. medtum being lanceolate and entire. The type-
specimens were collected near Nassau, N. P., Bahamas, by Mr. A.
H. Curtiss, May, 1903 (no. 207). During the fall of 1903, the
species was discovered in the everglades between Cocoanut Grove
and Cutler, Florida, by Mr. J. J. Carter and the writer (no. 565).
In March, 1904, Dr. Britton collected specimens of this species in
the homestead country below Cutler (no. 180).

Polygala corallicola sp. nov.

Polygala grandifiora leptophylla Chodat, Mem. Soc. Phys.
et Hist. Nat. Genev. 31: 57. 1893; not P. leptophylla Burch.
1822.

Perennial, ney stem simple or sparingly branched at the
base and above, 2-4.5 dm. tall, finely appressed-pubescent: leaves
oak blades Tene typically narrowly so, or filiform-linear, 1-5

. long, acute, glabrous or essentially so at least above the base:
y :

racemes loosely flowered, 1-side pedice 5-2 mm. long
flowers purplish or greenish-purple: outer ce nearly 1.5 mm
long, sparingly glandular-ciliate: wings 3.5-4 mm. long, the blade
suborbicular or orbicular-obovate: keel 4- mm. long, the claw
pubescent at the base: lateral petals with blades ae 1.5 mm.
wide: stamens mostly 8: capsules oblong, 3-3.5 mm. long, notched

at the apex: seeds about 2.5 mm. long, the ee helmet-
like.

Related to Polygala grandifiora Walt., but easily distinguished
by the very narrow leaves, the smaller flowers with the purplish
wings only 3.5-4 mm. long at maturity. The following specimens
collected in Florida belong here:

Miami, Small & Nash, October 27-November 13, 1901; Brzt-
tom, no. 25.

Between Cocoanut Grove and Cutler, Small & Carter, no.

74.

Black Point, Small € Carter, November 13, 1903.

Long Prairie, Dade Co., Britton, no. 190.

Between Homestead and Camp Jackson, Small € Wilson, no.
1666.
Camp Longview, Small & Wilson, no. 1726.

No Name Key, Pollard, Collins & Morris, no. 115.

( 426)

Polygala Carteri sp. nov.

Biennial, dark green, glabrous: stem erect. 1-5.5 dm. tall, sim-
ple or corymbosely branched above, rarely, if ever, tufted: leaves
few, alternate and remote above the basal whorl; blades spatulate,
sometimes broadly so at the base of the stem, a. spatulate
to linear-oblong or nearly linear above, 1-3.5 cm. long, or shorter
near the top of the stem, obtuse or acutish, ae sessile: racemes
ovoid to cylindric, mostly about 1 cm. long during early anthesis,
often oe 2.5-3.5 cm. long: bracts lanceolate, acuminate,
1.5-2 mm. long: pedicels barely 1 mm. long: eae decurrent on

clavate or forked processes: lateral petals nearly oblong, notched
near the apex: style enlarged near the stigma, the incurved append-
age dilated at the apex: capsule nearly 1 mm. broad: seed ovoid,
pubescent, 0.7 mm. long, the caruncle minute or obsolete.

A species related to Polygala Baldwinzi; but distinguished by
its elongated racemes and cuspidate wings. The type-specimens
were collected in the pinelands between Cutler and Black Point,
November, 1903 (Small & Carter, no. 813). The following
specimens also belong to this species:

Camp Jackson, fo/fs, no. 282; Small & Welson, no. 1921.

Between Homestead and Camp Jackson, Small & Walson, no.
1674.

Camp Longview, Small & Wilson, no. 1916.

Cocoanut Grove, Small & Wilson, no. 1926.

Polygala arenicola sp. nov.

Biennial, with a short simple or branching caudex, the short

lanceolate, 1.5-5 cm. long, mostly acute: racemes sessil ar]
$0, I-2.5 cm. long, cylindric: rachis aaa bracts oar cana
olate, acuminate, ultimately deciduous: flowers green a rying

green: sepals decurrent on the pe dic el: wings ie long-
acuminate, 5-6 mm. long, remotely ciliatc- serrulate, the sepals
shorter and relatively broader: keel terminating in 2 blunt pro-
cesses: lateral petals rounded and undulate at the apex: stamens

: style prolonged into an incurved tufted appendage: seed nearly
2 mm. long, the 2 reflexed lobes of the caruncle barely as long as
the seed-body.

This dwarf species is most closely related to Polygala nana
(Michx.) DC. The plants are commonly smaller than those of

( 427 )

P. nana and may be distinguished by the narrow leaf-blades, as
contrasted with the more or less dilated spatulate leaf-blades of
that species, and by the smaller flowers with less attenuate tips of
the sepals. The type-specimens were collected in pinelands be-
tween Cocoanut Grove and Cutler in November, 1903 (Small &
Carter, no. 1276)

pecimens were also collected by Dr. Britton, at Perrine below
Cutler, in March, 1904 (no. 149).

Polygala ioe sp. nov.

Perennial, glabrous, deep green: stems several or many from a
short caudex, eee ee ne decumbent, procumbent or declin-

spatulate, the lower ones often broadly so, the upper narrowly so,
or linear-spatulate, 4-11 mm. long, slender-tipped, sessile: racemes
narrow, elongated and interrupted in age: bracts lanceolate or
linear- uae 1.5-2 mm. long, deciduous: pedicels 0.5-1.5
mm. long: flowers greenish, or pink-tinged: sepals not decurrent
on the ae pale-edged, wings oval, usually acutish, 2.5—-

oS
petals broadly ovate, about 2 mm. lo se: stamens 8: s
at nal incurved appendage and 2 auricles at the base of
the stigma: capsule oblong, 2.5 mm. long: seed about 2 mm.

long, hairy, the reflexed caruncle-lobe barely one half as long as
the seed-body.

A characteristic species related to Polygala BoykinizZ Nutt. but
different in habit and typical condition with very numerous leaves.
The flowers are commonly more numerous and smaller than in P.
Boykinit, while the wings are obovate instead of ovate. The cap-
sules are relatively longer and narrower than in P. Boykinéé and
smaller. The type-specimens were collected in the pinelands, along
the homestead trail near Camp Longview, in November, 1903
(Small & Carter, no. 1078). Other specimens belonging to this
species are as follows:

Black Point, Small & — no. 829.

Gossmans, &rztfoz, no. 169.

Long Key (mainland), Smal & Wrlson, no. 1806.

PEDILANTHUS TITHYMALOIDES (L.) Poit.

This succulent vine, rather common in the West Indies, has be-
come thoroughly established in Brickell Hammock south of Miami.

(428)

Specimens were collected by Mr. Percy Wilson and the writer in
May, 1904 (no. 1912).

Phyllanthus saxicola sp. nov.

Annual, glabrous: stem 0.5-3.5 dm. tall, simple or oa
branched: leaves relatively ne erect or nearly so; blades
leathery cuneate, 5-9 mm. long, obtuse, entire, bright green, short-
petioled: flowers very short=pedicelle ed: calyx of the pistillate
flowers less than 2 mm. wide at m ee lobes obovate: dis
rather angular: capsule spheroidal, barely 2 mm. wide: seeds less
than 1 mm. long, nearly as wide as long, pa ‘lose.

A species related to Phyllanthus Carolinensis, but smaller
throughout. It differs from P. Carolinensis in the small leathery
approximate leaves, the smaller calyx with broader lobes, and the
smaller seeds. The type-specimens were collected on projecting
coral-sand rock in the everglades between Cocoanut Grove and
Cutler, in November, 1903 (Smail & Carter, no. 775).

Croton arenicola sp. nov.

Annual, sometimes partially woody at base: stem 1
tall, simple to the inflorescence or branched at the base, the ake
like the stem stellate-glandular, forking above: leaf- blades thickish,
ovate, varying to oblong-ovate, those of the upper leaves typically
ovate, 1-3 cm. long, coarsely crenate or sometimes crenate-dentate
with few scattered stellate hairs at maturity: petioles 1-4 as long
as the blades, pubescent like the branches: flowers monoecious:
the staminate with dane colare bracts 1-2 mm. long, sepals oval to
oblong, about 2 mm. long: petals oblong to oblanceolate, white,
somewhat larger than the ‘sepals : stamens 9-12, filaments pilose at
the base: pistillate flowers solitary or clustered below the stami-
nate: sepals spatulate, accrescent: petals mainly obsolete: capsules
globose- oval, 4.5-5 mm. long: seeds 3-3.5 mm. long, punctate.

Plants belonging to this species have heretofore been referred to
Croton betulinus Vahl; the most closely related Crofoz occurring
in North America is C. glandulosus septentrionalis, from which
this species may be separated by the typically ovate and crenate
blades of the upper leaves. The type-specimens were collected in
pinelands between Cutler and Black Point, in November, 1903
(Small & Carter, no. 822). Other specimens belonging to this
are:

Cape Florida, Hexderson, early last century; Aridttoz, no. 312.

Miami, Curzzss, no. 5840.

Between Cocoanut Grove and Cutler, Small & Carter, no. 549.

( 429 )

Bull Key, opposite Lemon City, Sizad? & Carter, no. 642.
Along Boca Ratone Lake, Small & Carter, no. 1242.

Stillingia tenuis sp. nov.

A shrub 3-12 dm. tall, with slender virgate stems or branches,
the a Se pically unbranched at the base, the bark ultimately with
many transverse cracks: leaves early deciduous from the lower part

of the stem and the branches, mostly approximate at the tips of the
branches; blades linear or nearly so, commonly narrowly linear,
2-10.5 cm. long, finely, closely a shallowly toothed : staminate

diameter: seeds 4-4.5 mm. long, shallowly rugose

A woody species related to Stillingta aquatica Chapm., from
which it differs in the more slender habit, narrowly linear leaf-
blades, the slender red spikes with small bracts and large glands.
The type-specimens were collected in the everglades between
Homestead and Camp Jackson, in May, 1904 (Small & Wilson,
no. 1580). Other specimens referable to this species are as fol-
lows:

Between Cutler and Camp Longview, Syzall & Carter, nos.
1095, 1297 and 1440.

Chamaesyce hyssopifolia (L.)
Euphorbia hyssopifolia L. Syst. Ed. 10. 1048. 1759.
is well-marked species, ieee collected on some of the
West Indian Islands, was found in the pinelands along the home-
stead trail near Camp Longview . Mr J. J. Carter and the writer,
November, 1903 (no. 859).

Chamaesyce pinetorum sp. nov.

Perennial: plants pubescent with pale or white hairs: stem
branched at the base, the branches ascending, spreading or pros-

m
revolute, paler and less pubescent beneath than above, entire, short-
petioled: involucre broadly campanulate, about 1 mm _ high, copi-
ously hirsute; glands relatively large, on broad stalks, elevated
above the triangular ciliate involucral lobes, the oy eee thick,
very narrow or a mere border, pubescent without: capsules de-

ressed, 2 mm. wide, hirsute: seeds ovoid, 1 mm. long, gray-papil-
lose, triangled, obtuse, the faces cone wrinkl ed.

( 430 )

A characteristic species, among North American forms, nearest
to Chamaesyce deltoidea (Engelm.) Small, but of very different
habit and aspect. The hirsute foliage, the ascending branch-ends
and the pubescent involucres and capsules readily distinguish this
species from C. deltozdea. The type-specimens were collected in
the pinelands near the homestead trail between Cutler and Camp
Longview in November, 1903 (Small & Carter, no. 836). Other
specimens belong here as follows:

Pinelands near Long Prairie, Brztton, no. 192 and 193.

Pinelands between Homestead and Camp Jackson, Small &
Wilson, no. 1665 and 1891.

Pinelands near Camp Longview, Small € Wilson, no. 1733.

Inex Kruerana Loesener
The discovery of this species of Z7ex in Florida adds another tree
to the arboreous flora of North America. The plant was previously
known to occur on the Bahamas, in Haiti and San Domingo. Sev-
eral trees were found in Ross’ Hammock near the homestead trail,
during an excursion to Camp Longview, May 13-16, 1904, by Mr.
Percy Wilson and the writer (no. 1744).

Maneirera Inpica L.

The mango has become established in Florida; it now occurs in
hammocks both on the mainland and on the keys. Specimens
were collected by Mr. J. J. Carter and the writer in hammocks
between Cocoanut Grove and Cutler, November, 1903 (no. 1309).

RHUS LEUCANTHA Jacq.

Specimens agreeing in all details with the original plate of 2.
leucantha were collected in hammocks near the homestead trail
between Cutler and Camp Longview by Mr. J. J. Carter and the
writer in November, 1903 (no. 990), and also in hammocks further
to the southwest by Mr. Percy Wilson and the writer in May, 190
(no. 1738). Although the original country where Rhus leucantha
was found is unknown, taking into consideration the two facts,
namely that the plants in question agree perfectly with the original
plate and that Jacquin figured many other American plants in the
Plantarum Rariorum Horti Caesarei Schoenbrunnensis, we are
safe in referring our specimens to this species. Inthe Prodromus *

* Prodr. 2: 68.

( 431)

De Candolle reduced this species in an indefinite way to a variety
of R. copalliza, while Gray * developed this idea and assigned it a
range from Florida and the West Indies to Texas, but on different
materal than that under consideration. The discovery of this spe-
cies in Florida adds another tree to the flora of the North American
mainland.

AYENIA EUPHRASIAEFOLIA’ Griseb.

This apparently very rare Cuban plant occurs in great abundance
all over the coral-sand rock ridge from Miami southward. Speci-
mens were collected at different points from the northern end of
the ridge to near Long Key (mainland) (nos. 704, 849, 928 and
886).

AMMANNIA LATIFOLIA L,

This West Indian plant may now be included in the flora of the
North American mainland. Specimens were collected several
years ago at Key Largo by Mr. Pollard (no. 183), but distributed
under a different name. In November, 1903, Mr. J. J. Carter
and the writer collected specimens in the everglades between Cutler
and Camp Longview (no. 997), and about Boca Ratone Lake,
below Delray (no. 1053). In March, 1rg04, Dr. Britton found
plants growing at Cape Florida (no. 314).

TETRAZYGIA BICOLOR (Mill.) Cogn.

The discovery of this plant in Florida adds another tree to the
North American mainland flora. This species was first observed in
the pinelands about eight miles southwest of Cutler by Mr. J. J.
Carter and the writer on a trip to Camp Longview, November 9g—
12, 1903 (nos. 994 and 1106). Dr. Britton collected specimens in
the same region in 1904 (no. 217), while Mr. Wilson and the writer
found the species on Long Key (mainland) in May, 1904 (no.
1649), and in hammocks and adjacent pinelands near Camp Long-
view discovered it growing as a tree sometimes 25 or 30 feet tall
(nos. 1696 and 1932).

PASSIFLORA SEXFLORA Juss.
This interesting passion-flower was found in hammocks near
the homestead trail between Cutler and Camp Longview by Mr. J
J. Carter and the writer on an excursion to Camp Longview,

~* Syn. FIN. A. 1: 384.

( 432 )

November 9-12, 1903 (no. 791), and in March, 1904, it was col-
lected by Dr. Britton in the same region (no. 264).:

Gaura simulans sp. nov.

Biennial, pubescent up to the flowers: stem erect, 1-2 dm. tall, the

late, 5.5-6 mm. long, obtuse, glabrous: petals pinkish, 4.5-5 m
long, the blades oval, longer than the claw: style glabrous: fruit
0.5-10 mm. long, glabrous, abruptly narrowed at the base.

A species related to Gaura angustifolia Michx. but readily dis-
tinguished by the glabrous buds and fruit. The fruit, too, is of a
different shape, being relatively much broader and abruptly con-
tracted at the base. The type-specimens were collected in the
pinelands between Cocoanut Grove and Cutler, November, 1903
(Small & Carter, no. 766). Other specimens belonging here are:

Ft. Myers, Aztchcock, no. 123.

Miami, Small € Nash, November, igot.

Virginia Key, Brztton, no 102.

Between Cocoanut Grove and Cutler, Small & Weilson, no. 1591.

Proserpinaca platycarpa sp. nov.

Perennial, glabrous: stem and branches 1-3.5 cm. long, very
leafy: leaf-blades uniform or the lower ones with more prominently
toothed blades than the upper; blades oblong or elliptic, or slightly
broadened upward, 1.5-5.5 cm. long, sharply serrate: sepals nee
or ia deltoid, barely 1 mm. long: hypanthium ridge-w
fruits 4-5 mm. wide, constricted above the middle, the ae thus
ene dilated.

Most nearly related to Proserpinaca palustrés and with the same
habit, differing most markedly in the fruit, which is constricted
under the apex, thus forming abruptly dilated angles. The type-
specimens were collected in the everglades west of Camp Jackson,

y Dr. Britton, in March, 1904 (no. 239). Similar specimens are:

Braidentown, 7racy, no. 7136.

Ft. Myers, Afztchcock, no. 93.

Between Cutler and Camp Longview, Small dé: Carter, no. 1466.

Camp Jackson, Small & Welson, no. 1861.

( 433)

Adelia pinetorum sp. nov.

A shrub 0.5-2 m. tall, with short rigid branches, the bark pale,
the twigs puberulent : leave es numerous; blades mainly linear-spat-

vate to ee ome mm. long, ciliate: aes minute or
-—6 mm.

A species related to the western Adelia angustifolia and with
much the same habit; differing in the less pronounced spatulate
lustrous leaf-blades and the equilateral fruit. The type-specimens
were collected in the pinelands between Homestead and Camp
Jackson by Dr. Britton, March, 1904 (no. 209, fruit), and by Mr.
P. Wilson and the writer, May, 1904 (nos. 1600 and 1883, flower).

Adelia globularis sp. nov.

An intricately branched shrub 1-3 m. tall, the oe mainly
spreading or recurved, pale gray and striate: leaves approximate
during anthesis, remote at maturity; blades ee elliptic or
slightly broadened upward, leathery-fleshy, mainly 1-2 cm. long,
slightly paler beneath than above: flowers few, nearly sessile :
bracts oval to suborbicular, 2-2.5 mm. long, ciliate: sepals minute
or obsolete: drupes globular, 7-9 mm. in diameter, blue: stone
oval, 5.5-6.5 mm. long, longitudinally ribbed.

A species related to Adeléa porulosa, readily separated by the
small thick leaf-blades and the globular fruit. The type-specimens
were collected on sand ridges east of St. Augustine, Florida, by the
writer, November 29, 1903 (fruit), and by Mr. P. Wilson and the
writer, at the same station, May, 1904 (nos. 2013, 2017 and 2034,
flower).

Acuras Sapota L.

As in the case of Mangifera Indica L. the sapodilla-tree has
become naturalized in the hammocks about Miami and Cutler.
Specimens were collected by Mr. J. J. Carter and the writer in
hammocks between Cocoanut Grove and Cutler, in November,
1903, (no. 1310).

Vorria MExIcaNna Griseb.

Recent exploration on the mainland of Florida south of Miami
has shown this species, heretofore known as a member of the North
American flora only from some of the Keys, to be quite common
in many of the dense hammocks. Specimens were collected in

( 434)

hammocks near'the Homestead trail between Cutler and Camp
Longview, by Mr J. J. Carter and the writer, November, 1903
(no. 850), and in the same region by Dr. Britton in March, 1904
(no. 256).

Rhabdadenia corallicola sp. nov.

Stems solitary or several together from an irregular root, woody
at the base, sometimes reclining, 3-11 dm. long, finely pubescent
to the inflorescence, the hair-bases persistent on the old bark: leaves
opposite; blades leathery, oblong or nearly so, 1-3 cm. long, dark
green and lustrous above, pale green beneath, glabrous, revolute,
rounded at the base, short-petioled: flowers peticclled: calyx-lobes
deltoid-ovate, 2-2.5 mm. long, becoming shigntly acuminate, and
with spreading tips: corolla yellow, 2.5-3 cm. long; tube 5-6 mm.
long; throat campanulate; lobes spreading, rounded: follicles 2
together, slender, 8-11 cm. long: seeds 4.5-5 mm. long, narrowed

t the apex.

An erect or reclining vine related to the twining West Indian
Rhabdadenia Sagraei (A. DC.) Muell. Arg.; characterized by
the narrower lustrous leaf-blades merely rounded at the base. The
type-specimens were collected in the pinelands between Cocoanut
Grove and Cutler, in November, 1903 (Small & Carter, no. 714).

Other specimens belonging to this species are:

Between Cutler and Camp Longview, Small & Carter, no. 848.

Between Homestead and Camp Jackson, Small & Wilson, no.
1951.

Long Key (mainland), Small & Wilson, no. 1850.

Perrine, Brztton, no. 277.

IPOMOEA FUCHSIOIDES Griseb.

This exceedingly showy vine is widely distributed in the home-
stead region south of Cutler. It was found in pinelands near Camp
Longview and at Black Point, by Mr J. J. Carter and the writer,
November, 1903 (nos. 788 and 816), and in May, 1904, on Long
Key (mainland) by Mr. P. Wilson and the writer (no. 1971).

IpoMOEA TENUIsSSIMA Choisy
This vine is quite common on the sand rock ridge south of Cocoa-
nut Grove. It was previously known only from Cuba. The first
specimen found in Florida was collected by Mr J. J. Carter and
the writer in the pinelands between Cocoanut Grove and Cutler,
November, 1903 (no. 712). Dr Britton found it south of Cutler

(435)

in March, 1904 (no. 163), while Mr Wilson and the writer found
it growing plentifully still further south in May, 1904 (Nos. 1705,
1834 and 1953).

Jacquemontia reclinata House, sp. nov.

Stem branched at the base or near it, the branches trailing or
prostrate, mostly again ieee) the foliage tomentulose, or the
older leaves becoming glabrate: leaf blades oblong to ovate-orbicu-
lar, 1-3 cm. long, 0.5-2 pee broad, rounded or obtuse at the base,
obtuse or retuse "and mucronate at ‘the apex, more or less densely
tomentulose beneath, less so or glabrate above, the margins appar-

ently never revolute; petioles 2-10 mm. long: peduncles exceed-
ing the subtending petioles but not the blades, 1-5-flowered, the
pedicels about as long as the peduncle: calyx-lobes subequal, ovate,

obtuse, 1.5-z2 mm. long: corolla white, rotate funnelform, 2.5-3
cm. broad, 5-lobed, the lobes broadly ovate, obtuse: capsule glo-
-5 mm. in diameter, 4-seeded, S-valved: seeds minutely
eae with narrowly winged angles
Differs from /Jacguemontia Jemiccuses (Jacq.) Hallier ( Coz-
volvulus Havanensis Griseb.), by its merely reclining stem and
branches, its tomentulose foliage, broad leaf-blades which are not
revolute, smaller calyx with broader and less acute lobes, the shorter
and broader lobes of the corolla which are barely acute, and the
globose capsule. The type-specimens were collected on Bull Key,
opposite Lemon City, in November, 1903 (Small & Carter, no.
. Specimens referable to this species were collected at Palm
Beach, Florida, in April, 1897, by Mr. A. H. Curtiss (no. 5860).

Heliotropium horizontale sp. nov.
Perennial from a stout woody root, forming depressed mats:
stem branched at the base, the branches prostrate, 1-4 cm. long,
commonly branched, Salona leaves numerous, spreading; blades

ellow; tube sparingly pubescent, see fae as the calyx; limb
spreading, 7-9 mm. broad: nutlets 2 mm
A. species related to Heliotropium Se Torr.; but
with radiating prostrate branches, golden yellow corollas, larger
calyx-lobes and larger nutlets. The type-specimens were collected
in the pinelands between Cutler and Camp Longview, in November,
1903 (Small d& Carter, no. 742). Other specimens from the same
region are as follows:

( 436)

Cocoanut Grove, Small & Nash, no. 175.
Between Cocoanut Grove and Cutler, Small & Carter, no. 552.
Between Cutler and Camp Longview, Small & Carter, no.

Between Cocoanut Grove and Cutler, Small & Wrlson, no.

1833.
Lantana depressa sp. nov.
A depressed unarmed shrub, the branches radiating, prostrate,
reddish or purplish, more or less hispid: leaves numerous; blades
tae: :

bracts lanceolate, +5 mm. long, sparingly pubescent: calyx cam-
panulate, 2 mm. long, 2-lobed, the lobes erose: corolla golden

yellow, 9-11 mm. long; tube minutely pubescent, slightly enlarged
near the middle; limb spreading, ee upper lip much broader than
long, the lower lip 3-lobed, the middle lobe reniform:

filaments scarcely as bee as the ace drupes purplish black,
globular-oval, 4-5 mm. long

This characteristic species differs from Lantana Camara L. in
its prostrate unarmed branches and smaller flowers. The type-
specimens were collected in the pinelands between Cocoanut Grove
and Cutler in November, 1903 (Small & Carter, no. 747). Other
specimens from the same region belonging here are:

Cocoanut Grove, Small d& Nash, no. 180.

Gossmans, Srition, no. 156.

Black Point, Small & Wrison, no. 1826.

Verbena maritima sp. nov.

Perennial, sparingly pubescent; stems branched at the base,
the branches decumbent or prostrate, 2-5 dm. long, obtusely 4-
angled: leaf-blades cuneate to orbicular-ovate, 1-4 cm. long,
incisely few-toothed or somewhat lobed, mainly larger than the
petiole-like bases: spikes few, many-flowered : calyx slightly bristly-
pubescent, 9-10.5 mm. long, about twice as long as the bract;
lobes subulate: corolla purplish; tube nearly twice as long as the

without glands in the connective: nutlets about 4 mm. long, ridged
near the base, pitted from below the middle to the apex

A species related to Verbena Tampensis Nash; airing in the
smaller, incisely few-toothed or lobed leaf-blades, the glandular
calyx and the shorter and broader calyx-lobes. The type-specimens
were collected in the pinelands, near Camp Longview, in November,
1903 (Small & Carter, no. 1077). Other specimens collected
south of Miami are as follows:

( 437)

Between Camp Jackson and Long Key (mainland), Britton,
no. 220; Small & Welson, no. 1961
Cape Florida, Britten, no. 206.

Scutellaria longiflora sp. nov.

Perennial, minutely hoary-pubescent: stem usually branched at
the base; the branches erect or nearly so, 1-3 dm. tall, sometimes
sparingly branched above, the hairs ascending : leaf-blades orbic-
ular-ovate to ovate, 3-6 mm. long, obtuse, minutely pubescent on
both sides, those of the lower leaves sometimes shallowly toothed,
those of the upper entire, all short-petioled: pedicels about as long
as the mature calyx, subtended by very small bracts similar to the
ea calyx about 1.5 mm. long during anthesis, becoming 3

. long, the relatively large crest about the middle: corolla deep
phe about 1.5 cm. long; tube gradually from about the middle to

broadly and shallowly 3-lobed: nutlets slightly over 1 mm. long,
shallowly papillose.

A species related to Scutellaria Havanensts Jacq., differing in its
erect stem, copiously pubescent and thick leaf-blades, and shaggy
pubescent corolla. The type-specimens were collected in the pine-
lands near Camp Longview in November, 1903 (Small & Carter,
no. 1094). Specimens belonging to this species have been collected
both on the mainland and in the Bahamas, viz. :

Eleuthera, Bahamas, Cofer, no. 388.

Between Homestead and Camp Jackson, Florida, Small &
Carter, no. 1670.

Ruellia succulenta sp. nov.

Stems solitary or slightly tufted, 1.5-5 dm. tall, succulent,
mainly simple, sometimes with few erect or Secrl erect branches,
purplish or greenish purple minutely and inconspicuously pu-
berulent, the internodes long, those on the lower part of the stem
very long, the nodes somewhat enlarged: leaves ee en
ee fleshy; blades narrowly oblong to ane » 2-5-4.

long, purplish or greenis pee narrowed into short pee like
bases: calyx about 1.5 cm. long; lobes ities sparingly
ciliate: corolla purplish blue, about 4 cm. long; finel y pubescent,
the funnelform throat about as long as the tube; ie 4.5 ¢

so, abruptly contracted into the stipe-like base which is not mani-
fest beyond the calyx-tube, about as long as the calyx-lobes

A characteristic species, growing scattered or in eslones with
stiffly erect simple or nearly simple succulent more or less fistulose

(438 )

stems, thus differing from Auella parviflora (Nees) Britton, with
its firm diffusely branched hispid or hispidulous stems, The type-
specimens were collected in the everglades between Cutler and
Camp Longview in November, 1903 (Small & Carter, no. 1241,
flowers, and no. 12714, fruit). It was also found at Black Point
(Small & Carter, no. 1101).

Ernodea angusta sp. nov.

A spreading or prostrate shrub, the branches sometimes elongated,
clothed with a gray bark: leaves numerous; blades leathery, linear
or nearly so, 2-4 cm. long, acute, oo aan eee —

nearly sessile: sepals linear-lanceolate, 2.5-3
nearly half as long as the corolla- tube: ae Shitah: nike slighth;

long; lobes linear or nearly so, about 5 mm. long: filaments as
long as the corolla-tube: drupes oval, 5-6 mm. long.

uite common on the coral-sand rock, related to Aruodea ltt.
toralts Sw.; differing in the narrow leaf-blades and smaller flowers.
The type-specimens were collected in the pinelands between Cutler
and Camp Longview in November, 1903 (Small & Carter, no.
870). Specimens similar to the originals were found in the home-
stead region by Dr. Britton in March, 1904 (no. 191).

CAYAPONIA RACEMOSA (Sw.) Cogn.

This member of the West Indian flora was first found in Florida
in hammocks along the homestead trail between Cutler and Camp
Longview by Mr. J. J. Carter and the writer, November, 1903
(no. 792). It was again collected by Mr. P. Wilson and the writer
in the same region, May, 1904 (no. 1593).

WILLUGHBAEYA CORDIFOLIA (L.) Kuntze

This twiner, common throughout the West Indies, was found in
dense hammocks near the homestead trail between Cutler and Camp
Longview, by Mr. J. J. Carter and the writer, November, 1903
(no. 989).

Baccuaris pioica Vahl.

This well-marked species of Baccharzs was first found in Florida
by Dr. Britton on rocks in the hammock south of Miami in March,
1904 (no. 72). It was later, May 1904, collected in the same
hammock by Mr. P. Wilson and the writer (no. 1651).

( 439)

Melanthera ligulata sp. nov.

Perennial, often luxuriant: stem commonly branched at the base

peduncled: involucres partly foliaceous, the outer bracts surpassing
the disk, linear-lanceolate, a mm. long, finely pubescent; the
inner bracts lanceolate, 8-1o mm. long, acuminate: bractlets linear-
nen 5-5-6.5 mm. long, pubescent at the tip: corollas 5-6
ong; lobes ovate: achenes not see

ns species related to felanthera te Benth., but readily
separated by the peculiarly elongated leaves and the foliaceous
involucre with its long and acuminate bracts. The type-specimens
were collected in the pinelands below Ft. Lauderdale, by Mr. P.
Wilson and the writer, in May, 1904 (no. 1775).

Carduus vittatus sp. nov.

Perennial, the pea often branched: stem 4-7 dm. tall,
simple, ridged in age: leaves mainly basal; blades elongated:
linear, mostly 1-3 dm. ne acute, spinescent-ciliate
margins, thinly floccose on each surface; stem-leaves few, re ee

ect or ascending ; blades shorter than those of the basal leaves,
more coarsely spinescent-ciliate, clasping at the base: involucre sub-

nearly 3c igh; bracts acuminate, ciliate, the outer lanceolate,
the inner ones linear-lanceolate or nearly linear, rue est the
spine-armed outer bracts: anthers twice as long as the free portion

of the filaments: achenes 3-3.5 mm. long, glabrous, eee pappus
white, the bristles plumose.

A small species related to Carduus pinetorum Small; differing
in the narrow elongated blades of the basal leaves which are not
pinnatifid, the campanulate involucres and the throat of the corolla
which is scarcely half as long as the lobes. The type-specimens
were collected in the everglades west of Camp Jackson in May,
1904 (Small & Wilson, no. 1874). Other specimens belonging
here are:

Between Cutler and Camp Longview, Small & Carter, no. 1087.

Near Camp Longview, Small & Wilson, no. 1794.

CHAPTALIA LEIOCARPA (Griseb.) Britton
This, the second species of Chaptalza for the North American
flora, was discovered in the everglades near the homestead trail

( 440 )

between Cutler and Camp Longview, by Mr. J. J. Carter and the
writer, November, 1903 (no. 1107).

Sacusia BAHAMENsIS Urban

This recently described species, originally from the Bahamas,
occurs quite plentifully in the pinelands from several miles below
Cutler to Camp Jackson on the southern end of the sandrock ridge.
It was first found in the homestead country by Dr. Britton in March,
1904 (no. 159). Later, May, 1904, it was collected in the same
region and much further southward by Mr. P. Wilson and the writer
(nos. 1722, 1881, and 1917).

Contributions to the Flora of the Bahama Islands. — I.
By N. L. BRIrron.

It is proposed to present in this paper and others which will
follow it, records of the occurrence of rare or otherwise interesting
plants of the Bahama Islands, looking forward to the publication of
a flora of that archipelago, to be prepared in coéperation with Dr.
C. F. Millspaugh, of the Field Columbian Museum. An extensive
system of exploration of the Islands has been planned and partially
carried out.

CoccoTHRINAX JUCUNDA Sargent.

Common in sandy soil on New Providence ( Curtiss, 02; or-
throp, 284; Britton & Brace, 297, 747). Also on South Bimini
(Milispaugh, 2357); Little Inagua (Wash & Taylor, 1247).
TInopes PaLtmettTo (Walt.) O. F. Cook.

Identical with the Florida tree. Common in moist or wet soil
on New Providence.

TILLANDSIA POLYSTACHYA L.

Frequent on trees in coppice land on New Providence (Brztton
& Brace, 357, 574).

TILLANDSIA CIRCINATA Schlecht.

On trees in coppice south of Fox Hills, New Providence (Brztion
& Brace, 542); Salt Pond Hill, Inagua (Mash & Taylor, 939).
Previously found by Eggers on Fortune Island (#ggers, 3855).
TILLANDSIA USNEOIDES L.

Uncommon in the Bahamas. On trees, Maidenhead Coppice,
New Providence (&rztton & Brace, 238); James Hill, Inagua
(Nash & Taylor, 1179).

Aramosco ROSEA (Lindl.) Greene.

Abundant on roadsides near Nassau (&ritton & Brace, 415).
Evidently escaped from cultivation.

PHORADENDRON SPATHULIFOLIUM (Griseb.) Krug & Urban.

Occasional on Swietenta Mahagoni in the coppices on New
Providence (Coker, 303; Britton @ Brace, &32). Also found
by Zggers on Fortune Island, and abundantly by Mask ¢&

441

( 442)

Taylor on Inagua. Phoradendron rubrum (L.) Krug & Urban,
based on Catesby’s Alate 82, has S. Mahagon# for its host, but the
figure represents a plant with long-petioled leaves: nothing just
like it has come from the Bahamas recently, and I suspect it to
really be the same as P. spathulifolium, badly illustrated.

According to Mr. Brace’s observations this species occurs only
on mahogany on New Providence.

SCHOEPFIA OBOVATA Wright.

Frequent in the coppice lands of New Providence, a bush up to
2m. in height (Brace, 724; Northrop, 71; Curtiss, 82; Britton
& Brace, 207, 325).

AMARANTHUS CRASSIPES Schlecht.
Waste grounds, Ft. Charlotte, New Providence (@ritton &
Brace, 778).

ALTERNANTHERA MARITIMA St. Hil.

On the sea beach, Southwest Bay, New Providence, forming
runners 3 meters long (&rztton & Brace, 478); Little Mangrove
Cay, Andros (Coker, 296); South Bimini (A@dspaugh, 23753,
2410).

ANONA GLABRA L,

Common along marshes and in sink-holes on New Providence
(Britton & Brace, 302, 384). The species is based on Catesby’s
plate 64, which is apparently erroneous in representing the leaves
cuneately narrowed at the base.

Coronopus pipymus (L.) J. E. Smith.
Cultivated ground near Nassau (Britton & Brace, 790).

PROSOPIS JULIFLORA (Sw.) DC.
Mathew Town, Inagua, probably introduced (ask & Taylor,
1065).

ACACIA ACUIFERA Benth.

Frequent on ‘ white land” on Inagua (Mask & Taylor, 1347,
1350,1420). Thesameas Brace, go and 459, from Fortune Island;
called Rosewood on Inagua. The trunk and main branches are
armed with stout stiff clustered spines 5-8 cm. long.
Pithecolobium flavovirens sp. nov.

A glabrous shrub, about 3 m. high, the branches stout. Petioles
slender, grooved on the upper side, 3 cm. long or less; petiolules

( 443 )

3-6 mm. long, each bearing 2 sessile leaflets; leaflets obliquely
ovate to obovate, firm in pa 2.5-4 cm. long, 3.5 cm. wide or
less, obtuse or emarginate, not mucronate, the upper surface bright

racemose, evidently numerous, the fruiting aden! I-1.5 cm.
long; legume twice curved,g cm. long or less, 1 cm. wide, narrowed
at the base, blunt at the apex, its margins slightly Sead: seeds
Seon. black, shining, 7 mm

Sheep Key, Inagua (ash & Taylor, ay

Cassta CARIBAEA Northrop.

This species, hitherto known only from Andros, occurs in the
coppice along Soldiers’ Road, New Providence (Aritton & Brace,
678).

Cassia Inaguensis sp. nov.
= much branched shrub, 6-12 dm. high, the twigs pubescent.
ts I or 2 pairs s, glabrous, coriaceous ‘rigid, shining, oblong to
cee es strongly ‘and nely m ay ares , emarginate or rounded

at the apex, narrowed but not cun at the base, more or less in-
equilateral, 1.5-3 cm ; vide ; eee 2-6 mm. long,

lanceolate-subulate, 2-4 mm. long, pubescent, ae ate flowers
solitary in the axils, numerous, “the filiform sparingly pubescent
es 2-3. cm. long; sepals t th
obliquely lanceolate, acuminate, 1 cm. long or less; petals golden
yellow, about 1.5 cm. long; young legume densely pubescent.

Inagua (Wash & Taylor, gro, type; £262).

Apparently nearest to C. déxeata Sw
Cassia ASPERA Muhl.

Apparently identical with the Florida plant, though reported by
Dolley as C. glandulosa L.; common in pine and palmetto lands
on New Providence (@race 428, 433; Britton, 28; Britton &
Brace, 427); Eleuthera (Coker, 02).

MEIBOMIA TORTUOSA (Sw.) Kuntze.
Grantstown (Brace, 779); along path, Waterloo, New Provi-
dence (Britton & Brace, 723). Apparently introduced.

Bursera Inaguensis sp. nov.
shrub or small tree, 3.3 m. high or less, the twigs grays the
ee glabrous. Petiole slender, — ete, 2-5 cm. long; lea 3-4,
hin but firm, light green both aides, not strongly veined, ata °
ne or obovate, acute or obtuse t the mucronate apex,
narrowed or cuneate at the base, 6 cm. ion or less, 1-2 cm. wide,

(444)

the upper surface faintly shining, the under side dull ; ee leaflets
with

sessile or with petiolules 1-2 mm. long, the ter minal 0 a
petiolule 3-8 mm. long; panicles several, poarch as ines as the
leaves or shorter, the slender peduncles 1-6 ¢ . long; pedicels 2~3

mm. long; calyx-teeth broadly triangular, ae ” petals oblong-
lanceolate, acute, 2.5 mm. yong 5 fruit 6-8 mm. long, only one
cavity seed-bearing; seed 4-6 mm. long, acute, short-stipitate.

Moujean Harbor, Little Inagua, Oct. 20, 1904 (Nash & Taylor,
i190, type; 1204, 1205); abundant on Inagua (Wash & Taylor,
1279, vee 4393). Erroneously referred by Hitchcock in Ann.
Rep . Bot. Gard. 4:69, to Bursera angustata Griseb., of
Cuba.
DrRYPETES DIVERSIFOLIA Krug & Urban, Bot. Jahrb. 15: 353.

1893.

Drypetes Keyensis Krug & Urban, loc. czt. 354. 1893

These names turn out to belong to the same species, and dzversz-
folia has precedence. The type locality of this is Hog Island, off
New Providence (Aggers, g125), where it is abundant, and it is
seen in all the coppice area of New Providence, sometimes reaching
a height of 15 m., with a trunk up to 4 dm. in diameter (Britton &
Brace, 348, 662, 808, 859). Its bright white ripe oval fruits,
which are 2 or 3 cm. long, are very conspicuous; when young they
are oval or oblong and finely pubescent. The leaves of seedlings
are always spiny-toothed, and those of D. Keyenszs are identical ;
they are well shown in Szmfson’s 2zz from Bahia Honda, Florida,
and I observed them on Sand’s Key, Florida. It was such leaves
that induced Professor Urban to propose the name dversifolia ;
at the time the species was described he had seen neither flowers
nor fruit of it. What appears to be the same species occurs on
Inagua, with falcate leaves (Vash & Taylor, 965, 7328).
ACALYPHA SETOSA A. Rich.

New Providence (race, 267).
ACALYPHA OSTRY4FOLIA Ridd.

New Providence (Brace, 385), probably introduced from the
southern United States.
Bonamia Cupana A. Rich.

New Providence (Brace, 241, 340); Cat Island ( Coker, 428).
GyMINDA LATIFOLIA (Sw.) Urban [G. Grzsedachié Sargent].

Frequent on Inagua (Mash & Taylor, 987, 889, 1061, 1283),
shrubby or forming a tree, 3.3 m. high; also at Clarence Harbor,

( 445)

Long Island (Coker, 50z). Not yet found in the northern Ba-
mas.
CaSSINE ATTENUATA (Rich.) Kuntze.

A single tree, about 5 m. high, occurs on the south shore of Lake
Cunningham, from which fruiting specimens were obtained ( Brzt-
ton & Brace, 626). Also found between Camfield Bay and Cab-
bage Pond, Inagua (Wash d& Taylor, 1306). The specimens
seem to be inseparable specifically from Wrigh?’s Cuban numbers,
7144 and 2206 (Elaeocarpum xylocarpum attenuatum (Rich.)
Urban), though the leaves are more strongly revolute-margined.
Prof. Urban has founded the subspecies &. xylocarfum Baha-
mense (Symb. Ant. 5: 88) on Eggers, 387¢, from Fortune Island,
but I have not seen this specimen; from his description I think it
likely to be the same as the Lake Cunningham plant.

ALLOPHYLUS cominia (Sw.) Radlk.

Frequent in the coppice at Waterloo, New Providence (Britton
& Brace, 715).

DoponaEA EHRENBERGI Schlecht. (2. viscosa obovata Hitchc,
Rep. Mo. Bot. Gard. 4: 73. 1893)

Common on the Bahamas: Inagua (Wash & Taylor, 955, 1032,

1035, 1107, 1421); Rum Cay (Coker, 444); Cat Island (Aivtch-
cock) ; New Providence ( Curtiss); Abaco ( Coker, 567). Distinct
from D. viscosa by its small spatulate to obovate leaves, and the
small fruit. The type locality of this species is Santo Domingo.
Reynosia NorTHROPIANA Urban, Symb. Ant. 3: 315.

Sandy coppice near Old Fort, New Providence (&rctton &
Brace, 708). Known hitherto only from Red Bays, Andros, and
described from flowering specimens. As seen by us it becomes a
tree 5 m. high, the mature leaves thick, 5-6 cm. long and 1.5-2.5
cm. broad, finely reticulate-veined, nearly all of them emarginate;
the fruit is oval, 1 cm. long, 8 mm. in diameter, the flesh thin;
fruiting pedicels 5-6 mm. long.

Sarcomphalus Taylori sp. nov.

labrous, densely branched shrub, 1 m. high or less, some of
the branches long and prostrate, the bark gray, the twigs green,
angled, unarmed, or occasionally with a spine 1-2 cm. long in the
upper axils. Leaves alternate, obovate, bright green on both sides,
but a little paler beneath than aboves 1.5-2.5 cm. long, 2 cm. wide
or less, emarginate or rounded at apex, narrowed at the base,
3-nerved just above the base, the ae elevated on the upper surface,

(446 )

and impressed in the lower; petioles 2 mm. long; flowers in small
clusters at the ends of the branches, green, glabrous, 3 mm. broad,
on Leah 2 mm. ee calyx campanulate, 5-lobe , the lobes

slightly le styles.

Inagua, on Salt Pond Hill (Wash & Taylor, 962, type); Mou-
jean Harbor, Little Inagua (Wash & Taylor, 1799).

Corcuorus oLitorius L.

Waste and cultivated soilon New Providence; naturalized (Brace,
127, 202; Britton & Brace, 632).

Sipa suPina L’Her.

Waste grounds, New Providence (Britton & Brace, 659).
SIDA sPINOsA L.

Waste grounds, common on New Providence. WNaturalized from
the United States.

PARITIUM TILIACEUM (L.) Juss.

Borders of swamp near Old Fort, New Providence, the only
locality for this species observed on that island (&rzttoxn & Brace,
710); known also from Andros (Northrop, 564).

IsNARDIA NATANS (EIl.) Small.

Frequent in wet sink holes and on borders of marshes, New
Providence (Ziggers, 2339; Britton & Brace, 200). This appears
to me as probably distinct from /. repens i ), DC., though the
two are united by Grisebach in Fl. Br. W. I
EUGENIA FILIFORMIS Macf.

In the coppice at Waterloo, New Providence (&ritton &
Brace, 762). Growing with £. confusa DC., and quite distinct
from it, the narrowly lanceolate, very long-acuminate leaves being
characteristic. Apparently identical with Jamaica specimens.
EuGENIA RHOMBEA (Berg.) Kr. & Urb

Frequent in scrub lands on Inagua (Nash & Taylor, 886, 948,
1429).

Opuntia Nashii sp. nov.

Tree-like, dull green. Main axis round, 1-4 m. high, 5-12
cm. in diameter, spiny; branches flat or becoming round below,
the principal ones continuous, 1 m. 1 or m or

° ore, 6 cm. wide
less, crenate, blunt; lateral branches opposite or alternate, oblong
to linear-oblong, often 3 dm. long, and 8 cm. wide, only about 6
mm. thick, blunt, crenate; areoles 1-3 cm. apart, slightly elevated ;

(447 )

spines mostly 5 at each areole (2-5), divergent, slender, straight,
light gray, pungent, pe longer 3-5 cm. long; glochides very small,
brownish; ovary 3 cm. long, 1.5 cm. thick, somewhat clavate,
tubercled, the ede: bearing areoles and spines similar to those
of the joints, but the spines somewhat shorter; flowers 1
broad when expanded, red; petals broadly oval to obovate, biane,
about 8 mm. long, much longer than the stamens.

Inagua (ash & Taylor, 1063). Apparently to be referred to
the section Cruciformes, asa relative of O. sfzxostssima Mill., the
type locality of which is Jamaica.

PLATYCARPA Small, Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 3: 432.

Infresh water marshes and sink holes, New Providence ( Curtiss,

i44; Britton & Brace, 515). The same as the plant of southern
Florida.

HypRocoTyYLe spicaTa Lam
Among grass, edge of a garden, near Nassau (Lritton &
Brace, 792).

Bumelia loranthifolia (Pierre) Britton.

Bumelia retusa loranthifolia Pierre; Pierre & Urban, Symb.
Ant. 5: 145. 1904.

I take this up as specifically distinct from the Jamaican B. retusa
Sw. It is very abundant on New Providence, the type locality
(Zggers, 4228; Curtiss, 85; Coker, 20,156; Brace, 715; PBrit-
ton, 44, 88; Britton & Brace, 283, 290, 315,351, 538), and is
known also from several of the other islands. Its leaves vary
greatly in size on individual bushes from 2 cm. to 4 cm. long, and
from obovate-cuneate to nearly orbicular. Its fruit is jet black,
shining, oblong to globose, 12 mm. long or less; the pedicels are
not more than twice as long as the lowers; flowers white, fragrant.

Bumelia Bahamensis sp. nov.

A. shrub with slender puberulous twigs, related to &. loranthi-
folta, Leaves spatulate-oblanceolate, coriaceous, revolute-mar-
gined, 8 cm. long or less, 1.5-2.5 cm. wide, rounded at the apex,
narrowly cuneate at the Pe. dull green and plabrous above, densely
brown-tomentulose beneath, rather strongly pinnately veined, the
veins ascending at a narrow angle; petioles stout, 5 mm. long or

furaceous, stout, 8-ro mm. long, three times as long as the calyx.
Coastal thicket, Delaport, New Providence (Brittoz d& Brace,
295).

( 448 )

aecinen parse sp.

Sim oS. eae (L.) Torr., of the Atlantic Coast
States aa ieee confused with it, but more slender than that spe-
cies and with smaller white flowers. Plant 4 dm. high or less, the
upper leaves narrowly linear, 1-3 cm. oe about 1 mm. wide, the
lower spatulate, acute, 4 cm. long or less, 2-5 mm. wide, the basal
ones spatulate to orbicular; calyx-lobes narrowly linear, less than

long, tipped by the short style; stigmas narrowly spatulate.

New Providence, in brackish marshes (Arztton, 58, type;
Cooper, 53; Curtiss, 200; Coker, 74; Britton & Brace, 575);
Andros (Northrop, 464) ; Cat Island ( Coker, 432).

Plumiera Inaguensis sp. nov.

A glabrous tree, 5 m. high or less. Leaves obovate, rather thin,
the blade 6-10 cm. long, 4-6 cm. wide, emarginate or rounded at
the apex, narrowed or cuneate at the base, dark green and ona
above, bright green and dull beneath, the numerous veins diverging

the upper surface, elevated beneath; petioles stout, 1-2 cm. long;
peduncle stout, 4-10 cm. long; cyme compound, 8 cm. broad or

calyx short-campanulate, slightly 5-lobed, the lobes broad, rounded ;
corolla white, its tube slender, about 1 cm. long, its 5 lobes narrowly
obovate, rounded or slightly anne somewhat longer than the
tube; stamens about one-third the len ngth of the corolla-tube; fol-
licles linear, terete, 9 cm. long, 8 1 mm. in diameter

Salt Pond Hill, Inagua (Mesh & Taylor, o6o, — ; abundant
on Inagua, being represented by nos. rz82 and z¢3o of the same
collectors.

BRACEA gen. nov. (APOCYNACEAE)
hrub, with thick oblanceolate or oblong petioled leaves.

a
gradually dilated above, about as long as the 5 Opal, ovate lobes.
Stamens 5, borne near the base of the corolla-tube; filaments short;
anthers sagittate, hairy on the back. Follicles long-linear, slightly
torulose. eeds comose.
In honor of L. J. K. Brace, a diligent collector of the Bahamian
ora.

Bracea Bahamensis sp. nov.
ut rm. high, with grayish brown branches leafy only near
the ends, the young twigs pubescent. Leaves firm in texture,

( 449 )

aire margined, oblong-oblanceolate, obtuse or slightly emarginate
the apex, narrowed at the base, 4-10 cm. long, 1-2.5 cm. wide,

prominently reticulated beneath; petioles 4-7 mm. long; flowers

throat, pubescent outside, smooth within, about 2 cm. broad;
follicles 15 cm. long or less, 2mm. thick, pubescent, striate, pendent.

Frequent in low coppices on New Providence (Aritton & Brace,
526, type; Coker, ee Brace, 404; Britton, 80; Curtiss, 137);
Andros (Northrop, 53

Perhaps congeneric ce Wright, 399, from Monte Verde, San-
tiago, Cuba, which has been referred by various writers to Echites,
Rhabdadenia, Angadenia and Mandevilla, but probably belongs
to none of these genera; I do not know its fruit.

PHILIBERTELLA CLAUSA (Jacq.) Vail.

Abundant along the borders of swamps at Southwest Bay and
near Old Fort, New Providence (Britton & Brace, 482, 770).
This vine climbs on trees to a height of 10 meters and is very con-
spicuous when in bloom, its abundant white flowers giving it the
distant effect of a Clematzs.

CaLONYCTION ACULEATUM (L.) House.

A recent inquiry relative to the distribution of the Moon Vine in
the British West Indies (Agricultural News, 3: 151) may be
answered in part by stating that it is not uncommon on walls
about Nassau, New Providence (Sritton d& Brace, 698). Pere
Duss notes on the label of his ¢28 from Martinique that it is rare
on that island. The species is very abundant in Cuba and in tropical

lorida.

CALONYCTION ALBUM (L.) House.

This related species occurs on South Cat Cay (Afillspaugh,
2¢16); on Sheep Cay, Inagua (Mash & Taylor, 1156), and on
Rum Cay (Coker, 445); it is frequent on the keys of Florida.
Ipomoga speciosa Walt. (/. sagittata Cav.).

In wet sand, back of Southside Beach, New Providence, forming
runners 5 m. long (Britton & Brace, 393); Nassau ( Coker, 549).
Evolvulus squamosus sp. nov.

An intricately branched erect shrub, 3 dm. high or less, the
slender terete twigs densely appressed-pubescent. Leaves scattered,
reduced to mere lanceolate-acuminate scales, 2 mm. long or less, ap-
pressed-pubescent; flowers solitary in the upper axils, on appressed-

(450 )

pubescent pedicels, which are about as long as the calyx; calyx-
lobes ovate, acute, appressed-pubescent, one-half as long as the
white corolla, or less; corolla about 6 mm. broad, slightly 5-lobed,
the broad lobes a little emarginate; stamens a little shorter than the
corolla, their filaments filiform, their anthers oval, short; ovary
densely pubescent, oblong; styles 2, 2-cleft to about the middle.

New Providence, Bahamas (Curééss, 297, type; Britton, 73;
Britton & Brace, 843); Andros (Northrop, 607).

Related to 2. arbuscula Poir., originally from Santo Domingo,
but with much smaller leaves and a different calyx and corolla.
arbuscula is represented in our collections by a Santo Domingo
specimen collected by Bertero, and so determined by Choisy; by
Eggers, 3823, from Fortune Island; Coker, 336, from Eleuthera,
and by three specimens from Inagua, which differ slightly from the
others in being less pubescent and with somewhat longer and
narrower leaves (Vash & Taylor, 972, 1117 and 117
Lippia STOECHADIFOLIA (L.) H.B.K.

Borders of swamps, Clifton, New Providence (Britton & Brace,
745); Arthurs Town, Cat Island ( Cofer, 430).

LipriA REPTANS H.B.K.

Lower Savannah near Blakeville, Inagua (Vash & Taylor, 71312).

Lantana Bahamensis sp. nov.

Similar to Z. crocea of Jamaica, and hitherto confused with it.
Shrub 1 m. high or less, with slender striate branches oT are

smooth or sometimes bear minute prickles less than o.5 mm. long,
the twigs minutely Dele leaves thin, oblong-lanceolate, ae
ing from acute to nt at the apex, more or less narrowed at t

base, and somewhat aecabient on the petiole, minutely short- noe
cent on both sides, or becoming glabrous above, closely crenate, the
primary veins rather conspicuous on the under side; es 5 cm.
long or less, 1.5—-2 cm. wide; petioles very slender, 2 cm. long or

equal; corolla bright yellow, its tube slender, pubescent, enlarged
above, about & mm. long, its limb about 4 mm. wide, irregularly
lobed ; fruit globose, black, shining, about 3 mm. in diamet ter.

Abundant in the coppices on New Providence (Britton & Brace,
174, type; 328; Curtiss, 109; Coker, 126); Andros (Northrop,
5OZ).

Seats Bahamense Millsp., sp. nov
e 4-6 m. hi igh, branches terete, deguuly grooved. Leaves
Fe anne with various apices, some acute, others blunt, onsen.

(451)

or emarginate on the same branchlet, smooth and shining above
puberulent and reticulate-veined beneath ; inflorescence of axillary
racemes, the flowers sessile or nearly so, the bracts minute, acumi-
nate; calyx glabrous, long-campanulate, the border either truncate,
slightly denticulate or variously lobed in the same raceme, about half
the length of the corolla; corolla glabrous exteriorly, hairy in the
tube and throat, the lobes small, orbicular, constricted at the base;
pyrenae 4 x 6 mm., dark slate color, crateriform, the apex erose.

Leaves 7-10 cm. x 2-4 cm.; racemes 6-9 cm. long; flowers 1
cm. long.

Type from a coppice on Farringdon Road (Lritton & Brace,
233); coastal coppice at South West Bay, New Providence (Britéon
& Brace, 499).

Lycium spathulifolium sp. nov.

A glabrous shrub, 1.3 m. high or less, with long slender one
branches, some of the twigs tipped by spines 2-4 mm. long, t
bark gray. Leaves 2-4 toge ether at the nodal cushions, or soli-

few, solitary; peduncle filiform, 5 mm. long, gradually thickened
above; calyx campanulate, 2-2.5 mm. long, somewhat scurfy, its
teeth broadly ovate, obtuse, whitish-lanate; corolla funnelform,
aie its tube +53 mm. long, its 4 oblong obtusish lobes two thirds
s long as the t
In coppice, Used Savannah, Inagua (Wash & Taylor, 1322).

PHYSALIS BarBADENSsIS Jacq.
Waste ground, Ft. Charlotte, New Providence (@ritton & Brace,
777)-

RUELLIA TUBEROSA L.

Wet ground, Lake Cunningham (Britton & Brace, 633). Not
reported from the Bahamas by Lindau in his monograph of West
Indian Acanthaceae (Urban, Symb. Ant. 2: 191).

Psychotria Bahamensis Millsp., sp. nov.

Shrubby, glabrous. Leaves thin, lanceolate to oblanceolate,
broadest at or above ‘the middle, narrowed to a point at the apex
and to the petiole, slightly pilose beneath, especially along the mid-
rib; stipules large, or rbicular, dimidiate-sheathing, apiculate; in-
flore escence paniculate, 4-chotomous, exceeded by the leaves;
pedicels blepharose at the axils; calyx shallow-cupuliform, hairy-
fringed above, with 5 short, deltoid, hairy teeth; corolla-tube gla-
brous without, bearded in a ring at the insertions of the filaments
within, lobes 5, elliptic, acute, “strongly deflexed, nearly as long

( 452)

as the tube; fruit ellipsoidal; pyrenae plano-convex, 5 x 4 mm.,
5-ridged, the ridges flattened, equidistant; albumen flat at nee com-
missure.

Leaves light green beneath, dark above, 8-12 x 2-4 cm., the
main veins brick red beneath; near P. unxdata Jacq., from which it
differs especially in the hairy calyx, the hairyness of the midveins
beneath, the stipules, and the pyrenae. Type from a coppice on the
Farringdon Road, Nassau, New Providence, Bahamas, Aug. 24,
1904 (Britton & Brace, 206); same locality (Brétton & Brace,
208); coppice at Winton (Aritton & Brace, 662); pine ie
Blue Hill Road (@rztton, 17) ; and Nassau, March 2, 1903 (#. S$
Flarle, 43, 52).

Scolosanthus Bahamensis sp. nov.

An intricately branched, somewhat resinous shrub, 8 din. high or
less, with gray-brown bark, the young twigs greenish, densely
papillose, 4-angled, armed with slender, scattered, pungent, peel

1 cm. long or less. Leaves opposite or fascicled, 2-
long, thick, papillose, ovate to elliptic, revolute-margined, oases
very short-petioled, dark green above, paler beneath; flowers not
seen; fruits solitary, ablone to globose, white, soft, 2-4 mm. long.

Occasional in the coppices on New Providence (Britton &
Brace, from coppice along Village Road, 3767, type; coppice,
Coker, 138); Fresh Creek, Andros (orthrop, 646).

In Mem. Torrey Club, 12: 67, Mrs. Northrop has given a de-
scription of this interesting species, not named there, however.

ERITHALIS ODORIFERA Jacq.

Common in coppices on New Providence, and distinct from the
more abundant ££. fruticosa L., being much taller, the corolla
twice as large as in that species, the fruit and persistent calyx-limb
larger (Britton, 147; Coker, 43; Britton & Brace, 234, 580,
605).

GaLiuM HISPIDULUM Michx.

Pine lands, occasional on New Providence (race, 330; Britton
& Brace, 429); Abaco (Coker, 563); Andros (Northrop, 523,
reported as Galium hypocarpium Endl., which is Jamaican, in-
habiting high mountain woods). The Bahama plant is identical
with that of the southeastern states.

Iva IMBRICATA Walt.
Frequent on sandy beaches in the Bahamas. New Providence

( 453 )

(Britton & Brace, 305) ; Andros (Northrop, 716) ; Inagua (Nash
&é sles laed, 040).

LIA Michx.

Edges of swamps near Nassau, locally abundant (ritton &
Brace, 772). Differs from most, or perhaps all, Florida specimens
in the broader leaves, the lower ones sharply 3-lobed near the apex,
and in the relatively more acute (even acuminate) bracts of the
pistillate involucre.

Sacusia BaHuaMeEnsis Urban.
This recently described species is abundant in pine lands on New
Providence.

Pectis Lesstneu Fernald (?. Zixéfolia Less., not L.).

Common in open places on New Providence (Brttox & Brace,
193).
PEcTis LINIFOLIA L. (P. punctata Jacq.).

Inagua (ash & Taylor, 7397); Little ae (Nash & Taylor,
1219). 9)
Thymopsis Brittonii Greenman, sp.

A low herbaceous perennial : aie several from a common base,
erect or ascending, slender, 4-10 c ength, puberulent. Leaves

to a short ae sparingly puberulent a a sedivee dark green

obtusely carinate-concave ciliolate green bracts; corollas all tubular
and externally somewhat Sena ae of the 3, outer or pistillate
flowers about 1 mm. lon m diameter, shorter than the
style, ee 4-dentate, ce of the 2 (3) inner or perfect flowers
r.5 mm. long with the tube expanded above and distinctly 4- ieee
ae a minutely fringed crown much shorter than the corolla;
mature achenes about 1.5 mm. long, striate, glabrous.4

Moist palmetto lands, Tea House, New Providence (Brztton &
Brace, 595; hb. Gr. and hb. N. Y. Bot.

The only other species of this genus nee at the present time is
T. Wrightti Benth., from which the one here described differs in
being slightly puberulent instead of hirsute-hispid throughout, in
having about 5 flowers instead of 10 in the head, and in having
somewhat shorter achenes. The plant was received for examina-
tion through the kindness of Prof. N. L. Britton.

S

INDEX

{Names of genera in italic.]

Abies, 250, 292

Abietites, 59

Acacia,

Acalypha,

feeaereae 207, 208, 214, 216, 2
cer, 82

cichras,
Additions e the Flora of Subtrop-
Florida,

Pee to he rusty of

e Cretaceous ie tion
Long Island, 4

Adelia, 433

pau 423

Agathis,

Alshemil 396

Aletris, 421

Ww

‘Migrinamia, 123, 124
Allium,

Allophylus, 445
Alsomitra, 374, 376, 391
Altamiranoa, 31-33
Alternanthera, 442

Andreaea, 1

nnual Members, for 1903, 272
Annual Reports: see Reports.
Anoectangium, 127
Anona, 442
ennaria, 302, 395
Antennularia, 302

A piosporium,

Apodanthera, 323, 324, 342, 348, 355,
385-387,

Aralia, 51-54, 89-96, 102, 103, 414,
415, 41

pmane >

Araucaria,

pone - 1 50, 61, 63

Arboretum, 187, 248

Ardisia,
pees 50, 66, 67, 102
Arte =

ie on 3, 306
Asterina, weg 303, 310, 311
44

Ayenia, 431

Baccharis, 206, 205, 438, 453

Bahama Islands, Flora of the, 441

Baieropsis, 101

Balsamorrhiza, 292

Banksia, 51, 52, 75

Banksites, 75

Barbula, 120-122

Bauhinia, §

abe te 332, 358, 359, 4
Berry, E. W. The Flora oe

(Cross-

Matawan Formation

olivian Mosses, 104
Bonamtia,

444
Botanical Contributions, 1, 2&9
Botrychiunt, 201
Boundary Borders, 188

ee ee 54, 65, 406, 417
Brasen 6, 409

(455)

(456)

Bridges, 177
Britton, N. L. Contributions to the
Flora of the Bahama Islands—

» 441
Report of the Secretary and Di-
rector-in-Chief, for 1903, 175
pio A L., and Rose, J.N. New
oteworthy North Ameri-

Bryonopsis, 325, 330, 331, 344, 3
349, ae 376, 377, 386, 387, 399
Budale eya,
Buildings, oe 256
Buildings and Grounds.
the Superintendent,
256

Report of
for 1903,

Bulliarda, 1, 2
Bumelia, 447
Bursera, 443, 444

Callipeltis, 315
ato

Campylopus, 108-111

Canna, 379

Carduus, 43

Care of the Grounds, 184, 260
Carpolithes, 100

Carpolithus, _ 00-102

Celastrophyllum, 51, 53, 71, 84, 85,
102, 40
Celastrus, 53, 84, 408, 417

, 312
Chamaecrista, 304
Chamaecyparis, 250
Chamaesyce, 420, 430

Chaptalia, 439
Chondrites, 50, 51, 100
Chrysoblastella, 121

Cissites, 53, 69, , 90, 04, 96
Cissophyllum, 4 6

Cissus, 91, 416

Citharexylon, 450

Citrullus, 324, 331, 332, 360, 363,

ee a 377, 378, 385, 401
Cladiu
Clementi 3
Cleom
ens ee 333, 368, 373, 374, 376,
378, 385

Coccoloba, 401, 302
Cc

3
Committee on Patrons, Fellows and
Members. dain for ea ee
Comparative Embry of
Cucurbitaceae, a5
Compound aves, Dimensional
Relations of ae Members of,

Contothyrium, 29
Conservatories, 182, ni 256
Contributions, ar
Contributions ae oes of the
ahama ae 441
Convolvulus, 435
Corchorus, 446
Cordierites, 290
Cordyceps, 203
oronopus, 442
Cortinarius, 299
Cotyledon, 3, 5-7, 9-13, 15, 16, 18,
20-24, 26-29, 31-36
Courantia, 10, 11
F. Report of the Treas-
urer, = 1903, 284
Crassula,
einen New or Noteworthy
North American, 1

(457)

Formation on

Cretaceous Lon
pies aged of the, es

Island,

Crossopeta 06

Gresik ‘Clays, Flora of, 45

Croton

aa iernt 56, 59

Cryptoporus, 205

Cucumis, 318-320, 324, 325, 332, 353,
354, 372, 373, 377, 378, 381, 382,
386-389, 400

Cucurbita, 317, 319-322, 325, 326,
ae 332, 363-365, 371, he 378,

8 » 393;
Cocinbtacea Cape a
the, 313
Sr tee 63, 64
Cunninghamites, 50, 51,
102
Cupressus, 250
Curator of the Economic Collec-

60, 63, 64,

. Report, for 1903, 207

Cyathicula, 290

Cycadeospermum, 100

Cyclanthera, 325, 335, ie 370, 373,
375, 376, 378, 386, 4!

Pee, 207

oce (a)

Cyperus, 305

Dalbergia, 53, 415, 423

Dammara, 50, 52, 61-63, 67, 102, 405,
0, 417, 418

Dammarites, 63, 67

D

aphne,

Daphnophyllum, 80

Dasyscypha, 2

Datisca, 296

Delphinium, 293

peace 203

ons of Fossil Plants from

he Vicinity of Hempstead Har-
bor, a Bay and Montauk

Poi
eee - 51, 98, 99, 103
Dialytrichia, 121

Diatrype, 2
Diatrypella, 311
Dicksonia, 40
Dicraualia: 106, 107

0
Dimensional Relations of the Mem-
b ompound Leaves, 134
Dimerosporium, 310

Diplodia, 294-296
Director of the Laboratories. Re-

Directors -in-Chief. Report, for 1903,
175

Distichium, 105

Ditrichum, 105

259
Dryophyllum, 72
Drypetes, 444
Dudleya, 12-28

F. S. sas eye Studies,
New Spe oO est-
American Fungi, “8 ; 2. New
Tropical Fungi, Mostly from
Porto Rico, 301

Ecballiuin, 321, 322, 326, 380, 396

peace ele a 15, 18, 20, 21, 23,

Earle,
II.

27,
Eshinastrods 406
Echttes, 449
Eisen Collections. Report of
the Curator, for 1903, 21
Economic Museum, 209, 218
Elaeocarpum, 445
GEE 205
pa of the Cucurbitaceae,

Entoloma, 208

Ernodea, 438

(458 )

a 51, 52, 62, 68, 87, 88,
290, 300, 405, 408, 417

Evolvulus, 449, 450
Exchanges, 207, 231
Expenditures during 1903, 262
Exploration, 193

Fellows, 269

Fevillea, 323, 324, 327-331, 336, 370,
372-374, 376, 377, 381, 383, 391,
98

3
Ficus, 51, 52, 73, 74, 80, 94, 102, 103,
18

race 112, 113

Flora of the Bahama Islands, 441

Flora of the Matawan Formation
(Crosswicks Clays), 45

Flora of the Northport Clays, 404

Flora of Subtropical Florida, 419

Florida, Flora of Subtropical, 419

Fomes, 205
Fossil Flora of the Northport Clays,
Oo

Fossil Plant Museum, 212

Fossil Plants from the Vicinity of
Hempstead Harbor, Oyster Bay,
and Montauk Point, 409

Asada, 260

Fraxinus, 297

Frenclopdis, 410, 418

Fruticetum, 186, 248

Funaria, 133

Fungi, New Species of West-Amer-

ican, 2!
Fungi, New Tropical, 301

Galium, 315, 317, 387, 452
Garrya, 291

Geinitzia, 50, 51, 56-50
Gibberidea, 29

Grading, 178, 258

Greunopsis, ae
Grima, 124-12!

Groesbeck, W. si Schedule of Ex-
penditures, under Appropria-
tions made by the Board of

Managers, for 1903, 2
Gunnera, 397
Guzmania, 421
Gyminda, 444
Gyroweisia, 117

Hamamelites, 69
ade 37, 38
d Gardener. Report, for 1903,

Hedera, 53, 91, 94

ie 435

pstead Harbor,

ig 409

Heracleum, 296

Heo aoa fe 247

Herbaria, 190, 214, 25

Herbarium. eee the Curator,
for 1903, 207

Herminium, 3160

Hollick, A. Additions to the Pa-
laeobotany of the Cretaceous
Formation on Long Island, No.

Fossil Plants

, 403
A olomitrium, 108

Hyophila, 118

Icacorea, 98
Ilex, 53, 73, 430
Indusiella, 124
Inga, 302

Inodes, 441
Investigations, 196, 224
Ipomoea, 434, 449

Iris, 318, 303

Isnardia, 446

Iva, 452

Jacquemontia, 435
Jacquinia, 98

(459)

Juglans, 53, 100

Juniperus, 250, 405

Kirkwood, J. E. The Comparative
Embryology of the Cucurbita-
ceae, 313

Kretsschmaria, 311

Laboratories, 19

Laboratories. Rsk of the Direc-
tor, for 1903, 221

Lachnum, 289, 290

Lagenaria, 320, 325, see 356, 357,

359, 372, 377, 378, 4

Lamium, 336

Lamproca nice: 100

Lantana, 311, 436, 450

Laurophyllum, 51, 73, 80, 88, 102,
103, 40

Laurus, 50, 51, 68, 78-80, 97, 102,
103, 405, 408, 417

Leaves, rane Relations of
the Members of Compound, 134
tures, .

Leguminosites, 68

Lembosia, 301, 302

Lemna, 392

Leptodactylon, 205

Leptodontium, 118

ee hae a
uC

Leucobryui

Leucojum, o.

Libocedru

Librarian SS for 1903, 22
Library, 1

188, 2
Life Members, 2.
Limodorum, 421
Ve 425

Lippi
oe 04

89
t of Annual Members, for 1903,

272
List of Exchanges, for 1003, 231
List of Fellows, 269

List of Life Members, 270

List of Patrons, 2

List of eta for 1903, 224
Locellina,

Long cick Palaeobotany of the

3775
ie 136-138, I4I, 149-151, 154-
157, 159-169, 172-174
Lycium, 451
Lysichiton, 393

MacDougal, D. T. Report of the
Director of the Laboratories, for
1903, 221

Macromitrium, 130-13

Magnolia, 51, 76, ise 102, 103, 413,
18

4

Mandevilla, 449

Mangifera, 308, 430, 433

Manhattan Railway Company, Ap-
proach to the Bronx Park Sta-
tion of the, 183

Marsilidium, 409

Matawan Formation (Crosswicks
Clays), Flora of the, 45

Meibonita,

5 443
Aelanomma, 291
Melanthera, 439

oo 303-309

» 320
ees 292
ia, 324, 320, 340, 371,
377, 378, ae 399
Members, 2
Menispermites 53, 69

373,

Meramek ae 333, 334, 3606, 367,
375, 378, 402
Pr 31
Moenckemeyera, 113
Mollisia, 290

( 460)

Momordica, 318, 320, 324, 325, 331,
349, 350, 371, 377, 380, 396, 400
Montauk Point, Fossil Plants from,

409
Moriconia, 50, 51, 54, 65, 102
Morphological Garden, 247
Mosses, Bolivian, 104

a,

usa, 302
Museum Building, 182, 256
Museums, 190, 2
Museums. _Bevon of the Curator,

for 1903,
ae es 289
Mycosphaerella, 292
Myosurus, 395
Myrica, 52, 68, 80
Myrsine, 52, 53, 97, 98, 103, 405
Myrtophyllum, 87

ahaa 61

Nas V. Report of the Head
Cae for 1903, 245

Native Plants, pe of, 206

Nelumbium, 76, 412, 413,

aaa Es 75, 76, 102, os 412,

New or pc aor ie Amer-
C

ungi, 2
New eed Fungi, mostly from

Porto Rico, 301
N Ane 15
North oe ae New

N rthy.
a Chys Fossil Flora of
the,
Notethy — American Cras-
sulace

e,
Nace eB, 253

Ochrobryum, 111
Octoblepharuin, 112
8.

Ophioglossum, 53
Opuntia, 446

Oreowetsia, 108

Orobus, 31

Orthotrichum, 128-130

Osmunda, 40

Oxypolis,

Oyster Bay, aa Plants from, 409

Pachyphytum, 11

Paeonia, 3

Palaeobotany

ormation on Long Island, 403

sha 51, 86, 405, 407, 408, 417

Parttiur

ee ee
151, 152, 154-159,
I

of the Cretaceous

130-140, 143-145,
161, 163, 173,

Passiflora, 431

Peperomia, 393, 305
20

Phys 45
Physcomitrium, 133
Phyteuma,

53
Plant Picture Collection, 208
eel 81

Pleospor
Plotbrightia. 201
Plumiera, 448

(461 )

Poacites, 100, 418

5
Porto Rico, New eee from, 301
Power House, 183, 2

remna, 416
aa 416, 418
Preserv of Native Plants, 206

tel Houses, 183, 253, 257
Proserpinaca, 432, 447

Prosopis, 442

Proteoides, 50, 74, 103, 405
Protophyllum, 69

Protoplatanus, 81

Prunus, 97

Public Lectures, 193
4.

Pyropolyporus, 205
Pyrus, 379

Quarry, 260
Quercus, 70-72, 85, 102,
418, 422

103, 411,
Report of the Committee on Pa-
trons, Fellows, and Members,

for 1903, 269

Report of the Curator of the Eco-

seums and Herbarium, for 1903,

Report of the Director he the Labo-
ratories, for 1903,
a of the Head a for
I 45

?

— of the Librarian, for 1903,

rene of the Scientific Directors,
for 1903, 267
Report of the Secretary and Direc-

1903, 256
— Of the Treasurer, for 1903,

Re meee spa 203
Retinispora, 250

Reynosia, ve
Rhabdadenia, 434, 449

and Britton, N.

New or Noteworthy North
merican Crassulaceae,

Ruellia, 437, 438, 45%

Rusby, H. H. Report of the Cura-
tor of the Economic Collections,

903, 218
Ryuchospora, 304

Sabbatia, 448
Sachsia

5
Cee 50~52, 82-84, 102, 412, 415,

Sarcomphalus, 445
Sassafras, 50, 51, 81, 82, 91, 94, 95,
418

’

( 462 )

Saururus, 395
Schedule of Expenditures during

1903, 262

Schilling, F. A. Report of the Su-

perintendent of Buildings and
ds, for 1903, 256

Schlotheimia, 132, I

Schoepfia, 442

Scholarships, 2

eee Directors.

3, 207

Cees oy

Scolosanthus, 452

Scutellaria, 437

Scutiger, 205

Secretary. Report, for 1903, 175

Sedella, 45

Sedites, 56

dum, 3, 5, 7, 28-33, 36-45

Senecio, 336

Sequoia, 49, 51-53, 56-61, 64, 102,
410, 418

Serenopsis, 52, .

Sewerage, 180,

Sicyos, 313, ee » 325, 326, 333-
335, 365; she a 375, 376, 378,
381, 382, 4

Sida, 303, 310, we

Silene, 2

Silphium, 315, 3

Small, J. K. Additions to the
Flora of Subtropical Florida,

Report, for

419
een of the Curator of th
Museum and Herbarium, for
1903, 207
Solidago, 396
alias 315, 392, 393
90

DH

parg
Specular
S Ri ae 122

Stable, 183, 2
Stenophyllus, 420
Sterculia, 52, 54, 88-92, 95, 102

Strobilites, Lor

Students Engaged in Research, 1903,

224

Stylophyllum, 33-37

Superintendent of Buildings and
rounds. Report, for 1903, 256

Swrietenia, 441, 442

Symphyium, 336

Syiovadon. 114, II5

Systematic Museum, 211

Taxus, 249, 250

Tetrazygia, 4

i ta 70
Tillaea, 1
Tillacastrum, I, 2

Report, for 1903, 284
Trematodon, 105

Tricalycites, 52, ee
Tricarpellites

Bis er aeiens 331, 347, 349,
372, ve 387, 399
Trichostomusn, 118,

on
Ss)

384
136-138, I4t, 146-148,
151, 153, 156, 158, 161-163, 173
Tropaeolum, 31
Tropical — New, 301
Tryblidium,
Tsuga, 250
Tubsria, 300
Typha, 385

Ullmannia, 58

( 463 )

Underwood, L. M. Report of the
Scientific Directors, for 1903,
26

7
Urbinia, 11, 12

Vagnera, 292
A. Mz — of the Libra-

Voyria, 433

Water Supply, 181, 259

IVeisia, 116, 11
West-American Fungi, New Species

of, 289
Widdringtonites, 53, 411
Williams, R. S. Bolivian Mosses,

Part I, 104
Wilkamsonia, 405
IVillughbaeya, 306, 438

Yucca, 294

Zamites, 410
Zanonia, 374, 391
Zeleny, C. The Dimensional! Rela-
tions of the Members of Com-
pound Leaves, 134
Zizyphus, 86, 415, 418
Zygodon, 127, 128

Vor. Il. Pr. 58.

Buti. N. Y. Bor. Garp.

on aS rt 4
<Y y
19 SEAT

va
bases ‘s
e

1-17. FEVILLEA CORDIFOLIA.

Buti. N. Y. Bor. Garp. Vor. III. Pu. 59.

18-24. FEVILLEA CORDIFOLIA. 25-33. MELOTHRIA PENDULA.

Buti. N. Y. Bor. Garp. Vot. III. Pu. 60

Neu

34. MELOTHRIA PENDULA. 35-43a. APODANTHERA UNDULATA.
44-49. BRYONOPSIS LACINIOSA,

Buti. N. Y. Bor. Garp. Vou. IIT. Pu. 61.

ia ee
MLSE Re FESO

s ae

50-51. BRYONOPSIS LACINIOSA. 52-62. TRICHOSANTHES ANGUINA.
63-65. MOMORDICA CHARANTIA.

Buti. N. Y. Bor. Garp. Vor, III. Pu. 62.

66-71. MOMORDICA CHARANTIA. 72-73. LUFFA ACUTANGULA.

Vo. Il. Pr. 63.

Buti. N. Y. Bor. Garp.

74-81, LUFFA ACUTANGULA. 82-91. CUCUMIS MYRIOCARPUS.

N. Y. Bor. Garp. Vo. IIT. Pr, 64.

BULt.

~ — i e oy

ee Na rae

pac

94-107. LAGENARIA LAGENARIA.

92-93, CUCUMIS MYRIOCARPUS.

Vou. IIT. Pe. 65.

N. Y. Bor. Garp.

Butu.

117-123. CITRULLUS CITRULLUS.

108-116. BENINCASA HISPIDA.

Vou. ITY. Pu. 66.

BuLL. N. Y. Bor. Garp.

127-135. CUCURBITA PEPO.

124-126 CITRULLUS CITRULLUS.

But. N. Y. Bor. Garp. Vou. IIT. Pu. 67.

136-138. CUCURBITA PEPO. 139-140. COCCINIA CORDIFOLIA.
141-147. SICYOS ANGULATA.

Buti. N. Y¥. Bot. Garn. Vot. IIS. Pr. 68.

148-149; 152-155. MICRAMPELIS LOBATA. 160-166. CYCLANTHERA EXPLODENS.

VoL. III. Pi. 69.

Rut.. N. Y. Bot. Garp.

ok

SEAS eapor
ep,

PRE

EN
\ fs

ane

10-151; 156-159 MICRAMPELIS LOBATA.

Buii. N. Y. Bor. Garp.

Vot. Til. Pr. 7o.

LONG ISLAND CRETACEOUS FLORA.

Buty. N.Y. Bor. Garp. Vou, LI. Pr. 71.

Uj

EG \ CRS
Fi \
Ziyi
ii

i { HY il

l

LONG ISLAND CRETACEOUS FLORA.

Buti. N. Y. Bor. Garp. Vor. III. Px. 74.

LONG ISLAND CRETACEOUS FLORA.

Bui. N.Y. Bor. Garp. Vor. LI. Pu. 75.
»

LONG ISLAND CRETACEOUS FLORA.

Buti. N. Y. Bor. Garp. Vor. IIL. Pr. 76.

LONG ISLAND CRETACEOUS FLORA.

Butt. N. Y. Bot. Garn. Vou II]. Pu. 77.

LONG ISLAND CRETACEOUS FLORA.

Buti. N. Y. Bor. Garp. Vou. IIL. Pi. 78.

LONG ISLAND CRETACEOUS FLORA.

BuLL. N. Y. Bot. Garp. VoL. III. PL. 79.

LONG ISLAND CRETACEOUS FLORA.

PUBLICATIONS

The New York Botanical Garden

_ Journal o the New York Botanical Garden, monthly, illustrated, con-
taining notes, news and non-technical articles of general interest. Free to all m

bers of the Garden. To others, Io a copy; $1.00 a year. ay ofered in
exchange.] Vol. 1, ico, viii 4 213 Vol. II, 1901, viii 204 pp. Vol. IIT,
1902, vill-+ 244 pp. Vol. IV, 1903, Mii iif 238 pp. Vol. V, 1904, eee pp.

Bull of the New York Botanical Garden, containing the annual whe
of the Ditesoria Chief and other official documents, and technical articles embody:
the results of investigations carried out in the Garden. Tice to all members of the
Garden ; to others, $3.00 per volume. Vol. I, Nos. I-5, 449 pp., 3 maps, and 12
plates, 1896-1900. Vol. II, Nos. 6-8, 518 pp., . La 1901-1903. Vol, III,
No. 9, 174 pp., 15 plates, 1903 ; No. 10, 114 pp., 1903.

emoirs of the New Pair aera pict Price to ae of the

Garden, ae co per volume. 8, £2. [Not offered in exchan:
An Annotated ee of Get Flora of ‘Monten na the Wellowston
the An a ment

and critical discussion of the Pteridophytes and eee , the ae with
notes from the author’s field book and including descriptions of 163 new species.
ix + 492 pp. Roy. 8vo, with detailed map

Vol. Il. The Influence of Light and Darkness upon Growth and Development,
by Dr. D. T. MacDougal, assistant director. An account of the author’s extensive
researches together with a general consideration of the relation of light to plants.
The ean Ga aa features are illustrated. xvi-+ 320 pp. Roy. 8vo,
with 176 figu

Contributions from the ey. York Botanical Garden. A series of tech-
nical papers quite Py students or members of the staff, and reprinted from journals
sas than above. Price, 25 aes each. $5.00 per volume.

Vol. I. Inclusive “of Nos. 1-25, vi+ 400 pp. 35 figures in the text and 34
plates. .
Vol. II. Nos. 26-50, vi-+ 340 pp. 55 figures in the text and 18 plates.

RECENT NUMBERS 25 CENTS EACH.
No. 58. Relationship of A/acrophomia and Difledia, by Miss J. T, Emerson.
No. 59. Studies on the Rocky Mountain flora—XTJI, by Dr. P. A. Rydberg.
No. 60. The Polyporaceae of North America, IX, /onotes, Sesia, and monotypic
genera, by Dr. W. A. Murrill.
No. 61. On Pisonia obtusata and its allies, by Dr. N. L. Britton.
No, 62. Studies on the Rocky Mountain flora—XIII, by Dr. P. A. Rydberg.
All subscriptions and remittances should be sent to
New YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN

BRONX PARK, NEW YORK City

Members of the Corporation,

Pror. N. L. Britton,
Hon. ADDISON Brown,
Wm. L. Brown,
ANDREW CARNEGIE,
Pror. Cuas, F, CHANDLER,
Wo. G. CHOATE,

Hon. Epwarp Cooper,
CuHas. F. Cox,

Joun J. CRooxE,

W, BAYARD CUTTING,
RosBert W. DE FOREST,
HENRY W. DE FOREST,
CLEVELAND H. Dopcg,
SAMUEL W. FAIRCHILD,
Gen, Louis FITZGERALD,
RICHARD W. GILDER,
Hon. THomAS F. GILRoy,
Hon. Hueu J. Grant,
HENRY GRAVES,

Henry P. Hoyt,
ADRIAN ISELIN, JR.,
Morris K. JESuP,

Joun fT. Kane,

EuGENE KELLY, JR.,
Prof. JAMES F. Kemp,
Joun S. KENNEDY,
Pror. FREDERIC S. LEE,

Hon. SetH Low,

Davip Lypic,

Epcar L. MARSTON,

D. O. Mi1ts,

J. PrerPonT MorGan,
THEO. W. MYErs,

Gro. M. OtcoTt,

Pror. HENRY F. OsBorN,
Lowe i M. PALMER,
GrorGe W. PErKINs,
JamEs R. PircHer,

Rr. Rev. Henry C. Potter,
Percy R. Pyne,

Joun D. ROCKEFELLER,
Wa. RocKEFELLER,

Pror. H. H. Russy,
James A. SCRYMSER,
Henry A. SIEBRECHT,
SAMUEL SLOAN,

Wo. D. SLOANE,

NELSON SMITH,

James SPEYER,

Dr. W. GILMAN THOMPSON,
Louts C, TIFFANY,

Hon. Henry N, Tmrrt,
SAMUEL THORNE,

Pror. L. M. UNDERWOOD,
Gro. W. VANDERBILT,

WILLIAM H. S. Woop.